HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise X557, X55745

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP 5800
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP X57945
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP X58045

Service Manual

www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP
www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP
 HP Color LaserJet 5700, X557, X55745,
MFP 5800, X57945, X58045 - Service
Manual

SUMMARY

This guide provides theory of operation, troubleshooting, and repair information.

Legal information
Copyright and License

© Copyright 2023 HP Development

Company, L.P.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation

without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.

The information contained herein is subject

to change without notice.

The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.

Edition 13, 1/2025

Revision history

View a list of document revisions.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP
products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products
and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be
liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

Table Revision history

Revision number Revision date Revision notes

13 1/2025 Removed the reference to Quiet Mode in the General menu table as that
feature is not supported on these devices. See General menu.

12 12/2024 Removed part number RK3-1509-000CN

Updated printer list for Cable, flat HVT part in "Parts and diagrams: Internal
assemblies", see Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) and Parts
and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9).

11 11/2024 Corrected part number for SCB in R&R procedure: Removal and
replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (MFP models)

Added part number for 32GB eMMC to R&R and parts table:

● Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

● Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X57945 models

10 10/2024 Corrected Formatter connection information and added separate images 1

for SFP and 1 for MFP. DC controller PCA connections

Fixed 8 Typos of X577 changed to correct X557.

Updated LED Formatter information, see LED diagnostics (formatter).

9 9/2024 Corrected the part number in Removal and replacement for SCIB, see
Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (MFP models).

8 8/2024 Updated repetitive defect ruler Repetitive image defect ruler

Updated part numbers for Convenience Stapler; Parts and diagrams:

Covers 5700/X557 models

7 7/2024 Updated control panel part number for 10.9 cm (4.3 in). See Control panels
and Removal and replacement: Control panel (SFP models).

Updated mass storage, wireless/bluetooth capabilities, and author

information in certificates of volatility, see Certificate of Volatility.

iii
 Table Revision history (continued)

Revision number Revision date Revision notes

6 6/2024 Updated the remove/replace procedure for Main-drive assembly, see

Removal and replacement: Main-drive assembly. Changes include the
following:

● Corrected caution statements, see in Remove the left upper cover

(MFP models) and Remove the main-drive assembly.

● Added step to close front door, see Close the front door.

Updated printer dimensions. See:

Printer dimensions 5700/X557 models

Printer dimensions 5800 models

Printer dimensions x57945 models

5 5/2024 Updated instructions in Removal and Replacement: Toner supply drive

assembly, see Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X654/X677
models).

4 4/2024 Updated Fax accessory part number, see Removal and replacement: Fax
PCA (fax models).

3.5 3/2024 Updated Internal assemblies part list for Memory PCA and FFC, see Parts
and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7) 5700/5800 models

3.4 2/2024 Edited printer models for part numbers "6QN27-67002" and "6QN29-67002".
See "Part Description" column in Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4
of 9).

Updated printer model in the description for part number "6QN29-67002",

see Removal and replacement: Formatter.

Edited model numbers in the description for DC controller part numbers,

see Removal and replacement: DC controller (DCC).

Updated part number for X58045 model , see Parts and diagrams: Internal
assemblies (4 of 9). See also: Removal and replacement: DC controller
(DCC).

3.3 2/2024 Updated installation warning when replacing the Main drive assembly, see
Remove the main-drive assembly.

3.2 2/2024 Corrected the following:

Remove and replace: Waste toner duct (X57945) changed to Remove and
replace: Waste toner carry assembly.

Updated Remove and replace: Waste toner duct assembly to include

X57945 part number.

3.1 1/2024 Update DC Controller part numbers in Parts tables

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045

models

3 12/2023 Multiple Service part numbers added throughout the document.

Add models X58045z, X58045zs, X58045dn throughout the document

where appropriate.

iv Revision history
Table Revision history (continued)

Revision number Revision date Revision notes

2 11/2023 Service manual updated to include new removal and replacement

procedure for Convenience stapler.

Updated ALL procedures that have removing the Formatter cover to add 2
options depending on back covers.

Updated ALL procedures that have removing the upper rear cover to add 3
options depending on back covers.

1.1 04/2023 Service manual updates include, but not limited to:

● Updated wast toner duct remove/replace (unseat ITB)

● Additional reinstall content to main drive assembly remove/replace

● Updated HCI lifter drive remove/replace

Added managed toner cartridges manual unlock procedure. See Removal

and replacement: Toner cartridges (manual unlock) (X57945 models).

1 03/2023 Service manual initial release.

v
 Conventions used in this guide

Learn about the conventions used in this publication.

TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.

NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.

CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the
product.

WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.

vi Conventions used in this guide

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

vii
 Additional service and support for HP internal personnel
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

viii HP service and support

Table of contents

1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications .......................................................................................................................................... 1

Document feeder / scanner ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Information (document feeder and scanner)................................................................................................................................................ 2
Document feeder and scanner front view........................................................................................................................................... 2
Technical specifications.................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Information (base printer)....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
Printer front view (5700 models)............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Printer front view (X557 models)............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Printer back view (5700/X557 models) ............................................................................................................................................................... 5
Printer front view (5800/X57945 models) ........................................................................................................................................................ 6
Printer back view (5800/X57945 models) ........................................................................................................................................................ 8
Configuration (base printer) ...............................................................................................................................................................................................10
Configuration (base printer SFP)..........................................................................................................................................................................10
Configuration (base printer MFP).......................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Specifications (base printer).............................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Technical specifications (5700) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Technical specifications (X55745) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Technical specifications (5800) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Technical specifications (X57945)........................................................................................................................................................................17
Printer dimensions (5700/X557 models).........................................................................................................................................................19
Printer dimensions..........................................................................................................................................................................................................19
Printer dimensions (X57945 models) ................................................................................................................................................................ 21
Printer space requirements.....................................................................................................................................................................................24
Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions ...............................................................................24
Operating-environment range .............................................................................................................................................................................. 25
Information (input devices)................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26
550-sheet paper feeder front view.................................................................................................................................................................... 26
High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder front view..................................................................................................................................27
Information (output devices) ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 28
3-bin stapler-stacker front view............................................................................................................................................................................ 28

2 Printer installation and maintenance................................................................................................................................................................................30

Document feeder / scanner ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 31
Clean the pickup rollers and separation pad in the document feeder (MFP) ...................................................................... 31
Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges........................................................................................................................................ 31

ix
 Base printer ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34
Remove and replace the toner cartridges (5700/5800 models) ................................................................................................. 34
Remove and replace the toner cartridges (X57945 models).......................................................................................................... 35
Remove and replace the imaging drums (X57945 models) ..............................................................................................................37
Clean the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers .........................................................................................................................................40
Clean the Tray 2 pickup and separation rollers ........................................................................................................................................ 44

3 Theory of operation........................................................................................................................................................................................................................46
Document feeder / scanner ...............................................................................................................................................................................................47
Document feeder simplex operation ................................................................................................................................................................47
Scanning and image capture system...............................................................................................................................................................47
Base printer ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49
Basic operation................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Sequence of operation ................................................................................................................................................................................... 49
Formatter-control system.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 51
Power management ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 51
Set the sleep timer and configure the printer to use 1 watt or less of power .............................................. 52
Set the sleep schedule ........................................................................................................................................................................ 52
Printer job language (PJL).............................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Control panel .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 53
Walk-up USB ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 53
Low end data model (LEDM) overview.................................................................................................................................................. 54
CPU ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 54
Input/output (I/O) .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 54
Memory....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 54
Engine-control unit......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
DC controller...........................................................................................................................................................................................................56
Motors ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................60
Fans.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 62
Low-voltage power supply............................................................................................................................................................................. 62
Low-voltage power supply voltages description...............................................................................................................63
Over-current/over-voltage protection .......................................................................................................................................64
Low-voltage power supply safety.................................................................................................................................................64
Low-voltage power supply functions .........................................................................................................................................64
High-voltage power supply...........................................................................................................................................................................65
Fuser control...........................................................................................................................................................................................................66
Fuser heater protection.........................................................................................................................................................................71
Fuser control functions.........................................................................................................................................................................72
Engine laser/scanner system .................................................................................................................................................................................72
Laser scanner failure detection.................................................................................................................................................................73
Laser scanner safety.........................................................................................................................................................................................73
Image-formation process ..............................................................................................................................................................................74
Step 1: Pre-exposure (X57945 models only)............................................................................................................................76
Step 2: Primary charging......................................................................................................................................................................77
Step 3: Laser-beam exposure...........................................................................................................................................................77
Step 4: Development...............................................................................................................................................................................78
Step 5: Primary transfer .......................................................................................................................................................................78
Step 6: Secondary transfer............................................................................................................................................................... 79
Step 7: Separation.................................................................................................................................................................................... 79

x
 Step 8: Fusing..............................................................................................................................................................................................80
Step 9: ITB cleaning ................................................................................................................................................................................80
Toner cartridges....................................................................................................................................................................................................81
Design................................................................................................................................................................................................................81
Toner cartridge functions ..................................................................................................................................................................83
Intermediate transfer belt assembly ....................................................................................................................................................83
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) functions..............................................................................................................................84
Secondary transfer roller assembly .....................................................................................................................................................85
Secondary transfer roller functions...........................................................................................................................................85
Calibration ................................................................................................................................................................................................................85
Calibration functions.............................................................................................................................................................................85
Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system .....................................................................................................................................................86
Sensors and switches .....................................................................................................................................................................................88
Motors, clutches, and solenoids...............................................................................................................................................................90
Feed speed control................................................................................................................................................................................. 92
Pickup and feed delivery features ............................................................................................................................................... 92
Media detection.........................................................................................................................................................................................93
Jam detection/prevention.............................................................................................................................................................................94
Input devices.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................98
550-sheet paper feeder.............................................................................................................................................................................................98
550-sheet paper feeder paper path......................................................................................................................................................98
Paper feeder controller...................................................................................................................................................................................98
550-sheet paper feeder electrical components..........................................................................................................................99
550-sheet paper feeder motor control .............................................................................................................................................100
550-sheet paper feeder other functions .........................................................................................................................................100
550-sheet feeder jam detection.............................................................................................................................................................100
High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder.........................................................................................................................................................101
HCI paper path .....................................................................................................................................................................................................101
HCI controller ........................................................................................................................................................................................................101
HCI electrical components ........................................................................................................................................................................ 102
HCI motor control..............................................................................................................................................................................................103
HCI other functions..........................................................................................................................................................................................103
HCI jam detection..............................................................................................................................................................................................104
Output devices ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................105
3-bin stapler-stacker...................................................................................................................................................................................................105
3-bin stapler-stacker paper path............................................................................................................................................................105
3-bin stapler-stacker controller...............................................................................................................................................................105
3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components................................................................................................................................106
3-bin stapler-stacker motor control......................................................................................................................................................108
3-bin stapler-stacker fan control ............................................................................................................................................................108
3-bin stapler-stacker other functions .................................................................................................................................................108
3-bin stapler-stacker jam detection .....................................................................................................................................................109

4 Solve problems.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................110
How to search for printer documentation ............................................................................................................................................................... 111
How to search WISE for printer information and documentation............................................................................................... 111
Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP).................................................................................................................................116
Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)......................................................................................................117

xi
 Determine the problem source .....................................................................................................................................................................................120
Pre-troubleshooting checklist .............................................................................................................................................................................120
Troubleshooting flowchart...................................................................................................................................................................................... 121
Firmware upgrades..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 123
Determine the installed revision of firmware.................................................................................................................................124
HP Embedded Web Server......................................................................................................................................................................... 125
USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu)...................................................................................................................................... 125
USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu)........................................................................................................................... 126
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools...................................................................................................................................................... 128
Engine test ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 128
Control panel checks................................................................................................................................................................................................. 128
Touchscreen diagnostic mode ................................................................................................................................................................ 128
Open the control panel system diagnostic tests ....................................................................................................................... 129
Screen test............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 132
Touch test................................................................................................................................................................................................................135
SoftKey test ............................................................................................................................................................................................................137
Backlight test........................................................................................................................................................................................................138
Sound test...............................................................................................................................................................................................................139
Keyboard test (flow models only) ...........................................................................................................................................................140
Version........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 141
Control panel diagnostic flowcharts.................................................................................................................................................... 141
Touchscreen black, white, or dim (no image)...................................................................................................................... 142
Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone .............................................................................................................................. 142
No control panel sound......................................................................................................................................................................143
Home button is unresponsive.......................................................................................................................................................144
Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional)..................................... 145
Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP)...........................................................................................................................................146
Defeating interlocks ...................................................................................................................................................................................................168
LED diagnostics (formatter)..................................................................................................................................................................................169
Scanner tests (MFP) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................173
Disable cartridge check ...........................................................................................................................................................................................174
Print/stop test...................................................................................................................................................................................................................175
Individual component diagnostics....................................................................................................................................................................176
Paper path test.....................................................................................................................................................................................................176
Paper path sensors test................................................................................................................................................................................176
Individual component test ...........................................................................................................................................................................176
Manual sensor test ...........................................................................................................................................................................................177
Tray/bin manual sensor test .......................................................................................................................................................................177
Diagrams: Block diagrams......................................................................................................................................................................................178
Diagrams: External plug and port locations....................................................................................................................................178
Sensors and switches ................................................................................................................................................................................... 179
Diagrams: Major component locations.............................................................................................................................................183
Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations...............................................................................................................199
Diagrams: General timing chart.............................................................................................................................................................208
Diagrams: General circuit diagrams....................................................................................................................................................210
Internal test and information pages ............................................................................................................................................................... 221
Reports menu................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 225
Settings menu................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 226

xii
 General menu.......................................................................................................................................................................................................227
Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP).......................................................................................................................................... 233
Fax menu (MFP)...................................................................................................................................................................................................244
Manage Supplies menu............................................................................................................................................................................... 255
Networking menu ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 258
Support Tools menu................................................................................................................................................................................................... 264
Maintenance menu ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 264
Backup/Restore menu....................................................................................................................................................................... 264
Calibration/Cleaning menu............................................................................................................................................................ 265
USB Firmware Upgrade menu......................................................................................................................................................266
Service menu ...........................................................................................................................................................................................266
Troubleshooting menu ...................................................................................................................................................................................267
Service menu....................................................................................................................................................................................................................271
Printer resets ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................275
Format Disk and Partial Clean functions ....................................................................................................................................................277
Power on troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 282
Power-on checks .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 282
Power on troubleshooting overview .............................................................................................................................................................. 282
Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems............................................................................................ 282
Engine diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 284
Engine test............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 284
Defeating interlocks ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 285
Disable cartridge check...............................................................................................................................................................................287
LED diagnostics (formatter)..................................................................................................................................................................................287
Use the solve problems checklist..................................................................................................................................................................... 291
Control panel troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 294
Control panel system diagnostics .................................................................................................................................................................. 294
Open the control panel system diagnostic tests ......................................................................................................................294
Screen test............................................................................................................................................................................................................296
Touch test...............................................................................................................................................................................................................299
SoftKey test ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................301
Backlight test.......................................................................................................................................................................................................302
Sound test..............................................................................................................................................................................................................303
Version......................................................................................................................................................................................................................304
Control panel messages document (CPMD) ......................................................................................................................................................306
Print the supplies status page ...........................................................................................................................................................................306
Pre-boot menu options ............................................................................................................................................................................................306
Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel ...........................................................................................306
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel .................................................................308
Remote Admin ....................................................................................................................................................................................................308
Required software and network connection.....................................................................................................................309
Connect a remote connection......................................................................................................................................................310
Disconnect a remote connection...............................................................................................................................................314
Print the event log.........................................................................................................................................................................................................316
How to search for printer documentation..................................................................................................................................................316
How to search WISE for printer information and documentation .................................................................................316
Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP).................................................................................................................... 322
Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)........................................................................................ 323

xiii
 Error-code and control-panel-message troubleshooting overview ....................................................................................... 325
Error codes (types and structure)........................................................................................................................................................ 325
Solve paper handling problems ................................................................................................................................................................................... 328
Clear paper jams (SFP models)......................................................................................................................................................................... 328
Paper jam locations........................................................................................................................................................................................ 328
Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams........................................................................................................................................ 328
Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?...................................................................................................................... 328
13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)........................................................................................................................... 329
13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2........................................................................................................................................................................333
13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 ...............................................................................................................................................................................338
13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 ...............................................................................................................................................................................344
13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI)...................................................................................................................... 351
13.B2 jam error in right door......................................................................................................................................................................358
13.B4 jam errors in the right door ..........................................................................................................................................................361
13.B9 jam errors in the fuser.....................................................................................................................................................................363
13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer..............................................................................................................................................................367
13.E1 jam error in the output bin .............................................................................................................................................................369
Clear paper jams (MFP models).........................................................................................................................................................................370
Paper jam locations.........................................................................................................................................................................................370
Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams..........................................................................................................................................371
Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?........................................................................................................................371
31.13.yz jam error in the document feeder .......................................................................................................................................372
13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)............................................................................................................................376
13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2........................................................................................................................................................................380
13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 ...............................................................................................................................................................................385
13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 ................................................................................................................................................................................391
13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI).....................................................................................................................398
13.B2 jam error in right door......................................................................................................................................................................405
13.B4 jam errors in the right door .........................................................................................................................................................408
13.B9 jam errors in the fuser......................................................................................................................................................................410
13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer.............................................................................................................................................................. 414
13.E1 jam error in the output bin .............................................................................................................................................................. 416
13.E2 jam error in top cover .........................................................................................................................................................................417
13.60 jam errors in the fuser exit area when printing to a stapler/stacker or floor-standing finisher.. 419
13.80, 13.83, or 13.84 jam errors in the 3 Bin Stapler/Stacker............................................................................................. 421
Printer feeds incorrect page size .................................................................................................................................................................... 425
Printer pulls from incorrect tray........................................................................................................................................................................ 426
Printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly (duplex models)................................................................................................. 426
Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X .................................................................................................................................................................. 426
Output is curled or wrinkled..................................................................................................................................................................................427
The printer does not pick up paper................................................................................................................................................................. 428
The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper........................................................................................................................................ 428
The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP)........................................................... 429
Paper does not feed automatically ................................................................................................................................................................ 429
Image-quality troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................................................430
Print-quality troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................................................431
Repetitive image defect ruler ...................................................................................................................................................................431
Use a ruler to measure between repetitive defects .................................................................................................... 432

xiv
 Print from a different software program .........................................................................................................................................435
Check the paper-type setting for the print job............................................................................................................................435
Check the paper type setting on the control panel......................................................................................................435
Check the paper type setting (Windows).............................................................................................................................436
Check the paper type setting (macOS) ................................................................................................................................436
Check toner-cartridge status..................................................................................................................................................................436
Step one: Print the Supplies Status Page............................................................................................................................436
Step two: Check supplies status.................................................................................................................................................437
Print a cleaning page ......................................................................................................................................................................................437
Check paper and the printing environment...................................................................................................................................437
Step one: Use paper that meets HP specifications......................................................................................................437
Step two: Check the environment.............................................................................................................................................438
Step three: Set the individual tray alignment....................................................................................................................438
Try a different print driver...........................................................................................................................................................................438
Troubleshoot image defects.....................................................................................................................................................................439
Copy-quality troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................................................................446
Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges .........................................................................................................................447
Vertical lines, bands, or streaks .............................................................................................................................................................448
Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality..................................................................................................... 453
Light or faint copies (color models)..................................................................................................................................................... 454
Performance and connectivity troubleshooting...............................................................................................................................................457
Solve fax or email problems .................................................................................................................................................................................457
Solve performance problems ............................................................................................................................................................................458
Factors affecting print performance.................................................................................................................................................458
Print speeds .........................................................................................................................................................................................................459
The printer does not print...........................................................................................................................................................................459
The printer prints slowly ..............................................................................................................................................................................460
Solve connectivity problems...............................................................................................................................................................................460
Solve USB connection problems ...........................................................................................................................................................461
Solve wired network problems ................................................................................................................................................................461
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................................461
Poor physical connection.................................................................................................................................................................461
The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer...........................................................................461
The computer is unable to communicate with the printer...................................................................................... 462
The printer is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network......................................................... 462
New software programs might be causing compatibility problems................................................................ 462
The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly...................................................................................... 462
The printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect........................................................................ 462

5 Removal and replacement.....................................................................................................................................................................................................463

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories .................................................................................................................................464
Customer-replaceable units................................................................................................................................................................................464
Internal parts and assemblies................................................................................................................................................................464
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (5700/X557/5800 models) ....................................................464
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (X57945 models)...........................................................................467
Removal and replacement: Imaging drums (X57945 models)...............................................................................472
Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU)..............................................................................................475
Removal and replacement: 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cartridge (3-bin stapler-stacker)..............479
Removal and replacement: Convenience staple cartridge (convenience stapler models) ............481

xv
 Removal and replacement: Fuser .............................................................................................................................................483
Removal and replacement: Image transfer belt (ITB)..................................................................................................486
Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller ..............................................................................................488
Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (MFP models)................................................................ 491
Installation: Keyboard overlay (MFP models) .................................................................................................................... 493
Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation roller assemblies..............................................497
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 pickup and separation roller assemblies............................................502
Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts and accessories .................................................................................................................................506
Customer-replaceable units................................................................................................................................................................................506
Internal parts and assemblies................................................................................................................................................................506
Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP models)...................................................................................................506
Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD).......................................................................................................... 511
Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) (SFP models)....................................... 515
Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (fax models).......................................................................................................... 519
Removal and replacement: Workflow accelerator ....................................................................................................... 523
Removal and replacement: USB expansion kit.................................................................................................................527
Removal and replacement: Solid state drive (SSD).......................................................................................................531
Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (MFP models).................................549
Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) .................................................................... 552
Document feeder / scanner ...........................................................................................................................................................................................556
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) ...........................................................................................................................................................................556
Internal parts and assemblies................................................................................................................................................................556
Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (MFP models).....................................................556
Removal and replacement: White backing (MFP models) ....................................................................................... 562
Whole-unit replacement (WUR) .........................................................................................................................................................................563
Automatic document feeder (WUR)....................................................................................................................................................563
Removal and replacement: Document feeder (MFP models)...............................................................................563
Integrated scanner assembly (WUR) .................................................................................................................................................569
Removal and replacement: Flatbed scanner assembly (MFP models) .........................................................569
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base printer).....................................................................................576
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) ............................................................................................................................................................................576
Covers, panels, and doors...........................................................................................................................................................................576
Removal and replacement: Formatter cover.....................................................................................................................576
Removal and replacement: Formatter cover.....................................................................................................................578
Removal and replacement: Front door ...................................................................................................................................581
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridge access door (X557/X57945 models)................................585
Removal and replacement: Rear cover.................................................................................................................................588
Removal and replacement: Rear upper cover (MFP models)................................................................................ 592
Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (MFP models)...................................................................................597
Removal and replacement: Left cover ...................................................................................................................................600
Removal and replacement: Left handle ................................................................................................................................604
Removal and replacement: Front left cover.......................................................................................................................608
Removal and replacement: Front right cover.....................................................................................................................610
Removal and replacement: Right door ................................................................................................................................... 612
Removal and replacement: Right lower door (X57945 models).............................................................................617
Removal and replacement: Rear lower cover (X57945 models)..........................................................................620
Removal and replacement: Left lower cover (X57945 models)............................................................................ 624
Removal and replacement: Output bin..................................................................................................................................628

xvi
 Removal and replacement: Right handle .............................................................................................................................633
Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP models)....................................................................................................639
Removal and replacement: Top cover (MFP models) ..................................................................................................645
Removal and replacement: Top front cover (MFP models)......................................................................................649
Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover............................................................655
Removal and replacement: Control panel (SFP models) ...........................................................................................657
Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP models)..........................................................................................661
Internal parts and assemblies................................................................................................................................................................663
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (manual unlock) (X57945 models)...................................663
Removal and replacement: Convenience stapler .........................................................................................................666
Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly ....................................................................................677
Removal and replacement: Registration density sensor assembly .................................................................681
Removal and replacement: Registration assembly ..................................................................................................... 687
Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/
X58045zs models)................................................................................................................................................................................ 692
Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (X57945 models)..........................................................698
Removal and replacement: Delivery assembly................................................................................................................702
Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly................................................................................................ 706
Removal and replacement: DC controller (DCC)..............................................................................................................712
Removal and replacement: Formatter.....................................................................................................................................717
Removal and replacement: Formatter cage assembly (SFP models) .............................................................722
Removal and replacement: Formatter cage assembly (MFP models)............................................................ 727
Removal and replacement: Feed drive assembly (X57945 models) .................................................................734
Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/
X58045zs models)..................................................................................................................................................................................741
Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (X57945 models) .............................................................748
Removal and replacement: Toner supply motor assembly (X57945 models) ............................................754
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/
X58045zs models)................................................................................................................................................................................ 758
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (X57945 models).................................................................765
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (5700/X557/5800 models)...........................................770
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (X57945 models)................................................................. 777
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X557 models).......................................782
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X57945 models)................................ 790
Removal and replacement: Fuser drive assembly........................................................................................................ 796
Removal and replacement: Main-drive assembly .........................................................................................................805
Removal and replacement: Interlock assembly.............................................................................................................. 824
Removal and replacement: Waste toner carry assembly (X57945 models)..............................................845
Removal and replacement: Waste toner duct assembly (5700/X557/X579/5800 models) ............866
Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/X557/5800/
X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs models) ..............................................................................................................................875
Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models) ..............................891
Removal and replacement: Toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models).............................................. 907
Removal and replacement: Toner supply assembly (X57945 models)............................................................914
Removal and replacement: Toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe (X57945
models) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 917
Removal and replacement: Feed assembly (X57945 models) ............................................................................. 926
Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)............................................................................. 932
Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply (HVPS)..........................................................................939

xvii
 Removal and replacement: Drive PCA...................................................................................................................................949
Removal and replacement: Feed/toner supply controller PCA (X57945 models)..................................956
Removal and replacement: Right PCA ...................................................................................................................................960
Removal and replacement: Rear PCA ....................................................................................................................................963
Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor PCA............................................................................................970
Removal and replacement: Drum home position PCA................................................................................................975
Removal and replacement: Drum motor ..............................................................................................................................982
Removal and replacement: Developer motor...................................................................................................................989
Removal and replacement: Image transfer belt (ITB) motor..................................................................................996
Removal and replacement: Developer alienation motor........................................................................................1003
Removal and replacement: Fuser motor.............................................................................................................................1013
Removal and replacement: Duplex motor.........................................................................................................................1020
Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan ................................................................................................................ 1027
Removal and replacement: Cartridge fan.........................................................................................................................1034
Removal and replacement: Fuser fan ...................................................................................................................................1041
Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder..................................................................................................................................................................1050
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) .........................................................................................................................................................................1050
Covers, panels, and doors........................................................................................................................................................................1050
Removal and replacement: Front left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) .......................................................1050
Removal and replacement: Front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) ....................................................1052
Removal and replacement: Right door (550-sheet paper feeder)...................................................................1054
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).................................................................. 1057
Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).....................................................................1061
Internal parts and assemblies..............................................................................................................................................................1065
Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) ...................................................1065
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) ......................................... 1070
Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).......................................1075
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)...........................................1081
Removal and replacement: Media size detection assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)..................1086
Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)........................................................1092
Removal and replacement: Separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)...........................1096
Removal and replacement: Pickup roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)......................................1098
Removal and replacement: 2,100-sheet paper deck .....................................................................................................................................1101
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) ...........................................................................................................................................................................1101
Covers, panels, and doors..........................................................................................................................................................................1101
Removal and replacement: Right door (HCI) .....................................................................................................................1101
Removal and replacement: Front left cover/left cover (HCI).................................................................................1103
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (HCI)...................................................................................................................1106
Removal and replacement: Rear lower cover (HCI).....................................................................................................1108
Internal parts and assemblies................................................................................................................................................................. 1111
Removal and replacement: Cassette assembly (HCI) ................................................................................................ 1111
Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (HCI)...................................................................................................... 1114
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (HCI).............................................................................................1117
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (HCI)............................................................................................ 1121
Removal and replacement: Pickup alienation assembly (HCI)............................................................................ 1125
Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (HCI)........................................................................................ 1129
Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (HCI)..........................................................................................................1134
Removal and replacement: Separation roller assembly (HCI) ............................................................................1139

xviii
 Removal and replacement: Pickup roller assembly (HCI) ........................................................................................ 1141
Output device - 3-bin staple stacker multi-bin mailbox ..............................................................................................................................1144
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) ..........................................................................................................................................................................1144
Covers, panels, and doors.........................................................................................................................................................................1144
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)...........................................................................1144
Removal and replacement: Staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)................................1146
Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) ..........................................................1149
Removal and replacement: Right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) ......................................................... 1151
Removal and replacement: Right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) ...........................................................1154
Removal and replacement: Rear inner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) .............................................................1159
Removal and replacement: Stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)........................... 1162
Removal and replacement: Stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker).............................................1169
Internal parts and assemblies............................................................................................................................................................... 1182
Removal and replacement: Stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)........................................................... 1182
Removal and replacement: Jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) ...........................................................1185
Removal and replacement: Output bin 1 (3-bin stapler-stacker).........................................................................1190
Removal and replacement: Upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker).................................................. 1192
Removal and replacement: Lower feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)..................................................1201
Removal and replacement: Solenoid assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) .......................................................1216
Removal and replacement: MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)................................................................................1224
Removal and replacement: Stapler-stacker feed motor (3-bin stapler-stacker) ....................................1227
Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (3-bin stapler-stacker) ................................................................. 1231

6 Parts and diagrams................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1234

Document feeder / scanner ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1235
Integrated scanner assembly .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1235
Base printer ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels...............................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels ...................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Covers, panels, and doors................................................................................................................................................................................... 1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5700/X557 models ..................................................................................................................... 1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5800 models.................................................................................................................................. 1240
Parts and diagrams: Covers X57945 models..............................................................................................................................1242
Internal parts and assemblies ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models............................................................................... 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1246
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1248
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models ...........................................1250
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1252
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1253
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1255
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models.............................................................................. 1256
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (9 of 9)X57945 models............................................................................... 1258
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models....................................................................... 1259
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 7)5700/5800 models....................................................................... 1262
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7)5700/5800 models.......................................................................1264
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models......................................................................1266
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models......................................................................1268

xix
 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models......................................................................1269
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 7)5700/5800 models.........................................................................1271
Input devices.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................1272
Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder .......................................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors.........................................................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors (550-sheet paper feeder)................................................................................................1272
Internal parts and assemblies...............................................................................................................................................................1273
Internal parts and assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder) ......................................................................................1273
Output devices ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................1275
Output device - 3-bin staple stacker.............................................................................................................................................................1275
Covers, panels, and doors.........................................................................................................................................................................1275
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models.....................................................1275
Internal parts and assemblies...............................................................................................................................................................1276
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models ............................................1276
Alphabetical parts list.........................................................................................................................................................................................................1278
Document feeder / scanner .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1235
Integrated scanner assembly............................................................................................................................................................... 1235
Base printer ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels ...................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels ........................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Covers, panels, and doors........................................................................................................................................................................ 1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5700/X557 models..........................................................................................................1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5800 models....................................................................................................................... 1240
Parts and diagrams: Covers X57945 models ..................................................................................................................1242
Internal parts and assemblies.............................................................................................................................................................. 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models ................................................................... 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models................................................................... 1246
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1248
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models ................................1250
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1252
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1253
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models................................................................... 1255
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1256
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (9 of 9)X57945 models ................................................................... 1258
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models ........................................................... 1259
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 7)5700/5800 models............................................................ 1262
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7)5700/5800 models ...........................................................1264
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1266
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1268
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1269
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 7)5700/5800 models..............................................................1271
Input devices..................................................................................................................................................................................................................1272
Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder ............................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors .............................................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors (550-sheet paper feeder).....................................................................................1272
Internal parts and assemblies....................................................................................................................................................1273
Internal parts and assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder) ...........................................................................1273

xx
 Output devices.............................................................................................................................................................................................................1275
Output device - 3-bin staple stacker..................................................................................................................................................1275
Covers, panels, and doors .............................................................................................................................................................1275
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models..........................................1275
Internal parts and assemblies....................................................................................................................................................1276
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models.................................1276
Numerical parts list.............................................................................................................................................................................................................1293
Document feeder / scanner .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1235
Integrated scanner assembly............................................................................................................................................................... 1235
Base printer ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels ...................................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Control panels ........................................................................................................................................................................................1237
Covers, panels, and doors........................................................................................................................................................................ 1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5700/X557 models..........................................................................................................1238
Parts and diagrams: Covers 5800 models....................................................................................................................... 1240
Parts and diagrams: Covers X57945 models ..................................................................................................................1242
Internal parts and assemblies.............................................................................................................................................................. 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models ................................................................... 1244
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models................................................................... 1246
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1248
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models ................................1250
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1252
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1253
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models................................................................... 1255
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models .................................................................. 1256
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (9 of 9)X57945 models ................................................................... 1258
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models ........................................................... 1259
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 7)5700/5800 models............................................................ 1262
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7)5700/5800 models ...........................................................1264
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1266
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1268
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models ..........................................................1269
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 7)5700/5800 models..............................................................1271
Input devices..................................................................................................................................................................................................................1272
Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder ............................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors .............................................................................................................................................................1272
Covers, panels, and doors (550-sheet paper feeder).....................................................................................1272
Internal parts and assemblies....................................................................................................................................................1273
Internal parts and assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder) ...........................................................................1273
Output devices.............................................................................................................................................................................................................1275
Output device - 3-bin staple stacker..................................................................................................................................................1275
Covers, panels, and doors .............................................................................................................................................................1275
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models..........................................1275
Internal parts and assemblies....................................................................................................................................................1276
Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models.................................1276

Appendix A Certificate of Volatility....................................................................................................................................................................................1308

xxi
 Certificate of Volatility ......................................................................................................................................................................................................1308
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700, 6700, X557, X55745, X654, X65455, X65465, MFP 5800, 6800, X57945,
X58045, X677, X67755, X67765 WIFI - Supplemental Certificate of Volatility ............................................................................1315

Appendix B Glossary of terms ...............................................................................................................................................................................................1316

Index........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1326

xxii
List of videos

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE........................................................................................................ vii

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.................................................................................................................................... viii

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search)......................................................... viii

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search)............................... viii

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass......................................................................................................32

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges...................................................................................................................................................34

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges...................................................................................................................................................35

View a video of how to replace the imaging drums.......................................................................................................................................................37

View a video of how to access WISE for HP channel partners............................................................................................................................117

View a video of how to access WISE for HP channel partners......................................................................................................................... 323

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper jams..............................329

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 1..................................................................................................................................................................... 329

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 2.....................................................................................................................................................................333

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 3, and the optional trays..............................................................................................................339

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 4.................................................................................................................................................................... 345

View a video of how to clear a jam in the high-capacity input Tray 4............................................................................................................. 351

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area............................................................................................................. 358

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area.............................................................................................................. 361

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area............................................................................................................. 363

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer area.........................................................................................................................................367

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin.................................................................................................................................................369

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper jams............................... 371

View a video of how to clear a jam in the document feeder................................................................................................................................ 372

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 1......................................................................................................................................................................376

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 2.................................................................................................................................................................... 380

xxiii
 View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 3, and the optional trays..............................................................................................................386

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 4.....................................................................................................................................................................392

View a video of how to clear a jam in the high-capacity input Tray 4............................................................................................................398

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area.............................................................................................................405

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area.............................................................................................................408

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area.............................................................................................................. 410

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer area..........................................................................................................................................414

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin.................................................................................................................................................. 416

View a video of how to clear a jam in the top cover.....................................................................................................................................................417

View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser exit area on finisher............................................................................................................. 419

View a video of how to clear a jam in the 3-bin stapler/stacker area.............................................................................................................421

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass................................................................................................... 447

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges.......................................................................................................................... 464

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges...........................................................................................................................467

View a video of removing and replacing the image drums...................................................................................................................................472

View a video of removing and replacing the TCU.........................................................................................................................................................475

View a video of removing and replacing the staple cartridge............................................................................................................................479

View a video of removing and replacing the staple cartridge............................................................................................................................ 481

View a video to remove and replace the fuser..............................................................................................................................................................483

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the image transfer belt...............................................................................486

View a video of removing and replacing the T2 roller...............................................................................................................................................488

View a video of removing and replacing the document feeder rollers.........................................................................................................491

View a video of how to install the keyboard overlay.................................................................................................................................................. 493

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 1 rollers.....................................................................................................................................497

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 2 rollers................................................................................................................................... 502

View a video of how to remove and replace the keyboard...................................................................................................................................506

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the hard-disk drive............................................................................................511

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the DIMM................................................................................................................ 515

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fax PCA........................................................................................................... 519

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the workflow accelerator.......................................................................... 523

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the USB expansion kit.................................................................................. 527

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the SSD................................................................................................................... 531

xxiv
View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the NFC PCA.......................................................................................................549

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the eMMC............................................................................................................. 552

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the control panel.............................................................................................. 661

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges (manual unlock)................................................................................... 663

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the paper pickup assembly..................................................................... 692

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.............................................................................758

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fuser drive assembly...........................................................................796

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the main drive assembly........................................................................... 805

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the HVPS...............................................................................................................939

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the drive PCA..................................................................................................... 949

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the rear PCA....................................................................................................... 963

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fuser fan......................................................................................................1041

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly...........................................................................1070

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly......................................................................1075

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the auto close assembly.......................................................................... 1081

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the media size detection assembly................................................ 1086

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly.......................................................................1129

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the upper feed assembly......................................................................... 1192

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lower feed assembly..........................................................................1202

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the solenoid assembly...............................................................................1216

xxv
1 Printer information, configurations, and
specifications

Learn about printer configuration and specifications.

Printer information, configurations, and specifications 1

 Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner configuration and specifications.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Information (document feeder and scanner)

Learn about the document feeder and scanner.

Document feeder and scanner front view

Learn about the document feeder and scanner components.

Figure 1-1 Document feeder and scanner front view

3
2
1 4

Item Description

1 Document feeder

2 Output bin

3 Jam access

4 Input tray

5 Flatbed scanner

Technical specifications
Learn about the document feeder and scanner specifications.

Review the technical specifications for the document feeder and scanner.

See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP for current information.

Table 1-1 Copy and scan specifications (document feeder and scanner)

Copy and scan features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 X57945dn X57945z X579
Configurab Configurab
le le

ADF copy/scan speed 100 Not Available Not Available

images-per-minute (ipm) available option available option
single-sided, and 50 ipm
double-sided

ADF copy/scan speed 120 Not Not Available Not Available

ipm single-sided, and 60 available available option available option
ipm double-sided

2 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Table 1-1 Copy and scan specifications (document feeder and scanner) (continued)

Copy and scan features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 X57945dn X57945z X579
Configurab Configurab
le le

100-page document
feeder with dual-head
scanning for single-pass
duplex copying and
scanning

Technical specifications 3
 Information (base printer)
Learn about the base printer.

Printer front view (5700 models)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (5700 models).

Figure 1-2 Printer front view (5700 models)

1

8 2
3
7
4

6
5

Item Description

1 Control panel with color touchscreen display (tilts up for easier viewing)

2 On/off button

3 Easy-access USB port

Insert a USB flash drive for printing without a computer or to update the printer firmware.

NOTE: An administrator must enable this port before use.

4 Right door, access for clearing jams

5 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) and right door (access for clearing jams)

6 Tray 2

7 Front door, for access to the toner cartridges

8 Output bin

Printer front view (X557 models)

Locate features on the front of the printer.

4 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Figure 1-3 Printer front view
1 2
10 3
9 4
5
8
6
7

Item Description

1 Control panel with color touchscreen display (tilts up for easier viewing)

2 On/off button

3 Easy-access USB port

Insert a USB flash drive for printing or scanning without a computer or to update the printer firmware.

NOTE: An administrator must enable this port before use.

4 Right door, for access for clearing jams

5 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

6 Tray 2 jam access door

7 Tray 2

8 Toner cartridge access door

9 Front door, for access to the imaging drums and toner collection unit

10 Output bin

Printer back view (5700/X557 models)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (SFP).

Printer back view (5700/X557 models) 5

 Figure 1-4 Printer rear view, 5700/X557 models

1
2

Item Description

1 Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) network port

2 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 interface port

3 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 host port (for job storage and private printing)

NOTE: This port should remain covered when not in use.

4 Power connection

Printer front view (5800/X57945 models)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (MFP).

Figure 1-5 Printer front view, 5800 models

1 2 3

4
11 5
6
7
10

9 8

Item Description

1 Automatic document feeder output tray

2 Automatic document feeder cover, for access for clearing jams

6 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Item Description

3 Automatic document feeder input tray

4 Control panel with color touchscreen display (tilts up for easier viewing)

5 Easy-access USB port

Insert a USB flash drive for printing or scanning without a computer or to update the printer firmware.

NOTE: An administrator must enable this port before use.

6 On/off button

7 Right door, for access for clearing jams

8 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

9 Tray 2

10 Front door, for access to the toner cartridges

11 Output bin

Figure 1-6 Printer front view, X57945 models

1 2 3

4
13 5
6
12
7

11 8
10 9

Item Description

1 Automatic document feeder output tray

2 Automatic document feeder cover, for access for clearing jams

3 Automatic document feeder input tray

4 Control panel with color touchscreen display (tilts up for easier viewing)

5 Easy-access USB port

Insert a USB flash drive for printing or scanning without a computer or to update the printer firmware.

NOTE: An administrator must enable this port before use.

6 On/off button

7 Right door, for access for clearing jams

8 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

Printer front view (5800/X57945 models) 7

 Item Description

9 Tray 2 jam access door

10 Tray 2

11 Toner cartridge access door

12 Front door, for access to the imaging drums and toner collection unit

13 Output bin

Printer back view (5800/X57945 models)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (MFP).

Figure 1-7 Printer back view, 5800/X57945 models

Item Description

1 Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) network port

2 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 interface port

3 Fax models only: Telephone "line out" port (for attaching an extension phone, answering machine, or other
device)

NOTE: This port should remain covered when not in use.

8 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Item Description

4 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 host port (for job storage and private printing)

NOTE: This port should remain covered when not in use.

5 Fax models only: Fax "line in" port (for attaching the fax phone line to the printer)

6 Power connection

Printer back view (5800/X57945 models) 9

 Configuration (base printer)
Learn about the base printer configurations.

Configuration (base printer SFP)

Learn about the base printer SFP configurations.

Figure 1-8 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700/X55745 printer

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700

● 45/43 pages per minute (letter/A4)

● FutureSmart 5 firmware

● Trusted platform module 2.0 (security)

● HP Web JetAdmin

● Automatic duplex printing

● 650-sheet standard capacity

● 2,300-sheet maximum capacity

● 109.2 mm (4.3 in) color non-touchscreen control panel

● 1.5 GB RAM memory

● 16 GB eMMC mass storage

● 550-sheet paper feeder (optional)

HP Color LaserJet Managed X55745

● Same features as the HP LaserJet Enterprise 5700

● Locking tray guides

● Smart device services (SDS) firmware features

10 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Configuration (base printer MFP)
Learn about the base printer MFP configurations.

Figure 1-9 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP 5800 printer

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP 5800

● 45/43 pages per minute (letter/A4)

● FutureSmart 5 firmware

● Trusted platform module 2.0 (security)

● HP Web JetAdmin

● Automatic duplex printing

● 100-sheet document feeder (duplex scanning)

● Single pass double-sided scan/copy

● Fax (optional on 5800dn models; standard on 5800f and 5800zf models)

● 650-sheet standard capacity

● 2,300-sheet maximum capacity

● 5800dn/5800f: 203 mm (8 in) color touchscreen control panel

● 5800zf: 256.5 mm (10.1 in) color touchscreen control panel

● 6 GB RAM memory

● 32 GB eMMC mass storage

Configuration (base printer MFP) 11

 Figure 1-10 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP X57945

HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP X57945

● Same features as the HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP 5800

● X57945dn: 203 mm (8 in) color touchscreen control panel

● X57945z: 256.5 mm (10.1 in) color touchscreen control panel

● Fax is optional on all X57945 models

● Locking tray guides

● Smart device services (SDS) firmware features

12 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Specifications (base printer)
Learn about the base printer specifications.

Technical specifications (5700)

Review the technical specifications for the printer.

See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP for
current information.

Product numbers for each model

● 5700dn - #6QN28A

● 5700 Configurable (can be custom-configured when ordered)

Table 1-2 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features 5700dn 5700 Configurable

Tray 1 (100-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (550-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional Available option

Printer stand Optional Available option

Printer stand with storage compartment Optional Available option

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-3 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features 5700dn 5700 Configurable

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Dual-band Wireless Optional Available option

Wifi-Direct and BLE Optional Available option

SuperSpeed USB 3.0 rear ports and Hi-Speed USB 2.0 front
port for walk-up USB printing

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for connecting accessory

and third-party devices

Table 1-4 Print specifications

Print features 5700dn 5700 Configurable

Prints 43 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 45 ppm on letter-

size paper

Job storage and private printing

Specifications (base printer) 13

 Table 1-5 Other specifications

Other features 5700dn 5700 Configurable

1.5 GB base memory, expandable to 3.5 GB

16 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC) Available option

32 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC) Not available Available option

256 GB Solid-state drive Optional Available option

512 GB FIPS Hard Disk Drive Optional Available option

512 GB Hard Disk Drive Optional Available option

Color touchscreen control panel

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that

passes through the printer

Technical specifications (X55745)

Review the technical specifications for the X55745 printer.

See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP for
current information.

Product numbers for each model

● X55745dn - #6QP97A

● X557 Configurable (can be custom-configured when ordered)

Table 1-6 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features X55745dn X557 Configurable

Tray 1 (100-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (550-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional Available option

Printer stand Optional Available option

Printer stand with storage compartment Optional Available option

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-7 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features X55745dn X557 Configurable

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Dual-band Wireless Optional Available option

Wifi-Direct and BLE Optional Available option

SuperSpeed USB 3.0 rear ports and Hi-Speed USB 2.0 front
port for walk-up USB printing

14 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-7 Connectivity specifications (continued)

Connectivity features X55745dn X557 Configurable

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for connecting accessory

and third-party devices

Table 1-8 Print specifications

Print features X55745dn X557 Configurable

Prints 43 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 45 ppm on letter-

size paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-9 Other specifications

Other features X55745dn X557 Configurable

1.5 GB base memory, expandable to 3.5 GB

16 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC) Available option

32 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC) Not available Available option

256 GB Solid-state drive Optional Available option

512 GB FIPS Hard Disk Drive Optional Available option

512 GB Hard Disk Drive Optional Available option

Color touchscreen control panel

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that

passes through the printer

Custom color printer skins Not available Available option

Technical specifications (5800)

Review the technical specifications for the 5800 printer.

See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP for
current information.

Product numbers for each model

● 5800dn - #6QN29A

● 5800f - #6QN30A

● 5800zf - #58R10A

● 5800 Configurable (can be custom-configured when ordered)

Technical specifications (5800) 15

 Table 1-10 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

Tray 1 (50-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (250-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional Optional Optional Available option

Printer stand Optional Optional Optional Available option

Printer stand with storage compartment Optional Optional Optional Available option

Convenience stapler Not available Available option

3-bin Stapler/stacker Not available Not available Not available Available option

Automatic duplex printing Available option

Table 1-11 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection

with IPv4 and IPv6

Dual-band wireless Optional Optional Optional Available option

Wifi-Direct and BLE Optional Optional Optional Available option

SuperSpeed USB 3.0 rear ports and Hi-

Speed USB 2.0 front port for walk-up
USB printing

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for

connecting accessory and third-party
devices

Table 1-12 Print specifications

Print features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

Prints up to 43 pages per minute (ppm)

on A4 and 45 ppm on letter-sized paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-13 Copy and scan specifications

Copy and scan features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

ADF copy/scan speed 100 images-per- Not included Available option

minute (ipm) single-sided, and 50 ipm
double-sided

ADF copy/scan speed 120 ipm single- Not included Not included Available option
sided, and 60 ipm double-sided

100-page document feeder with dual-

head scanning for single-pass duplex
copying and scanning

16 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-13 Copy and scan specifications (continued)

Copy and scan features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

Scan to E-mail, Scan to USB, and Scan to

Network Folder options

Table 1-14 Other specifications

Other features 5800dn 5800f 5800zf 5800 Configurable

6 GB base memory

32 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller Not included Available option

(eMMC)

500 GB hard disk drive Optional Optional Available option

256 GB solid-state drive Optional Optional Optional Available option

512 GB FIPS hard disk drive Optional Optional Optional Available option

Small color touchscreen control panel Not included Available option

Large color touchscreen control panel Not included Not included Available option

Fax features Optional Available option

HP Trusted Platform Module for

encrypting all data that passes through
the printer

Technical specifications (X57945)

Review the technical specifications for the X57945 printer.

See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP for
current information.

Product numbers for each model

● X57945dn - #6QP98A

● X57945z - #6QP99A

● X579 Configurable (can be custom-configured when ordered)

Table 1-15 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

Tray 1 (100-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (550-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional Optional Available option

Printer stand Optional Optional Available option

Printer stand with storage compartment Optional Optional Available option

Convenience stapler Not available Available option

Technical specifications (X57945) 17

 Table 1-15 Paper handling specifications (continued)

Paper handling features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

3-bin Stapler/stacker Not available Not available Available option

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-16 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4

and IPv6

Dual-band wireless Optional Optional Available option

Wifi-Direct and BLE Optional Optional Available option

SuperSpeed USB 3.0 rear ports and Hi-Speed

USB 2.0 front port for walk-up USB printing

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for connecting

accessory and third-party devices

Table 1-17 Print specifications

Print features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

Prints up to 43 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and

45 ppm on letter-sized paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-18 Copy and scan specifications

Copy and scan features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

ADF copy/scan speed 100 images-per-minute Not included Available option

(ipm) single-sided, and 50 ipm double-sided

ADF copy/scan speed 120 ipm single-sided, and Not included Available option
60 ipm double-sided

100-page document feeder with dual-head

scanning for single-pass duplex copying and
scanning

Scan to E-mail, Scan to USB, and Scan to Network

Folder options

Table 1-19 Other specifications

Other features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

6 GB base memory

32 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC) Not included Available option

500 GB Hard Disk Drive Optional Available option

18 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-19 Other specifications (continued)

Other features X57945dn X57945z X579 Configurable

256 GB Solid-state drive Optional Optional Available option

512 GB FIPS Hard Disk Drive Optional Optional Available option

Small color touchscreen control panel Not included Available option

Large color touchscreen control panel Not included Available option

Fax features Optional Optional Available option

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all

data that passes through the printer

Custom color printer skins Not available Not available Available option

Printer dimensions (5700/X557 models)

Make sure your printer environment is large enough to accommodate the printer.

Figure 1-11 Printer dimensions, 5700/X557 models

1 1

2 2

3
3

Table 1-20 Dimensions for the printer

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 500 mm (19.7 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 415 mm (16.3 in) 470 mm (18.5 in)

3. Depth 460 mm (18.1 in) 770 mm (30.3 in)

Weight (with 28.6 kg (63 lb) 28.6 kg (63 lb)

cartridges)

Printer dimensions
Make sure your printer environment is large enough to accommodate the printer.

Printer dimensions (5700/X557 models) 19

 Figure 1-12 Printer dimensions (5800dn model)

2
2

Table 1-21 Dimensions for the printer (5800dn model)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 500 mm (19.7 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 583 mm (23 in) 828 mm (31.9 in)

3. Depth 460 mm (18.1 in) 810 mm (31.9 in)

Weight (with 39 kg (86 lb) 39 kg (86 lb)

cartridges)

20 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Figure 1-13 Printer dimensions (5800f and 5800zf models)

2
2

Table 1-22 Dimensions for the printer (5800f and 5800zf models)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 547 mm (21.5 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 583 mm (23 in) 810 mm (31.9 in)

3. Depth 460 mm (18.1 in) 828 mm (32.6 in)

Weight (with f model: 38.9 kg (85.76 lb) f model: 38.9 kg (85.76 lb)
cartridges)
zf model: 39.1 kg (86.2 lb) zf model: 39.1 kg (86.2 lb)

Printer dimensions (X57945 models)

Make sure your printer environment is large enough to accommodate the printer.

Printer dimensions (X57945 models) 21

 Figure 1-14 Printer dimensions (X57945dn model)

3
3

Table 1-23 Dimensions for the printer (X57945dn model)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 500 mm (19.7 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 583 mm (23 in) 828 mm (32.6 in)

3. Depth 460 mm (18.1 in) 810 mm (31.9 in)

Weight (with 46.3 kg (102 lb) 46.3 kg (102 lb)

cartridges)

22 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Figure 1-15 Printer dimensions (X57945z model)

3
3

Table 1-24 Dimensions for the printer (X57945z model)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 547 mm (21.5 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 703 mm (27.7 in) 948 mm (37.3 in)

3. Depth 460 mm (18.1 in) 810 mm (31.9 in)

Weight (with 47.2 kg (104 lb) 47.2 kg (104 lb)

cartridges)

Printer dimensions (X57945 models) 23

 Figure 1-16 Printer dimensions (X57945zs model)

3
3

Table 1-25 Dimensions for the printer (X57945zs model)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 500 mm (19.7 in) 885 mm (34.8 in)

2. Height 894 mm (35.2 in) 1139 mm (44.8 in)

3. Depth 476 mm (18.7 in) 726 mm (32.5 in)

Weight (with 60.1 kg (132.5 lb) 60.1 kg (132.5 lb)

cartridges)

Printer space requirements

Learn about the printer space requirements

HP recommends that 30 mm ( (1.81 in)) be added to the printer dimensions to make sure there is
sufficient space to open doors and covers, and to provide proper ventilation. See the printer dimensions
sections in this manual.

Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions

In order to operate properly, the printer must be in an environment that meets certain power
specifications.

24 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 See http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or
http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP for
current information.

CAUTION: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not
convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the printer warranty.

Operating-environment range
In order to operate properly, the printer must be in an environment that meets certain specifications.

Table 1-26 Operating-environment specifications

Environment Recommended Storage

Temperature 15° to 27°C (59° to 80.6°F) 10° to 32.5°C (50° to 90.5°F)

Relative humidity 30% to 70% relative humidity (RH) 10% to 80% RH

Operating-environment range 25
 Information (input devices)
Learn about the printer input devices.

550-sheet paper feeder front view

Identify the parts on the 550-sheet paper feeder.

Figure 1-17 550-sheet paper feeder front view

1
2
3

5 4

Number Description

1 Connector

2 Lock

3 Right door (for access to tray rollers and jams)

4 Tray cassette

5 Left cover

6 Lock lever

Technical specifications
Table 1-27 550-sheet paper feeder technical specifications

Feature Specification

Media types Plain paper, recycled paper, heavy paper, bond paper, glossy paper, label, and index
card

Media sizes Standard: A5-R, B5, A4, Letter, and Legal

Custom minimum: 101.6 mm (4 in) (W) x 148 mm (5.8 in) (L)

Custom maximum: 215.9 mm (8.5 in) (W) x 355.6 mm (14 in) (L)

Media weights Non-glossy paper: 60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 163 g/m2 (43 lb)

Glossy paper: 120 g/m2 (32 lb) to 200 g/m2 (53 lb)

Capacity 55 mm (2.2 in) stack (approximately 550 sheets of 75g/m2 (20 lb) paper)

Dimensions Width: 500 mm (19.7 in)

Depth: 460 mm (18.1 in)

Height: 120 mm ( 4.7 in)

Weight Approximately 6.1 kg (13.42 lb)

26 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-27 550-sheet paper feeder technical specifications (continued)

Feature Specification

Power requirements DC24V, DC3.3V (supplied from the printer engine)

High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder front view

Identify the parts on the HCI paper feeder.

Figure 1-18 HCI paper feeder front view

1

5 2

Number Description

1 Connector

2 Lock

3 Right door

4 HCI cassette

5 Lock lever

Technical specifications
Table 1-28 HCI paper feeder technical specifications

Feature Specification

Media types Plain paper, recycled paper, heavy paper, and bond paper

Media sizes A4, Letter, and Legal

Media weights 60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 163 g/m2 (43 lb)

Capacity 210 mm (8.3 in) stack (approximately 2,100 sheets of 75g/m2 (20 lb) paper)

Dimensions Width: 520 mm (20.5 in)

Depth: 520 mm (20.5 in)

Height: 364 mm (14.3 in)

Weight Approximately 21.1 kg (46.7 lb)

Power requirements DC24V, DC3.3V (supplied from the printer engine)

High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder front view 27

 Information (output devices)
Learn about the printer output devices.

3-bin stapler-stacker front view

Identify the parts on the 3-bin stapler-stacker output device.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Figure 1-19 3-bin stapler-stacker front view

1
3

Number Description

1 Stapler-stacker door

2 Staple door

3 Output bin 2

4 Output bin 1

5 Jogger guide

Technical specifications
Table 1-29 3-bin stapler-stacker technical specifications

Feature Specification

Media types Plain paper, recycled paper, heavy paper, bond paper, and glossy paper

Media sizes, output bin 1 Stack mode: 148 mm (5.8 in) (W) x 210 mm (8.3 in) (L) to 216 mm (8.5 in) (W) x 355 mm
(14 in) (L)

Staple mode/job offset mode: A4, Letter, and Legal

Media sizes, output bin 2 Stack mode: 148 mm (5.8 in) (W) x 210 mm (8.3 in) (L) to 216 mm (8.5 in) (W) x 355 mm
(14 in) (L)

Media weights, output bin 1 Stack mode/job offset mode, non-glossy paper: 60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 163 g/m2 (43 lb)

Stack mode/job offset mode, glossy paper: 120 g/m2 (32 lb) to 200 g/m2 (53 lb)

Staple mode, non-glossy paper: 60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 120 g/m2 (32 lb)

Staple mode, glossy paper: 120 g/m2 (32 lb)

28 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Table 1-29 3-bin stapler-stacker technical specifications (continued)

Feature Specification

Media weights, output bin 2 Stack mode, non-glossy paper: 60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 163 g/m2 (43 lb)

Stack mode, glossy paper: 120 g/m2 (32 lb) to 200 g/m2 (53 lb)

Capacity, output bin 1 Stack mode/job offset mode: 48 mm (1.9 in) stack (approximately 400 sheets of 75
g/m2 (20 lb) paper)

Staple mode: 48 mm (1.9 in) stack (approximately 6 sets of 50 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20
lb) paper)

Capacity, output bin 2 Stack mode: 19 mm (0.75 in) stack (approximately 100 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper)

Capacity, staple cartridge 5,000 staples/cartridge

Capacity, stapler Up to 50 sheets (60 g/m2 (16 lb) to 120 g/m2 (32 lb) paper)

Convenience stapler Up to 20 sheets of 75 g/m2

Stapling position Upper left corner at one point

Dimensions Width: 510 mm (20.1 in)

Depth: 475 mm (18.7 in)

Height: 280 mm (11 in)

Weight Approximately 8.7 kg (19.2 lb)

Power requirements DC24V, DC3.3V (supplied from the printer engine)

3-bin stapler-stacker front view 29

 2 Printer installation and maintenance

Learn about printer installation and maintenance.

30 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner installation and maintenance.

Clean the pickup rollers and separation pad in the document feeder (MFP)
Learn about cleaning the document feeder rollers and pads.

Over time, specks of debris might collect on the document feeder rollers and pads which can affect
performance.

NOTE: The figures in this topic show a typical MFP printer. However, the procedure is correct for all
MFP printers.

1. . Open the document-feeder cover. Figure 2-1 Open the document-feeder cover

2. . Remove any visible lint or dust from each Figure 2-2 Clean the document feeder rollers
of the feed rollers and the separation pad
using compressed air or a clean lint-free cloth
moistened with warm water. Carefully rotate the
roller as you clean it.

3. . Close the document-feeder cover.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges

Learn about solving copy-quality debris problems.

Document feeder / scanner 31

 Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic
backing, which might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed
pages have streaks, unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass.

1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet.

2. Open the scanner lid.

3. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) and the document feeder strips (callout 2, callout 3) with a soft
cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.

CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly
on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the printer.

NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder,
be sure to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).

4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.

32 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

5. Close the scanner lid.

Figure 2-3 Close the scanner lid

6. Connect the power cable to an outlet, and then press the power button to turn the printer on.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges 33

 Base printer
Learn about the base printer installation and maintenance.

Remove and replace the toner cartridges (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to replace the toner cartridge.

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges

1. . Open the front door.

2. . Grasp the end of the toner cartridge and pull it

straight out of the printer.

3. . Remove the new toner cartridge from its

package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used toner cartridge.

34 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

4. . Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock
it back and forth end to end to evenly distribute
the toner that is inside.

5. . Align the toner cartridge with its slot and insert

it into the printer.

6. . Close the front door.

7. . Pack the used toner cartridge into the box

that the new toner cartridge came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the
box, and return the used cartridge to HP for
recycling.

Remove and replace the toner cartridges (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to replace the toner cartridge.

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges

Remove and replace the toner cartridges (X57945 models) 35

 1. . Release the toner cartridge by following the
instructions on the control panel.
2. . Open the toner cartridge door on the front of
the printer.

3. . Grasp the end of the toner cartridge and pull it

straight out of the printer.

4. . Remove the new toner cartridge from its

package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used toner cartridge.

5. . Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock it

to evenly distribute the toner that is inside.

36 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

6. . Align the toner cartridge with its slot and insert
it into the printer.

7. . Close the toner cartridge door.

8. . Pack the used toner cartridge into the box

that the new toner cartridge came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the
box, and return the used cartridge to HP for
recycling.

Remove and replace the imaging drums (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to replace the imaging drums.

View a video of how to replace the imaging drums

Remove and replace the imaging drums (X57945 models) 37

 1. . Open the front door.

NOTE: If necessary, remove two screws holding the

imaging drum access cover in place, and then lower
the cover to access the imaging drums. See the figure
below.

Figure 2-4 Remove two screws, open the cover

2. . Grasp the end of the imaging drum and pull it

straight out of the printer.

3. . Remove the new imaging drum from its

package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used imaging drum.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to the imaging

drum, do not expose it to light for more than a
few minutes. Cover the imaging drum if it must
be removed from the printer for an extended
period of time. Do not touch the blue imaging
drum.

38 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

4. . Hold both ends of the imaging drum and rock it
back and forth end to end to evenly distribute
the toner that is inside.

5. . Align the imaging drum with its slot and insert it

into the printer.

NOTE: If necessary, close the imaging drum access

cover, and then install the two screws to secure the
cover. See the figure below.

Figure 2-5 Close the cover, install two screws

Remove and replace the imaging drums (X57945 models) 39

 6. . Close the front door.

7. . Pack the used imaging drum into the box

that the new imaging drum came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the box,
and return the used imaging drum to HP for
recycling.

Clean the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers

Learn about cleaning the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers.

1. Open Tray 1.

Figure 2-6 Open Tray 1

40 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

2. Locate and release the blue pickup roller assembly release tab (callout 1).

Figure 2-7 Locate the pickup roller assembly tab

3. Push the pickup roller assembly to the right and then away from the printer.

Figure 2-8 Remove the pickup roller assembly

Clean the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers 41

 4. Grasp the left- and right-side of the separation roller assembly, and then lift the assembly up.

Figure 2-9 Lift the separation roller assembly

5. Pull the separation roller assembly straight out to remove it.

Figure 2-10 Remove the separation roller assembly

6. Clean the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers. Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the rollers.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-
handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly
washing your hands before handling the assembly.

42 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

7. Insert the separation roller assembly into the printer.

Figure 2-11 Insert the separation roller assembly

8. Push down on the Tray 1 separation roller until it snaps into place.

Figure 2-12 Secure the separation roller assembly

9. Insert the keyed right end of the pickup roller assembly into the provided slot, and then rotate the
left end into place to install it.

Figure 2-13 Install the pickup roller assembly

Clean the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers 43

 Clean the Tray 2 pickup and separation rollers
Learn about cleaning the Tray 2 rollers.

1. Depending on the printer model, perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X57945 models: Open the lower right door.

2. Slide the blue lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the separation roller assembly (callout 2)
by pulling it out from the printer.

Figure 2-14 Remove the separation roller assembly

3. Locate the pickup roller assembly, and then pull it away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 2-15 Remove the pickup roller assembly

NOTE: As the roller assembly can be hard to grip, you might need to reach under and behind the
rollers to securely grip it.

CAUTION: Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-handling and print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly washing your hands before handling the
assembly.

4. Clean the Tray 2 pickup and separation rollers. Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the rollers.

44 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

5. Position the pickup roller assembly in the printer in the correct orientation, and then press the
assembly into place.

Figure 2-16 Install the pickup roller assembly

6. Insert the separation roller assembly into the printer to install it.

Figure 2-17 Install the separation roller assembly

Clean the Tray 2 pickup and separation rollers 45

 3 Theory of operation

Learn about the printer theory of operation.

46 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner components.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Document feeder simplex operation

Learn about document feeder operation.

The document feeder will not function when the document feeder cover is open. The paper path is
incomplete if the document feeder cover is lifted from the glass.

When the printer duplex scans from the document feeder, the paper moves through one time, because
the document feeder has a contact image sensor (CIS) scanner for side two which is scanned
simultaneously with side one.

NOTE: Duplex scanning is model specific. Some printer models might not support duplex scanning
and printing.

The standard operation of the document feeder consists of the standby (paper loading) mode, pick, feed,
and lift steps:

● Standby (paper-loading) mode

In standby mode, the lift plate is in the down position. When a document is loaded into the input tray,
the paper-present sensor detects its presence.

When a copy/scan is initiated, the document feeder motor engages the gear train and raises the lift
plate until the document makes contact with the pick roller. The document feeder then begins the
pick, feed, and lower sequence.

● Pick

The pick roller rotates and moves one or more sheets forward into the document feeder where
the sheets engage with the separation roller. The separation roller contacts the document feeder
separation pad, which separates multiple sheets into a single sheet.

● Feed

The single sheet continues through the document feeder paper path (aided by the pre-scan rollers)
until the leading edge of the page activates the top-of-form sensor. Activation of this sensor initiates
the scan process, and the scanner acquires the image as the document moves over the document
feeder glass. The post-scan rollers then eject the sheet into the output area. The pick and feed steps
are repeated as long as paper is detected by the paper-present sensor.

● Home

When the top-of-form sensor detects the trailing edge of the last page, the last sheet is ejected and
the motor turns on a sequence that rests the separation floor back down in standby mode, which
allows it to detect when more media is loaded.

Scanning and image capture system

Learn about the scanning and image capture system.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Document feeder / scanner 47

 The flatbed image scanner captures an electronic image of the document on the glass. The scanner
does this by illuminating the document with LEDs (red, green, and blue) and capturing the image in the
image sensor to create an electronic format of the document. The flatbed scanner consists of three
main elements.

● CIS scanner

The CIS (contact image sensor) scanner captures an image using the printer's optical path. Red,
green, and blue LEDs sequentially illuminate a small strip of the document (often called a raster line),
and the optical system captures each color in a single row of CCD sensors that cover the entire
page width. Because only one color is captured for each line per exposure, the three colors are
recombined electronically to create the full color image. For monochromatic scans or copies, all
three LEDs are illuminated to create a white light for the scan so the raster line can be captured in
one exposure.

● Mechanical drive system

The drive system moves the CIS scanner along the document length to create the image. In this
printer, the drive system consists of a small DC motor with an optical encoder, a drive belt, and
a guide rod. The speed of the drive system is proportional to the scan resolution (300 ppi is
much faster than 1200 ppi) and also proportional to the type of scan (color scans are slower than
monochromatic scans).

● Image processing system (formatter)

The formatter processes the scanner data into either a copy or a scan to the computer. For copies,
the image data is sent directly to the printer without being transmitted to the computer. Depending
on user selections for the copy settings, the formatter enhances the scanner data significantly
before sending it to the printer. Image data is captured at 300 ppi for copies and is user selectable
for scans to the computer. Each pixel is represented by 8 bits for each of the three colors (256 levels
for each color), for a total of 24 bits per pixel (24-bit color).

48 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Base printer
Learn about the base printer components.

Basic operation
Learn about the basic operation of the printer.

The printer routes all high-level processes through the formatter, which stores font information,
processes the print image, and communicates with the host computer.

The basic printer operation comprises the following systems:

● Engine-control system

● Laser/scanner system

● Image-formation system

● Pickup, feed and delivery system

● Accessory (optional paper feeders)

● Integrated scanner assembly (document feeder and sub-scanner assembly) (not shown)

Figure 3-1 Relationship between the main printer systems

Sequence of operation
Learn about the printer sequence of operation.

The DC controller PCA controls the operating sequence, as described in the following table.

Base printer 49
 Table 3-1 Sequence of operation

Period Duration Description

Waiting From the time the power is turned on, the door is ● Heats the fuser roller in the fuser
closed, or when the printer exits sleep mode until
the printer is ready for printing. ● Pressurizes the fuser film

● Detects the toner cartridges

● Separates all of the developing rollers

from the photosensitive drums in the toner
cartridges

● Rotates and stops each motor

● Cleans the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) and

secondary transfer roller

● Detects cable breakage on the thermistor

● Rotates and stops each fan

● Detects any residual paper in the engine

Standby From the end of the waiting sequence, the ● Is in the Ready state
last rotation until the formatter receives a print
command, or until the printer is turned off. ● Enters Sleep mode if the formatter sends the
sleep command

● The printer calibrates if it is time for an

automatic calibration

Initial rotation From the time the formatter receives a print ● Rotates each motor
command until the paper enters the paper path.
● Rotates each fan

● Activates the high-voltage power supply

● Prepares the laser/scanner unit

● Warms the fuser to the correct temperature

Printing From the time the first sheet of paper enters the ● Forms the image on the photosensitive drums
paper path until the last sheet has passed through
the fuser. ● Transfers the toner to the paper

● Fuses the toner image onto the paper

Last rotation From the time the last sheet of paper exits the fuser ● Moves the last printed sheet into the output
until the motors stop rotating. bin

● Stops each motor

● Stops the high-voltage power supply

● Stops the laser/scanner unit

● Turns the fuser heater off

● Cleans the ITB and secondary transfer roller

● If another print command is received, the

printer enters the initial rotation period when
the last rotation is complete.

50 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Formatter-control system
Learn about how the formatter operates.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.
IMPORTANT: When a formatter PCA or DC controller is replaced a pairing operation must be
completed to make the printer functional.

The formatter performs the following functions:

● Controls the sleep delay function

● Receives and processes print data from the various printer inputs

● Monitors control panel functions and relaying printer status information through the control panel
and the network or bi-directional interface

● Develops and coordinates data placement and timing with the DC controller PCA

● Stores customer configuration settings and paper types.

● Stores font information

● Communicates with the host computer through the network or the bidirectional interface

The formatter receives a print job from the network or bidirectional interface and separates it into image
information and instructions that control the printing process. The DC controller PCA synchronizes the
image formation system with the paper input and output systems, and then signals the formatter to
send the print image data.

Power management
Learn about printer power management.

Power management conserves power after the printer has been idle for an adjustable length of time.
When the printer is in sleep mode, the control-panel back-light is turned off, but the printer retains all
printer settings, downloaded fonts, and macros. Power management can be modified or turned off from
the control-panel menus.

The printer exits sleep mode and enters the warm-up cycle when any of the following occurs.

● A print job, valid data, or a PML or PJL command is received at the serial port.

● A print job or fax (fax models) is received.

Formatter-control system 51
 ● The control panel is touched (button press or touchscreen touch depending on model).

● A document is loaded in the document feeder (MFP only).

● Opening the scanner lid (model dependent).

● The power button is pressed for 3 seconds or less.

● Connecting an operational live network Ethernet cable or fax line (fax models).

● Inserting a USB drive in either the front USB port or the USB port on the back of the device.

● Connecting a USB cable to an operating computer.

● Opening the cartridge, front, or rear door (model dependent).

NOTE: Opening a paper tray does not wake up the printer.

TIP: Error messages override the sleep delay message. The printer enters sleep mode at the
selected time, but the error message continues to appear.

Set the sleep timer and configure the printer to use 1 watt or less of power
The sleep settings affect how much power the printer uses, the wake/sleep time, how quickly the printer
enters sleep mode, and how quickly the printer wakes up from sleep mode.

To configure the printer to use 1 watt or less of power while in sleep mode, enter the time for the Sleep
after Inactivity setting.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select Settings.

2. Open the following menus:

● General

● Energy Settings

● Sleep Settings

3. Select Sleep after Inactivity to specify the number of minutes the printer is inactive before it enters
sleep mode. Enter the appropriate time period.

4. Select Done to save the settings.

Set the sleep schedule

Use the Sleep Schedule feature to configure the printer to automatically wake or go into Sleep mode at
specific times on specific days of the week.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, navigate to the Settings application, and then
select the Settings icon.

2. Open the following menus:

a. General

b. Energy Settings

c. Sleep Schedule

52 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 3. Select the New Event button, and then select the type of event to schedule: Wake Event or Sleep
Event.

4. For a wake or sleep event, configure the time and the days of the week for the event. Select Save to
save the setting.

Printer job language (PJL)

Learn about printer job language (PJL).

PJL is an integral part of printer configuration, in addition to the standard PCL and PostScript (PS). With
standard cabling, the printer can use PJL to perform a variety of functions.

● Dynamic I/O switching: The printer can be configured with a host on each I/O by using dynamic
I/O switching. Even when the printer is offline, it can receive data from more than one I/O
simultaneously, until the I/O buffer is full.

● Context-sensitive switching: The printer can automatically recognize the personality (PS or PCL) of
each job and configure itself to serve that personality.

● Isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next: For example, if a print job is
sent to the printer in landscape mode, the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are
formatted for landscape printing.

Control panel
Learn about the control panel.

The formatter sends and receives printer status and command data to and from the control panel.

Walk-up USB
Learn about the walk-up USB function.

NOTE: Touchscreen models only.

This printer features printing from a USB flash drive. This printer supports printing the following types of
files from the USB flash drive.

● .pdf

● .jpg

● .prn and .PRN

● .pcl and .PCL

● ps and .PS

● doc and .docx

● .ppt and .pptx

When a USB flash drive is inserted into the front of the printer, the control panel will display the USB
Flash Drive menu. The files present on the USB flash drive can be accessed from the control panel.

NOTE: The USB flash drive must be formatted using the FAT32 format. Drives formatted with NTFS
will not work.

Printer job language (PJL) 53

 Any files in a supported format on the USB flash drive can be printed directly from the printer control
panel. Pages also can be scanned and saved to the USB flash drive from the control panel.

Low end data model (LEDM) overview

Learn about the low-end data model (LEDM).

The low-end data model (LEDM) provides one consistent data representation method and defines the
dynamic and capabilities tickets shared between clients and devices, as well as the access protocol,
event, security, and discovery methods.

CPU
Learn about the printer microprocessor.

The formatter incorporates a 1200 MHz processor.

Input/output (I/O)
Learn about printer I/O functionality.

NOTE: Some of the following printer I/O functions are model specific. For example, not all printer
models have a fax function.

Walk-up USB
The printer includes a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 front port for walkup USB printing.

Universal serial bus (USB) hosts

The printer includes SuperSpeed USB 3.0 rear hosts for USB flash drive and job storage.

10/100/1000 networking
The printer includes a 10/100/1000 network (Ethernet) connection.

Fax
The printer includes a fax phone line connection.

NOTE: Fax models only. For some fax model printers, the telephone extension port is plugged and not
operational.

Wireless
Wireless products contain a wireless card to enable 802.11b/g/n wireless communication with dual band
support for 2.4Ghz and 5 Ghz.

NOTE: Wireless models only.

Memory
Learn about printer memory functionality.

NOTE: Some of the following printer memory functions are model specific. For example, not all printer
models have Flash memory.

54 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Firmware
The formatter stores the printer firmware. A firmware upgrade process is used to overwrite and upgrade
the firmware.

NOTE: For more information about a specific printer model, see the Printer information,
configurations, and specifications section in the service manual.

Nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM)

The printer uses nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) to store I/O and information about the print environment
configuration. The contents of NVRAM are retained when the printer is turned off or disconnected.

Flash memory
NAND: Stores fax memory.

Random access memory

The printer uses the following RAM:

● SFP: 1.5 GB

● MFP: 6 GB

HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)

The HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt) effectively doubles the standard memory through a
variety of font- and data-compression methods.

NOTE: MEt is available only in PCL mode; it is not functional when printing in PS mode.

Engine-control unit
Learn about the engine control unit.

The engine-control unit includes the following:

● DC controller

● High-voltage power supply

● Low-voltage power supply

● Fuser control

Engine-control unit 55
 Figure 3-2 Engine-control unit

DC controller
Learn about the DC controller.

The DC controller controls the operation of the printer and its components. The DC controller starts the
printer operation when the printer power is turned on and the power supply sends DC voltage to the
DC controller. After the printer enters the standby period, the DC controller sends out various signals to
operate motors, solenoids, and other printer components based on the print command and image data
that the host computer sends.

56 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-3 DC controller diagram
Fan

Motor

Clutch Drive PCA

Solenoid

Photointerrupter
Motor

Fan Clutch

Solenoid
LED

Switch

Photointerrupter
Photointerrupter

Cartridge DC controller
(Y/M/C/K) High-voltage Sensor
power supply

LED
T2 roller

Input accessory

ITB ass’y

Laser scanner ass’y

Switch

Fuser Oupput accessory

Control panel
Fan

Low-voltage
AC input power supply

Formatter

Sensor

Table 3-2 Printer electrical components

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor SCN_MTR_12st Scanner motor

Motor SCN_MTR_34st Scanner motor

Motor LIFT_MTR Lifter motor

Motor FEED_MTR Pickup motor

Motor FEED_MTR (X57945 only) Feed motor

Motor FSR_MTR Fuser motor

DC controller 57
 Table 3-2 Printer electrical components (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor ITB_BK_MTR ITB motor

Motor 3DRM_MTR Drum motor

Motor 4DEV_MTR Developer motor

Motor DEV_MTR Developer alienation motor

Motor DUP_MTR Duplex motor

Motor CAC_MTR (X55745 only) Cartridge access release motor

Motor TS_MOTOR (X57945 only) Toner-supply motor

Fan FSR_FAN Fuser fan

Fan CRG_FAN Cartridge fan

Fan PS_FAN Power supply fan

Solenoid T1_SL Tray 1 (MP) alienation solenoid

Solenoid DUP_SL Duplex flapper solenoid

Solenoid MP_SL Tray 1 (MP) pickup solenoid

Clutch FEED_CL Tray 2 pickup clutch

Clutch REFEED_CL Duplex re-pickup clutch

Clutch U_CL1 (X57945 only) Toner-supply upper feed clutch 1

Clutch T_CL1 (X57945 only) Toner-supply clutch 1

Clutch U_CL2 (X57945 only) Toner-supply upper feed clutch 2

Clutch T_CL2 (X57945 only) Toner-supply clutch 2

Clutch U_CL3 (X57945 only) Toner-supply upper feed clutch 3

Clutch T_CL3 (X57945 only) Toner-supply clutch 3

Clutch U_CL4 (X57945 only) Toner-supply upper feed clutch 4

Clutch T_CL4 (X57945 only) Toner-supply clutch 4

Switch 24V_ILK_SW 24V interlock switch

Switch FR_DOOR_SW Front door switch

Switch FDOOR_SW (X57945 only) Toner-supply door switch

Switch R_DOOR_SW Right door switch

Switch R_DOOR_SW (X57945 Right door switch 2

only)

Switch POWER_SW Power supply switch

Switch CST_SIZE 1 (X55745/ Tray 2 media size switch 1

X57945 only)

Switch CST_SIZE 2 (X55745/ Tray 2 media size switch 2

X57945 only)

Switch CST_SIZE 3 (X55745/ Tray 2 media size switch 3

X57945 only)

58 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Table 3-2 Printer electrical components (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Switch CST_SIZE 4 (X55745/ Tray 2 media size switch 4

X57945 only)

Switch CST Tray 2 cassette presence switch

Photo interrupter LIFT_SNS Tray 2 lifter motor rotation sensor

Photo interrupter DRM_HP123_SNS Drum home position sensor YMC

Photo interrupter DRM_HP4_SNS Drum home position sensor K

Photo interrupter DEV_HP_SNS Developer alienation sensor

Photo interrupter DUP_FL_SNS Duplex flapper position sensor

Photo interrupter OUT_FULL_SNS FD1 media full sensor, fuser output sensor

Photo interrupter CST_PAP_SNS Tray 2 media out sensor

Photo interrupter CST_FACE_SNS Tray 2 media surface sensor

Photo interrupter LOOP_SNS Fuser loop sensor

Photo interrupter REFEED_SNS (X55745/ Duplex feed sensor

X57945 only)

Photo interrupter ENC_SNS Registration roller rotation sensor

Photo interrupter REG_SNS Registration sensor

Photo interrupter MP_PAP_SNS Tray 1 media out sensor

Photo interrupter TCU_FULL_SNS ITB toner collection unit near full sensor

Photo interrupter T1_HP_SNS ITB alienation sensor

Photo interrupter TCU_VSCW_SNS Toner collection unit screw rotation sensor

Photo interrupter FSR_PRS_SNS Fuser pressure release sensor

Photo interrupter PAPOUT-M_SNS Fuser output sensor 2

Photo interrupter CAC_SNS (X55745 only) Cartridge access home position sensor

Photo interrupter ENCORDER-SNS Pressure roller rotation sensor

Photo interrupter TRANS_SNS (X57945 only) Tray 2 feed sensor

Photo interrupter CAC_SNS (1st) (X57945 Cartridge release unit home position sensor Y
only)

Photo interrupter CAC_SNS (2nd) (X57945 Cartridge release unit home position sensor M
only)

Photo interrupter CAC_SNS (5rd) (X57945 Cartridge release unit home position sensor C
only)

Photo interrupter CAC_SNS (4th) (X57945 Cartridge release unit home position sensor K
only)

Sensor - (media sensor PCA) Media sensor

Sensor - (RD sensor PCA) Registration density sensor 1

Sensor - (RD sensor PCA) Registration density sensor 2

Sensor PAPOUT-L_SNS Fuser output sensor 1

DC controller 59
 Table 3-2 Printer electrical components (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Sensor ENV SNS Environment sensor

Sensor BUFF_PTR_PCA (1st) Toner supply sensor Y

(X57945 only)

Sensor BUFF_PTR_PCA (2nd) Toner supply sensor M

(X57945 only)

Sensor BUFF_PTR_PCA (3rd) Toner supply sensor C

(X57945 only)

Sensor BUFF_PTR_PCA (4th) Toner supply sensor K

(X57945 only)

LED 3rd (X57945 only) Pre-exposure LED 3

LED 4th (X57945 only) Pre-exposure LED 4

LED LED6 Power supply switch LED

Motors
Learn about the printer motors.

The printer uses several motors for the paper-feed and image-formation processes.

NOTE: The DC controller determines the following motor failures.

● Developer motor ([color] developer motor startup failure)

● Developer motor ([color] developer motor rotation failure)

● Drum motor ([color] drum motor startup failure)

● Drum motor ([color] drum motor rotation failure)

● ITB motor (ITB motor start-up failure)

● ITB motor (ITB motor rotation failure)

● Fuser motor (fuser motor start-up failure)

● Fuser motor (fuser motor rotation failure)

● Developer alienation motor (developer alienation motor failure)

● Scanner motor (scanner motor startup failure)

● Scanner motor (scanner motor rotation failure)

● Toner-supply motor ([color] toner replenish motor failure)

60 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Table 3-3 Motors

Component name Components driven

4DEV_MTR Developer motor ● Yellow developer

● Magenta developer

● Cyan developer

● Black developer

● Waste toner feed screw

3DRM_MTR Drum motor ● Yellow photosensitive drum

● Magenta photosensitive drum

● Cyan photosensitive drum

ITB_BK_MTR ITB motor ● Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)

● Black photosensitive drum

● Toner feed screw

FSR_MTR Fuser motor ● Pressure roller and output roller

● Pressurizes/releases the pressure roller

● Engages/disengages the T1 roller

● Engages/disengages the T2 roller

FEED_MTR Pickup motor ● Tray 1 pickup roller (5700/5800 models only)

● Tray 1 feed roller (5700/5800 models only)

● Tray 2 pickup roller

● Tray 2 feed roller

● Feed roller (X57945 models only)

● Registration roller (5700/5800 models only)

● Intermediate feed roller (5700/5800 models only)

● Duplex re-pickup roller (5700/5800 models only)

FEED_MTR Feed motor (X57945 models only) ● Tray 1 pickup roller

● Tray 1 feed roller

● Registration roller

● Intermediate feed roller

● Duplex re-pickup roller

DEV_MTR Developer alienation motor Engages/disengages the developer rollers

SCN_MTR_12st Scanner motor Scanner mirror

SCN_MTR_34st

LIFT_MTR Lifter motor ● Lifts up the Tray 2 lifting plate

● Engages/disengages the Tray 2 pickup roller

Motors 61
 Table 3-3 Motors (continued)

Component name Components driven

DUP_MTR Duplex motor ● Duplex switchback roller

● Duplex feed roller

CAC_MTR Cartridge access release motor Cartridge lock door lever

(X55745 models only)

TS_MOTOR Toner-supply motor Toner feed screw

(X57945 models only)

Fans
Learn about the printer fans.

The printer has three fans for preventing the temperature from rising in the printer and for cooling the
printed pages.

NOTE: The DC controller determines the following fan failures.

● Cartridge fan (fan motor 1 failure)

● Power supply fan (fan motor 2 failure)

● Fuser fan (fan motor 3 failure)

Table 3-4 Fans

Component Description Cooling area Type Speed

name

FSR_FAN Fuser fan Around the fuser Intake Full

CRG_FAN Cartridge fan Around the toner cartridges Intake Variable (full/95%)

PS_FAN Power supply fan Around the low-voltage power Intake Variable (full/half)
supply unit

Low-voltage power supply

Learn about the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

The low-voltage power supply converts the AC power into the DC voltage that the printer components
use.

62 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-4 Low-voltage power supply

AC input

Low-voltage power supply

Fuse
FU401 (100V)

Fuser DC controller

Fuse
FU401 (200V)

Fuse
FU101

Zero crossing /ZEROX

detection circuit

+3.3VM +3.3VB

+3.3V +5VC
generation FET FET
circuit
+3.3VB2
Rectifying FSRPS_CLK
circuit FET
+24VA

+24V/+5V FET +3.3VC

generation
circuit
FET
+24VB
24V/5V CHG

Protection
circuit

24V interlock switch

SW1
+5VA
+24/5VA
Formatter +3.3VA

Low-voltage power supply voltages description

Learn about LVPS voltages.

The low-voltage power supply converts the AC power into three DC voltages, which it then subdivides, as
described in the following table.

Table 3-5 LVPS voltages

DC power supply Reference item Inactive OFF Active OFF Print/Standby

+24V +24VA OFF OFF ON

+24V +24VB OFF OFF ON

+5V +5VA OFF ON ON

+5V +5VC OFF OFF ON

Low-voltage power supply voltages description 63

 Table 3-5 LVPS voltages (continued)

DC power supply Reference item Inactive OFF Active OFF Print/Standby

+3.3V +3.3VA ON ON ON

+3.3V +3.3VB OFF ON ON

+3.3V +3.3VB2 OFF Intermittent ON

+3.3V +3.3VC OFF OFF ON

+3.3V +3.3VM OFF OFF ON

Over-current/over-voltage protection
Learn about LVPS protections.

The low-voltage power supply automatically stops supplying the DC voltage to the printer components
whenever it detects excessive current or abnormal voltage. The low-voltage power supply has a
protective circuit against over-current and over-voltage to prevent failures in the power supply circuit.

CAUTION: If DC voltage is not being supplied from the low-voltage power supply, the protective
function might be running. In this case, turn the power switch off and unplug the power cord.

Do not turn the power switch on until the root cause is found and corrected.

If the protective function is active, the DC controller notifies the formatter of a low-voltage power
supply failure. In addition, the low-voltage power supply has two fuses to protect against over-current. If
over-current flows into the AC line, the fuse stops the AC power.

Low-voltage power supply safety

Learn about LVPS safety.

For the customer and service technician safety, the printer has a function to stop +24VB power when the
24V interlock switch is turned off. This stops the DC power supply to the following loads.

● High-voltage power supply

● Fuser motor

● Pickup motor

● Developer alienation motor

● Duplex switchback motor

The remote switch control circuit turns on or off the printer power so that the AC power flows even if the
power switch is turned off. Unplug the printer power cord before disassembling the printer.

Low-voltage power supply functions

Learn about LVPS functions.

The printer has the following low-voltage power supply functions.

64 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Table 3-6 Low-voltage power supply functions

Function Description

Active OFF Inactive OFF is a state that the power supply is OFF.

Inactive OFF Active OFF is a state of sleep. The low-voltage power supply is output only to formatter and DC
controller.

Low-voltage power supply When +24V is supplied from the low-voltage power supply, the DC controller always monitors
failure detection output status of 24VA. The DC controller determines it as low-voltage power supply malfunction
if 24VA would not become the specified value at the specified timing. When the DC controller
monitors AC voltage input from inlet, it also determines it as low-voltage power supply
malfunction if AC voltage input from inlet would not reach the specified voltage.

High-voltage power supply

Learn about the high-voltage power supply.

The DC controller controls the high-voltage power supply to generate high-voltage biases. The high-
voltage power supply generates the high-voltage biases that are applied to the following components:

● Primary charging roller (in the toner cartridges)

● RS roller (in the toner cartridges)

● Developer blade (in the toner cartridges)

● Developer roller (in the toner cartridges)

● Primary transfer roller

● Secondary transfer roller

● Static charge eliminator

High-voltage power supply 65

 Figure 3-5 High-voltage power supply

Static charge eliminator

T1 roller
T2 roller

Y M C K

Developing bias Primary charging

T1 bias circuit T2 bias circuit RS bias circuit
circuit bias circuit

Blade bias circuit High-voltage power supply

DC controller

Fuser control
Learn about the fuser control process.

The fuser heater control circuit and the fuser safety circuit control the fuser temperature based on the
commands from the DC controller. The printer uses an on-demand fusing method. There are two types
of fusers, a conventional ODF fuser and a zone-heated A2ODF fuser in which a heater is divided into
seven zones.

66 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-6 ODF fuser control

TH3 Fuser film

H1,H2

TH1 Rear side of printer

FU1

Pressure roller
TH2

FUSER TEMPERATURE signal

FUSER HEATER CONTROL signal

Front side of printer

Fuser heater Fuser heater

control circuit safety circuit

Low-voltage power supply DC controller

Table 3-7 ODF fuser components

Abbreviation Component name Function

H1 Fuser main heater Heats the fuser film (Letter width compatible)

H2 Fuser sub heater Heats the fuser film (A4 width compatible)

TH1 Main thermistor Detects the center temperature of the fuser film (contact type)

TH2 Sub thermistor 1 Detects the temperature at one end of the fuser heater (contact
type)

TH3 Sub thermistor 2 Detects the temperature at one end of the fuser heater (contact
type)

FU1 Thermal fuse Prevents an abnormal temperature rise of fuser heater (non-contact
type)

Fuser control 67
 Figure 3-7 A2ODF fuser control

Fuser film

Rear side of printer

TP1

Fuser heater (see detailed view) Pressure roller

FUSER TEMPERATURE signal

FUSER HEATER CONTROL signal

Front side of printer

Fuser heater Fuser heater

control circuit safety circuit

Low-voltage power supply DC controller

Detailed view of fuser heater

Zone 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

TH22 TH32 TH4R TH4F TH52 TH62

TH11 TH21 TH31 TH41 TH51 TH71

Table 3-8

Abbreviation Component name Function

H1 Fuser heater 1 Heats the fuser film (zone 1)

H2 Fuser heater 2 Heats the fuser film (zone 2)

H3 Fuser heater 3 Heats the fuser film (zone 3)

H4 Fuser heater 4 Heats the fuser film (zone 4)

H5 Fuser heater 5 Heats the fuser film (zone 5)

H6 Fuser heater 6 Heats the fuser film (zone 6)

H7 Fuser heater 7 Heats the fuser film (zone 7)

68 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Table 3-8 (continued)

Abbreviation Component name Function

TH11 Main thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 1 (built-in type)

TH21 Main thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 2 (built-in type)

TH41 Main thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 4 (built-in type)

TH51 Main thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 5 (built-in type)

TH71 Main thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 7 (built-in type)

TH22 Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 2 (built-in type)

TH32 Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 3 (built-in type)

TH4R Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 4 (built-in type)

TH4F Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 4 (built-in type)

TH52 Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 5 (built-in type)

TH62 Sub thermistor Detects the temperature of the fuser zone 6 (built-in type)

TH31 Sub thermistor Detects the excursion of the fuser heater (built-in type)

TP1 Thermoswitch Prevents an abnormal temperature rise of fuser heater (non-contact

type)

Fuser control 69
 Figure 3-8 ODF fuser control block diagram

AC input

DC controller
Zero crossing /ZEROX
detection
circuit

Relay drive FSR_PRS_RLD Fuser heater

RL401 circuit safety circuit

RL402 Relay drive

circuit

Fuser heater FSRD

control circuit
FSR_RX
Low-voltage suppry supply

Fuser

Fuser heater control circuit

FSAFE4
SUB_TH2 FSAFE3
TH3
MAITN_TH FSAFE2
TH1
SUB_TH1 FSAFE1
TH2
+24VBRL
+24VB
FU1

H1, H2

Fuser film ass’y

Pressure roller

70 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-9 A2ODF fuser control block diagram

AC input

DC controller
Zero crossing /ZEROX
detection
circuit

Relay drive FSR_PRS_RLD Fuser heater

RL401 circuit safety circuit

RL402 Relay drive

circuit

Fuser heater FSRD

control circuit
FSR_RX
Low-voltage suppry supply

Fuser

Fuser heater control circuit

+24VBRL
+24VB
TP1

FSAFE4
TH FSAFE3
FSAFE2
H1-7
TH1-7 FSAFE1

Fuser film ass’y

Pressure roller

Fuser heater protection

Learn about fuser heater protection.

The fuser heater protective function detects an excessive temperature rise of the fuser and interrupts
power supply to the fuser heater. The printer has the following protective functions to prevent the fuser
heater from excessive rising temperature.

● DC controller: The DC controller constantly monitors the temperature of the thermistor. The DC
controller stops the FUSER HEATER CONTROL signal output and turns off the relays (RL401/RL402)
to interrupt power supply to the fuser heater when it detects an excessive temperature.

Fuser heater protection 71

 ● Fuser heater safety circuit: The fuser heater safety circuit constantly monitors the temperature
of the thermistor. The fuser heater safety circuit turns off the relays (RL401/RL402) or the triacs
(Q409/Q410/Q411) and the fuser heater control circuit to interrupt power supply to the fuser heater
when it detects an excessive temperature. Triac (Q409) corresponds only to the A2ODF fuser.

● Thermal fuse (ODF fuser): Contact of the thermal fuse opens and it interrupts power supply to the
fuser heater when the temperature of the fuser heater is abnormally high.

● Thermoswitch (A2ODF fuser): The contact of the thermoswitch breaks to interrupt power supply to
the fuser heater when the temperature of the fuser heater is abnormally high.

Fuser control functions

Learn about fuser control functions.

The printer has the following fuser control functions.

Table 3-9 Fuser control functions

Function Supported feature

Fuser temperature control Yes

Fuser failure detection Yes

Frequency detection circuit failure detection Yes

Fuser pressure release mechanism failure detection Yes

Fuser type discrepancy detection Yes

Fuser type identification detection No

Fuser presence detection Yes

Fuser life detection Yes

Relay failure detection No

Pressure roller cleaning Yes

Engine laser/scanner system

Learn about the engine laser/scanner system.

The DC controller controls the laser scanner system by following the instruction from the formatter.
The DC controller formats the latent electrostatic image on the surface of photosensitive drum by
controlling the components of the laser scanner system as dictated by the VIDEO signals.

The main components of the image-formation system are as follows:

● Laser assembly

● Scanner motor assembly

● Beam detect (BD) sensor

● Scanner mirror

NOTE: The printer has one laser scanner assembly each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black.

72 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-10 Laser scanner system

Photosensitive drum

Laser ass’y

Y BD sensor Photosensitive drum

C
BD sensor

Laser ass’y
K

Scanner motor ass’y

Scanner mirror Scanner motor ass’y

Scanner mirror

DC controller

Laser scanner failure detection

Learn about laser scanner failure detection functions.

The DC controller detects the following laser scanner failures.

Table 3-10 Laser scanner failure detection

Function Supported feature

BD failure detection No

Scanner motor start-up failure detection Yes

Scanner motor rotational failure detection Yes

Laser scanner failure detection No

Laser scanner safety

Learn about laser scanner safety.

The printer has door interlock switches. In the case that one of the following doors opens, the interlock
switches stop output to the laser for the user or service technician’s safety.

● Front door

Laser scanner failure detection 73

 ● Right door

Image-formation process
Learn about the image-formation process.

The DC controller controls the image-formation system according to commands from the formatter. The
DC controller controls the internal components of the image-formation system to form the toner image
on the photosensitive drum surface. The toner image is then transferred to the print media and fused.
The system consists of the following components:

● Toner cartridges

● Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB)

● Primary transfer (T1) roller

● Secondary transfer (T2) roller

● Fuser

● Laser scanner assembly

● High-voltage power supply

Figure 3-11 Image-formation system

Fuser

ITB
T1 roller

T2 roller

Y M C K

Laser scanner ass’y

Cartridge

High-voltage power supply

DC controller

Image-formation system motors

The following figure shows the motors for the image-formation system.

74 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-12 Image-formation system motors

Y M C K

3DRM 4DEV DEV ITB FSR

DC controller

Table 3-11 Image-formation system motors

Item Abbreviation Component

4DEV 4DEV_MTR Developer motor

3DRM 3DRM_MTR Drum motor

ITB ITB_MTR ITB motor

FSR FSR_MTR Fuser motor

DEV DEV_MTR Developer alienation motor

Image-formation system sensors

The following figure shows the sensors for the image-formation system.

Image-formation process 75
 Figure 3-13 Image-formation system sensors

TCU_FULL

DRM_HP123

T1_HP DRM_HP4
RD1
RD2

Y M C K MS

DEV_HP

ENV

DC controller

Table 3-12 Image-formation system sensors

Item Abbreviation Name

DRM_HP123 DRM_HP123_SNS Drum home position sensor YMC

DRM_HP4 DRM_HP4_SNS Drum home position sensor K

DEV_HP DEV_HP_SNS Developer alienation sensor

TCU_FULL TCU_FULL_SNS ITB toner collection near full sensor

T1_HP T1_HP_SNS ITB alienation sensor

MS - (Media sensor PCA) Media sensor

RD1 - (RD sensor PCA) Registration density sensor 1

RD2 - (RD sensor PCA) Registration density sensor 2

ENV ENV_SNS Environment sensor

Step 1: Pre-exposure (X57945 models only)

Learn about the image formation pre-exposure step.

NOTE: This step applies to the X57945 models only.

Light from the pre-exposure LED strikes the surface of the photosensitive drum to remove any residual
electrical charges from the drum surface.

76 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-14 Pre-exposure

LED

Photosensitive drum

Step 2: Primary charging

Learn about the image formation primary charging step.

To prepare for latent image formation, the surface of the photosensitive drum is charged with a uniform
negative charge. The primary charging roller receives the primary charging bias, and then the roller
charges the drum by direct contact.

Figure 3-15 Primary charging

Primary charging roller

Primary charging bias

Photosensitive drum

Step 3: Laser-beam exposure

Learn about the image formation laser-beam exposure step.

The laser beam strikes the photosensitive drum to neutralize the negative charge on the portions of the
drum surface where the image will form. An electrostatic latent image forms where the negative charge
was neutralized. The neutralized areas on the drum are ready to accept toner.

Step 2: Primary charging 77

 Figure 3-16 Laser-beam exposure

Step 4: Development
Learn about the image formation development step.

A developing bias is applied to the developing roller. The toner acquires a negative charge as a result
of the friction from the developing roller rotating against the developing blade. Because the negatively
charged surface of the photosensitive drums were neutralized where they have been struck by the laser
beam, the toner adheres to those areas on the drums. The latent image becomes visible on the surface
of the drum.

Figure 3-17 Development

Developer roller
Developer blade

Developing bias

Photosensitive drum

Step 5: Primary transfer

Learn about the image formation primary transfer step.

The toner on the photosensitive drum is transferred to the ITB. T1 bias is applied to the T1 roller to charge
the ITB positive. The ITB attracts the negatively charged toner from the surface of each photosensitive
drum. The complete toner image forms on the ITB.

78 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-18 Primary transfer

Photosensitive
drum

ITB
T1 roller

T1 bias

Step 6: Secondary transfer

Learn about the image formation secondary transfer step.

The paper acquires a positive charge from the secondary-transfer roller, and attracts the negatively
charged toner from the surface of the ITB. The complete toner image transfers onto the paper.

Figure 3-19 Secondary transfer

ITB

Paper
T2 roller

T2 bias

Step 7: Separation
Learn about the image formation separation step.

The stiffness of the paper causes it to separate from the ITB as the ITB bends. The static-charge
eliminator removes excess charge from the paper for stable paper feeding and print quality.

Step 6: Secondary transfer 79

 Figure 3-20 Separation

ITB

Paper
Static charge eliminator
T2 roller

Static charge eliminator bias

Step 8: Fusing
Learn about the image formation fusing step.

The printer uses an on-demand fusing method to adhere the toner image onto the page. As the page
passes through the heated and pressurized rollers in the fuser the toner melts onto the page. The toner
image is now permanently fused to the page. A fusing bias applied to the pressure roller improves image
quality.

Figure 3-21 Fusing

Fuser heater

Fuser film

Paper

Pressure roller

Step 9: ITB cleaning

Learn about the image formation ITB cleaning step.

ITB cleaning process is to remove the residual toner on the ITB surface.

The residual toner is scraped off by the cleaning blade and then collected into the toner collection box
ass’y by the toner feed screw.

80 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-22 ITB cleaning

Toner cartridges
Learn about the toner cartridges.

The following sections discuss the printer toner cartridges. The printer has four toner cartridges, one for
each color: cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.

Design
Learn about toner cartridge design.

Each toner cartridge is filled with toner and consists of the following components:

● Photosensitive drum

● Developer

● Primary-charging roller

● Memory chip

The printer has four cartridges, one for each color: yellow, magenta, cyan and black. Each of them has
the same structure

The X57945 models have two cartridge types: four (YMCK) toner cartridges and four imaging drums
(YMCK).

Toner cartridges 81
 Figure 3-23 Standard toner cartridge block diagram

DC controller

DEV
DRM_HP4

DRM_HP123
M 4DEV/3DMR/ITB

Photosensitive
drum

Primary charging
Developer roller
roller

E-label
Cartridge

DEV_HP

82 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-24 Toner cartridge and imaging drum block diagram

Feed/toner-supply controller

P-cartridge

M TS_MOTOR

Toner feed direction

T-cartridge

BUFF_PTR_PCA(1st/2st/3st/4st)
Toner supply mechanism

Toner cartridge functions

Learn about toner cartridge functions.

The printer has the following cartridge functions.

Table 3-13 Cartridge functions

Function Supported feature

Cartridge presence detection (not applicable to T-cartridges) Yes

Toner level detection Yes

Cartridge life detection Yes

Cartridge misinstallation detection Yes

Developer alienation control Yes

Developer alienation motor failure detection Yes

Drum discharge mechanism No

Intermediate transfer belt assembly

Learn about the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly.

Toner cartridge functions 83

 The ITB unit accepts the toner images from the photosensitive drums and transfers the completed
image to the paper. The ITB unit has the following main components:

● Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)

● ITB-drive roller

● Primary-transfer roller

● ITB cleaner

Figure 3-25 ITB unit

DC controller

Waste toner duct ass’y

SL FSR Fuser motor

T1 roller alienation
solenoid
TCU_FULL

ITB motor ITB

ITB drive roller

Toner collection box ass’y ITB
4DEV

Developer motor
T1_HP

ITB cleaner

T1 roller

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) functions

Learn about intermediate transfer belt functions.

The printer has the following ITB assembly functions.

Table 3-14 Intermediate transfer belt functions

Function Supported feature

T1 roller alienation control Yes

T1 roller alienation mechanism failure detection Yes

ITB assembly life detection Yes

ITB assembly presence detection No

Blade cleaning mechanism Yes

Electrostatic cleaning mechanism No

ITB toner collection box full detection No

ITB toner collection box presence detection No

ITB perimeter detection Yes

ITB seal detection sensor failure detection No

New ITB detection Yes

ITB cleaning mechanism No

84 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Table 3-14 Intermediate transfer belt functions (continued)

Function Supported feature

Toner collection box full detection Yes

Toner collection box presence detection No

Secondary transfer roller assembly

Learn about the secondary transfer roller assembly.

The secondary transfer roller assembly transfers the toner image on the ITB to the paper.

Secondary transfer roller functions

Learn about secondary transfer roller functions.

The printer has the following secondary transfer roller functions.

Table 3-15 Secondary transfer roller functions

Function Supported feature

Secondary transfer roller cleaning mechanism Yes

Secondary transfer roller presence detection No

Secondary transfer roller life detection Yes

Secondary transfer roller alienation control Yes

Calibration
Learn about the printer calibration process.

The printer calibrates itself to maintain proper print-quality. The calibration corrects color-
misregistration and color-density variation due to environmental changes or internal variation in the
printer.

Calibration functions
Learn about color calibration functions.

The printer has the following calibration functions.

Table 3-16 Calibration functions

Function Supported feature

Color-plane registration correction control Yes

Environment correction control Yes

Image density control (DMAX) Yes

Image halftone control (DHALF) Yes

Registration density sensor failure detection Yes

Color sensor control No

Secondary transfer roller assembly 85

 Table 3-16 Calibration functions (continued)

Function Supported feature

Gray axis control (GAS) No

Environment sensor failure detection Yes

Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system

Learn about the printer pickup, feed, and delivery system.

The DC controller controls the pickup, feed, and delivery system according to commands from the
formatter. The pickup, feed, and delivery system uses a series of rollers to move the paper through the
printer.

The pickup, feed, and delivery system consists of the following three functional blocks.

● Pickup-and-feed-block: Controls the movement of the paper from each pickup source to the fuser
inlet

● Fuser-and-delivery-block: Controls the movement of the paper from the fuser to the delivery
destination

● Duplex block: Controls the movement of the paper from the duplex switchback unit to the duplex
re-pickup unit

86 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-26 Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system (5700/5800 models)
Fuser-and-delivery block
Simplex paper path

Pickup-and-feed block

Simplex paper path

Duplex paper path Duplex block

Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system 87

 Figure 3-27 Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system (X57945 models)
Simplex paper path Fuser-and-delivery block

Pickup-and-feed block

Sensors and switches

Learn about the pickup, feed, and delivery sensors and switches.

The following figure shows the sensors and switches for the pickup, feed, and delivery system.

88 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-28 Photo sensors and switches

DUP_FL_SNS
OUT_FULL_SNS

PAPOUT-M_SNS
PAPOUT-L_SNS

LOOP_SNS

REFEED_SNS

MS

REG_SNS

RREREG_SNS

MP_PAP_SNS

TRANS_SNS
CST_FACE_SNS
CST_PAP_SNS
CST_SIZE1
CST_SIZE2

CST

CST_SIZE3 CST_SIZE4

Table 3-17 Photo sensors and switches

Abbreviation Component

CST_SIZE1 Tray 2 media size switch 1 (X557/X579 models only)

CST_SIZE2 Tray 2 media size switch 2 (X557/X579 models only)

CST_SIZE3 Tray 2 media size switch 3 (X557/X579 models only)

CST_SIZE4 Tray 2 media size switch 4 (X557/X579 models only)

CST Tray 2 cassette presence switch

DUP_FL_SNS Duplex flapper position sensor

OUT_FULL_SNS FD1 media full sensor

CST_PAP_SNS Tray 2 media out sensor

CST_FACE_SNS Tray 2 media surface sensor

LOOP_SNS Fuser loop sensor

REFEED_SNS Duplex feed sensor (X557/X579 models only)

REG_SNS Registration sensor

MP_PAP_SNS Tray 1 media out sensor

PAPOUT-M_SNS Fuser output sensor 2

TRANS_SNS Tray 2 feed sensor (X57945 models only)

MS (Media sensor PCA) Media sensor

Sensors and switches 89

 Table 3-17 Photo sensors and switches (continued)

Abbreviation Component

PAPOUT-L_SNS Fuser output sensor 1

Motors, clutches, and solenoids

Learn about the pickup, feed, and delivery motors, clutches, and solenoids.

The following figure shows the motors, clutches, and solenoids for the pickup, feed, and delivery system.

Figure 3-29 Motors, clutches, and solenoids (5700/5800 models)

FSR DUP ITB

D_SL

R_CL

MPSL

F_CL

LIFT FEED

Abbreviation Abbreviation 2 Component

1

ITB ITB_BK_MTR ITB motor

FSR FSR_MTR Fuser motor

FEED FEED_MTR Pickup motor

LEFT LIFT_MTR Lifter motor

DUP DUP_MTR Duplex motor

MPSL MP-SL Tray 1 pickup solenoid

D_SL DUP_SL Duplex flapper solenoid

F_CL FEED_CL Tray 2 pickup clutch

90 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Abbreviation Abbreviation 2 Component
1

R_CL REFEED_CL Duplex re-pickup clutch

Figure 3-30 Motors, clutches, and solenoids (X57945 models)

FSR DUP ITB

D_SL

R_CL

MPSL

FEED2

F_CL

LIFT FEED1

Abbreviation Abbreviation 2 Component

1

ITB ITB_BK_MTR ITB motor

FSR FSR_MTR Fuser motor

FEED1 FEED_MTR Pickup motor

FEED2 FEED_MTR Feed motor

LEFT LIFT_MTR Lifter motor

DUP DUP_MTR Duplex motor

MPSL MP-SL Tray 1 pickup solenoid

D_SL DUP_SL Duplex flapper solenoid

Motors, clutches, and solenoids 91

 Abbreviation Abbreviation 2 Component
1

F_CL FEED_CL Tray 2 pickup clutch

R_CL REFEED_CL Duplex re-pickup clutch

Feed speed control

Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery feed speed control.

The DC controller adjusts the feed speed to improve the print quality depending on the paper type. The
paper is fed at a specified speed according to the print mode designated by the formatter.

Table 3-18 Print mode and feed speed

Print mode Feed speed, monochrome Feed speed, full color

Auto 3/4/5 3/4/5

Normal media 1 3/4 3/4

Normal media 2 3/4 3/4

Heavy media 1 3/4 3/4

Heavy media 2 3/5 3/5

Heavy media 3 4/5 4/5

Light media 1 3 3

Light media 2 3 3

Light media 3 3 3

Glossy media 1 5 5

Glossy media 2 5 5

Glossy media 3 5 5

Glossy film 5 5

Photo media 1 Not applicable Not applicable

Photo media 2 Not applicable Not applicable

Photo media 3 Not applicable Not applicable

Envelope 3/4 3/4

OHT 5 5

Extra light media 3 3

Label 3/4 3/4

Designated media 1 3/4 3/4

Designated media 2 4/5 4/5

Designated media 3 3 3

Pickup and feed delivery features

Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery print mode and feed speed features.

92 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 The printer has the following pickup, feed and delivery functions.

Table 3-19 Print mode and feed speed

Function Supported feature

Cassette (Tray 2) media size detection Yes (X557/X57945/X58045 models only)

Cassette (Tray 2) presence detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media surface detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media presence detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media level detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) lift-up control Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) lift-down control Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) multiple-feed prevention mechanism No

Cassette (Tray 2) pickup roller presence detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) pickup roller alienation detection Yes

Tray 1 (MP) tray media presence detection Yes

Tray 1 (MP) tray media width detection No

Tray 1 (MP) tray last-media detection No

Skew-feed prevention mechanism Yes

Feed speed control Yes

Loop control Yes

Media detection Yes

OHT detection Yes

Image leading edge positioning Yes

Media length detection No

Media width detection Yes

Pressure roller pressure release control Yes

Output bin media-full detection Yes

Automatic delivery Yes

Duplex switchback control Yes

Duplex feed control Yes

Media detection
Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery media detection.

The printer is equipped with media sensor on paper path, and can detect media type fed. The media
sensor consists of an optical sensor which detects surface roughness and ultrasonic sensor which
detects paper weight, and the distance between the optical sensor and the print media is kept constant
by roller.

Media detection 93
 The DC controller detects media type using the media sensor and switches to an optimized print mode
for the media, if Auto mode is designated from the formatter and media type for the specified input
source is not designated from the formatter.

The followings are print modes that can be switched for media detection.

● Normal

● Heavy media 1

● Heavy media 2

● Heavy media 3

● Light media

● Glossy media 1

● Glossy media 2

● Glossy media 3

● Rough media

● OHT

● Glossy film

Jam detection/prevention
Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery jam detection.

The printer uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check whether paper is
being fed correctly or has jammed.

● Registration sensor (REG_SNS)

● Fuser output sensor 1 (PAPOUT-L_SNS)

● Fuser output sensor 2 (PAPOUT-M_SNS)

● Fuser loop sensor (LOOP_SNS)

● FD1 media full sensor (OUT_FULL_SNS)

● Duplex feed sensor (REFEED_SNS) (X557/X57945/X58045 models only)

● Tray 2 feed sensor (TRANS_SNS) (X57945 models only)

● PF feed sensor (PS23) (550-sheet paper feeder only)

● HCI feed sensor (SR4) (HCI only)

94 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-31 Jam detection sensors (X57945 models models)
Simplex paper path
Duplex paper path

OUT_FULL_SNS

PAPOUT-M_SNS
PAPOUT-L_SNS

REFEED_SNS

REG_SNS

PREREG_SNS

TRANS_SNS

Figure 3-32 Jam detection sensors (5700/5800 models and 550-sheet paper feeder)
Simplex paper path
Duplex paper path

OUT_FULL_SNS

PAPOUT-M_SNS
PAPOUT-L_SNS

REFEED_SNS

REG_SNS

PREREG_SNS

SR23

Jam detection/prevention 95
 Figure 3-33 Jam detection sensors (5700/5800 models and HCI)
Simplex paper path
Duplex paper path

OUT_FULL_SNS

PAPOUT-M_SNS
PAPOUT-L_SNS

REFEED_SNS

REG_SNS

PREREG_SNS

SR4

The printer determines that a jam has occurred if one of these sensors detects paper at an
inappropriate time. The DC controller stops the print operation and notifies the formatter.

The printer detects the following jams:

● No pick jam 1

● No pick jam 2

● No pick jam 3

● Pickup stay jam 1

● Fuser delivery delay jam 1

● Fuser delivery delay jam 2

● Fuser delivery stay jam 1

● Fuser delivery stay jam 2

● Residual paper jam 1

96 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

● Door open jam 1

● Fuser wrap jam 1

● Fuser wrap jam 2

● Duplex feed delay jam

● Duplex re-pickup delay jam

● Delivery delay jam 1

● Inappropriate to the delivery path jam 2

● Transfer area wrapping jam

Jam detection/prevention 97
 Input devices
Learn about the input devices.

550-sheet paper feeder

Learn about the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3).

The 550-sheet paper feeder is installed at bottom of the printer. It picks up the print media and feeds it to
the printer. The paper feeder controller controls the operational sequence of the paper feeder.

550-sheet paper feeder paper path

Learn about the 550-sheet paper feeder paper path.

The figure below shows the 550-sheet paper feeder paper path.

Figure 3-34 550-sheet paper feeder paper path

Paper feeder controller

Learn about the paper feeder controller.

The figure below shows the paper feeder controller block diagram.

98 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-35 Paper feeder controller
550-sheet paper feeder

Motor

+3.3VB2
Clutch
+24VA
DC controller Paper feeder controller

Photointerruptor

Switch

550-sheet paper feeder electrical components

Learn about the 550-sheet paper feeder electrical components.

The figure below shows the paper feeder electrical components. The table in this section describes the
paper feeder electrical components.

Figure 3-36 Paper feeder electrical components

M12

CL6

SR24 SR23
SR22 SW16
SW4
SW6
SW5 SW7
SR21

M15

Table 3-20 Electrical component list, paper feeder

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M12 Paper feeder feed motor

Motor M15 Paper feeder lifter motor

Clutch CL6 Paper feeder pickup clutch

Switch SW4 Paper feeder media size switch 1

Switch SW5 Paper feeder media size switch 2

Switch SW6 Paper feeder media size switch 3

Switch SW7 Paper feeder media size switch 4

Switch SW16 Paper feeder door switch

550-sheet paper feeder electrical components 99

 Table 3-20 Electrical component list, paper feeder (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Photo interrupter SR21 Paper feeder lifter motor rotation sensor

Photo interrupter SR22 Paper feeder media out sensor

Photo interrupter SR23 Paper feeder feed sensor

Photo interrupter SR24 Paper feeder media surface sensor

550-sheet paper feeder motor control

The 550-sheet paper feeder has two motors for the paper-feed and cassette lift-up.

The table below describes which components the paper feeder motors drive.

Table 3-21 Paper feeder motors

Abbreviation Component Drives Failure

detection

M12 Paper feeder feed motor Paper feeder cassette pickup roller No

Paper feeder cassette feed roller

Paper feeder feed roller

M15 Paper feeder lifter motor Paper feeder cassette lifter drive assembly No

550-sheet paper feeder other functions

Learn about the other paper feeder pickup and feed functions.

The paper feeder has the following pickup and feed functions.

● Cassette lift-up control

● Cassette presence detection

● Cassette media size detection

● Cassette media stack surface detection

● Cassette media out detection

● Cassette media level detection

● Multiple-feed prevention

● Automatic delivery

550-sheet feeder jam detection

Learn about the 550-sheet feeder jam detection function.

The paper feeder uses the following sensor to detect the presence of paper and to check whether
paper is being fed correctly or has jammed.

● Paper feeder feed sensor (SR23)

100 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 The printer determines that a jam has occurred if the sensor detects paper at an inappropriate time.

High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder

Learn about the HCI.

The HCI is optionally installed at bottom of the printer. It picks up the print media and feeds it to the
printer. The HCI controller controls the operational sequence of the HCI.

HCI paper path

Learn about the HCI paper path.

The figure below shows the HCI paper path.

Figure 3-37 HCI paper path

HCI controller
Learn about the HCI controller.

High capacity input (HCI) paper feeder 101

 The figure below shows the HCI controller block diagram.

Figure 3-38 HCI controller

HCI

Motor

+3.3VB2
Clutch
+24VA
DC controller HCI controller

Photointerruptor

Switch

HCI electrical components

Learn about the HCI electrical components.

The figure below shows the HCI electrical components. The table in this section describes the HCI
electrical components.

Figure 3-39 HCI electrical components

M13

CL2

SR5 SR4

SR3 SW13
SR6
SW9

SW10

SW8

M14

Table 3-22 Electrical component list, HCI

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M13 HCI feed motor

102 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Table 3-22 Electrical component list, HCI (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M14 HCI lifter motor

Clutch CL2 HCI pickup clutch

Switch SW8 HCI cassette lifting plate position switch

Switch SW9 HCI cassette media size switch 1

Switch SW10 HCI cassette media size switch 2

Switch SW13 HCI door switch

Photo interrupter SR3 HCI cassette media out sensor

Photo interrupter SR4 HCI feed sensor

Photo interrupter SR5 HCI cassette media surface sensor

Photo interrupter SR6 HCI cassette pickup rotation sensor

HCI motor control

The HCI has two motors for the paper-feed and cassette lift-up.

The table below describes which components the HCI motors drive.

Table 3-23 Paper feeder motors

Abbreviation Component Drives Failure

detection

M13 HCI feed motor HCI cassette pickup roller No

HCI cassette feed roller

HCI feed roller

M14 HCI lifter motor HCI cassette lifter drive assembly No

HCI other functions

Learn about the other HCI pickup and feed functions.

The HCI has the following pickup and feed functions.

● Cassette lift-up control

● Cassette presence detection

● Cassette media size detection

● Cassette media stack surface detection

● Cassette media out detection

● Cassette multiple-feed prevention

● Automatic delivery

HCI motor control 103

 HCI jam detection
Learn about the HCI jam detection function.

The HCI uses the following sensor to detect the presence of paper and to check whether paper is being
fed correctly or has jammed.

● HCI feed sensor (SR4)

The printer determines that a jam has occurred if the sensor detects paper at an inappropriate time.

104 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Output devices
Learn about the output devices.

3-bin stapler-stacker
Learn about the 3-bin stapler-stacker.

The 3-bin stapler-stacker is installed on the upper side of the printer. It delivers the print media to the
output bin after the staple process. The unit's controller controls the operational sequence of the paper
feeder.

3-bin stapler-stacker paper path

Learn about the 3-bin stapler-stacker paper path.

The figure below shows the 3-bin stapler-stacker paper path.

Figure 3-40 3-bin stapler-stacker paper path

3-bin stapler-stacker controller

Learn about the 3-bin stapler-stacker controller.

The figure below shows the 3-bin stapler-stacker controller block diagram.

Output devices 105

 Figure 3-41 3-bin stapler-stacker controller
3 Bin Stapler Stacker

Motor
+3.3VB2
+24VA
Fan

DC controller SS controller Solenoid

Photointerruptor

Switch

Formatter

3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components

Learn about the 3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components.

The figures below show the 3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components. The table in this section
describes the 3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components.

Figure 3-42 3-bin stapler-stacker motors and solenoids

M27 M24

M21

SL22
M25
M22

SL23
SL21

106 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-43 3-bin stapler-stacker sensors and switches

PS207
PS206 PS204

PS201
PS205
PS211
PS202
PS212 PS213
PS208 PS214 PS203
PS209 PS215
SW3

SW4

PS210 SW21

Table 3-24 Electrical component list, 3-bin stapler-stacker

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M21 Stapler-stacker output motor

Motor M22 Stapler-stacker feed motor

Motor M24 Jogger motor

Motor M25 Y alignment motor

Motor M26 Stapler motor

Motor M27 Lifter motor

Fan FAN21 Stapler-stacker fan

Solenoid SL21 Inlet flapper solenoid

Solenoid SL22 Stamp solenoid

Solenoid SL23 Output bin 2 flapper solenoid

Photo interrupter PS201 Bin 1 media presence sensor

Photo interrupter PS202 Stapler-stacker exit sensor

Photo interrupter PS203 Staple inlet sensor

Photo interrupter PS204 Y alignment home position sensor

Photo interrupter PS205 Bin 1 media full sensor 1

Photo interrupter PS206 Alienation home position sensor

Photo interrupter PS207 Jogger home position sensor

Photo interrupter PS208 Bin 2 media presence sensor

Photo interrupter PS209 Bin 2 media full sensor

Photo interrupter PS210 Stapler-stacker inlet sensor

Photo interrupter PS211 Bin 1 upper limit sensor

Photo interrupter PS212 Bin 1 lower limit sensor

Photo interrupter PS213 Staple low sensor

Photo interrupter PS214 Staple ready sensor

3-bin stapler-stacker electrical components 107

 Table 3-24 Electrical component list, 3-bin stapler-stacker (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Photo interrupter PS215 Staple home position sensor

Switch SW3 Stapler-stacker door switch

Switch SW4 Staple door switch

Switch SW21 Interlock switch

3-bin stapler-stacker motor control

The 3-bin stapler-stacker has six motors for paper feed, paper alignment, output bin lift up/down, and
staple functions.

The table below describes which components the 3-bin stapler-stacker motors drive.

Table 3-25 Paper feeder motors

Abbreviation Component Drives Failure

detection

M21 Stapler-stacker output motor Output bin 1 delivery roller No

Output bin 1 exit feed roller

M22 Stapler-stacker feed motor Output bin 2 delivery roller No

Output bin 2 inlet feed roller

M24 Jogger motor Jogger guide Yes

M25 Y alignment motor Alignment roller Yes

Engages/disengages the output bin 1 delivery roller

M26 Staple motor Staple Yes

M27 Lifter motor Output bin 1 lifter No

3-bin stapler-stacker fan control

The 3-bin stapler-stacker has one fan.

The table below describes the stapler-stacker fan functions.

Table 3-26 3-bin stapler-stacker fan

Abbreviati Component Cooling area Type Speed Failure

on detection

FAN21 Stapler-stacker fan Stapler-stacker interior Intake Full/low Yes

3-bin stapler-stacker other functions

Learn about the other 3-bin stapler-stacker delivery functions.

The 3-bin stapler-stacker has the following delivery functions.

108 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 ● Mailbox mode

● Staple control

● Automatic delivery

3-bin stapler-stacker jam detection

Learn about the 3-bin stapler-stacker jam detection function.

The 3-bin stapler-stacker uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check
whether paper is being fed correctly or has jammed.

● Stapler-stacker inlet sensor (PS210)

● Staple inlet sensor (PS203)

● Stapler-stacker exit sensor (PS202)

The printer determines that a jam has occurred if the sensors detect paper at an inappropriate time. The
stapler-stacker detects the following jams.

● Residual paper jam

● Feed delay jam

● Feed stay jam

3-bin stapler-stacker jam detection 109

 4 Solve problems

Learn about solving printer problems.

110 Chapter 4 Solve problems

How to search for printer documentation
The CPMD, error codes, and other support documentation for each printer is available on the HP portals.

For HP internal access to WISE, go to WISE.

For HP channel partners access WISE, see Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)
or Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP).

WISE is available to call agents, service technicians, and HP internal users. The level of detail available
depends on your access credentials. To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation

These instructions are for HP internal use by call agents, service technicians, and other internal users.

To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here: Finding Error Code and Control Panel
Message Document in WISE.

TIP: The Product Detail Page (PDP) is available from the WISE home page. Enter, and then select a
product name or number in the Go to a Product Detail Page area (callout 1), or select the …or select your
product from a list item (callout 2) on the WISE home page.

Many types of printer documentation and information are available on WISE. This section details
methods for finding error code descriptions and solutions.

TIP: To view a list of control panel message documents (CPMD) per printer, search for the following
topic in WISE: HP LaserJet, OfficeJet, PageWide, ScanJet Enterprise - Control panel message
document (CPMD) list or click the link below.

● HP LaserJet, HP OfficeJet, HP PageWide, HP ScanJet - Control panel messages document (CPMD),

Service manual, and Service cost data list

Use one of the following methods to search for CPMD error code information.

● Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool

● Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function

● Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page

Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool
Use the WISE Error Code Lookup tool to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following
steps.

1. On the WISE home page, click the Error Code Lookup tool icon.

How to search for printer documentation 111

 Figure 4-1 WISE Error Code Lookup tool icon

2. Enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Error Code Lookup dialog box.

Figure 4-2 WISE Error Code Lookup tool dialog box

3. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-3 WISE Error Code Lookup tool drop-down list

M606

4. Type the error code (for example, 13.b2.d2) in the Error Code Lookup keyword field, and then select
the search icon.

112 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-4 WISE Error Code Lookup tool search

5. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-5 WISE Search results

Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function
Use the WISE search function to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Search dialog box.

Figure 4-6 WISE Search dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 113

 Figure 4-7 WISE Search drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Search keyword field, and then select the search
icon.

Figure 4-8 WISE Search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-9 WISE Search results

Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page
Use the WISE Product Detail Page (PDP) to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the
following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Go to a Product
Detail page dialog box.

TIP: To find a PDP from a list of products by product type, select the …or select your product from
a list item just below the dialog box.

114 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-10 WISE PDP dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-11 WISE PDP drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Error Code Lookup field, and then select the search
icon.

Figure 4-12 WISE PDP search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 115

 Figure 4-13 WISE PDP search results

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP)

Learn how to access WISE by accessing the HP Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) if you are an
HP Channel Partner.

IMPORTANT: A Partner Admin must requested access, via the CSDP portal, to create a new user
before you can sign into the CDSP portal.

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

Figure 4-14 CSDP sign-in page

2. On the CSDP home page, click the Knowledge and Training item.

TIP: Use the Knowledge and Training item at the top of the CSDP home page (callout 1), or the
Knowledge and Training action icon (callout 2).

116 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-15 CSDP portal home page
1

3. Select HP Technical Documentation on the Knowledge and Training page to open the WISE portal
home page.

Figure 4-16 CSDP portal HP Knowledge and Training page

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Figure 4-17 WISE portal home page

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

Learn how to access WISE by accessing the HP Partner Portal if you are an HP Channel Partner.

NOTE: If this is your first visit to the HP Partner Portal, you will be asked to create an account. Follow
the setup directions using your HP Partner credentials.

View a video of how to access WISE for HP channel partners

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal) 117

 1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

Figure 4-18 HP Partner Portal sign-in page

2. On the HP Partner Portal home page, click the Services & Support item.

Figure 4-19 HP Partner Portal home page

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

Figure 4-20 HP Partner Portal Service & Support page

118 Chapter 4 Solve problems

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

Figure 4-21 HP Partner Portal Technical Support (WISE)page

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Figure 4-22 WISE portal home page

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal) 119

 Determine the problem source
When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation, the printer control panel alerts
the user to the situation.

This section contains a pre-troubleshooting checklist and a troubleshooting flow chart to filter out many
possible causes of the problem.

● Use the pre-troubleshooting check list to gather information about the problem from the customer.

● Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions. The
flowchart guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the
malfunction.

Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure, check the following issues:

● Are supply items within their rated life?

● Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors?

NOTE: The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good
condition.

Pre-troubleshooting checklist
The following table includes basic questions to ask the customer to quickly help define the problem(s).

Table 4-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist

General topic Questions

Environment ● Is the printer installed on a solid, level surface (+/- 1°)?

● Is the power-supply voltage within ± 10 volts of the specified power source?

● Is the power-supply plug inserted in the printer and the wall outlet (not a surge
protector)?

● Is the operating environment within the specified parameters?

● Is the printer exposed to ammonia gas, such as that produced by diazo copiers
or office cleaning materials?

NOTE: Diazo copiers produce ammonia gas as part of the copying processes.
Ammonia gas (from cleaning supplies or a diazo copier) can have an adverse
effect on some printer components (for example, the toner cartridge or
cartridges OPC).

● Is the printer exposed to direct sunlight?

● Is the printer exposed to an air conditioning or heating vent that can cause
temperature fluctuations?

Media ● Does the customer use only supported media?

● Is the media in good condition (no curls, folds, or distortion)?

● Is the media stored correctly and within environmental limits?

120 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist (continued)

General topic Questions

Input trays ● Is the amount of media in the tray within specifications?

● Is the media correctly placed in the tray?

● Are the paper guides aligned with the stack (no gaps in the stack or excessive
pressure causing the stack to bow)?

● Is the tray (or trays) correctly installed in the printer?

Toner cartridge ● Is the toner cartridge (or cartridges) installed correctly?

NOTE: If country/region specific toner cartridges are available for the printer, make
sure the correct cartridge is installed.

Transfer unit and fuser ● Are the transfer unit and fuser installed correctly?

NOTE: For printers with an intermediate transfer belt (ITB), is the ITB installed
correctly and fully seated. If a replacement ITB was installed, was all of the
packing materials removed?

Covers ● Is the toner cartridge door closed?

Condensation ● Does condensation occur following a temperature change (particularly in

winter following cold storage)? If so, wipe affected parts dry or leave the printer
on for 10 to 20 minutes.

● Was a toner cartridge (or cartridges) opened soon after being moved from a
cold to a warm room? If so, allow the toner cartridge (or cartridges) to sit at
room temperature for 1 to 2 hours.

Miscellaneous ● Check for and remove any non-HP components (toner cartridges, memory
modules, and EIO cards) from the printer.

● Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated
with the printer before beginning troubleshooting.

● For any color print-quality issues (color printers only), calibrate the printer, and
then print a diagnostics page to verify print quality.

Troubleshooting flowchart
This flowchart highlights the general processes to follow to quickly isolate and solve printer hardware
problems.

Each row depicts a major troubleshooting step. Follow a “yes” answer to a question to proceed to the
next major step. A “no” answer indicates that more testing is needed. Go to the appropriate section in
this chapter and follow the instructions there. After completing the instructions, go to the next major
step in this troubleshooting flowchart.

Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Step Question Action

1 Is the printer on and

does a readable message
Power on display?

Troubleshooting flowchart 121

 Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart (continued)

Step Question Action

Yes No Basic printer functions should start up when the printer

is connected into an electrical outlet and the power
switch is pushed to the on position.

During normal operation cooling fans and/or motors

should be operating. Place a hand over fan intake
or exhaust vents to determine if the fan or fans are
spinning. Lean close to the printer to hear motors
rotating.

If fans and/or motors are operating, the dc side of the

power supply is functioning.

Always make sure that the printer is plugged into

a known-functioning wall receptacle. Remove power
strips and plug the printer directly into a wall
receptacle.

After the control panel display is functional, see step 2.

2 Does the message Ready

display on the control
Control panel?
panel
messages

Yes No After the errors have been corrected, go to step 3.

Use the control panel message document (CPMD)

section in this manual to correct any displayed error
messages.

3 Open the Troubleshooting

menu and print an event
Event log log to see the history of
errors with this printer.

Does the event log print?

Yes No If the event log does not print, check for error
messages.

If paper jams inside the printer, see the jams section of

the printer service manual.

If error messages display on the control panel when

trying to print an event log, see the control panel
message document (CPMD) section of this manual.

After successfully printing and evaluating the event

log, see step 4.

4 Open the Reports

menu and print the
Information configuration pages to
pages verify that all the
accessories are installed.

Are all the accessories

installed?

122 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart (continued)

Step Question Action

Yes No If accessories that are installed are not listed on the

configuration page, remove the accessory and reinstall
it.

Make sure that the most recent firmware is installed.

See the firmware upgrade section of this manual for
more information.

After evaluating the configuration pages, see step 5.

5 Does the print quality

meet the customer's
Print quality requirements?

Yes No Compare the images with the sample defects in the

Image-quality troubleshooting section of this manual.

Solve print-quality and copy-quality issues as needed.

After the print quality is acceptable, see step 6.

6 Can the customer print

successfully from the
Interface host computer?

Yes. This is the end of the No Verify that all I/O cables are connected correctly and
troubleshooting process. that a valid IP address is listed on the HP Jetdirect
configuration page.

If error messages display on the control panel or

appear in the event log, see the control-panel message
document (CPMD) section of this manual.

When the customer can print from the host computer,

this is the end of the troubleshooting process.

Firmware upgrades
Learn about printer firmware upgrades.

To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the printer, go to:

● In the US, go to http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP.

a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

b. Select the driver language and operating system.

c. Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.

● Outside the U.S., go to www.hp.com/support.

– Select your country/region.

– Select Drivers & Downloads.

Firmware upgrades 123

 – Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.

TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on
identifying the printer's name and number.

– Select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

– Select the driver language and operating system.

– Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.

Determine the installed revision of firmware

Learn about how to determine the version of installed printer firmware.

Print a configuration page to determine the installed revision of firmware.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.

2. Open the Configuration/Status pages menu.

3. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

4. Touch the print icon to print the pages.

124 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. Find the firmware revision on the configuration page.

Figure 4-23 Configuration page firmware version

Firmware Revision
Rev
HP LaserJet M

Sep\13\2019 6:56:00 AM

HP Embedded Web Server

Learn how to perform a firmware upgrade using the HP Embedded Web Server.

NOTE: The printer should be at the Ready state.

The firmware update might take 10 minutes or longer based on the input/output (I/O) transfer rates and
the time it takes for the printer to reinitialize.

1. Open an Internet browser window.

2. Enter the printer IP address in the URL line.

3. Select the Firmware Upgrade link from the General tab or from the Troubleshooting tab.

4. Browse to the location that the firmware upgrade file was downloaded to, and then select the
firmware file. The file has a .bdl file extension. Select the Install button to perform the upgrade.

NOTE: Do not close the browser window OR interrupt communication until the HP Embedded Web
Server (EWS) displays the confirmation page.

5. After the printer reinitializes, print a configuration page and verify that the latest firmware version
has been installed.

USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu) update from the control panel.

HP Embedded Web Server 125

 1. Copy the .bdl file to a portable USB flash drive.

2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-24 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3 Administrator, and then touch the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +1 Download, and then touch the OK button.

5. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found displays on the control panel display,
try using a different portable storage device.

6. Use the arrow buttons to highlight USB Thumbdrive, and then touch the OK button.

7. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the .bdl file, and then touch the OK button.

NOTE: The upgrade process can take 10 minutes or longer to complete.

TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for
this printer.

8. When the message Complete displays on the control panel display, touch the down arrow button
several times until the message Continue displays.

9. Touch the OK button to begin the upgrade. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to
the Ready state.

10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) update from the control panel.

1. Copy the .bdl file to a portable USB flash drive.

2. Turn the printer on, and then wait until it reaches the Ready state.

3. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

4. Open the Maintenance menu.

5. Touch the USB Firmware Upgrade button.

6. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

126 Chapter 4 Solve problems

7. Touch the .bdl file, and then touch the Upgrade button.

TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for
this printer.

8. Select one of the following options:

● Upgrade

NOTE: The upgrade process can take 10 minutes or longer to complete.

● Re-install

● Downgrade

9. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to the Ready state.

10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) 127

 Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools
Learn about the printer troubleshooting tools.

Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.

When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.

NOTE: Depending on printer models, either a simplex engine test page, a duplex engine test page, or
both simplex and duplex engine test pages might be available.

Use a small pointed object to depress and hold the engine test button (location varies depending on the
printer model). An engine test page prints. The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source, so
make sure that paper is loaded in Tray 2.

Possible engine test pages (printer dependent)

● A series of lines parallel to the short end of the page.

● A series of lines parallel to the long end of the page.

Figure 4-25 Engine test button

Control panel checks

Learn about control panel troubleshooting.

The printer includes a diagnostic test mode for the touchscreen control panels.

Touchscreen diagnostic mode

Learn about touchscreen diagnostic mode.

Use the diagnostics in this section to test the control-panel hardware and embedded firmware. These
tests are useful for checking control-panel functionality independent of the printer control-panel system
diagnostics.

128 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. Locate the diagnostic-tests access button on the back of the control panel, and then press the
button.

Figure 4-26 Diagnostic-tests access button — 8-inch control panel

Figure 4-27 Diagnostic-tests access button — 10-inch control panel

2. Observe the control panel screen as it cycles through the following colors:

● Red

● Green

● Blue

● Black

● White

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests

Learn about accessing the control panel system diagnostics tests from a touchscreen control panel.

Use the following procedure to open the control panel system diagnostics tests.

1. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests 129

 2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-28 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.

Figure 4-29 Pre-boot menu

Table 4-3 Pre-boot menu button descriptions

Button Description

Use this button to see more information about a selected

item.

Use this button to scroll up through menu items.

Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.

130 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-3 Pre-boot menu button descriptions (continued)

Button Description

Use this button to scroll down through menu items.

Use this button to go back to the previous menu.

Not used.

4. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +3 Administration, and then press the OK button to select
it.

Figure 4-30 Access the administration menu

5. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +E CP Diagnostics, and then press the OK button to select
it.

NOTE: An administrator password might be required to continue.

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests 131

 Figure 4-31 Access the diagnostics menu

Screen test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic screen test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. With 1 Screen Test highlighted, press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-32 Open the screen test

The blue horizontal gradient screen appears.

132 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-33 Blue horizontal gradient screen

3. Touch the touchscreen to scroll though the remaining touchscreen test screens.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

Table 4-4 Touchscreen test screens

Screen Description

Green horizontal gradient

Red horizontal gradient

Blue vertical gradient

Green vertical gradient

Red vertical gradient

Screen test 133

 Table 4-4 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Blue with horizontal interlaced

Green with horizontal interlaced

Red with horizontal interlaced

Blue with vertical interlaced

Green with vertical interlaced

Red with vertical interlaced

134 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-4 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Black with white center

White with black center

Checkerboard

Multicolor stripes

Blue green grid meshing

Touch test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic touch test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

Touch test 135

 2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 2 Touch Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-34 Open the touch test

3. Use your finger to touch the white grid on the display.

Figure 4-35 Touch the white grid

A mark appears on the grid where it was touched.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

136 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-36 Verify the mark

SoftKey test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic SoftKey test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 3 SoftKey Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-37 Open the softkey test

SoftKey test 137

 3. When prompted, touch the Home button.

Figure 4-38 Touch the Home button

If the test is successful, the following screen appears on the display.

NOTE: Touch the screen to exit the test.

Figure 4-39 Successful test

Backlight test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic backlight test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

138 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 4 Backlight Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 4 Backlight Test, the screen automatically dims, and then returns to full
brightness.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Figure 4-40 Open the backlight test

Sound test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic sound test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 5 Sound Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 5 Sound Test, the printer emits a series of audible tones.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Sound test 139

 Figure 4-41 Open the sound test

Keyboard test (flow models only)

Learn about the control panel system diagnostic keyboard test.

IMPORTANT: The control-panel system diagnostic tests include a 6 Keyboard Test item. This test is not
valid for printers that do not have a pull out keyboard installed, even though this option is present in the
control-panel system diagnostic tests menu.

If the 6 Keyboard Test is opened on a non-flow printer, the printer power must be turned off to exit the
test.

HP does not recommend turning the printer power off during the control-panel system diagnostic tests.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 6 Keyboard Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-42 Open the keyboard test

3. When prompted, touch the H key on the keyboard or the Home button to exit the test.

140 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Version
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic version information.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 7 Version, and then press the OK button to select it.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Select 7 Version to view the following types of information:

NOTE: The following types of information are for the control panel only, not the printer.

● Panel ID

● Hardware (version)

● Firmware (version)

● KB Hw (version)

● KB Firm (version)

● LCD Vendor

● Touch Controller Version

Figure 4-43 Open the version information

Control panel diagnostic flowcharts

Use the flowcharts in this section to troubleshoot the following control panel problems.

● Touchscreen is blank, white, or dim (no image).

● Touchscreen is slow to respond or requires multiple presses to respond.

● Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone.

Version 141
 ● No control panel sound.

● Home button is unresponsive.

● Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional).

Touchscreen black, white, or dim (no image)

To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.

Figure 4-44 Touchscreen blank, white, or dim (no image)

Black display White display Dim display

(no backlight (no image) (no image)
or image)

Is the Home button

Y
illuminated
(bright white)?
Is the product in bright
Open the sunlight?
diagnostic function. If yes, move the
N
product to a
different location.

Touch the display or Home button

to exit sleep mode. Make sure that
the product is plugged in and
the power is turned on. Does an image
appear on the Y
control panel?
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
N backlight test.

Turn the product power off.

Does the display
Y Inspect and reseat the
turn on?
control panel cables.
Remove and reseat the
formatter cables.
Make sure that the
Problem solved.
formatter LEDs function. Is the backlight
N Y Y
adjustable?

Are the formatter

LEDs functioning? Problem fixed? Y

Do not replace the control panel.

N Turn the product power off.
Check connection and cables on the formatter
and at the control panel.

Turn the product power off. N

Remove and reseat the formatter
cables.
Do not replace the control panel.
N

Replace the
control panel.

Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone

To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.

142 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-45 Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone
Touchscreen
has an
unresponsive
zone

Is the area of the

touchscreen you are touching
greyed out (intentionally
deactivated)?

Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
touch test.

Does the previously

inactive area respond
to a touch?

Y
Turn the product
power off,
and then
on again.

Replace the Does the previously

N inactive area respond
control panel.
to a touch?

Do not replace the

control panel.

No control panel sound

To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.

No control panel sound 143

 Figure 4-46 No control panel sound

Control panel
has no
sound

Open the following menus:

Administration
Display Settings
Key Press Sound
Select the following:
On
Save

Can sounds
be heard?

N
Y

Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the sound test.

Can sounds
be heard?
Y

N
Do not replace the
control panel.
Turn the product power off.
Remove the control panel.
Check the cables to the speaker.
Replace the control panel. N Reseat the cables to the speaker.
Turn the product power on.
Can sounds be heard?

Home button is unresponsive

To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.

144 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-47 Home button is unresponsive
Home button
Unresponsive
Note: If illuminated: continue.
If not illuminated: verify that
the power is turned on,
the printer is not in sleep mode,
turn the power off, and
then on again.

Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the Home
button test.

Does the virtual LED

illuminate green when
the Home button is pressed?

Turn the product power off,

and then on again.

Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
Home button test.

Does the virtual LED

illuminate green when
the Home button is pressed?
Y

Replace the Do not replace the

control panel. control panel.

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional)

Review the following information when the HIP is not functioning, but the control panel is functional.

Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional) 145
 Figure 4-48 Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional)

Hardware integration
pocket (HIP)
not functional
(control panel
functional)

Check that all installed hardware integration

pocket devices are within HP specifications.
The control panel provides only 0.5 Amps to
the port. If an installed device attempts to draw
more power than is provided, the port is
automatically disabled. Troubleshoot third-party
devices with the device manufacturer.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Print menu (SFP) and the Copy/Print menu (MFP).

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Print menu (SFP) or
the Copy/Print menu (MFP).

To print: At the printer control panel, touch the printer icon .

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Image preview Make optional Use this menu

to configure how
MFP Require preview Copy behaves.

Disable preview

Copy Settings Copies 1-9999 Configure the

default options
MFP Default = 1 for copy jobs. If
the user does
not specify the
job options when
creating the job,
the default options
are used.

146 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Sides Original Sides 1-sided Use to indicate

whether the
MFP 2-sided original document
is printed on one
Flip pages up or both sides.
For example, select
Original Sides 1-
sided and Output
Sides 2-sided when
the original is
printed on one
side, but you want
to make two-sided
copies.

Select Flip pages

up to print the
pages with long
edge of the in
the landscape
orientation.

Copy Settings Sides Output Sides 1-sided Use to indicate

whether the copies
MFP 2-sided should be printed
on one or both
Flip pages up sides. For example,
select Original
Sides 1-sided and
Output Sides 2-
sided when the
original is printed
on one side, but
you want to make
two-sided copies.

Select Flip pages

up to print the
pages with long
edge of the in
the landscape
orientation.

Copy Settings Watermark Watermark Type None* Use to set a text

watermark.
MFP Text

Copy Settings Watermark Watermark Text Draft Select a

predefined text
MFP Confidential watermark.

Secret

Top Secret

Urgent

Copy Settings Watermark Text Font Letter Gothic* Select the font of
the text watermark.
MFP Antique Olive

New Century
Schoolbook Roman

Garamond Antiqua

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 147

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Watermark Text Size 30 point Select the font

point size of the
MFP 40 point* text watermark.

60 point

Copy Settings Watermark Darkness 1 - (Lighter) Select the

darkness of the
MFP 2 text watermark.

3*

5 - (Darker)

Copy Settings Stamps Stamp Content User-defined value Use to set a stamp
in any or all the
MFP None* following locations
in the document:
IP address
● Top Left
User name
● Top Center
Product information
● Top Right
Page number
● Bottom Left
Date and time
● Bottom
Center

● Bottom Right

Copy Settings Stamps Text Font Letter Gothic* Select the font of
the stamp.
MFP Antique Olive

New Century
Schoolbook Roman

Garamond Antiqua

Copy Settings Stamps Text Size 8 point Select the font

point size of the
MFP 12 point* stamp.

20 point

Copy Settings Stamps White Disabled* Select the check

background box to enable a
MFP Enabled white background
for the stamp.

148 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Scan Mode Standard document* Use to indicate

the type of original
MFP Prompt for additional document to be
pages scanned.

Book Select Prompt for

additional pages to
2-sided ID copy or scan an
original document
that has more
pages than the
document feeder
can accommodate
at one time, or
to scan originals
of different sizes
that cannot be
scanned together,
and then combine
these separate
scan jobs into a
single job.

Copy Settings Reduce/Enlarge Automatic* Scale the size of

the document up
MFP Include margins or down.

Manual To reduce the

image, select a
Default=100 scaling percentage
that is less than
100. To enlarge the
image, select a
scaling percentage
that is greater than
100.

When Include
margins is enabled,
the printer reduces
the image slightly
to fit the entire
scanned image
within the printable
area on the page.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 149

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Original Size Automatically detect* Specify the size

of the original
MFP Letter (8.5x11) document.

Mixed Letter/Legal

Legal (8.5x14)

Executive (7.25x10.5)

Statement (5.5x8.5)

Oficio (8.5x13)

4x6

5x7

5x8

A4 (210x297 mm)

A5 (148x210 mm)

A6 (105x148 mm)

RA4 (215x305 mm)

B5 (182x257 mm)

B6 (128x182 mm)

10x15cm

16K (195x270 mm)

16K (184x260 mm)

16K (197x273 mm)

DPostcard JIS
(148x200 mm)

Oficio (216x340 mm)

150 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Size Match original size* Select the size of
paper to use when
MFP Letter (8.5x11) printing or making
copies.
Legal (8.5x14)

Executive (7.25x10.5)

Statement (5.5x8.5)

Oficio (8.5x13)

3x5

4x6

5x7

5x8

A4 (210x297 mm)

A5 (148x210 mm)

A6 (105x148 mm)

RA4 (215x305 mm)

B5 (182x257 mm)

B6 (128x182 mm)

10x15cm

16K (195x270 mm)

16K (184x260 mm)

16K (197x273 mm)

Postcard JIS (100x148

mm)

DPostcard JIS
(148x200 mm)

Envelope #9

Envelope #10

Envelope Monarch

Envelope #10

Envelope B5

Envelope C5

Envelope C6

Envelope DL

Custom

Oficio (216x340 mm)

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 151

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Type Any Type Select the type of
paper to use when
MFP Plain* printing or making
copies.
Light 60-74g

Intermediate 85-95g

Mid-Weight 96-110g

Heavy 111-130g

Extra Heavy 131-175g

Cardstock 176-220g

Mono Transparency

Labels

Letterhead

Envelope

Preprinted

Prepunched

Colored

Bond

Recycled

Rough

HP EcoFFICIENT

Light Bond

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Tray Automatically detect* Select which tray
to use when
MFP Manually Feed printing or making
copies.
Tray 1

Tray 2

Copy Settings Booklet Booklet Format Enabled Select to have

Booklet Format off
MFP Disabled* or on.

Copy Settings Booklet Booklet Format Borders on each Enabled Select to have
page borders printed on
MFP Disabled* the page.

Copy Settings Content Portrait* Specify the way

Orientation the content of the
MFP Landscape original document
is placed on the
page.

152 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Pages per Sheet One* Select how many

pages to print on
MFP Two one sheet.

Four

Copy Settings Page Order Right, then down Select to print the
pages in rows or
MFP Down, then right columns.

Copy Settings Add page borders Enabled Select the Add

page borders
MFP Disabled* checkbox to add
borders to the
pages.

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Darkness 1 - (Lighter) Adjust to increase

or decrease the
MFP 2 amount of white
and black in the
3 colors.

5*

9 - (Darker)

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Contrast 1 - (Less) Adjust to increase

or decrease
MFP 2 the difference
between the
3 lightest and
darkest color on
4 the page.

5*

9 - (More)

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 153

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Background 1 - (Normal) Adjust if you

Cleanup are having trouble
MFP 2 copying a faint
image.
3*

5*

9 - (Cleaner)

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Sharpness 1 - (Less) Adjust to sharpen

or soften the
MFP 2 image.

3*

5 - (More)

Copy Settings Optimize Text/ Text Select to optimize

Picture for the output of a
MFP Mixed* particular type of
content.
Printed picture

Photograph

Copy Settings Edge-to-Edge Normal When the Edge-

(recommended) to-Edge feature
MFP is enabled, the
Edge-to-Edge output product minimizes
margins and prints
as close to the
edge of the paper
as possible.

Copy Settings Erase Edges Use inches Enabled* Use the Erase
Edges feature to
MFP Disabled remove blemishes,
such as dark
borders or staple
marks, by cleaning
the edges of the
scanned image.

Disabling Use
inches changes
the measurements
to millimeters.

154 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Erase Edges Front Side Specify a different Sets the width of
width for each edge the edge to clean.
MFP
Apply same width to
all edges*

All edges value

Default = 0.00

Copy Settings Erase Edges Back Side Specify a different Sets the width of
width for each edge the edge to clean.
MFP
Apply same width to
all edges

Mirror front side*

Copy Settings Collate Collate on* When Collate on is

selected, each set
MFP Collate off of copied pages
are assembled in
the same order
as the original
document.

Copy Settings Multi-feed Disabled Use this feature

Detection to detect
MFP Enabled* when multiple
pages are fed
simultaneously into
the ADF (automatic
document feeder)
or sheet-feed
scanner.

Copy Settings

MFP

Enable Print from Enabled Enables the printer

USB Drive to open a file from
Disabled* a USB drive.

Manage Stored Job Sort Order Job Name* This option

Jobs allows you list
Date* the jobs either
alphabetically or
chronologically.

Manage Stored Retain Temporary Do not retain Sets which

Jobs Jobs temporary jobs will
Personal jobs only be retained in the
event of a printer
All temporary jobs reboot.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 155

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Stored Temporary Job 1-300 Configure global

Jobs Storage Limit settings for jobs
Default = 32 that are stored
in the printer
memory.

The Temporary
Job Storage Limit
feature specifies
the number of
temporary jobs
that can be stored
on the printer. The
maximum allowed
value is 300.

Manage Stored Temporary Job Off Configure global

Jobs Storage Retention settings for
30 minutes temporary jobs
that are stored
1 hour in the printer
memory.
4 hours
The Temporary
1 day Stored Job
Retention feature
1 week specifies the
amount of time
4 weeks temporary jobs
can be stored on
3 days the printer.

Manage Stored Standard Stored Off Configure global

Jobs Job Retention settings for jobs
30 minutes that are stored
in the printer
1 hour memory.

4 hours The Standard

Stored Job
1 day Retention feature
specifies the
1 week amount of time
jobs can be stored
4 weeks on the printer.
3 days

Default Print Number of Copies Range: 1-32000 Sets the default

Options number of copies
Default = 1 for a copy
job. This default
applies when the
Copy function or
the Quick Copy
function is initiated
from the printer
Home screen.

Default Print Paper Selection Paper size Select from a list of Configures the
Options sizes that the printer default paper size,
Paper type supports. type and tray used
for print jobs.
Paper tray

156 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Default Print Default Custom X Dimension Range: 3.00-8.50 Configures the

Options Paper Size inches default paper size
that is used when
Default = 8.5 inches the user selects
Custom as the
paper size for a
print job.

Default Print Default Custom Y Dimension Range: 5.00-14.00 Configures the

Options Paper Size inches default paper size
that is used when
Default = 14 inches the user selects
Custom as the
paper size for a
print job.

Default Print Default Custom Use Inches Enabled*

Options Paper Size
Disabled

Default Print Output Sides 1-sided* Use to indicate

Options whether the
2-sided original document
is printed on one or
both sides.

Default Print Edge-to-Edge Normal Use to avoid

Options (recommended)* shadows that
can appear along
Edge-to-Edge output the edges of
copies when the
original document
is printed close to
the edges.

Default Print Resolution FastRes 1200* Use to select the

Options level of desired
ProRes 1200 print quality.

Default Print Resolution Economode Enabled Text is printed

Options using less toner.
Disabled* This setting is
useful when you
are printing drafts.
You can turn
on this option
independently of
other print quality
settings.

PCL and Courier Font Regular* Select which

Postscript version of the
Settings Dark Courier font you
want to use. The
factory default
setting is Regular,
which uses an
average stroke
width. The Dark
setting can be
used if a heavier
Courier font is
needed.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 157

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and Wide A4 Enabled Changes the

Postscript printable area of
Settings Disabled* A4-size paper. If
you enable this
option, eighty 10-
pitch characters
can be printed on
a single line of A4
paper.

PCL and Print PS Errors Enabled Use this feature

Postscript to select whether
Settings Disabled* a PostScript (PS)
error page is
printed when the
printer encounters
a PS error.

PCL and Print PDF Errors Enabled Selects whether a

Postscript PDF error page is
Settings Disabled* printed when the
printer encounters
a PDF error.

PCL and Personality Automatic* Configures the

Postscript default print
Settings PCL language or
personality for the
PS printer. Normally
you should not
PDF change the printer
language. If you
change the setting
to a specific
printer language,
the printer does
not automatically
switch from one
language to
another unless
specific software
commands are
sent to it.

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Source Internal Selects the font
Postscript source for the
Settings Disk resident* user-soft default
font. The list of
available options
varies depending
on the installed
printer options.

158 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Number Range: 0-110 Specifies the font
Postscript number for the
Settings Default = 0 user-soft default
font using the
source that is
specified in the
Font Source menu.
The printer assigns
a number to each
font and lists it on
the PCL font list.
The font number
displays in the Font
# column of the
printout.

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Pitch Range: 0.44-99.99 If the Font Source
Postscript option and the Font
Settings Default = 10 Number setting
indicate a contour
font, then use this
feature to select a
default pitch (for a
fixed-spaced font).

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Form Length Range: 5-128 lines Controls the PCL
Postscript print-command
Settings Default = 60 options. PCL is
a set of printer
commands that
HP developed to
provide access to
printer features.

Use the Form

Length feature to
select the user soft
-default vertical
form length.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Orientation Portrait* Select the

Postscript orientation that is
Settings Landscape most often used
for copy or scan
originals. Select
the Portrait option
if the short edge is
at the top or select
the Landscape
option if the long
edge is at the top.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 159

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Symbol Set Select from a list of Select any one of
Postscript symbol sets. several available
Settings symbol sets from
the control panel.
A symbol set
is a unique
grouping of all the
characters in a
font. The factory
default value
for this option
is PC-8. Either
PC-8 or PC-850
are recommended
for line-draw
characters.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Append CR to LF Enabled When enabled, this
Postscript option appends
Settings Disabled* a carriage return
to each line
feed encountered
in backwards-
compatible PCL
jobs.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Suppress Blank Enabled This option is for
Postscript Pages users who are
Settings Disabled* generating their
own PCL, which
could include extra
form feeds that
would cause blank
pages to be
printed. When the
On option is
selected, form
feeds are ignored if
the page is blank.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Media Source Standard* Use to select
Postscript Mapping and maintain input
Settings Classic trays by number
when you are not
using the printer
driver, or when the
software program
has no option for
tray selection. The
following options
are available:

Standard: Tray
numbering is
based on newer HP
LaserJet models.

Classic: Tray
numbering is
based on HP
LaserJet 4 and
older models.

160 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality General Toner Density A sliding bar appears Lighten or darken
with the indicator set the print on the
in the middle between page by changing
Less and More. the toner density
setting.

Print Quality General REt Disabled Use this setting

to enable or
Enabled* disable Resolution
Enhancement
technology (REt),
which produces
smoother angles,
curves, and edges.

Print Quality Image Tray Tray 1 Specify tray to be

Registration adjusted
Tray 2

Tray 3

Tray 4

Tray 5

Depends upon the

number of trays
installed

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 161

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Image Front-side -5.00 mm to 5.00 mm Shift the margin

Registration Horizontal Shift alignment to
center the image
Front-side on the page from
Vertical Shift top to bottom
and from left to
Back-side right. You can also
Horizontal Shift align the image on
the front with the
Back-side image printed on
Vertical Shift the back.

The direction that

is perpendicular to
the way the paper
passes through
the printer is
referred to as
X. This is also
known as the scan
direction. X1 is the
scan direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. X2 is the
scan direction for
the first side of a
two-sided page.

The direction that

the paper feeds
through the printer
is referred to as
Y. Y1 is the feed
direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. Y2 is the feed
direction for the
first side of a two-
sided page.

Use the Adjust Tray

<X> menu to adjust
the registration
settings for
each tray. Before
adjusting these
values, print a
registration test
page. It provides
alignment guides
in the X and
Y directions so
you can determine
which adjustments
are necessary. You
can adjust values
for X1 Shift, X2
Shift, Y1 Shift, and
Y2 Shift.

162 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Image Print Test Page Use the Print Test
Registration Page option to
print a page to
test the image
registration. It
provides alignment
guides in the X
and Y directions so
you can determine
which adjustments
are necessary.

Print Quality Auto Sense Tray 1 Sense every page

Behavior
Sense first page

Sense transparency
only

Print Quality Auto Sense All Other Trays Sense first page
Behavior
Sense transparency
only

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Print mode Select from a list of Changing the Print
types of paper types paper types mode setting is
that the printer usually the first
supports. The Reset Paper Types thing to try
available to resolve print-
options are the quality problems.
same for each Problems can
paper type. include toner not
sticking well to
the page, a faint
image of the page
repeated on the
same or following
page, incorrect
gloss level, and so
on.

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Resistance mode Normal* Use this setting
types of paper types to correct print
that the printer Up 1 quality problems
supports. The in low-humidity
available Up 2 environments and
options are the highly resistive
same for each paper.
paper type.
Use the Up options
to solve print
quality problems
that are related
to faded images
or scattered toner
on certain paper
types.

The Up options
raise the
secondary transfer
bias.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 163

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Paper curl mode Normal* Use this setting to
types of paper types reduce paper curl
that the printer Reduced in print jobs.
supports. The
available
options are the
same for each
paper type.

Print Quality Optimize Line Detail Normal* Use this setting if

you have scattered
Off lines in printed
pages.
Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Moisture Control Normal*

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Envelope control Normal

Reduced Temp

Print Quality Optimize Tray 1 Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Background Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Uniformity Normal

Control
Alternate 1

Alternate 2

Alternate 3

Print Quality Optimize Cac03 Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Best Normal Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Tracking Control Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Registration Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Transfer Control Normal

Alternate 1

Print Quality Optimize Moisture Control Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Reset Optimize Reset

164 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Edge Control Off

Light

Normal*

Maximum

Manage Trays Use Requested Exclusively* Controls how the

Tray printer handles
When available jobs that have
specified a
specific input tray.
Two options are
available:

Exclusively: The
printer never
selects a different
tray when the user
has indicated that
a specific tray
should be used,
even if that tray is
empty.

When available:
The printer pulls
from another tray
if the specified
tray is empty, even
though the specific
tray was indicated
for the job.

Manage Trays Manually Feed Always prompt* Indicate whether

Prompt a prompt should
Prompt on mismatch appear when the
type or size for a
job does not match
the specified
tray and the
printer pulls from
the multipurpose
tray instead.
Two options are
available:

Always: A prompt
always displays
before using the
multipurpose tray.

Prompt on
mismatch: A
prompt displays
only if the size
or type do not
match or the tray is
empty.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 165

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Size/Type Prompt Display* Controls whether

the tray
Do not display configuration
message displays
whenever a
tray is closed.
Two options are
available:

Display: Shows the

tray configuration
message when a
tray is closed. The
user is able to
configure the tray
settings directly
from this message.

Do not display:
Prevents the
tray configuration
message from
automatically
appearing.

Manage Trays Use Another Tray Allow* Use to turn on

or off the control
Do not allow panel prompt to
select another tray
when the specified
tray is empty.
Two options are
available:

Allow: When this

option is selected
the user is
prompted to either
add paper to the
selected tray or to
choose a different
tray. This is the
factory default.

Do not allow: When

this option is
selected, the user
is not given the
option of selecting
a different tray. The
printer prompts the
user to add paper
to the tray that was
initially selected.

166 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Alternative Off* Use to load

Letterhead Mode letterhead or
On preprinted paper
into the tray the
same way for all
print jobs, whether
you are printing to
one side of the
sheet or to both
sides of the sheet.
When this option is
selected, load the
paper as you would
for printing on both
sides. See the user
documentation
that came with
the printer for
instructions about
loading letterhead
for printing on both
sides. When this
option is selected,
the printer speed
slows to the
speed required for
printing on both
sides.

Manage Trays Duplex Blank Automatic* Controls how the

Pages printer handles
Always two-sided jobs
(duplexing). Two
options are
available:

Automatic: Choose
this option to
skip printing blank
sides during a two-
sided print job. The
printer can print
jobs faster when
blank sides are
skipped.

Always: Choose
this option to print
all sides of a two-
sided job, even
if one side is
blank. This might
be preferable for
certain jobs that
use paper types
such as letterhead
or prepunched
paper.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 167

 Table 4-5 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Override A4/ Yes* Prints on letter-size

Letter paper when an A4
No job is sent but
no A4-size paper
is loaded in the
printer (or to print
on A4 paper when
a letter-size job
is sent but no
letter-size paper is
loaded). This option
will also override
A3 with ledger-size
paper and ledger
with A3-size paper.

Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.

Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the
diagnostic test when the front, right or toner supply (model specific) door is open.

Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation.

Defeat the front door interlock

1. Open the front door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-49 Defeat the front door interlock

Defeat the right door interlock

1. Open the right door.

168 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-50 Defeat the right door interlock

Defeat the toner supply door interlock (X57945 models)

1. Open the toner supply door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-51 Defeat the toner supply door interlock (X57945 models)

LED diagnostics (formatter)

Learn about troubleshooting the printer using formatter LEDs.

LED diagnostics (formatter) 169

 Understand lights on the formatter
Three LEDs on the formatter indicate that the printer is functioning correctly.

Figure 4-52 LEDs (formatter)

Table 4-6 LEDs (formatter)

Item Description

Heartbeat LED Indicates that the formatter is functioning.

170 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-6 LEDs (formatter) (continued)

Item Description

HP Jetdirect LEDs (2 LEDs) Indicates network activity and link status.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable.

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.

This part contains components that are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. To reduce the
possibility of ESD damage, always touch the sheet-metal chassis to ground yourself before touching an
ESD sensitive part.

Heartbeat LED
The heartbeat LED indicates that the formatter is functioning correctly. While the printer is initializing
after it is turned on, the LED blinks rapidly, and then turns off. When the printer has finished the
initialization sequence, the heartbeat LED pulses on and off.

The following list describes the heartbeat LED operation while the printer is executing the firmware boot
process.

NOTE: If after initialization, the heartbeat LED is not solid green, see Table 4-7 Heartbeat LED, printer
operational.

Heartbeat LED, printer firmware boot

● Green

– Blinking: The printer is correctly functioning.

– Solid: The FW has not yet booted.

● Yellow (Amber)

– Blinking: The control panel is not detected.

– Solid: The FFC between the formatter and DC controller is not connected or is damaged.

● Red

– Solid: Valid SPI code; there is a problem releasing ASIC and running the BIOS.

LED diagnostics (formatter) 171

 Solid: BIOS initiates PROSAC to change the LED from red to green.

Solid: PROSAC is not running (No ROM or SPI code).

– Blinking: Valid SPI code not found.

● Off: No 5V or 3.3V PROSAC power.

The following table describes the heartbeat LED operation when the printer completes the firmware
boot process and is in the Ready state.

Table 4-7 Heartbeat LED, printer operational

Green ● Normal operation

– Formatter is operating normally

– Firmware is operating normally

– Control panel is connected

Yellow ● Formatter cannot connect to the control panel

– Check control panel connections

– Verify control panel functionality

Red ● Formatter error or failure

– Serial peripheral interface (SPI) flash memory boot error

– Power on self test (formatter) failed

– Diagnostic (formatter) failed

Off TIP: The heartbeat LED is off if the power cable is disconnected, the product power switch is in the off
position, or the product is in Sleep Mode.

● Firmware or system freeze

– Check control panel for an error message

– Control panel failure

NOTE: This condition is not usually caused by a formatter failure. Turn the power off, and then on again. If
the error persists, perform a firmware upgrade.

HP Jetdirect LEDs
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has two LEDs. When the printer is connected to a properly
working network through a network cable, the yellow LED indicates network activity, and the green LED
indicates the link status.

172 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-53 Yellow and green LEDs on the network port

A blinking yellow LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED is off, a link has failed. For link failures,
check all of the network cable connections.

In addition, try to manually configure the network card link speed setting by using the printer control
panel. To change the link speed, complete the following steps.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Networking

● Ethernet

● Link Speed

3. Touch the desired link speed setting, and then touch the Done button.

Scanner tests (MFP)

Learn about troubleshooting the MFP scanner tests.

Use the scanner tests

The Scanner Tests screen shows the sensor name, sensor state (active or inactive), and the number of
times the sensor has been toggled (activated).

1. From the Home screen on the product control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools item.

2. Open the following menus:

Scanner tests (MFP) 173

 ● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Scanner Tests

● – Sensors

3. Touch the sensor name on the Scanner Tests screen to display a sensor location graphic on the
control panel display.

4. Activate the desired sensor, and then check the control-panel display to verify the sensor state
(active or inactive).

● The State virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green when the
sensor is active.

● The Toggle virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green after the
sensor is activated and increments by one each time the sensor is interrupted (activated or
deactivated).

For example, opening the flatbed cover increments the Flatbed cover Toggle item count two
times—once when the door is opened, and once when the door is closed.

5. Select the Reset sensors item to reset the Toggle count item.

-or-

Touch the Cancel button to exit the Scanner Tests screen, and then touch the Cancel button again to
return the Diagnostic Tests menu.

Scanner test sensors

● ADF paper present

● ADF Y (length)

● ADF jam cover

● ADF paper path deskew

● ADF paper path pick success

● Paper path sensor 1 (unreachable)

● Flatbed Y (length)

● Flatbed cover

Disable cartridge check

Learn about the disable cartridge check troubleshooting diagnostic.

CAUTION: Do not perform a disable cartridge check on color printers that use a two-part cartridge
design. Doing so might result in toner cross contamination in the supply lines.

Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer when a toner
cartridge is removed or exchanged. Supply errors are ignored while the printer is in this mode.

174 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 When the printer is in this mode, access the troubleshooting menus and print internal pages (the print
quality pages will be the most useful). This test can be used to isolate problems, such as noise, and to
isolate print-quality problems that are related to a toner cartridge.

NOTE: Do not remove or exchange the toner cartridge until after beginning the disable cartridge
check diagnostic.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Disable Cartridge Check

Print/stop test
Learn about the print/stop test troubleshooting diagnostic.

Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams
within the engine.

During this test, stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path. The test can be programmed to
stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position. The test
can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60,000 ms. If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the
job-print time, the printer can recover in one of two ways.

Printer recovery (print/stop test)

● After the print job is completed press the OK button to return to the Troubleshooting menu before
the timer times out.

● After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and
return it to a normal state.

Common print/stop test timing millisecond (ms) stops

● 600 ms: The page has passed the registration area and the leading edge is just short of entering the
fuser. The image can be seen on the paper but has not fused. If the defect is visible then the cause
might be the drum, transfer roller, or a roller prior to, or in, the registration area.

● 1200 ms: The leading edge is about 18mm (0.71 in) into the top output bin. The image has gone
through the fuser. If the defect was not visible prior to the fuser, and is visible after the fuser, then
the fuser it is the likely cause of the print quality defect. Inspect the fuser for damage, debris, or
labels stuck to the fuser. Replace the fuser. Discuss media specifications and proper care of the
fuser with the customer.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Print/Stop Test

Print/stop test 175

 3. Enter a range, and then touch the OK button.

Individual component diagnostics

Learn about printer individual component diagnostics.

Paper path test

Learn about the paper path test troubleshooting diagnostic.

This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages. Use these pages to isolate the cause of jams.

To isolate a problem, specify which input tray to use, and specify the number of copies to print. Print
multiple copies to help isolate intermittent problems. The following options become available after
beginning the diagnostic feature:

● Print Test Page: Run the paper-path test from the default settings: Tray 2, no duplex, and one copy.
To specify other settings, scroll down the menu, and select the setting, and then scroll back up and
select Print Test Page to start the test.

● Source Tray: Select Tray 1, Tray 2, or the optional tray.

● Number of Copies: Set the numbers of copies to be printed; the choices are 1, 10, 50, 100, or 500.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Paper Path Test

3. Select the paper path test options for the test.

Paper path sensors test

Learn about the paper path sensors test troubleshooting diagnostic.

This test displays the status of each paper path sensor and allows viewing of sensor status while
printing internal pages.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Paper Path Sensors

3. Touch the Start button to run the test.

Individual component test

Learn about the individual component test troubleshooting diagnostic.

This test activates individual parts independently to isolate problems.

176 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly. If the Repeat option is enabled from the
drop-down menu, the test cycles the component on and off. This process continues for two minutes, and
then the test terminates.

NOTE: The cartridge door interlocks must be defeated to run the component tests. A control panel
display prompt appears to indicate removing the toner cartridge, during certain tests.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Component Test

3. Select the component test options for the test.

Manual sensor test

Learn about the manual sensor test troubleshooting diagnostic.

The Manual Sensor Test screen shows the sensor number, sensor name (model specific), sensor state
(active or inactive), and the number of times the sensor has been toggled (activated).

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Manual Sensor Test

3. Activate the desired sensor, and then check the control panel display to verify the sensor state
(active or inactive).

● The State virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green when the
sensor is active.

● The Toggle virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green after the
sensor is activated and increments by one each time the sensor is interrupted (activated or
deactivated).

For example, opening a door increments the appropriate sensor item count two times—once
when the door is opened, and once when the door is closed.

Tray/bin manual sensor test

Learn about the tray/bin manual sensor test troubleshooting diagnostic.

The Tray/Bin Manual Sensor Test screen shows the sensor number, sensor name (model specific),
sensor state (active or inactive), and the number of times the sensor has been toggled (activated).

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

Manual sensor test 177

 2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Tray/Bin Manual Sensor Test

3. Activate the desired sensor, and then check the control panel display to verify the sensor state
(active or inactive).

● The State virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green when the
sensor is active.

● The Toggle virtual LED next to the sensor number and sensor name illuminates green after the
sensor is activated and increments by one each time the sensor is interrupted (activated or
deactivated).

For example, opening a door increments the appropriate sensor item count two times—once
when the door is opened, and once when the door is closed.

Diagrams: Block diagrams

View block diagrams for the printer.

Diagrams: External plug and port locations

View printer external plugs and ports diagrams.

178 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-54 External plug and port locations

Item Description

1 Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) network port

2 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 interface port

3 Fax MFP models only: Telephone "line out" port (for attaching an extension phone, answering
machine, or other device)

NOTE: This port should remain covered when not in use.

4 SuperSpeed USB 3.0 host port (for job storage and private printing)

NOTE: This port should remain covered when not in use.

5 Fax MFP models only: Fax "line in" port (for attaching the fax phone line to the printer)

6 Power connection

Sensors and switches

View printer and paper feeder sensor and switch diagrams.

Sensors and switches 179

 Sensors and switches, printer base
Figure 4-55 Sensors and switches, printer base

DUP_FL_SNS
OUT_FULL_SNS

PAPOUT-M_SNS
PAPOUT-L_SNS

LOOP_SNS

REFEED_SNS

MS

REG_SNS

RREREG_SNS

MP_PAP_SNS

TRANS_SNS
CST_FACE_SNS
CST_PAP_SNS
CST_SIZE1
CST_SIZE2

CST

CST_SIZE3 CST_SIZE4

Table 4-8 Sensors and switches, printer base

Abbreviation Component

CST_SIZE1 (X557/X57945/X58045 Tray 2 media size switch 1

models only)

CST_SIZE2 (X557/X57945/X58045 Tray 2 media size switch 2

models only)

CST_SIZE3 (X557/X57945/X58045 Tray 2 media size switch 3

models only)

CST_SIZE4 (X557/X57945/X58045 Tray 2 media size switch 4

models only)

CST (5700/5800 models only) Tray 2 cassette presence switch

DUP_FL_SNS Duplex flapper position sensor

OUT_FULL_SNS FD1 media full sensor

CST_PAP_SNS Tray 2 media out sensor

CST_FACE_SNS Tray 2 media surface sensor

LOOP_SNS Fuser loop sensor

REFEED_SNS (X557/X57945/X58045 Duplex feed sensor

models only)

REG_SNS Registration sensor

180 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-8 Sensors and switches, printer base (continued)

Abbreviation Component

MP_PAP_SNS Tray 1 media out sensor

PAPOUT-M_SNS Fuser output sensor 2

TRANS_SNS (X57945 models only) Tray 2 feed sensor

MS (Media sensor PCA) Media sensor

PAPOUT-L_SNS Fuser output sensor 1

Sensors and switches, 550-sheet paper feeder

Figure 4-56 Sensors and switches, 550-sheet paper feeder

M12

CL6

SR24 SR23
SR22 SW16
SW4
SW6
SW5 SW7
SR21

M15

Table 4-9 Sensors and switches, 550-sheet paper feeder

Abbreviation Component name

SW4 Paper feeder media size switch 1

SW5 Paper feeder media size switch 2

SW6 Paper feeder media size switch 3

SW7 Paper feeder media size switch 4

SW16 Paper feeder door switch

SR21 Paper feeder lifter motor rotation sensor

SR22 Paper feeder media out sensor

SR23 Paper feeder feed sensor

SR24 Paper feeder media surface sensor

Sensors and switches 181

 Sensors and switches, HCI
Figure 4-57 Sensors and switches, HCI

M13

CL2

SR5 SR4

SR3 SW13
SR6
SW9

SW10

SW8

M14

Table 4-10 Sensors and switches, HCI

Abbreviation Component name

SW8 HCI cassette lifting plate position switch

SW9 HCI cassette media size switch 1

SW10 HCI cassette media size switch 2

SW13 HCI door switch

SR3 HCI cassette media out sensor

SR4 HCI feed sensor

SR5 HCI cassette media surface sensor

SR6 HCI cassette pickup rotation sensor

182 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Sensors and switches, 3-bin stapler-stacker
Figure 4-58 Sensors and switches, 3-bin stapler-stacker

PS207
PS206 PS204

PS201
PS205
PS211
PS202
PS212 PS213
PS208 PS214 PS203
PS209 PS215
SW3

SW4

PS210 SW21

Table 4-11 Sensors and switches, 3-bin stapler-stacker

Abbreviation Component name

PS201 Bin 1 media presence sensor

PS202 Stapler-stacker exit sensor

PS203 Staple inlet sensor

PS204 Y alignment home position sensor

PS205 Bin 1 media full sensor 1

PS206 Alienation home position sensor

PS207 Jogger home position sensor

PS208 Bin 2 media presence sensor

PS209 Bin 2 media full sensor

PS210 Stapler-stacker inlet sensor

PS211 Bin 1 upper limit sensor

PS212 Bin 1 lower limit sensor

PS213 Staple low sensor

PS214 Staple ready sensor

PS215 Staple home position sensor

SW3 Stapler-stacker door switch

SW4 Staple door switch

SW21 Interlock switch

Diagrams: Major component locations

View printer major component locations diagrams.

Diagrams: Major component locations 183

 Major components, printer base
Figure 4-59 Major components, printer base (1 of 5)

8
1

6
7

Item Description Item Description

1 Fuser drive assembly 5 Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)

assembly

2 Secondary transfer (T2) assembly 6 Pickup drive assembly

3 Pickup assembly 7 Registration assembly

4 Formatter cage assembly 8 Waste toner duct assembly

184 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-60 Major components, printer base (2 of 5)

2
6
3

Item Description Item Description

1 Delivery assembly 4 Fuser

2 Interlock assembly 5 Laser scanner assembly

3 Lifter drive assembly 6 Registration density sensor

assembly

Diagrams: Major component locations 185

 Figure 4-61 Major components, printer base (3 of 5)

4
2

Item Description Item Description

1 Main drive assembly 3 Tray 2 media size detect assembly

2 Auto close assembly 4 Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly

186 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-62 Major components, printer base (4 of 5)

6 2

Item Description Item Description

1 Waste toner feed assembly (X57945 4 Toner supply assembly (X57945

models) models)

2 Feed drive assembly (X57945 5 Toner supply buffer assembly/

models) intermediate pipe (X57945 models)

3 Toner supply motor assembly 6 Toner supply drive assembly (X57945

(X57945 models) models)

Diagrams: Major component locations 187

 Figure 4-63 Major components, printer base (5 of 5)

Item Description

1 Feed assembly (X57945 models)

Motors, printer base

Figure 4-64 Motors, printer base

6
2

5
4

Item Description Item Description

1 Fuser motor 4 Developer motor

2 Duplex motor 5 Drum motor

3 ITB motor 6 Developer alienation motor

188 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Fans, printer base
Figure 4-65 Fans, printer base

3
1

Item Description Item Description

1 Fuser fan 3 Cartridge fan

2 Power supply fan

Diagrams: Major component locations 189

 Rollers and toner collection unit, printer base
Figure 4-66 Rollers and toner collection unit, printer base

5
2

Item Description Item Description

1 Secondary transfer roller assembly 4 Tray 1 pickup roller assembly

2 Tray 2 separation roller assembly 5 Tray 2 pickup roller assembly

3 Tray 1 separation roller assembly 6 Toner collection unit

190 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Printed circuit assemblies, printer base
Figure 4-67 Printed circuit assemblies, printer base (1 of 2)

7
2
6
3

Item Description Item Description

1 Low-voltage power supply 5 Rear PCA

2 DC controller 6 Environment sensor PCA

3 Drive PCA 7 Drum home position sensor PCA

4 Right PCA 8 High-voltage power supply

Diagrams: Major component locations 191

 Figure 4-68 Printed circuit assemblies, printer base (2 of 2)

Item Description

1 Feed/toner supply controller PCA

Major components, 550-sheet paper feeder

Figure 4-69 Covers and doors, 550-sheet paper feeder

5 1

3 2

Item Description Item Description

1 Rear cover 4 Front left cover

2 Right door 5 Left cover

3 Front right cover

192 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-70 Major parts, 550-sheet paper feeder

4 1

Item Description Item Description

1 Lifter drive assembly 4 Paper feeder cassette media size

detect assembly

2 Pickup drive assembly 5 Auto close assembly

3 Pickup assembly

Figure 4-71 Printed circuit assemblies, 550-sheet paper feeder

Item Description

1 Controller PCA

Diagrams: Major component locations 193

 Figure 4-72 Cassette assemblies, 550-sheet paper feeder

2
1

Item Description Item Description

1 Cassette separation roller assembly 2 Cassette pickup roller assembly

Major components, HCI

Figure 4-73 Doors and covers, HCI

5 1

4 3

Item Description Item Description

1 Rear cover 4 Front left cover

2 Right door 5 Left cover

3 Rear lower cover

194 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-74 Main parts, HCI (1 of 2)

4 1

Item Description Item Description

1 Pickup drive assembly 4 Auto close assembly

2 Lifter drive assembly 5 Pickup alienation assembly

3 Pickup assembly

Diagrams: Major component locations 195

 Figure 4-75 Main parts, HCI (2 of 2)

Item Description

1 Cassette assembly

Figure 4-76 Printed circuit assemblies, HCI

Item Description

1 Controller PCA

196 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-77 Cassette assemblies, HCI

2
1

Item Description Item Description

1 Cassette separation roller assembly 2 Cassette pickup roller assembly

Major components, 3-bin stapler-stacker

Figure 4-78 Doors and covers, 3-bin stapler-stacker

2
8 3

4
7
51

16

Item Description Item Description

1 Rear cover 6 Staple rear cover

2 Right corner cover 7 Staple door

3 Right upper cover 8 Staple cover

4 Stapler-stacker door 9 Rear inner cover

5 Right lower cover

Diagrams: Major component locations 197

 Figure 4-79 Main parts, 3-bin stapler-stacker (1 of 2)

6
1

Item Description Item Description

1 Upper feed assembly 4 Jogger assembly

2 Stapler-stacker feed motor 5 Solenoid assembly

3 Stapler assembly 6 Output bin 1 assembly

198 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-80 Main parts, 3-bin stapler-stacker (2 of 2)

Item Description Item Description

1 MBM fan 2 Lower feed assembly

Figure 4-81 Printed circuit assemblies, 3-bin stapler-stacker

Item Description

1 Controller PCA

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations

View printed circuit assembly (PCA) diagrams.

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 199

 DC controller PCA connections
Figure 4-82 DC controller PCA connections
J121 J130 J132 J135 J133 J131

J125 J127 J138

J150 J124
J137
J128
J139
J126
J136

J140

J141 J142

J112
J108

J105

J115 J145

J114 J104
J107

J146 J151
J109 J103

J106

Item Description Item Description

J103 Drive PCA J130 Drive PCA

J104 Drive PCA J131 High-voltage power supply (X57945

models)

J105 Formatter J132 High-voltage power supply (X57945

models)

J106 Not used J133 High-voltage power supply

(5700/5800 models)

J107 Laser scanner assembly J135 High-voltage power supply

(5700/5800 models)

J108 Formatter J136 Rear PCA

J109 Low-voltage power supply J137 Rear PCA (X557 models)

J112 Front door switch J138 Rear PCA (5700/5800 models)

Right door switch

J114 Right PCA 139 Rear PCA (X57945 models)

J115 Right PCA J140 Not used

J121 Duplex flapper solenoid J141 Not used

FD1 media full sensor

Duplex flapper position sensor

J124 Output accessory (MFP models) J142 Not used

J125 Fuser J145 Not used

200 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Item Description Item Description

J126 Not used J146 Not used

J127 Duplex motor J150 Cartridge access release motor

(X557 models)

Cartridge access home position

sensor (X557 models)

J128 Fuser J151 E-label (X57945 models)

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 201

 Formatter PCA connections 5700/X557 models
Figure 4-83 Formatter PCA connections

J8 J1

J14 J24 J17

J2

J4 ASIC
J16
J28
J5
J12
J10
MEMORY
J7
J26
J30

J6
BATTERY
J21

202 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Item Description Item Description

Item Description Item Description

J2 Island of Data (IOD) J16 USB device

J4 USB (walk-up) J17 LAN

J5 UISB (HIP) J21 Engine power

J6 HDD riser J24 BASH

J7 Engine VIF J26 USB host

J8 Control panel J28 USB device

J10 eMMC J30 USB host

J12 DIMM

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 203

 Figure 4-84 Formatter PCA connections 5800/X57945 models

J96
J8
J24 J24

J4 BATTERY J9
J18
J29 J12

J32 J5

J21
J64
ASIC
J22
J38
MEMORY

J7 J20
J26

J15 J11
J14

204 Chapter
Item4 Solve problems
Description Item Description

J2 Control Panel J21 LAN

Item Description Item Description

J5 FAX J22 USB Device

J7 SC Controller/Engine VIF J24 BASH

J8 Stapler J26 EMMC

J9 USB (Walk-up) J28 JETLINK

J11 Trusted Platform Module (TPM) J32 IOD/MEMORY

J12 USB (HIP) J37 WIFI

J14 Engine power J38 USB Device

J15 HDD riser J64 SICB Power

J18 OCR Accelerator J96 Scanner

J20 USB host

550-sheet paper feeder PCA connectors

Figure 4-85 550-sheet paper feeder PCA connectors

J531 J541 J542 J522

J521

J511

J552
J512
J554 J551 J532
J544

Item Description Item Description

J511 Printer or paper feeder J541 Media size switch 1

Media size switch 2

Media size switch 3

Media size switch 4

J512 Not used J542 Not used

J521 Not used J544 Door switch

J522 Not used J551 Lifter motor

Lifter motor rotation sensor

J531 Feed motor J552 Not used

Pickup clutch

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 205

 Item Description Item Description

J532 Media out sensor J554 Not used

Feed sensor

Media surface sensor

HCI controller PCA connectors

Figure 4-86 HCI controller PCA connectors

J531 J541 J542 J522

J521

J511

J552
J512
J554 J551 J532
J544

Item Description Item Description

J511 Printer or paper feeder J541 Not used

J512 Not used J542 Media size switch 1

Media size switch 2

Lifting plate position switch

J521 Not used J544 Door switch

J522 Not used J551 Not used

J531 Feed motor J552 Lifter motor rotation sensor

Pickup clutch

J532 Media out sensor J554 Lifter motor

Feed sensor

Media surface sensor

206 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3-bin stapler-stacker controller PCA connectors
Figure 4-87 3-bin stapler-stacker controller PCA connectors

J503

J401 J301
J402
J202 J501
J104

J302 J102

J103
J204

J105
J203

J201
J101

J505 J502 J205

Item Description Item Description

J101 Printer J205 Staple door switch

J102 Not used J301 Stapler-stacker output motor

Y alignment home position sensor

Bin 1 media full sensor 1

J103 Not used J302 Y alignment motor

Alienation home position sensor

Stapler-stacker door switch

J104 Not used J401 Jogger motor

Jogger home position sensor

J105 Not used J402 Stapler-stacker feed motor

J201 Interlock switch J501 Bin 2 media presence sensor

Bin 2 media full sensor

Stapler-stacker inlet sensor

Bin 2 flapper solenoid

J202 Lifter motor J502 Inlet flapper solenoid

Bin 1 upper limit sensor

Bin 1 lower limit sensor SS inlet

sensor

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 207

 Item Description Item Description

J203 Staple motor J503 Bin 1 media presence sensor

Stapler-stacker exit sensor

Staple inlet sensor

Stamp solenoid

J204 Staple low sensor J505 Fan

Staple ready sensor

Staple home position sensor

Diagrams: General timing chart

View the printer timing chart diagram.

208 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 I. GENERAL TIMING CHART

Timing chart two consecutive prints on LTR paper (Full-color 1/1 speed mode on Hopper)
Print command

Operation STBY INTR PRINT LSTR STBY

1 TOP signal

2 Developer alienation motor

Figure 4-88 Timing chart

3 Scanner motor

4 Pickup motor

Pickup motor
5

6 Tray 2 pickup clutch

7 Registration sensor

8 Fuser output sensor

9 Drum motor

10 ITB motor

11 Developer motor

12 Fuser motor

13 Primary charging bias (YMC)

14 Primary charging bias (K)

15 Developing bias (Y)

16 Developing bias (M)

17 Developing bias (C)

18 Developing bias (K)

19 T1 bias (YMC)

20 T1 bias (K)

21 T2 bias

Diagrams: General timing chart

209
A-1-1
 Diagrams: General circuit diagrams
View the printer circuit diagrams.

210 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-89 General circuit diagram, base printer (1 of 7)

J336 J338
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

<5700/X557/5800/6700/6800>
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
PGND
PGND
PGND

+3.3VB2

+24VA

PGND
+24VA

PGND
J338D
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J338LH

Laser scanner ass’y

12
11
10
J338L

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J336AD
12

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
J954 J953
J336ADH
M M

SCN_MTR_12st SCN_MTR_34st

Rear PCA
4 3 2 1
J137 J136
J112
1 2 3 4
J140
DC controller PCA 15 17

<5700/X557/5800/6700/6800>
GND

GND

<6700/X654/6800/X677>

<5700/X5575800/X57954>

E-label E-label E-label E-label

10
11
12
13
14
15

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
24V_ILK_SW 24V_ILK_SW
LIFT_MTR LIFT_SNS

<Depends on the model.

Y_1st M_2st C_3st k_4st

See Note 1 last base diagram.>

+3.3VCFU2
GND

+3.3VB2
J951 J950 J949 J952 M
2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

SOLD117

SOLD118
J955
FT10 FT9 FT7 FT8 2 1
2 1 1 2 3
J914

5
2 1
J917 2 1

2 1

FR_DOOR_SW

R_DOOR_SW

15
14
13
12
11
10

17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

SGND
+24VA

+24VA

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
15 17
J202
1 2
J217
4 3 2 1
J331 J332 J333 J334 Rear PCA J346
J322 J321

<Depends on the model. See Note 1 last base diagram.>

J326 J337
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<X57945/X654X677>

<5700/X557/6700/6800>

PGND
PGND
+24VA
+24VA

SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND
FEED_MTR FEED_CL FSR_MTR ITB_BK_MTR 3DRM_MTR 4DEV_MTR
FSR_FAN
T1_SL
M CL M M M M M
SL
2 1
J944B J943 J944 J942 J941 J939 J940 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
N.C
N.C

N.C
N.C
+24VB_0

+24VB_0
+3.3VC

+3.3VC
+24VB

+24VB
PGND

PGND

PGND
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
J937 J936 J935 J934

4 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J209B J209 J216 J215 J214 J210 J206 J203
CST_SIZE1 CST_SIZE2 CST_SIZE3 CST_SIZE4

Drive PCA

4
J207 J207 J208
J212 J211 J205 J213
30 27 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4
SGND

SGND

PGND

SGND

SGND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

J931D
+3.3VC

GND

3 2 1
J931DH
1 2 3
J931L
3 2 1 4 3 2 1
3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 J932 J933
J931 J930
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

CRG_FAN M
30 27 DC controller PCA
DRM_HP4_SNS DEV_HP_SNS DRM_HP123_SNS
J122 J127 DEV_MTR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 J103 J104
+3.3VC

GND
+24VB
<6700/X654/6800/X677>

<5700/X557/5800/X57945>

RD sensor PCA Media sensor PCA

<Depends on the model. See Note 3 last base diagram.>

REFEED_CL
J372 MP_PAP_SNS
<Depends on the model. See Note 4 for details.>
<5700/X557/5800/6700/6800>

2
N.C

CST_PAP_SNS REFEED_SNS REG_SNS CL RREREG_SNS

12
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 MP_SL
1

J915 J916 J235 J923 J377 J920 J919 SL J925 J924

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12
11
10

3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3
M M
+5VC

GND

CST_FACE_SNS LOOP_SNS Media sensor

DUP_MTR DUP_MTR PCA
SOLD109
SOLD108

J236 J910 2 1
GND_E
12
11
10

J318L
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3 2 1 3 2 1
J318DH
J318D
3 2 1 1 2
ENC_SNS
Encoder PCA 12 J375

J373
J374
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
+3.3VCFU

+3.3VCFU

+24VAFU

+24VAFU

SGND

SGND
SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND
+5VC

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J316 J315 J314 J311 J313 J312 J317

Right PCA J301 J302

19 13
<6700/X654/6800/X677>

KB_FAN
2
<X57945/X654/X677>

DUP_FL_SNS DUP_SL POWER_SW_PCA

T1_HP_SNS TCU_FULL_SNS 4st 3st
SL 3 2 1
LED4

LED3

2 1
LED5

J927
1 2 3 J912 J918 J1 J1
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
TCU_VSCW_SNS 1 2
OUT_FULL_SNS 2 1 J706L
J929L J706DH
J929DH J379P J706D
J928 J929D J911
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2
PGND(BL)

+5VAFU

+5VAFU
SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND

3 2 1 3 2 1
3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
J351 J352 J354 J353 J355
J262 J261

25 29 Hihg-voltage power supply PCA

J121L
<Depends on the model.
See Note 5 last base diagram.>

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
13
12
11
10
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J121DH
J121D
+5VC
+3.3VCFU

GND

+24VAFU
+5VAFU

GND
+3.3VCFU2

+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
GND

1
+24VAFU3

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GND

GND

29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
25 29 19 13
J121
J132 J131 DC controller PCA J114 J115
C

D
A

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams 211

 Chapter 4 Solve problems 212
6

1 60 1 35 50 +24VBFU3 50
59 2 34 49 N.C 49 1 28
2
3 33 48 GND 48 2 27
3 58 3 26
4 32 47 47
4 57 5 31 46 46 4 25
56 6 30 45 GND 45 5 24
5
7 29 44 44 6 23
6 55 7 22
8 28 43 GND 43
7 54 9 27 42 42 8 +3.3VL 21
53 10 26 41 GND 41 9 20
J405
J101
J461
J108

8
60
60
35
35

11 25 40 40 10 +3.3VL 19
9 52 11 18
12 24 39 39
10 51 13 23 38 38 12 17
50 14 22 37 37 13 16
11
15 21 36 36 14 15
J182

12 49
28

15 14
J183

16 20 35 35
28

13 48 17 19 34 34 16 13
47 18 18 33 33 17 12
14
19 17 32 32 18 GND 11
15 46 19 10
20 16 31 31
45 20 9
<5700/X557/5800/X57945>

16 21 15 30 30
44 22 14 29 29 21 8
17
22 7
Formatter

13
DC controller PCA

43 23 28 28
18 12 GND 23 6
24 27 27
J107
J181
5

GND
50
50

19 42 25 11 26 26 24 5
41 26 10 25 25 25 4
20 GND
27 9 24 24 26 3
21 40 27 N.C 2
28 8 23 23
22 39 7 28 +24VBFU3 1
29 22 22
38 30 6 21 21
DC controller PCA

23
31 5 20 20
24 37
32 4 19 19
25 36 33 3 18 GND 18
Laser PCA

26 35 34 2 17 17
35 1 16 16
27 34
15 15
28 33 14 14
29 32 13 13
31 12 12
30
11 11
31 30 10 10
32 29 9 GND 9
28 8 8
33
7 7
34 27 6 6
26 5 5
Laser PCA

35
25 4 4
36
3 3
37 24 2 2
38 23 1 1
39 22
40 21
<5700/X557/5800/X57945>

41 20
42 19
43 18
44 17
45 16
46 15
4

47 14
48 13
Formatter

49 12
50 11
51 10
9
<6700/X654/6800/X677>

52
53 8
54 7
55 6
56 5
57 4 64 +24VBFU3 64
58 3 63 N.C 63
59 2 62 GND 62
60 1 61 61
60 60 1 36
59 GND 59 2 35
58 58 3 34
4 33
57 GND 57 5 32
J192
J193

36
36

56 56 6 31
55 7 30
GND 55
8 29
54 54 9 28
53 GND 53 10 27
52 52 11 26
12 25
1 35 51 51
<6700/X654/6800/X677>

13 24
2 34 50 50 14 23
3 33 15 22
49 49
4 32 16 21
5 31 48 48 17 20
6 30 47 47 18 19
3

7 29 19 18
46 46
J102
J191

8 28 20 17
64
64

9 27 45 45 21 16
10 26 44 44 22 15

J471
35
11 25 23 14
43 43
12 24 24 13
13 23 42 42 25 +3.3VL 12
35
14 22 41 41 26 11
15 21 J472 27 +3.3VL 10
40 40
16 20 28 9
17 19 39 39 29 8
18 GND
Laser PCA

18 38 38 30 7

<5700~/X557/6700/X654>
19 17 31 6
37 37
20 16 32 GND 5
21 15 36 36 33 4
22 14 35 35 34 GND 3
23 13 35 N.C 2
34 34
24 12 36 +24VBFU3 1
25 11 33 33
26 10 32 32
27 9
31 31
Laser PCA

28 8
29 7 30 30
30 6 29 29

DC controller PCA
31 5
28 28
32 4
33 3 27 27
34 2 26 26
35 1
25 25
24 24
23 23
22 22
21 21

1
1
20 20
2

19 19
18 18
17 17

1
1
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8

J7
1
5
7 7

2
4
J1822
6 6

3
3
5 5

4
2
4 4

5
1
3 3
2 2
1 1

Memory PCA
1

A
B
C
D
Figure 4-90 General circuit diagram, base printer (2 of 7)
Figure 4-91 General circuit diagram, base printer (3 of 7)

Fuser (ODF type) <5700/X557/5800/X57945>

H2

J153M
J153F
2 1

J152

J148
1
1

2
2
H1

1
1
2 1

J145M

J145F

6
FU1
FUT1 FUT2
2 1

TH_C TH_F ENCORDER-SNS

FSR-PRS-SNS TH_R

2 1 2 1 2 1
J146
J157 1 2 3
1 2 3

+3.3VM
+3.3VC

GNDM

GNDM

GNDM

GNDM
GND

3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1

5
J278B J279B J2002 J2001B J2003 J2010

Fuser ODF PCA

J277B J274C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+3.3VC

GNDA
+24VB

GNDM

+3.3VM
ODF_CUR(GNDM)
GNDMR

+3.3VMR
PAPOUT_L_SNS
PAPOUT-M_SNS

4
3

1
J907B J908B
1 2 3 1 2 3

J906BL
6 5 4 3 2 1

4
J906BDH

MT3
1 2 3 4 5 6
J906BD
GND

GND

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

J905BL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6
J905BLB J905BLA

J905BD
J905BDB J905BDA

<5700/X557/5800/X57945~>
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
GNDMR

+3.3VMR

GNDM

+3.3VM

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C
MT2B

3
Drive PCA
J204B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+3.3VC
+24VB
+24VB

+24VA
+24VA

+24VB
GND
GND
GND

GND

GND

GND
N.C

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J130B J125B J128
2

DC controller PCA
J109

29
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+3.3VAFU

+5VAFU

+5VC

+3.3VC

GNDB(SGND)
NC
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

+3.3VMR
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

GNDMR
+3.3VM
GNDM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1 2
29
J290B J293B J292B
1

J247B

Low-voltage power supply

C

D
A

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams 213

214
6

PIN3
PIN2

PIN6
PIN5
PIN4
Heater/thermistor
J903C J904D J904C
2 1 2 1 2 1

8 8

Chapter 4 Solve problems

5

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
GNDM 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GNDM 8
1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
4 3 2 1 8 8 1 2 1
J276C J287C J283C J281D J281C J284C J286C
J272C J271C
Fuser PCA
J285C
J288C
J280C
J282C

J278C J277C J274C J279C

Fuser (A²ODF type) <5700/X557/5800/X57945>

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3
4

N.C

PAPOUT_L_SNS

GNDA
GNDA
+24VB
+24VB

GNDM
2
4

+3.3VC
+3.3VM
GNDMR
+3.3VMR

PAPOUT-M_SNS

+24VBRL
3
1

J907 J908
1 2 3 1 2 3

3 2 1
J909
PIN18C
PIN19C

1 2
3

FSR_PRS_SNS TP
TH_SW
J906L TP1
6 5 4 3 2 1
J906DH
1 2 3 4 5 6
J906D
MT1C
Figure 4-92 General circuit diagram, base printer (4 of 7)

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
GND
GND
N.C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6
J905CLB J905CLA
J905CL
2

J905BDBB J905BDA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6
J905BD
1

<5700/X557/5800/X57945>

A
B
C
D
Figure 4-93 General circuit diagram, base printer (5 of 7)

Fuser (A²ODF type) <6700/X654/6800/X677>

6
PIN3

PIN22
PIN6

PIN5

PIN4
Heater/thermistor
J903 J904B J904
2 1 2 1 2 1

8 8

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GNDM 1

GNDM 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2
3
4
5
6
7
1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
4 3 2 1 8 8 1 2 1
J276 J287 J283 J281B J281 J284 J286
J272 J271
Fuser PCA

5
J285

J288

J280

J282
J278 J277 J274 J279
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3
GNDA

+3.3VC

GNDA
+24VB

GNDM

+3.3VM
GNDMR

+3.3VMR

N.C
+24VB
PAPOUT_L_SNS

4
PAPOUT-M_SNS

1
J907 J908
1 2 3 1 2 3

3 2 1

PIN18

PIN19
J909

1 2
FSR_PRS_SNS TP
TH_SW
J906L TP1
6 5 4 3 2 1
J906DH
1 2 3 4 5 6
J906D

MT1
GND

GND
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C

J905L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

4
1 2 3 4 5 6
J905LB J905LA

J905DB J905DA

J905D

<6700/X654/6800/X677~>
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C

N.C
Drive PCA

MT2
J204
7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3
+3.3VC
+24VB
+24VB

+24VA
+24VA

+24VB
GND
GND
GND

GND

GND

GND
N.C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6
J130 J125 J126

DC controller PCA
J106
J124 J150 J105
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 27
+24VA
+24VA
GND
GND

3.3VB2

GND
<5800/X57945/6800/X677>

27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+3.3VAFU

+5VAFU

+5VC

+3.3VC

GND
NC

5 4 3 2 1
J150D
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J150LH
J124D J150L
1 2 3 4 5
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

+3.3VMR
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

GNDMR
+24_5V
+24_5V
+24_5V

+24_5V
+24_5V
+24_5V

+3.3VM
GNDM
+3.3V
+3.3V
+5VA

GND
GND

GND

N.C

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2
27
J1 J245 J290 J293 J292
Formatter

J247
2

Low-voltage power supply

TB402

TB403

TB203

TB202

3 2 1 1 2 3
J926 J301B J250 J244 J241 J248 J246 J243
J149D
5 4 3 2 1
J149DH 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
J149L
GNDB

PGND
PGND
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA

N.C

GNDA

GNDB

+3.3VC

N.C

ACN

ACH

CAC_SNS 3 2 1
<X557>

<6800/X677>
SOLD119

SOLD120

1 2 3

2 1 4 3 2 1
J379
M
PS_FAN
ACN
ACH

ENV SNS
SOLD101

SOLD102

CAC_MTR
2 1
J243F2
3
2
1

IL101

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J201

Drive PCA
1
C

D
A

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams 215

216
6 5 4 3 2 1

<X57945/X654/X677>
D

TRANS_SNS CST_PAP_SNS CST_FACE_SNS

DC controller PCA
J151
J986 J987 J988 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Chapter 4 Solve problems

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
FEED_CL
R_DOOR_SW
J991D J992D J993D J994D
CL M LIFT_SNS J991DH J992DH J993DH J994DH Rear PCA
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 M
J991L J992L J993L J994L J336C
1 2 2 1
J1411L 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

SOLD31
SOLD30
J411DH M
J976 J411D J999 J998 J982
1 2 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J989
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

N.C
J991 J992 J993 J994
Y_1st M_2st C_3st k_4st

E-label E-label E-label E-label

C

SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
+24VAFU3
+24VA
PGND
+3.3VTS
N.C
SGND
+24VA
PGND
+3.3VTS
GND
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
PGND
PGND
PGND
3.3VB2

2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
J412 J411 J416 J417 J435 J401 J440
Feed/toner-supply controller PCA
J421 J423 J431 J410 J499
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

N.C

SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
PGND
PGND
PGND

SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
+3.3VB2

+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS
+3.3VTS

+3.3VTS
+24VAFU
+24VAFU
+24VAFU
+24VAFU
+24VAFU2
+24VAFU2
+24VAFU2
+24VAFU2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

12
11
10

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
J980 J979 J978 J977 12
J499D
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

J499DH
CST_SIZE1 CST_SIZE2 CST_SIZE3 CST_SIZE4
Figure 4-94 General circuit diagram, base printer (6 of 7)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
J692D J957D J693D J956D J694D J955D J695D J954D

J692LH J957LH J693LH J956LH J694LH J955LH J695LH J954LH

J692L J957L J693L J956L J694L J955L J695L J954L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
3 2 1 J958 J959 3 2 1 J960 J961 3 2 1 J962 J963 3 2 1 J964 J965
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
J382A J2A J687 1 2 1 2 J382B J2B J792 1 2 1 2 J382C J2C J795 1 2 1 2 J382D J2D J787 1 2 1 2

Toner supply Toner supply CL CL Toner supply Toner supply CL CL Toner supply Toner supply CL CL Toner supply Toner supply CL CL
sensor LED sensor PCA sensor LED sensor PCA sensor LED sensor PCA sensor LED sensor PCA
PCA CAC_SNS PCA CAC_SNS PCA CAC_SNS PCA CAC_SNS
U_CL1 T_CL1 U_CL2 T_CL2 T_CL3 U_CL3 T_CL4 U_CL4 A
 6 5 4 3 2 1

D
<Note 1> <Note 2> <Note 3> <Note 4> <Note 5>

<5700/5800> <5700/5800> <5700/X557/5800/X57945> <5700/6700> <5700/X557/5800>

J138 J136A J133

J135
DC controller PCA J327A Rear PCA Right PCA Right PCA 23 DC controller PCA
13 17 1 2 18
J307 J305
1 2 3 4 5
3 2 1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

SGND

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

10
11
12
13
SGND
SGND

+24VAFU
2 1

+3.3VB2
J938 1 2 3
+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
GND
GND
+3.3VCFU2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7 +3.3VCFU2
6 GND
5
4
3
2
1
J910B

17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

13
12
11
10
1 2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2 1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

CST
J317D LOOP_SNS
J317DH
13 17 3 2 1 J318LA
Rear PCA J925A 1 2 23 18
J323 J321A High-voltage power supply PCA
J263 J92

MP_PAP_SNS
C
2 1
<X557/6700/6800> <X557/6700/6800> SL
MP_SL
J137A J136B

DC controller PCA Rear PCA J337A

15 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
<6700/~X654/6800/X677> <X557/5800/X57945/x654/~6800/X677> <X57945/6700/X654/6800/X677>
Figure 4-95 General circuit diagram, base printer (7 of 7)

+3.3VCFU2
GND
+3.3VB2
J131A J132A
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Right PCA

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Right PCA DC controller PCA

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
J937A J936A J935A J934A 29

15
14
13
12
11
10
J317 J315A
25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

15 17 CST_SIZE1 CST_SIZE2 CST_SIZE3 CST_SIZE4

Rear PCA

SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND

J322A J321B

+24VAFU
+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
+24VBFU2
GND
+5VAFU
GND
+3.3VCFU2

2 1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

<X57945/X654/X677> <X57945/X654/X677> 1 2 3 1 2 3
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

J318DB
J318DHB J923B J910A
J139 J136C J318LB B
1 2 29 25
DC controller PCA J327B Rear PCA
9 17 3 2 1 REFEED_SNS LOOP_SNS
1 2 High-voltage power supply
J925B J261A J262A

2 1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SGND
SL

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
MP_PAP_SNS MP_SL

3 2 1

2 1 J924B

+3.3VCFU2
GND
+3.3VB2
J35

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
1 2
RREREG_SNS
FDOOR_SW

9 17
Rear PCA
J324 J321C

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams

217
218
6 5 4 3 2 1

J511FDH D

J511D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Chapter 4 Solve problems

SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
+3.3VOPF
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
PGND
PGND
PGND
+3.3VB2

Paper feeder controller PCA

5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J521 J522 J511F
C

J532F J544F J531F J551 J541 J512

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
N.C

OUT1
OUT2

SGND
SGND
SGND
PGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
PGND
PGND
PGND

SGND
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA

+24VAF
+24VAF
+3.3VB2

+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
OPLIFT_SNS
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J532FD
J532FDH B

N.C
3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
Figure 4-96 General circuit diagram, 550-sheet paper feeder

2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 J9 J55 J57 J56 J58

SOLD5
SOLD6

J532FL
J21 J63 J64
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 J512D
2 1
M SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7
SW16 M CL
SR21 J512DH
CL6 M15
M12

SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
J24 J41 J4

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

SR24 SR22 SR23

A
 6 5 4 3 2 1

J511HDH

J511HD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
D

SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
+3.3VOPF
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
PGND
PGND
PGND
+3.3VB2

5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J521 J522 J511H
HCI controller PCA

J532H J544H J531H J554 J552 J542

Figure 4-97 General circuit diagram, HCI

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6

SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND
SGND

PGND

SGND
+24VAF
+24VAF

+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF
+3.3VOPF

+3.3VOPF
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J532HD
J532HDH

N.C
2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
J532HL
J82 J70 J71 J88 J89 J76 J74 J77
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1
2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 2 1 1 2
SW13 M CL
M SW9 SW8 SW10
CL2 SR6
M13 M14

+3.3VOPF
SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
+3.3VOPF
SGND
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
J85 J83 J84

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

SR5 SR3 SR4

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams

219
 Chapter 4 Solve problems 220
6

M21
SW3 PS206 M25 PS205 PS204 PS203 PS202 PS201 SL22
M SL
1 2 M 1 2
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 J7202L
J7006 J35 J34 J17 J1 J2 J44 2 1
J32
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 J7202DHB
1 2 3 4
J7202DB
SOLD6
SOLD5

J7021LB J7401L J7003LB

2 1 J7021LHB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J7003LHB
J7401DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J7003DB
J7021DB J7401D
5

+24VAF

GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J302B J301B J503B
SL23 M24
M22 M27 SL
PS212 PS211 PS210 PS209 PS208 1 2
PS207 M
M M
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 J7303L
2 1
J15 J20 J21 J24 J22 J23 J18 J16
J7303DH 1 2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
J7303D
SOLD4
SOLD3
4

J7107LB J7316L J7318L

2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 J7107DHB 1 2 3 J7316DH 1 2 3 J7318DH
J7107DB J7316D J7318D
+24VAF

GND
GND
GND

GND
GND
GND

4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J402B J202B J501B J401B
5 4 3 2 1 J105 4 3 2 1 J102
GND
GND

+3.3V
+3.3V
3

Staple stacker controller PCA

J205 J502B J201C J203C J204C J101B J505B
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1
+5V
GND
GND
GND

GND
GND
GND

+24VA

+24VS

+24VA
+24VB
+3.3VB2

+24VAF
3 2 1

FT1
FT7
J7301D
J7301DH 2 1
2 1 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
J27 J19 J26
FAN21
2

1 2 J7301L 1 2 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
SW4 SW21
4 3 2 1
1 2
SL M
SL21 PS213
M26
PS214
+24VA
+24VA

+3.3VB2
GND
GND
GND
GND

J124LH J9916
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J124L 6 5 4 3 2 1
PS215

Staple unit
Printer
1

A
B
C
D
Figure 4-98 General circuit diagram, 3-bin stapler-stacker
Internal test and information pages
Learn about printer test and information pages.

Configuration and Jetdirect page

Print and find printer information on configuration and HP embedded Jetdirect information pages.

NOTE: Depending on the model, up to three pages print when printing a configuration page. In
addition to the main configuration page, the HP embedded Jetdirect configuration and the wireless
pages print.

Print the configuration page from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Configuration/Status pages

3. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

4. Touch the print icon to print the pages.

Internal test and information pages 221

 Figure 4-99 Configuration page

HP LaserJet M

1 4
5

6
2

Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM

Item Description Item Description

1 Device information 5 Event log

2 Installed personalities and 6 Security

options

3 HP Web services 7 Paper trays and options

4 Memory

Certain information, such as the firmware date codes, the IP address, and the email gateways, is
especially helpful while servicing the printer. This information is on the various configuration pages.

Table 4-12 Important information on the configuration pages

Type of information Specific information Configuration page

Firmware Bundle Version Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

222 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-12 Important information on the configuration pages (continued)

Type of information Specific information Configuration page

Firmware Revision Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

Firmware Datecode Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

Accessories and internal storage Optional installed formatter devices and Main configuration page (Installed
accessories information Personalities and Options)
All optional devices that are installed on
the printer should be listed on the main
configuration page.

Separate pages print for the optional

paper handling devices and the fax
accessory. These pages list more-
detailed information for those devices.

Memory Total RAM information Main configuration page (Memory)

Tray and bin information Size and type by tray (including installed Main configuration page (Paper Trays
optional paper feeders) information and Options)

Engine cycles, service ID, and cartridge Engine information Main configuration page (Device
information Information)

Event-log information Error information Main configuration page (Event Log)

The second configuration page is the HP embedded Jetdirect page, which contains the following
information:

Internal test and information pages 223

 Figure 4-100 HP embedded Jetdirect page

HP LaserJet M

1 4

5
2

6
3

Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM

Item Description

1 General Information indicates the printer status,

model number, hardware firmware version, port select,
port configuration, auto negotiation, manufacturing
identification, and manufactured date.

2 Security Settings information

3 Network Statistics indicates the total packets received,

unicast packets received, bad packets received, framing
errors received, total packets transmitted, unsendable
packets, transmit collisions, and transmit late collisions.

4 TCP/IP information, including the IP address

5 IPv4 information

6 IPv6 information

224 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Reports menu
Learn about the control-panel Reports menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Reports menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch the printer icon .

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

NOTE: The View option is control-panel type dependent (might not be available).

Table 4-13 Reports menu

First level Second level Values Description

Configuration/Status Pages Settings Menu Map Cancel Shows a map of the entire
control panel system and
View the selected values for each
setting.
Print

Configuration/Status Pages Current Settings Page Cancel Shows a summary of the

current settings for the
View printer. This might be helpful
if you plan to make changes
Print and need a record of the
present configuration.

Configuration/Status Pages Configuration Page Cancel Shows the printer settings

and installed accessories.
View

Print

Configuration/Status Pages How to Connect Page Cancel Shows the network

information typically needed
View to connect the printer to a
network.
Print

Configuration/Status Pages Supplies Status Page Cancel Shows the approximate

remaining life for the
View supplies; reports statistics
on total number of pages
Print and jobs processed, serial
number, page counts, and
maintenance information.

HP provides approximations
of the remaining life for
the supplies as a customer
convenience. The actual
remaining supply levels
might be different than the
approximations provided.

Configuration/Status Pages Usage Page Cancel Shows a count of all paper

sizes that have passed
View through the printer; lists
whether they were simplex or
Print duplex, and reports the page
count.

Reports menu 225

 Table 4-13 Reports menu (continued)

First level Second level Values Description

Configuration/Status Pages File Directory Page Cancel Shows the file name and
folder name for files that are
View stored in the printer memory.

Print

Configuration/Status Pages Web Services Status Page Cancel Shows the detected Web
Services for the printer.
View

Print

Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Cancel Contains a list of the faxes
that have been sent from or
Fax models only View received by this printer.

Print

Fax Reports Billing Codes Report Cancel Provides a list of billing codes
that have been used for
Fax models only View outgoing faxes. This report
shows how many sent faxes
Print were billed to each code.

Fax Reports Blocked Fax List Cancel A list of phone numbers that
are blocked from sending
Fax models only View faxes to this printer.

Print

Fax Reports Speed Dial List Cancel Shows the speed dials that
have been set up for this
Fax models only View printer.

Print

Fax Reports Fax Call Report Cancel A detailed report of the last
fax operation, either sent or
Fax models only View received.

Print

Other Pages PCL Font List Cancel Prints the available PCL fonts.

Print

Other Pages PS Font List Cancel Prints the available PS fonts.

Print

Settings menu
Learn about the control-panel Settings menu.

NOTE: You can perform basic printer setup by using the Settings menu. Use the HP Embedded Web
Server for more advanced printer setup. To open the HP Embedded Web Server, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address bar of a Web browser.

TIP: If prompted, enter the EWS personal identification number (PIN) from a sticker on the printer
(typically located inside the front door or on a toner cartridge tray).

226 Chapter 4 Solve problems

General menu
Learn about the control-panel General (Settings) menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the General menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-14 General menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Format Date Format DD/MMM/YYYY Use the Date/Time
Settings menu to
MMM/DD/YYYY specify the date
and time and to
YYYY/MMM/DD configure date/time
settings.

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Format Time Format 12 hour (AM/PM) Select the format
that the printer uses
24 hours to show the date and
time, for example 12-
hour format or 24-
hour format.

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Time Zone Select the time zone

from a list.

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Date Select the date from

a pop-up calendar.

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Time Select the time from

a pop-up keypad.

Date/Time Settings Date/Time Adjust for Daylight Check box If you are in an area
Savings that uses daylight
savings time, select
the Adjust for
Daylight Savings
box.

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled + (Add) Use to configure

events displays. the printer to
MFP Edit automatically wake
up or go to sleep
Delete at specific times on
specific days. Using
this feature saves
energy.

NOTE: You must

configure the date
and time settings
before you can use
this feature.

General menu 227

 Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event Wake Select whether to
events displays. Type add or edit a Wake
MFP Sleep event or a Sleep
event, and then
select the time and
the days for the
wake or sleep event.

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event

events displays. Time
MFP

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event Select days of the
events displays. Days week from a list.
MFP

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Settings Sleep Mode/Auto Range: 1 to 120 Set the number
Off After minutes of minutes after
MFP which the printer
Default = 60 minutes enters Sleep or
Auto Off mode. Use
the arrow buttons
on the control
panel to increase
or decrease the
number of minutes.

Energy Settings Wake/Auto On to All Events*

These Events
MFP Network port

Power button only

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Settings Sleep/Auto Off Enabled* Enable or disable the
Timer printer sleep or auto
SFP Disabled off function.

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Settings Sleep Mode/Auto Range: 1 to 120 Set the number
Off After minutes of minutes after
SFP which the printer
Default = 60 minutes enters Sleep or
Auto Off mode. Use
the arrow buttons
on the control
panel to increase
or decrease the
number of minutes.

Display Settings Display Brightness A sliding bar Use to specify the

displays with the intensity of the LCD
indicator set in control panel display.
the middle. Use
the arrow keys to
select the desired
brightness and then
select Done.

Display Settings System Sound On* Use to enable or

disable sounds on
Off the printer.

228 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Display Settings Language Settings Language Select from a list of Use to select a
languages that the different language
printer supports. for control panel
messages and
specify the default
keyboard layout.
When you select
a new language,
the keyboard
layout automatically
changes to match
the factory default
for the selected
language.

Display Settings Keyboard Layout Each language has Select the default
a default keyboard keyboard layout
layout. To change it, that matches the
select from a list of language you want
layouts. to use.

Display Settings Information Screen Show connection Use this menu

information* item to display
or hide connection
Hide connection information on the
information Home screen.

Display Settings Inactivity Timeout Range: 10-300 Specifies the

seconds amount of time that
elapses between
Default = 60 any activity on the
seconds control panel and
when the printer
resets to the default
settings. When the
timeout expires, the
control panel display
returns to the Home
menu, and any user
signed in to the
printer is signed out.

Display Settings Clearable Warnings Display during job* Use this feature
to set the period
Display until cleared that a clearable
warning displays
on the control
panel. If the On
setting is selected,
clearable warnings
appear until the
Clearable Warnings
button is pressed. If
the Job setting is
selected, clearable
warnings stay on the
display during the
job that generated
the warning and
disappear from the
display when the
next job starts.

General menu 229

 Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Display Settings Continuable Events Auto-continue (10 Use this option to

seconds)* configure the printer
behavior when the
Touch OK to printer encounters
continue certain errors. If
the Auto-continue (10
seconds) option is
selected, the job
will continue after
10 seconds. If the
Touch OK to continue
option is selected,
the job will stop and
require the user to
touch the OK button
before continuing.

Enable Device USB Enabled Enables the printer

to open a file from a
Disabled* USB drive.

230 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Jam Recovery Automatic* This printer provides

a jam recovery
Off feature that reprints
jammed pages.
On Select one of the
following options:

Automatic: The
printer attempts
to reprint jammed
pages when
sufficient memory is
available. This is the
default setting.

Off: The printer

does not attempt
to reprint jammed
pages. Because
no memory is
used to store
the most recent
pages, performance
is optimal.

NOTE: When using

this option, if the
printer runs out of
paper and the job is
being printed on both
sides, some pages
can be lost.

On: The printer

always reprints
jammed pages.
Additional memory
is allocated to
store the last
few pages printed.
This might cause
overall performance
to suffer.

Auto Recovery Enabled If Auto Recovery

is enabled and an
Disabled* unrecoverable error
occurs in the device
firmware, the device
automatically turns
off and turns back on
to recover from the
error.

General menu 231

 Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Enable Auto Send Disabled* Browse to the

HP Embedded Web
Enabled Server AutoSend
configuration page
for advanced set up
and the HP online
Privacy Statement
Information.

Use the Enable

Auto Send menu to
enable or disable the
AutoSend feature.
The AutoSend
feature enables
your product
to periodically
send product
configuration
information including
serial number, event
logs, page usage
counts and supplies
status information
to HP web
addresses (URLs),
or email addresses.
Information sent to
HP is used to
improve products
and services, and to
monitor the product
if you have a
relationship with HP
that provides you
services such as
proactive cartridge
replacement, pay-
per-page contracts,
support agreements,
or usage tracking.

Hold Off Print Job Enabled* Enable this feature

if you want to
Disabled prevent print jobs
from starting while
a user is initiating
a copy job from
the control panel.
Held print jobs start
printing after the
copy job is finished,
provided that no
other copy job is in
the print queue.

232 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-14 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Values Description

level

Reset Factory Address Book (MFP) Use to restore

Settings all printer settings
Copy (MFP) to their factory
defaults.
Digital Send (MFP)

E-mail (MFP)

Fax (MFP)

General (MFP)

Print (MFP)

Security (MFP)

Cancel (SFP)

Reset (SFP)

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Scan/Digital Send Settings (MFP) menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Scan/Digital Send
Settings menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 233

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Scan to Email E-mail Setup E-mail Setup Use to configure

Settings Wizard settings that
NOTE: Email apply to sending
Scan to Network Settings only documents
Folder Settings through email or
saving documents
Scan to USB Drive to a folder on the
Settings network or on a
USB multi-drive.
NOTE: The same
options are The E-mail
available for each Setup Wizard
of these features, feature configures
except where the printer to
noted. send scanned
images as email
attachments. To
open the printer
HP Embedded Web
Server and set
up the email
notification server,
enter the printer IP
address into a Web
browser.

234 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Default Job Image Preview Make optional* Defines the default

Options job options for
Require preview each function. If
you do not specify
Disable preview the job options
when creating
the job, the
default options are
used. For complete
setup, go to the
HP Embedded Web
Server by typing
the IP address of
the printer into a
Web browser.

Use the Image

Preview feature to
scan a document
and display a
preview before
completing the job.
Select whether
this feature is
available on the
printer.

Make optional: The

feature is optional,
depending on the
user who is signed
in.

Require preview
Previews are
required for all
users.

Disable preview:
Previews are
disabled for all
users.

Default File Name [Untitled]* The printer is

shipped with a
factory default file
name of [Untitled]
for any scanned
files that are sent
or saved. Use this
feature to specify
a different default
file name. If you
are saving a file
to a network folder
or USB storage
device and a file
with the default
file name already
exists, a number
is appended to
the file name,
for example,
[Untitled]001.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 235

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Document File Select from a list PDF provides the

Type of file types. best overall image
and text quality.

JPEG is a good
choice for most
graphics. Most
computers have
a browser that
can view .JPEG
files. This file type
produces one file
per page.

TIFF is a standard
file format that
many graphics
programs support.
This file type
produces one file
per page.

MTIFF: stands for

multi-page TIFF.
This file type saves
multiple scanned
pages in a single
file.

XPS (XML Paper

Specification)
creates an XAML
file that preserves
the original
formatting of the
document and
supports color
graphics and
embedded fonts.

PDF/A (Archivable):
provides
archivable text and
image quality.

NOTE: OCR file

types are not
supported on this
printer unless
attached to DSS.

236 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Optimize Text/ Mixed* Use to optimize

Picture the output for
Text a particular type
of content. You
Printed picture can optimize the
output for text,
Photograph printed pictures, or
a mixture.

Mixed: Use to
optimize the
setting for text and
for pictures.

Text: Use to
optimize the text
portion of the copy
when text and/or
pictures are on the
original.

Printed picture:
Use for line
drawings and
preprinted images,
such as magazine
clippings or pages
from books.

Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.

Quality and File High (large file) Use to select

Size the quality for
Medium* the output. Higher-
quality images
Low (small file) require a larger
file size than lower-
quality images.
Larger files take
more time to
send, and some
recipients might
have trouble
receiving larger
files.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 237

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Original Sides 1-sided Use to describe

the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

Orientation Automatically For some features

detect to work correctly,
you must specify
Portrait* the way the
content of the
Landscape original document
is placed on
the page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait
or landscape
orientation.

238 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Resolution 600 dpi Sets the

resolution for sent
400 dpi documents. Higher
resolution images
300 dpi have more dots
per inch (dpi),
200 dpi so they show
more detail. Lower
150 dpi* resolution images
have fewer dots
75 dpi per inch and show
less detail, but
the file size is
smaller. Some file
types, for example
a file that will
be processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
automatically
change to a valid
value.

Content Orientation Auto Detect For some features

Orientation to work correctly,
Portrait* you must specify
the way the
Landscape content of the
original document
is placed on
the page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait
or landscape
orientation.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 239

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Color/Black Automatically Use to enable

detect color or or disable color
black* scanning.

Automatically Automatically
detect color or detect color or
gray black: When pages
without color are
Color detected, the
printer creates
Black an image of the
page in 1-bit
Black/Gray black if other
settings allow. If
the other settings
don't allow (File
Type, for example),
the image is in
grayscale.

Automatically
detect color or
gray: When pages
without color are
detected, the
printer creates
an image of the
page in grayscale.
Select this option
for the best image
quality for non-
color pages.

Color: Scans
documents in
color.

Black/Gray: Scans
documents in
grayscale.

Black: Scans
documents in
black and white
with a compressed
file size.

Original Size Select from a list Use to describe

of supported sizes. the page size
of the original
document.

240 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Notification Do not notify* Configure

to receive
Notify when job notification about
completes the status of a
sent document.
Notify only if job
fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Print Notify only

if job fails:
E-mail Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Print: Select
to print the
notification at this
printer.

Include Thumbnail NOTE: When

sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of
the fax in your
notification.

Notification E-mail E-mail: Select

address to receive the
notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then type the email
address for the
notification.

Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the

overall quality of
the copy.

Adjust the
Darkness setting
to increase or
decrease the
amount of white
and black in the
colors.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 241

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Contrast Adjust the

Contrast setting
to increase
or decrease
the difference
between the
lightest and
darkest color on
the page.

Background Adjust the

Cleanup Background
Cleanup setting if
you are having
trouble copying a
faint image.

Sharpness Adjust the

Sharpness setting
to clarify or
soften the image.
For example,
increasing the
sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but
decreasing it could
make photographs
appear smoother.

Automatic Tone

Default Select this to make

the selected Image
Adjustment setting
the default value.

Cropping Options Do not crop* Use this menu item

to automatically
Crop to content crop the scan
for digital sending.
Crop to paper Use the Crop to
content option to
scan the smallest
possible area that
has detectable
content.

242 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Erase Edges Use Inches Use this menu

item to remove
Back side erase blemishes, such
as dark borders
Front side erase or staple marks,
by cleaning the
specified edges
of the scanned
image. In each
of the text
boxes enter the
measurements, in
millimeters or
inches, for how
much of the top
edge, bottom edge,
left edge, and right
edge to clean.

Multi-feed On* This setting stops

Detection the scanning
Off process if it
detects multiple-
page feeds
through the
document feeder.

Blank Page Disabled* Use to prevent

Suppression blank pages
Enabled in the original
document from
being included
in the output
document.

Digital Send Allow Usage of Enabled* Configure how the

Service Setup Digital Sending printer interacts
Software (DSS) Disabled with the HP
Server Digital Sending
Software (DSS)
server. HP DSS
handles digital
sending tasks,
such as faxing,
emailing, and
sending scanned
documents to a
network folder
or USB storage
device.

Use the Allow

Usage of Digital
Sending Software
(DSS) Server
option to configure
the printer to use
HP DSS.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 243

 Table 4-15 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Allow Transfer Enabled* Use the Allow

to New Digital Transfer to New
Sending Software Disabled Digital Sending
(DSS) Server Software (DSS)
Server option to
specify whether
DSS management
of a printer is
transferable to a
different DSS.

Fax menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Fax menu (MFP).

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Fax menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Internal Fax Configure settings

Modem Setup for sending faxes
from the printer.

Use the Internal

Fax Modem Setup
feature to set up
options for faxing.

NOTE: To set up
LAN fax or Internet
fax, use the HP
Embedded Web
Server. To open the
HP Embedded Web
Server, type the
printer network
address into a Web
browser. To
configure the fax
features, select
the Fax tab.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Fax Dial Volume Off These settings
Settings control how the
Low* fax modem dials
the outgoing fax
High number when
faxes are sent.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Dialing Mode Tone*
Settings
Pulse

244 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial Interval 1 – 5 Minutes
Settings
Default = 5
minutes

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Fax Send Speed Fast*
Settings
Medium

Slow

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Dialing Prefix
Settings

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Detect Dial Tone
Settings

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on Error Range: 0 – 9
Settings
Default = 2

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on No Range: 0 – 2
Settings Answer
Default = 0

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on Busy Range: 0 – 9
Settings
Default = 3

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Fax Number Enabled If this feature
Settings Confirmation is enabled, you
Disabled* must enter the fax
number twice.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send PC Fax Send Enabled* Enables users who
Settings have the correct
Disabled driver installed to
send faxes through
the printer from
their computers.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send JBIG Compression Enabled* The JBIG
Settings compression
Disabled reduces fax-
transmission time,
which can
result in lower
phone charges.
However, using
JBIG compression
sometimes causes
compatibility
problems with
older fax
machines. If this
occurs, turn off the
JBIG compression.

Fax menu (MFP) 245

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Error Correction Enabled* When error-
Settings Mode correction mode
Disabled is enabled
and an error
occurs during fax
transmission, the
printer sends or
receives the error
portion again.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Fax Header Prepend* Use to prepend
Settings or overlay the fax
Overlay header page.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Enable Billing Off When billing codes
Codes are enabled, a
On* prompt displays
that asks the
user to enter the
billing code for an
outgoing fax. This
prompt does not
appear if the Allow
users to edit billing
codes check box is
not checked.

You can also

use the billing
codes report in the
Reports menu to
view the list of the
billing codes that
have been used
for faxes that have
been sent from the
printer. The list is
grouped by billing
code and also
shows fax details.
This feature can be
used for billing or
usage tracking.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Default Billing Specify a default
Code billing code for
faxing. If you
specify a default
billing code, this
code displays in
the Billing Code
field when the
user sends an
outgoing fax. If this
field is blank, no
default billing code
is provided for the
user.

246 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Minimum Length Range: 1 – 16 Specify the
required length of
Default = 1 the billing code.
Billing codes can
be between 1 and
16 characters long.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Allow users to edit Off
billing codes
On*

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Preview Make optional* Use the Image
Options Preview feature to
Require preview scan a document
and display a
Disable preview preview before
completing the job.
Select whether
this feature is
available on the
printer.

Make optional: The

feature is optional,
depending on the
user who is signed
in.

Require preview
Previews are
required for all
users.

Disable preview:
Previews are
disabled for all
users.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Resolution Standard (100 x Select the
Options 200dpi)* resolution for
outgoing faxes. If
Fine (200 x 200dpi) you increase the
resolution, faxes
Superfine (300 x might be clearer
300dpi) but they could
transmit more
slowly. Some file
types, for example
a file that will
be processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
be automatically
changed to a valid
value.

Fax menu (MFP) 247

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Sides 1-sided* Use to describe
Options the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
Pages flip up select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

If the Pages flip up

option is selected,
the back side of
the page is printed
upside-down. This
option is for print
jobs that are
bound along the
top edge.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Sides Orientation Portrait* For some features
Options to work correctly,
Landscape you must specify
the way the
content of the
original document
is placed on the
page.

Portrait: This
setting means the
short edge of the
page is along the
top.

Landscape: This
setting means the
long edge of the
page is along the
top.

248 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Do not notify* Use to receive
Options notification about
Notify when job the status of a
completes sent document.

Notify only if job Do not notify: Turns

fails off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Notify only
if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Print Print: Select

Options to print the
E-mail notification at this
printer.

E-mail: Select
to receive the
notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then enter the
email address for
the notification.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Include Thumbnail When sending an
Options analog fax, select
Include Thumbnail
to receive a
thumbnail image
of the first page
of the fax in your
notification.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Notification E-mail Provide the
Options address email address
that will receive
notifications.

Fax menu (MFP) 249

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Content Orientation Portrait* For some features
Options Orientation to work correctly,
Landscape you must specify
the way the
content of the
original document
is placed on the
page.

Portrait: This
setting means the
short edge of the
page is along the
top.

Landscape: This
setting means the
long edge of the
page is along the
top.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Size Select from a list Use to describe
Options of sizes that the the page size
printer supports. of the original
document.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the
Options overall quality of
the copy.

Adjust the
Darkness setting
to increase or
decrease the
amount of white
and black in the
colors.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Contrast Adjust the
Options Contrast setting
to increase
or decrease
the difference
between the
lightest and
darkest color on
the page.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Background Adjust the
Options Cleanup Background
Cleanup setting if
you are having
trouble copying a
faint image.

250 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Sharpness Adjust the
Options Sharpness setting
to clarify or
soften the image.
For example,
increasing the
sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but
decreasing it could
make photographs
appear smoother.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Automatic Tone The printer
Options automatically
adjusts the
Darkness,
Contrast, and
Background
Cleanup settings
to the most
appropriate for
the scanned
document.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Optimize Text/ Manually adjust* Optimize For Optimizes the
Options Picture output for a
Text particular type
of content. You
Printed picture can optimize the
output for text,
Photograph printed pictures, or
a mixture.

Manually adjust:
Use to manually
optimize the
setting for text or
for pictures.

Text: Use to
optimize the text
portion of the copy
where text and/or
pictures are on the
original.

Printed picture:
Use for line
drawings and
preprinted images,
such as magazine
clippings or pages
from books.

Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.

Fax menu (MFP) 251

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Multi-feed Disabled This setting stops
Options Detection the scanning
Enabled* process if it
detects multiple-
page feeds
through the
document feeder.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Blank Page Disabled* Prevents blank
Options Suppression pages in the
Enabled original document
from being
included in the
output document.

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ringer Volume Off Use to configure
Settings settings for
Low* receiving faxes.

High

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Rings To Answer Range: 1–6

Settings
Default = 1

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Fax Send Speed Fast*

Settings
Medium

Slow

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ring Interval Range: 220–600

Settings ms

Default = 600 ms

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ring Frequency Range: 1–200

Settings
Default = 68hz

Fax Receive Fax Printing Always store faxes If you have

Settings Schedule concerns about
Always print faxes* the security of
private faxes, use
Use schedule this feature to
store faxes rather
than having them
automatically print.
Select Incoming
Fax Options, and
then you can
choose to always
store faxes, always
print them, or you
can set up a
schedule for each
day of the week.

252 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Fax Printing Schedule Add Print incoming If you are using
Settings Schedule faxes a fax printing
Touch this to Edit schedule, use this
set up a fax Store incoming menu to configure
printing schedule if Delete faxes when to print
you selected the faxes.
Use Fax Printing Time
Schedule option.
Event Days

Fax Receive Blocked Fax Fax Number to The blocked fax

Settings Numbers Block list can contain
up to 30 numbers.
When the printer
receives a call
from one of
the blocked fax
numbers, it deletes
the incoming fax.
It also logs
the blocked fax
in the activity
log along with
job-accounting
information.

Add blocked
numbers: Enter a
fax number into
the Fax Number
to Block field, and
then touch the
arrow button to
add a new number
to the blocked fax
list.

To remove blocked
numbers: Select a
number and touch
the Delete button
to delete it from
the blocked fax list.

To clear all blocked

numbers: Touch
the Delete All
button to clear all
of the numbers
from the blocked
fax list.

You can also use

the Blocked Fax
List report in the
Information menu
to view the list of
the fax numbers
that have been
blocked on this
printer.

Fax menu (MFP) 253

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Default Job Notification Do not notify* Configure

Settings Options to receive
Notify when job notification about
completes the status of a
sent document.
Notify only if job
fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Notify only
if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Fax Receive Default Job Print E-mail: Select

Settings Options to receive the
E-mail* notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then enter the
email address for
the notification.

Fax Receive Default Job Include Thumbnail NOTE: When

Settings Options sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of
the fax in your
notification.

Fax Receive Default Job Notification E-mail

Settings Options address

Fax Receive Default Job Stamp Received Enabled Use this option to
Settings Options Faxes add the date, time,
Disabled* sender’s phone
number, and page
number to each
page of the faxes
that this printer
receives.

254 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-16 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Default Job Fit to Page Enabled* Use to shrink faxes
Settings Options that are larger
Disabled than Letter-size or
A4-size so that
they can fit onto
a Letter-size or
A4-size page. If
this feature set
to Disabled, faxes
larger than Letter
or A4 will flow
across multiple
pages.

Fax Receive Default Job Paper Selection Automatic*

Settings Options
Select from a list
of the trays.

Fax Receive Default Job Output sides 1-sided* Use to describe

Settings Options the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
Pages flip up select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

Fax Forwarding Enable Fax Disabled* Use to forward

Forwarding received faxes
Enabled to another fax
machine.

Fax Forwarding Type of Fax Job to All faxes

Forward
Sent faxes

Received faxes

Fax Forwarding Fax Forwarding Enter the

Number fax forwarding
number.

Clear Fax Activity Cancel Clears all events

Log from the Fax
Clear Activity Log list.

Manage Supplies menu

Learn about the control-panel Manage Supplies menu.

Manage Supplies menu 255

 To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Manage Supplies
menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-17 Manage Supplies menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Low Warning Cyan Cartridge 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds percentage at
Magenta Default = 4% which the printer
Cartridge notifies you when
a toner cartridge is
Yellow Cartridge very low.

Black Cartridge

Low Warning Document Feeder 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds Kit percentage at
Default = 10% which the printer
MFP notifies you when
the document
feeder kit is very
low.

Low Warning Maintenance Kit 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds percentage at
SFP Default = 10% which the printer
notifies you when
the maintenance kit
is very low.

Low Warning On* Displays a

Threshold message on the
Message Off control panel when
a cartridge is very
low.

Low Behavior Continue* Use one of these

options to specify
Stop the action for the
device to take when
a supply reaches a
low condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

256 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-17 Manage Supplies menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Very Low Behavior Cyan Cartridge Stop Use one or more

of these options to
Magenta Continue* specify the action
Cartridge for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
Yellow Cartridge continue reaches a very low
condition.
Black Cartridge
Stop: Stops the
current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

Very Low Behavior Document Feeder Stop Use one or more

Kit of these options to
Continue specify the action
MFP for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
continue* reaches a very low
condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

Very Low Behavior Maintenance Kit Stop Use one or more

of these options to
SFP Continue specify the action
for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
continue* reaches a very low
condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

Manage Supplies menu 257

 Table 4-17 Manage Supplies menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Store Usage Data On supplies* Store Usage Data

provides a way
Not on supplies to suppress the
toner cartridges
from storing most
of the information
gathered
exclusively for
the purpose of
understanding the
usage of the
printer. Select the
On supplies setting
to store the data
on the toner
cartridge memory
chip. Select the Not
on supplies setting
to suppress the
information from
being stored on the
memory chip.

Cartridge Off* Select to

Protection permanently
Protect cartridges protect cartridges
so that they can
be used only in this
product or fleet of
products.

Cartridge Policy Off* Set Authorized

HP to allow
Authorized HP only genuine HP
cartridges to be
used in this printer.

Reset Supplies Document Feeder Reset Select this option if

Kit you have installed
Cancel a new document
MFP feeder kit or
maintenance kit.
Maintenance Kit

SFP

Networking menu
Learn about the control-panel Networking menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Networking menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

258 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-18 Networking menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet Information Print Security Yes Yes: Prints a page

Report that contains the
No* current security
settings on the
HP Jetdirect print
server.

No: A security
settings page is
not printed.

Ethernet TCP/IP Host Name Use the arrow An alphanumeric

buttons to edit the string, up to
host name. 32 characters,
used to identify
NPIXXXXXX* the printer. This
name is listed on
the HP Jetdirect
configuration
page. The default
host name is
NPIxxxxxx, where
xxxxxx is the
last six digits of
the LAN hardware
(MAC) address.

Networking menu 259

 Table 4-18 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Config Method Bootp Specifies the

method that TCP/
DHCP* IPv4 parameters
will be configured
Auto IP on the HP Jetdirect
print server.
Manual
Bootp (Bootstrap
Protocol): Use
for automatic
configuration from
a BootP server.

DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration
Protocol): Use
for automatic
configuration from
a DHCPv4 server.
If selected and
a DHCP lease
exists, the DHCP
Release menu and
the DHCP Renew
menu are available
to set DHCP lease
options.

Auto IP: Use

for automatic
link-local IPv4
addressing. An
address in the
form 169.254.x.x
is assigned
automatically.

If you set this

option to the
Manual setting,
use the Manual
Settings menu to
configure TCP/IPv4
parameters.

260 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-18 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Default IP Auto IP* Specify the IP

address to default
Legacy to when the print
server is unable
to obtain an IP
address from the
network during
a forced TCP/IP
reconfiguration
(for example,
when manually
configured to use
BootP or DHCP).

NOTE: This
feature assigns a
static IP address
that might
interfere with a
managed network.

Auto IP: A link-

local IP address
169.254.x.x is set.

Legacy: The
address 192.0.0.192
is set, consistent
with older HP
Jetdirect printers.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings DHCP Release Yes

No*

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings DHCP Renew Yes

No*

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = a Primary Domain
xxx.xxx.xx.xx Name System
(DNS) Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Enable Off Use this item to

enable or disable
On* IPv6 operation on
the print server.

Off: IPv6 is
disabled.

On: IPv6 is
enabled.

Networking menu 261

 Table 4-18 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Address Manual Settings Use this item
to enable and
Enable manually configure
a TCP/IPv6
Address address.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified Router Specified:
The stateful
Router auto-configuration
Unavailable* method to be used
by the print server
Always is determined by
a router. The
router specifies
whether the print
server obtains
its address,
its configuration
information, or
both from a
DHCPv6 server.

Router
Unavailable: If
a router is
not available,
the print server
should attempt to
obtain its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.

Always: Whether a
router is available,
the print server
always attempts to
obtain its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = a Primary Domain
xxx.xxx.xx.xx Name System
(DNS) Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.

262 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-18 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP Proxy Server Select from a Specifies the proxy

provided list. server to be
used by embedded
applications in the
printer. A proxy
server is typically
used by network
clients for Internet
access. It caches
Web pages, and
provides a degree
of Internet security
for those clients.

To specify a
proxy server, enter
its IPv4 address
or fully-qualified
domain name. The
name can be up to
255 octets.

For some
networks, you
might need to
contact your
Internet Service
Provider (ISP) for
the proxy server
address.

Ethernet TCP/IP Proxy Port Range: 1-65535 Enter the port

number used by
Default = 00080 the proxy server
for client support.
The port number
identifies the port
reserved for proxy
activity on your
network, and can
be a value from 0
to 65535.

Ethernet TCP/IP Idle Timeout Range: 1-3600 The time period,

in seconds, after
Default = 0270 which an idle
TCP print data
connection is
closed (default
is 270 seconds,
0 disables the
timeout).

Networking menu 263

 Table 4-18 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

I/O Timeout Range: 5 – 300 sec Use to set the

I/O timeout period
Default = 10 in seconds. I/O
timeout refers to
the elapsed time
before a print job
fails. If the stream
of data that the
printer receives for
a print job gets
interrupted, this
setting indicates
how long the
printer will wait
before it reports
that the job has
failed.

Support Tools menu

Learn about the control-panel Support Tools menu.

NOTE: The Support Tools sub-menu contains the options for maintaining the printer and
troubleshooting printer problems.

Maintenance menu
Learn about the control-panel Maintenance menu.

Backup/Restore menu
Learn about the control-panel Backup/Restore menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the Backup/Restore menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-19 Backup/Restore menu

First level Second level Third level Values

Back up Data Enable Scheduled Backups Backup Time Enter a time

Back up Data Enable Scheduled Backups Days Between Backups Enter the number of days

Back up Data Back up Now

Back up Data Export Last Backup

Restore Data Insert a USB drive that

contains the backup file.

264 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Calibration/Cleaning menu
Learn about the control-panel Calibration/Cleaning menu .

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the Calibration/Cleaning menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-20 Calibration/Cleaning menu

First level Values Description

Cleaning Page Automatic Cleaning Interval Use this menu to configure

the settings for the product to
Off* automatically print a cleaning
page.
1000 pages
Select Off to disable
2000 pages automatic cleaning.

5000 pages Select a cleaning interval to

set the number of pages to be
10000 pages printed before an automatic
cleaning page is printed.
20000 pages
Touch Print to manually print a
cleaning page.

NOTE: Cleaning pages print

on the default paper size
configured for the printer.

Quick Calibration Start The printer automatically

calibrates itself at various
times. However, the user
can calibrate the printer
immediately if the printer
experiences problems with
print quality. Use this
feature to perform a
partial calibration. Use this
calibration if color density or
tone seem incorrect.

Before calibrating, make sure

that the Ready indicator
displays on the control panel
display. If a job is in progress,
the calibration occurs when
that job is complete.

Calibration/Cleaning menu 265

 Table 4-20 Calibration/Cleaning menu (continued)

First level Values Description

Full Calibration Start The printer automatically

calibrates itself at various
times. However, the user
can calibrate the printer
immediately if the printer
experiences problems with
print quality. Use this feature
to perform a full calibration,
which can take up to three
minutes. Use this calibration
if the color layers seem to be
shifted on the page.

Before calibrating, make sure

that the Ready indicator
displays on the control panel
display. If a job is in progress,
the calibration occurs when
that job is complete.

Power on Calibration No delay This feature controls the

timing of calibration when the
Delay 15 minutes printer wakes up or is turned
on.

Calibrate Scanner Done Touch Start to calibrate the

device scanner. Messages
MFP Start on the control panel display
will lead you through the
calibration process.

Reset Calibration Reset Use this feature to return

the product to the factory-
Cancel set default values for color
calibration.

Select Reset to reset the

color calibration. The printer
will restart with the factory-
set defaults.

Select Cancel to close the

menu without resetting the
color calibration.

USB Firmware Upgrade menu

Learn about the control-panel USB Firmware Upgrade menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the USB Firmware Upgrade menu.

Insert a USB storage device with a firmware upgrade bundle into the USB port, and follow the on-screen
instructions.

Service menu
Learn about the control-panel Service menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, and then select the Service menu.

266 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 The Service menu is locked and requires a personal identification number (PIN) for access. This menu is
intended for use by authorized service personnel. See the Service menu section of this manual.

Troubleshooting menu
Learn about the control-panel Troubleshooting menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, and then select the
Troubleshooting menu.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-21 Troubleshooting menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Reports Configuration/ Settings Menu Select the desired

Status Pages Map report and then
select the print
Current Settings
Page icon to print
the page.
Configuration
Page

Supplies Status
Page

Usage Page

Paper Path Page

File Directory Page

Web Services
Status Page

PCL Font List

PS Font List

Event Log

Warning Log Page

T.30 Protocol Trace

PQ
Troubleshooting
Pages

Paper Path Test

Reports Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Select the desired

report and then
Billing Codes select the print
Report
icon to print
Blocked Fax List the page.

Fax Call Report

Troubleshooting menu 267

 Table 4-21 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Reports Other Pages PCL Font List Select the desired

report and then
PS Font List select the print
icon to print
the page.

Fax Tools Fax T.30 Trace Never Use to print

Report automatically or configure the
Fax models only print* fax T.30 trace
report. T.30 is
Print after every the standard
fax that specifies
handshaking,
Print only after fax protocols, and
send jobs error correction
between fax
Print only after machines.
received faxes

Print only after fax

send errors

Print only after fax

receive errors

Print after any fax

error

Fax Tools Fax V.34 Enable* Use to disable

V.34 modulations if
Fax models only Disable several fax failures
have occurred
or if phone line
conditions require
it.

Fax Tools JBIG Compression On

Fax models only Off*

Fax Tools Fax Speaker Mode Normal* Used by a

technician to
Fax models only Diagnostic evaluate and
diagnose fax
issues by listening
to the sounds of
fax modulations

Fax Tools Fax Service Log Print The standard fax

log includes basic
Fax models only information such
as the time and
whether the fax
was successful.
The detailed
fax log shows
the intermediate
results of the redial
process not shown
in the standard fax
log.

268 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-21 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Print Quality Pages PQ Print Use to print pages

Troubleshooting that help you
Pages resolve problems
with print quality.

Event Log Prints the 50 most

recent events in
the Event Log.
For each event,
the printed log
shows the error
number, page
count, error code,
and description or
personality.

Paper Path Page Print Shows how many

pages were
printed from each
tray.

Diagnostic Tests Disable Cartridge Continue Use this diagnostic

Check test to print
internal pages
or send an
external job to
the printer when
the toner cartridge
is removed or
exchanged. Supply
errors are ignored
while the printer is
in this mode.

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Source Tray Select from a list Generates a test
of the available page for testing
trays. paper handling
features. You can
define the path
that is used for
the test in order to
test specific paper
paths

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Number of Copies Range: 1–500 Sets the default
number of copies
Default = 1 for a copy job. This
default applies
when the Copy
or Quick Copy
function is initiated
from the printer
Home screen. The
factory default
setting is 1.

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Test Duplex Path Enable Prints on both
sides of the paper.
Disable*

Diagnostic Tests Print/Stop Test Specify the

length of time
in milliseconds
(0-60,000).

Troubleshooting menu 269

 Table 4-21 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Sensor Select from a Initiates a test of

Test list of the printer the paper path
sensors. sensors.

Diagnostic Tests Manual Sensor Select from a Test the printer

Test list of available sensors and
components switches for
NOTE: This item correct operation.
appears in the Reset Each sensor is
control-panel displayed on
menus. However, the control-panel
the function is not screen, along with
available for this its status. Manually
printer trip each sensor
and watch for it
to change on the
screen. Press the
Stop button to
abort the test.

Diagnostic Tests Tray/Bin Manual Select from a Test the printer

Sensor Test list of available sensors and
components switches for
NOTE: This item correct operation.
appears in the Reset Each sensor is
control-panel displayed on
menus. However, the control-panel
the function is not screen, along with
available for this its status. Manually
printer trip each sensor
and watch for it
to change on the
screen. Press the
Stop button to
abort the test.

Diagnostic Tests Component Test Select from a Use to exercise

list of available individual parts
NOTE: This item components. independently to
appears in the isolate noise,
control-panel leaking, or other
menus. However, issues. To start the
the function is not test, select one of
available for this the components.
printer The test will run the
number of times
specified by the
Repeat option. You
might be prompted
to remove parts
from the printer
during the test.
Press the Stop
button to abort the
test.

Diagnostic Tests Continuous Scan 2-sided

MFP

Diagnostic Tests Scanner Tests Sensors

MFP

270 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-21 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Generate Debug Start

Data

Retrieve Create device data Create files

Diagnostic Data file that contain
information about
Create zipped the printer that
debug information can help identify
file the cause of
problems.
Include crash
dump files

Clean up debug
information

Send to E-mail

Export to USB

Retrieve Fax Create device data Create files

Diagnostic Data file that contain
information about
Create zipped the printer that
debug information can help identify
file the cause of
problems.
Include crash
dump files

Clean up debug
information

Send to E-mail

Export to USB

Service menu
Learn about the printer Service menu.

Service menu access is restricted by using a personal identification number (PIN). Only authorized
service people should access the Service menu. When selecting Service from the list of menus, the
printer prompts the user to enter an eight-digit PIN.

NOTE: The printer automatically exits the Service menu after about one minute if no items are
selected or changed.

Open the Service menu from a SFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support
Tools, and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Service, and then press the OK button.

3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected for the Access Type item.

NOTE: Use the arrow buttons to select and change the Access Type item if necessary.

Service menu 271

 4. Enter the following service access PIN for the printer:

● 10570022 (SFP)

● 10580022 (MFP)

Open the Service menu from an MFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Service

3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected for the Access Type item.

4. Enter the following service access PIN for the printer:

● 10570022 (SFP)

● 10580022 (MFP)

Service menu table

The following menu items appear in the Service menu.

Table 4-22 Service menu

First level Second level Value Description

Event Log Print Print or view the event log.

Clear Event Log Clear Use this item to clear the

printer event log.

Cycle Counts Total Engine Cycles Set the page count that
was stored in NVRAM
prior to installing a new
formatter.

Cycle Counts Refurbish Cycle Count Use this item to record

the page count when the
printer was refurbished.

Cycle Counts Document Feeder Total number of pages

since the document feeder
MFP kit was replaced.

Cycle Counts Document Feeder Kit Use this item to

Interval set the interval that
causes the printer to
MFP prompt the customer to
replace document feeder
maintenance kit.

Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Count Total number of pages

since the document feeder
MFP rollers were cleaned.

Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Interval Use this item to set

the interval that causes
MFP the printer to prompt the
customer to clean the
document feeder rollers
and separation pad.

272 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-22 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

Cycle Counts ADF Count Set the total pages fed

through the document
MFP feeder.

Cycle Counts Flatbed Count Set the total pages

scanned from the flatbed.
MFP

Cycle Counts ADF Simplex Count Set the total single-sided

pages fed through the
MFP document feeder.

Cycle Counts ADF Duplex Count Set the total two-sided

pages fed through the
MFP document feeder.

Cycle Counts Copy Scan Count Set the total copy pages
that have been scanned.
MFP

Cycle Counts Send Scan Count Set the number of scanned

pages sent to email.
MFP

Cycle Counts Fax Scan Count Set the number of scanned

pages that have been
Fax models only faxed.

Cycle Counts Copy Pages Count Set the number of scanned

pages that have been
MFP printed.

Scanner Settings ADF Settings Leading edge front Set the calibration values.

MFP Leading edge back WARNING! Do not

change these values
Trailing edge front unless instructed to do so.

Trailing edge back

Left side front

Left side back

Scanner Settings Glass Settings Leading edge

glass
MFP
Left Side Glass

Serial Number Set the serial number.

Service ID Use this item to show the

date that the printer was
first used on the control
panel. This eliminates the
need for users to keep
paper receipts for proof of
warranty.

Service menu 273

 Table 4-22 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

Cold Reset Paper When you perform a cold

reset, the paper size that
is stored in NVRAM is
reset to the default factory
setting. If you replace
a formatter board in a
country/region that uses
A4 as the standard paper
size, use this menu to reset
the default paper size to
A4. LETTER and A4 are the
only available values.

Low Alerts Enable Turn on (or off) low alerts

(for supplies).
Disable

Reset Low Alerts ● Reset to level 1

● Reset to level 2

● Reset to level 3

● Set to non-HP
managed mode

PTT Test Mode Test the internal modem

for the analog fax
Fax models only accessory.

PTT Test Mode Hook Operations Off Hook

Fax models only On Hook

PTT Test Mode Generate Random Data Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate DTMF Tone Burst Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate DTMF Select a value

Continuous Tone from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Pulse Burst Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Tone Dial Enter dial number.

Number
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Pulse Dial Enter dial number.

Number
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Single Modem Range: 1100–2100

Tone Hz
Fax models only
Default = 2100 Hz

PTT Test Mode Line Measurements

Fax models only

274 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-22 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

PTT Test Mode Fax Transmit Signal Loss

Fax models only

Test Support Continuous Scan 2-sided

MFP Save to Disk

Test Support Continuous Copy 2-sided

MFP Save to Disk

Test Support Raw Scan 2-sided

MFP Mechanical
Calibration

Test Support Continuous Print from USB

Test Support Automatic Calibrations Disabled

MFP Enabled*

Test Support Runtime Configuration Standard

MFP StandardEIC

Workflow

WorkflowEIC

Reconfigure

Printer resets
Learn about the printer resets.

Restore factory-set defaults from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Settings,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to General, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Restore Factory Settings, and then press the OK button.

4. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data.
Select the Reset button to complete the process.

Restore factory-set defaults from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the following menus:

● General Settings

● Reset Factory Settings

Printer resets 275

 3. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data. Touch
the Reset button to complete the process.

Restore the Service ID

When replacing the formatter, the Service ID date is lost. Use this menu item to reset the date to the
original date that the printer was first used. The date format is YYDDD. Use the following formula to
calculate the Service ID.

Calculate the service ID

For the calculation below, the placed-in-service date is 17OCT2002.

1. To calculate YY, subtract 1990 from the calendar year. If the printer was first used in 2002, calculate
YY as follows: 2002 - 1990 = 19. YY = 12.

2. Subtract 1 from 10 (October is the tenth month of the year): 10 - 1 = 9.

● Multiply 9 by 30: 9 x 30 = 270 and add 17 to 270: 270 + 17 = 287. Thus, DDD = 287.

3. In this example the Service ID is 12287.

Convert the Service ID to an actual date

Use the printer Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty. Use the
following formula to convert the Service ID into the actual date the printer was placed-in-service. For the
example below, use the Service ID previously calculated (12287).

1. Add 1990 to YY to get the actual year that the printer was installed.

2. Divide DDD by 30. If there is a remainder, add 1 to the result. This is the month.

3. The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the date.

a. 12 + 1990 = 2002, so the year is 2002.

b. 287 divided by 30 = 9 with a remainder of 17. Because there is a remainder, add 1 to 9 to get 10,
which represents October.

c. The remainder in step 2 is 17, so that is the date. The complete date is 17-October-2002.

NOTE: A six-day grace period is built into the date system.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a non-touchscreen control panel

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.

276 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-101 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions

Learn about the printer Format Disk and Partial Clean functions.

Active and repository firmware locations

The firmware bundle consists of multiple parts. The main components are the Windows CE Operating
System and the printer/peripheral firmware files.

There are two locations/partitions on the hard drive where the firmware components are stored:

● The Active, where the operating system and firmware currently are executing.

● The Repository, the recovery location.

If the Active location is damaged, or a Partial Clean was performed, the printer automatically copies
over the OS and firmware files from the Repository location and the printer recovers.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions 277

 If both the Active and Repository locations are damaged, or a Format Disk was performed, then both
locations are gone and the error message 99.09.67 displays on the control-panel display. The user must
upload the firmware to the printer in order for it to function again.

CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating
system, firmware files, and third party files (among other files) are completely lost. HP does not
recommend this action.

Partial Clean
The Partial Clean option erases all partitions and data on the disk drive, except for the firmware
repository where a backup copy of the firmware file is stored. This allows the disk drive to be
reformatted without having to download a firmware upgrade file to return the printer to a bootable
state.

Characteristics of a Partial Clean

● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are
deleted.

● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore
any customer-defined settings.

● For previous HP printers, a Hard Disk Initialization is similar to executing the Partial Clean function
for this printer.

CAUTION: HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Partial Clean to
retain customer-defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance
menu.

Reasons for performing Partial Clean

● The printer continually boots up in an error state.

NOTE: Try clearing the error prior to executing a Partial Clean.

● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.

● Executing the Partial Clean function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.

● To reset the printer by deleting all solutions and customer-defined settings.

● The printer default settings are not properly working.

Execute a Partial Clean from a non-touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

278 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Execute a Partial Clean from a touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-102 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Format Disk
The Format Disk option erases the entire disk drive.

CAUTION: After executing a Format Disk option, the printer is not bootable.

Characteristics of a Format Disk

● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are
deleted.

NOTE: Rebooting the printer does not restore the firmware files

● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore
any customer-defined settings.

● After executing the Format Disk function, the message 99.09.67 displays on the control panel.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions 279

 ● After executing the Format Disk function, the printer firmware must be reloaded.

CAUTION: HP recommends not using the Format Disk option unless an error occurs and the solution
in the printer service manual recommends this solution. After executing the Format Disk function, the
printer is unusable.

HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Format Disk to retain
customer-defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance menu.

Reasons for performing Format Disk

● The printer continually boots up in an error state.

NOTE: Try clearing the error prior to executing a Format Disk.

● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.

● Executing the Format Disk function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.

● To reset the printer by deleting all solutions and customer-defined settings.

Execute a Format Disk from a non-touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.

Execute a Format Disk from a touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-103 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.

280 Chapter 4 Solve problems

4. Press the OK button again.

NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions 281

 Power on troubleshooting
Learn about power on troubleshooting.

Power-on checks
Learn about power-on checks.

The basic printer functions should start up when the printer is connected into an electrical outlet and
the power switch is pushed to the on position. If the printer does not start, use the information in this
section to isolate and solve the problem.

If the control panel display remains blank, random patterns display, or asterisks remain on the control
panel display, perform power-on checks to find the cause of the problem.

Power on troubleshooting overview

Learn about general power on troubleshooting.

During normal operation, a cooling fan begins to spin briefly after the printer power is turned on. Place
a hand over the fan intake vents located on the right-side cover. When the fan is correctly operating, air
passing into the printer is felt. Lean close to the printer to hear the fan operating. If the fan is operating,
the dc side of the power supply is functioning.

After the fan is operating, the main motor turns on (unless the top cover is open, a jam condition is
sensed, or the paper-path sensors are damaged). Visually and audibly determine that the main motor is
turned on.

If the fan and main motor are operating correctly, the next troubleshooting step is to isolate print engine,
formatter, and control panel problems. Perform an engine test. If the formatter is damaged, it might
interfere with the engine test. If the engine-test page does not print, try removing the formatter, and then
performing the engine test again. If the engine test is then successful, the problem is almost certainly
with the formatter, the control panel, or the cable that connects them.

Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems

If the printer is not powering on correctly, use the following steps to begin troubleshooting the problem.

1. Verify that power is available to the printer. If the printer is plugged into a surge protector or
uninterruptible power supply (UPS), remove it. Plug the printer directly into a known operating wall
receptacle (make sure that the wall receptacle provides the correct voltage and current for the
printer).

NOTE: Unplug any other devices on the same circuit that the printer is using.

2. Try another known operating wall receptacle and a different power cord.

3. To eliminate a thermal switch issue, unplug the power cord and leave it unplugged for over 20
minutes. Re-attach the power cord, and then turn the power on again.

4. During normal operation, a cooling fan or fans begin to spin briefly after the printer power is turned
on. Place a hand over the cover vent or vents to feel air passing out of the printer. Lean close to

282 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 the printer to hear the fan or fans operating. Look for illuminated lights on the control panel and
formatter LEDs.

NOTE: Operational fans, motors, and control-panel lights indicate the following:

● AC power is present at the printer.

● The power supply is providing either or both 24 Vdc and 5 Vdc voltages.

● The DC controller microprocessor is functioning.

5. If the printer powers on, but the control panel is blank, make sure that the control-panel display wire
harness or harnesses and flat flexible cable or cables (FFCs) are connected.

NOTE: The following conditions indicate that the printer has frozen while in Sleep mode or Sleep
delay. Opening a door or pressing a control-panel button should cause the printer to wake up from
Sleep mode or Sleep delay.

● The control panel home button LED is illuminated

● The power-switch LED flashes once every three to five seconds

If the control panel is not responding, or if it appears black or blank, try the following:

a. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

b. Verify that the system is correctly functioning by printing a test page. Does the test page print
correctly?

Is the printer HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) accessible?

c. Verify that the control panel is correctly functioning. If it is not, turn the printer off and
reseat the control-panel assembly cable connections at the control-panel assembly and the
formatter.

d. Try upgrading the firmware. If the firmware upgrade fails to resolve the problem, and the
printer still freezes while in Sleep mode or Sleep delay, elevate the case.

e. If the error persists and the EWS functions correctly, replace the control-panel assembly.

6. If normal start-up noises are not heard, turn the printer off, and then remove any installed
accessories (for example, envelope feeders, paper feeders, or output accessories).

7. Turn the printer on, and then listen for start-up noises. If normal start-up noises are heard, the
problem might be with an accessory.

8. Perform an engine test. The engine test procedure varies by printer, so refer to the printer Service
Manual to get instructions.

Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems 283

 9. If the engine test page prints, the print engine is operating normally. Replace the formatter.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model
of printer it is installed in and is not designed to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a
used formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges
information change and might make a product unusable

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the
repair in the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer
where a used formatter is installed.

For more information, see the following topic (c06360930):

● HP internal link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after replacing
the formatter

● HP external partner link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after
replacing the formatter

To access the HP partner link, you must first log in to the HP Partner First Portal and then connect
to WISE.

NOTE: If the engine test page does not print, turn the printer off, reconnect the formatter power
connector, remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC), and then try the engine test again. If
the page prints, the problem might be the eMMC.

10. If after replacing the formatter or eMMC normal start-up noises are still not heard, replace the DC
controller.

11. If the print engine appears to be correctly operating (the engine test page successfully printed) and
the control panel is still blank, replace the power supply.

Engine diagnostics
Learn about internal engine diagnostics that help in troubleshooting print quality, paper path, noise,
assembly, and timing issues.

Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.

When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.

NOTE: Depending on printer models, either a simplex engine test page, a duplex engine test page, or
both simplex and duplex engine test pages might be available.

Use a small pointed object to depress and hold the engine test button (location varies depending on the
printer model). An engine test page prints. The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source, so
make sure that paper is loaded in Tray 2.

Possible engine test pages (printer dependent)

284 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 ● A series of lines parallel to the short end of the page.

● A series of lines parallel to the long end of the page.

Figure 4-104 Engine test button

Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.

Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the
diagnostic test when the front, right or toner supply (model specific) door is open.

Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation.

Defeat the front door interlock

1. Open the front door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-105 Defeat the front door interlock

Defeating interlocks 285

 Defeat the right door interlock
1. Open the right door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-106 Defeat the right door interlock

Defeat the toner supply door interlock (X57945 models)

1. Open the toner supply door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the door interlock logic switch.

It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the door interlock.

Figure 4-107 Defeat the toner supply door interlock (X57945 models)

286 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Disable cartridge check
Learn about the disable cartridge check troubleshooting diagnostic.

CAUTION: Do not perform a disable cartridge check on color printers that use a two-part cartridge
design. Doing so might result in toner cross contamination in the supply lines.

Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer when a toner
cartridge is removed or exchanged. Supply errors are ignored while the printer is in this mode.

When the printer is in this mode, access the troubleshooting menus and print internal pages (the print
quality pages will be the most useful). This test can be used to isolate problems, such as noise, and to
isolate print-quality problems that are related to a toner cartridge.

NOTE: Do not remove or exchange the toner cartridge until after beginning the disable cartridge
check diagnostic.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Disable Cartridge Check

LED diagnostics (formatter)

Learn about troubleshooting the printer using formatter LEDs.

Understand lights on the formatter

Three LEDs on the formatter indicate that the printer is functioning correctly.

Disable cartridge check 287

 Figure 4-108 LEDs (formatter)

Table 4-23 LEDs (formatter)

Item Description

Heartbeat LED Indicates that the formatter is functioning.

HP Jetdirect LEDs (2 LEDs) Indicates network activity and link status.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable.

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.

This part contains components that are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. To reduce the
possibility of ESD damage, always touch the sheet-metal chassis to ground yourself before touching an
ESD sensitive part.

288 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Heartbeat LED
The heartbeat LED indicates that the formatter is functioning correctly. While the printer is initializing
after it is turned on, the LED blinks rapidly, and then turns off. When the printer has finished the
initialization sequence, the heartbeat LED pulses on and off.

The following list describes the heartbeat LED operation while the printer is executing the firmware boot
process.

NOTE: If after initialization, the heartbeat LED is not solid green, see Table 4-24 Heartbeat LED, printer
operational.

Heartbeat LED, printer firmware boot

● Green

– Blinking: The printer is correctly functioning.

– Solid: The FW has not yet booted.

● Yellow (Amber)

– Blinking: The control panel is not detected.

– Solid: The FFC between the formatter and DC controller is not connected or is damaged.

● Red

– Solid: Valid SPI code; there is a problem releasing ASIC and running the BIOS.

Solid: BIOS initiates PROSAC to change the LED from red to green.

Solid: PROSAC is not running (No ROM or SPI code).

– Blinking: Valid SPI code not found.

● Off: No 5V or 3.3V PROSAC power.

The following table describes the heartbeat LED operation when the printer completes the firmware
boot process and is in the Ready state.

Table 4-24 Heartbeat LED, printer operational

Green ● Normal operation

– Formatter is operating normally

– Firmware is operating normally

– Control panel is connected

Yellow ● Formatter cannot connect to the control panel

– Check control panel connections

– Verify control panel functionality

LED diagnostics (formatter) 289

 Table 4-24 Heartbeat LED, printer operational (continued)

Red ● Formatter error or failure

– Serial peripheral interface (SPI) flash memory boot error

– Power on self test (formatter) failed

– Diagnostic (formatter) failed

Off TIP: The heartbeat LED is off if the power cable is disconnected, the product power switch is in the off
position, or the product is in Sleep Mode.

● Firmware or system freeze

– Check control panel for an error message

– Control panel failure

NOTE: This condition is not usually caused by a formatter failure. Turn the power off, and then on again. If
the error persists, perform a firmware upgrade.

HP Jetdirect LEDs
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has two LEDs. When the printer is connected to a properly
working network through a network cable, the yellow LED indicates network activity, and the green LED
indicates the link status.

Figure 4-109 Yellow and green LEDs on the network port

A blinking yellow LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED is off, a link has failed. For link failures,
check all of the network cable connections.

290 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 In addition, try to manually configure the network card link speed setting by using the printer control
panel. To change the link speed, complete the following steps.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Networking

● Ethernet

● Link Speed

3. Touch the desired link speed setting, and then touch the Done button.

Use the solve problems checklist

Learn about using the solve problems checklist.

If the printer is not correctly functioning, complete the steps (in the order given) in the following checklist.
If the printer fails a checklist step, follow the corresponding troubleshooting suggestions for that step. If
a checklist step resolves the problem, skip the remaining checklist items.

1. If the control panel is blank or black, check the following before proceeding:

● Check to make sure that the printer is not in Sleep mode (press a button on the control panel).

● Check the power cable.

● Check that the power is turned on.

● Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the printer power configuration. (See the label that
is on the back of the printer for voltage requirements.) If a power strip is in use, and its voltage
is not within specifications, connect the printer directly into the electrical outlet. If it is already
connected into the outlet, try a different outlet.

NOTE: The following conditions indicate that the printer has frozen while in Sleep mode. Opening
a door or pressing a control-panel button causes the printer to wake up from Sleep mode.

● The control panel home button LED is illuminated

● The power-switch LED flashes once every three to five seconds

If the control panel is not responding, or if it appears black or blank, try the following:

a. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

b. Verify that the system is correctly functioning.

TIP: The LED on the formatter will blink if the control panel is not detected or the cables are
not properly seated.

● Try printing from a host computer. Does the printer print a test page?

● Is the printer HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) accessible?

c. Verify that the control panel is correctly functioning.

i. Turn the power off.

Use the solve problems checklist 291

 ii. Reseat the cable connections on the bottom of the control-panel assembly and the
control-panel connectors at the formatter.

iii. Turn the printer power on, and then check for functionality of the control-panel by
pressing a button on the control panel.

d. Try upgrading the firmware. If the firmware upgrade fails to resolve the problem, and the
printer still freezes while in Sleep mode, elevate the case.

e. If the error persists and the EWS functions correctly, replace the control-panel assembly.

2. The control panel should indicate a Ready, Paused, or Sleep mode on status. If an error message
displays, resolve the error.

● Try using the Power-on checks section in this manual to solve the problem.

3. For network connection errors, verify that the network port is active and that the cables are
securely seated.

a. Check the network cable connections between the printer and the computer or network port.
Make sure that the connections are secure.

NOTE: The network LEDs should be illuminated and flashing.

b. Make sure that the cables are not faulty by trying different cables, if possible.

c. Check the network connection. Verify that the port is active.

4. Print a configuration page. If the printer is connected to a network, an HP Jetdirect page also prints.

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
Open the following menus:

i. Configuration/Status Pages

ii. Configuration Page

b. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

TIP: Multiple report pages can be selected, and then printed together.

c. Touch the Print button to print the pages.

● If the pages do not print, check that at least one tray contains paper.

TIP: Make sure that the selected paper size and type meet HP specifications. Also open the
Trays menu on the printer control panel and verify that the tray is configured correctly for the
paper type and size.

292 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 ● If the page jams in the printer, follow the instructions on the control panel to clear the jam.

● If the page does not print correctly, the problem is with the printer hardware.

● If the page prints correctly, the printer hardware is working. The problem is with the host
computer, with the print driver, or with the program.

5. Print a supplies status page and then check that the maintenance items below are not at their
end-of-life.

NOTE: HP long-life consumables and maintenance kit life specifications are estimations. Actual
individual life/yield during normal use varies depending on usage, environment, media, and other
factors. Estimated life is not an implied guarantee or warrantable.

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
Open the following menus:

i. Configuration/Status Pages

ii. Supplies Status Page

b. Touch Supplies Status Page to select it.

TIP: Multiple report pages can be selected, and then printed together.

c. Touch the Print button to print the pages.

If a maintenance item needs to be replaced, order the replacement part.

6. Verify that the correct print driver for this printer is installed. Check the program to make sure
that the print driver for this printer is used. The print driver is on the CD that came with
the printer, or can be downloaded from this Web site: http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700
or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or
http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP.

7. Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works,
the problem is with the program. If this solution does not work (the document does not print),
complete these steps:

a. Try printing the job from another computer that has the printer software installed.

b. If the printer is connected to the network, connect the printer directly to a host computer with
a USB cable. Redirect the printer to the correct port, or reinstall the software (make sure to
select the new connection type).

Use the solve problems checklist 293

 Control panel troubleshooting
If the control panel is not responding normally or has display issues, use the following procedures to
troubleshoot the issues.

Control panel system diagnostics

Learn about printer firmware control panel troubleshooting.

Use the diagnostics in this section to test the control panel hardware and display using the printer
firmware system diagnostics.

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests

Learn about accessing the control panel system diagnostics tests from a touchscreen control panel.

Use the following procedure to open the control panel system diagnostics tests.

1. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-110 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.

Figure 4-111 Pre-boot menu

294 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-25 Pre-boot menu button descriptions

Button Description

Use this button to see more information about a selected

item.

Use this button to scroll up through menu items.

Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.

Use this button to scroll down through menu items.

Use this button to go back to the previous menu.

Not used.

4. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +3 Administration, and then press the OK button to select
it.

Figure 4-112 Access the administration menu

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests 295

 5. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +E CP Diagnostics, and then press the OK button to select
it.

NOTE: An administrator password might be required to continue.

Figure 4-113 Access the diagnostics menu

Screen test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic screen test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. With 1 Screen Test highlighted, press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-114 Open the screen test

The blue horizontal gradient screen appears.

296 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-115 Blue horizontal gradient screen

3. Touch the touchscreen to scroll though the remaining touchscreen test screens.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

Table 4-26 Touchscreen test screens

Screen Description

Green horizontal gradient

Red horizontal gradient

Blue vertical gradient

Green vertical gradient

Red vertical gradient

Screen test 297

 Table 4-26 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Blue with horizontal interlaced

Green with horizontal interlaced

Red with horizontal interlaced

Blue with vertical interlaced

Green with vertical interlaced

Red with vertical interlaced

298 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-26 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Black with white center

White with black center

Checkerboard

Multicolor stripes

Blue green grid meshing

Touch test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic touch test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

Touch test 299

 2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 2 Touch Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-116 Open the touch test

3. Use your finger to touch the white grid on the display.

Figure 4-117 Touch the white grid

A mark appears on the grid where it was touched.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

300 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-118 Verify the mark

SoftKey test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic SoftKey test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 3 SoftKey Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-119 Open the softkey test

SoftKey test 301

 3. When prompted, touch the Home button.

Figure 4-120 Touch the Home button

If the test is successful, the following screen appears on the display.

NOTE: Touch the screen to exit the test.

Figure 4-121 Successful test

Backlight test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic backlight test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

302 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 4 Backlight Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 4 Backlight Test, the screen automatically dims, and then returns to full
brightness.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Figure 4-122 Open the backlight test

Sound test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic sound test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 5 Sound Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 5 Sound Test, the printer emits a series of audible tones.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Sound test 303

 Figure 4-123 Open the sound test

Version
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic version information.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 7 Version, and then press the OK button to select it.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Select 7 Version to view the following types of information:

NOTE: The following types of information are for the control panel only, not the printer.

● Panel ID

● Hardware (version)

● Firmware (version)

● KB Hw (version)

● KB Firm (version)

● LCD Vendor

● Touch Controller Version

304 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-124 Open the version information

Version 305
 Control panel messages document (CPMD)
Learn about the printer control panel messages document (CPMD).

NOTE: A complete CPMD is not included in this service manual. Click on the links below to access a
CPMD on the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) site.

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700, MFP 5800, HP Color LaserJet Managed X557 - Control Panel
Message Document (CPMD)

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP X57945, X58045 - Control Panel Message Document (CPMD)

Print the supplies status page

The supplies status page indicates the cartridge status.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports menu icon.

2. Touch the Configuration/Status Pages menu.

3. Touch Supplies Status Page, and then touch the Print icon to print the page.

Pre-boot menu options

The Pre-boot menus are available prior to the printer initializing.

CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating
system, firmware files, and third party files (among other files) will be completely lost. HP does not
recommend this action unless it is specified as a solution in the CPMD.

TIP: The Pre-boot menu is also remotely accessible by using a telnet network protocol (Remote
Admin) to establish an administration connection to the printer.

Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel

Use the following procedure to open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel.

1. Turn the printer on.

2. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-125 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

306 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.

Figure 4-126 Pre-boot menu

Button Description

Use this button to see more information about a selected item.

Use this button to scroll up through menu items.

Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.

Use this button to scroll down through menu items.

Use this button to go back to the previous menu.

Not used.

4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to navigate the Pre-boot menu.

5. Touch the OK button to select a menu item.

Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel 307

 Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
Use the following procedure to perform a cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control
panel.

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-127 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

2. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then touch the OK button.

3. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then touch the OK
button.

4. Use the down arrow button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then touch the OK button to
select it.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then touch the OK button.

NOTE: The printer will initialize.

Remote Admin
Learn about the printer Remote Admin function.

The Remote Admin feature allows remote access the printer Pre-boot menu (BIOS environment). The
printer functions as a telnet server which uses the telnet networking protocol to transmit text data. Any
computer (with telnet installed and enabled) can function as the telnet client to remotely display and
interact with the Pre-boot menu.

IMPORTANT: While the Remote Admin function allows remote access the Pre-boot menu, for security
reasons the Remote Admin connection must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer.

308 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Required software and network connection
Before using the Remote Admin feature, make sure that the telnet network protocol is installed and
enabled on the remote telnet client computer.

NOTE: This section describes enabling and configuring the telnet feature for computers using a
Windows® operating system.

HP recommends that the telnet client computer be a Windows-based system; however, there are
other operating systems that support the telnet network protocol. For information about enabling and
configuring the telnet network protocol for other operating systems, see the owner's manual for that
operating system.

Enable the Windows telnet client

All computers using the Windows operating system have the telnet client installed, however, the telnet
client function might not be enabled by default.

NOTE: The figures and menus in this section are for the Windows 10® operating system. Screens and
menu selections might vary slightly for other operating systems.

1. Use the Start menu to open the Windows Settings dialog box, and then search for Turn Windows
features on or off. Click the Turn Windows features on or off item.

Figure 4-128 Open Windows Settings

2. In the Windows Features box, scroll down to Telnet Client. If the check box is not checked, click the
box to select it, and then click the OK button.

TIP: If the check box is already checked then the telnet client function is already enabled. Click the
Cancel button.

Required software and network connection 309

 Figure 4-129 Enable the telnet client feature

Network connection
The remote telnet client computer must have direct network access to the printer for the Remote Admin
function to operate. This means that the telnet client computer must be on the same network as the
printer.

The Remote Admin function cannot be accessed through a network firewall or other remote access
network security programs.

If a private network is not accessible, ask the network administrator to set up a virtual private network
(VPN) connection to the network.

Connect a remote connection

Use the following procedures to connect a remote connection.

Start the telnet server function at the printer

For security reasons the Remote Admin feature must be initiated by a person that is physically present
at the printer. The following steps must be performed by a person that is physically present at the printer.

NOTE: This person might need to sign in with an administrator or service password depending on how
the printer is configured.

1. Turn the printer on.

2. The HP logo displays on the printer control panel. When a 1/8 with an underscore displays, touch the
middle of the screen to open the Pre-boot menu.

310 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +3:Administrator item,
and then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-130 Select the +3:Administrator item

4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +A:Remote Admin item,
and then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-131 Select the +A:Remote Admin item

5. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the 1:Start Telnet item, and
then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-132 Select the 1:Start Telnet item

6. Do one of the following

● If a connecting message displays briefly, go to 7.

Figure 4-133 Telnet connecting message

● If an error message displays, use the steps below to identify the problem.

Start the telnet server function at the printer 311

 Figure 4-134 Telnet error message

a. The printer network cable is not correctly connected.

b. The BIOS LAN settings are incorrect.

– The printer should be configured to use a static IP address, but is configured to use
DHCP instead.

– The printer is configured to use a static IP address, but the IP address is incorrect.

c. The printer is correctly configured to use DHCP, but the DHCP server is not turned on or is
malfunctioning.

7. When the printer telnet server function is initialized, the following screen appears. Use the
information on this screen to connect the remote telnet client computer to the printer.

NOTE: The printer is now ready to receive remote telnet client commands.

● IP: The static or dynamically allocated IP address for the printer.

● Port: The standard telnet port (23).

● Pin: A randomly generated 4-digit personal identification number (PIN).

Figure 4-135 Telnet server function initialized

Start the telnet client function at the remote computer

The following steps establish a Remote Admin connection from a remote computer to the printer.

1. From the Start menu open the Command Prompt desktop application.

TIP: Type cmd in the application search dialogue box to find the application.

312 Chapter 4 Solve problems

2. From any displayed directory, type telnet at the prompt, and then press the Enter key.

Figure 4-136 Start a telnet session

3. Type o <IP ADDRESS> at the telnet prompt, and then press the Enter key.

NOTE: For <IP ADDRESS>, substitute the IP address that was displayed in step 7 of the "Start the
telnet server function at the printer" topic.

TIP: If the telnet connection fails to establish a connection, the printer is probably behind a firewall
or on a different network that the remote telnet client computer.

Figure 4-137 Establish a telnet connection

4. Type the PIN that was displayed in step 7 of then "Start the telnet server function at the printer"
topic at the prompt, and then press the Enter key.

IMPORTANT: Make sure to type the PIN correctly. After five incorrect PIN entries, the printer
terminates the Remote Admin connection. The Remote Admin feature must be re-initiated at the
printer. See the "Start the telnet server function at the printer" topic.

Start the telnet client function at the remote computer 313

 Figure 4-138 Enter the PIN

5. The following screen displays when the correct PIN is entered. and the Remote Admin connection
is successful. For information about the Pre-boot menu and options, see "Pre-boot menu options" in
the printer Service Manual.

NOTE: Because a Remote Admin connection is an unsecured telnet network protocol connection,
the following Pre-boot menu items are disabled for the remote telnet client computer.

● The +3:Administrator menu 4:Change Password item.

● The +3:Administrator menu 5:Clear Password item.

● The +3:Administrator menu 6:Disk Manage item.

Figure 4-139 Remote Admin window

Disconnect a remote connection

The Remote Admin connection can be terminated from the printer control panel or the remote telnet
client computer.

NOTE: The following procedure describes terminating a Remote Admin connection from the remote
telnet client computer.

314 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. From the Pre-boot main menu, use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the
+3:Administrator item, and then press the Enter key.

Figure 4-140 Access the administrator menu

2. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the +A:Remote Admin item, and then press
the Enter key.

Figure 4-141 Access the remote admin menu

3. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the 2:Stop Telnet item, and then press the
Enter key. The Remote Admin connection between the printer and the remote telnet client computer
terminates.

IMPORTANT: The printer remains in the Pre-boot menu. Have the person that is physically present
at the printer do the following:

● Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item,
and then touch the OK button. The printer will continue to initialize.

Disconnect a remote connection 315

 Figure 4-142 Terminate the telnet connection

Print the event log

Learn how to print the event log.

Print the 50 most recent events in the Event Log. For each event, the printed log shows the error number,
page count, error code, and description or personality.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Troubleshooting menu
icon.

2. Touch Event Log.

3. Touch the Print icon to print the page.

How to search for printer documentation

The CPMD, error codes, and other support documentation for each printer is available on the HP portals.

For HP internal access to WISE, go to WISE.

For HP channel partners access WISE, see Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)
or Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP).

WISE is available to call agents, service technicians, and HP internal users. The level of detail available
depends on your access credentials. To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation

These instructions are for HP internal use by call agents, service technicians, and other internal users.

316 Chapter 4 Solve problems

To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here: Finding Error Code and Control Panel
Message Document in WISE.

TIP: The Product Detail Page (PDP) is available from the WISE home page. Enter, and then select a
product name or number in the Go to a Product Detail Page area (callout 1), or select the …or select your
product from a list item (callout 2) on the WISE home page.

Many types of printer documentation and information are available on WISE. This section details
methods for finding error code descriptions and solutions.

TIP: To view a list of control panel message documents (CPMD) per printer, search for the following
topic in WISE: HP LaserJet, OfficeJet, PageWide, ScanJet Enterprise - Control panel message
document (CPMD) list or click the link below.

● HP LaserJet, HP OfficeJet, HP PageWide, HP ScanJet - Control panel messages document (CPMD),

Service manual, and Service cost data list

Use one of the following methods to search for CPMD error code information.

● Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool

● Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function

● Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page

Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool
Use the WISE Error Code Lookup tool to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following
steps.

1. On the WISE home page, click the Error Code Lookup tool icon.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 317

 Figure 4-143 WISE Error Code Lookup tool icon

2. Enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Error Code Lookup dialog box.

Figure 4-144 WISE Error Code Lookup tool dialog box

3. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-145 WISE Error Code Lookup tool drop-down list

M606

4. Type the error code (for example, 13.b2.d2) in the Error Code Lookup keyword field, and then select
the search icon.

318 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-146 WISE Error Code Lookup tool search

5. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-147 WISE Search results

Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function
Use the WISE search function to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Search dialog box.

Figure 4-148 WISE Search dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 319

 Figure 4-149 WISE Search drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Search keyword field, and then select the search
icon.

Figure 4-150 WISE Search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-151 WISE Search results

Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page
Use the WISE Product Detail Page (PDP) to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the
following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Go to a Product
Detail page dialog box.

TIP: To find a PDP from a list of products by product type, select the …or select your product from
a list item just below the dialog box.

320 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-152 WISE PDP dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-153 WISE PDP drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Error Code Lookup field, and then select the search
icon.

Figure 4-154 WISE PDP search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 321

 Figure 4-155 WISE PDP search results

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (CSDP)

Learn how to access WISE by accessing the HP Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) if you are an
HP Channel Partner.

IMPORTANT: A Partner Admin must requested access, via the CSDP portal, to create a new user
before you can sign into the CDSP portal.

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

Figure 4-156 CSDP sign-in page

2. On the CSDP home page, click the Knowledge and Training item.

TIP: Use the Knowledge and Training item at the top of the CSDP home page (callout 1), or the
Knowledge and Training action icon (callout 2).

322 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-157 CSDP portal home page
1

3. Select HP Technical Documentation on the Knowledge and Training page to open the WISE portal
home page.

Figure 4-158 CSDP portal HP Knowledge and Training page

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Figure 4-159 WISE portal home page

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

Learn how to access WISE by accessing the HP Partner Portal if you are an HP Channel Partner.

NOTE: If this is your first visit to the HP Partner Portal, you will be asked to create an account. Follow
the setup directions using your HP Partner credentials.

View a video of how to access WISE for HP channel partners

Accessing WISE for HP channel partners (HP Partner Portal) 323

 1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

Figure 4-160 HP Partner Portal sign-in page

2. On the HP Partner Portal home page, click the Services & Support item.

Figure 4-161 HP Partner Portal home page

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

Figure 4-162 HP Partner Portal Service & Support page

324 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

Figure 4-163 HP Partner Portal Technical Support (WISE)page

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Figure 4-164 WISE portal home page

Error-code and control-panel-message troubleshooting overview

This section provides information on error codes and searching for information.

Error codes (types and structure)

Error codes and control-panel messages display on the printer control panel to indicate the current
printer status or situations that might require action. Error codes are numerical, or alphanumerical, and
have a set structure with six characters (example: 13.WX.YZ).

● The first two characters are numeric and represent the system component that is causing the error.
For example, in error code 10.22.15, 10 = Supplies for HP LaserJets.

● The remaining four characters (W, X, Y, and Z values) further define the error.

Error-code and control-panel-message troubleshooting overview 325

 HP LaserJet and HP PageWide Enterprise error codes are documented in the control panel message
document (CPMD) for each printer.

The CPMD is a comprehensive list of error codes, diagnostic and troubleshooting steps to clear or
resolve the error, and other helpful information such as service mode pins and part numbers.

The CPMD is continually updated and republished with the latest information for the following error
codes.

Table 4-27 ERROR CODES: The first two characters

Error code System Component System Error Description

10.WX.YZ Supplies (LaserJet) Supply error or supply memory error.

11.WX.YZ Real-time clock Internal error with the clock on the formatter.

13.WX.YZ Jam (LaserJet) Paper jam or open door jam error.

15.WX.YZ Jam (PageWide) Paper jam or open door jam error.

17.WX.YZ Supplies (PageWide) Supply error or supply memory error.

20.WX.YZ Printer memory Insufficient memory or buffering error.

21.WX.YZ Page Page complexity causing a decompression error

when trying to process job.

30.WX.YZ Scanner Flatbed scanner error occurring inside the unit.

31.WX.YZ Document feeder Document feeder, scanner, or jam error.

32.WX.YZ Backup, restore, or reset Backup, restore, or reset notification or error.

33.WX.YZ Security Backup, Disk, EFI BIOS, Firmware integrity

(SureStart), or Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
notification or error.

40.WX.YZ Input/Output (I/O) Partition manager, secure erase, or USB

accessory error.

41.WX.YZ Fuser, Laser scanner, or Paper path Miscellaneous error including general and
misprint or mismatch errors typically involving
(but not limited to) the fuser, the laser scanner,
or the paper path.

42.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving the Event Log, Shell,

System Manager, or other component.

44.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving a digital sending

component.

45.WX.YZ OXPd/Web Kit (PageWide) Informational notifications involving the OXPd

Web Kit (communications log).

46.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) Engine communication error.

47.WX.YZ Firmware Job parser or printer calibration error.

48.WX.YZ Firmware PJA job accounting, job management, or job

pipeline error.

49.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware communication error.

50.WX.YZ Fuser (LaserJet) Fuser error.

51.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner beam error.

52.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner startup error.

326 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 ERROR CODES: The first two characters (continued)

Error code System Component System Error Description

54.WX.YZ Sensor Sensor error (not jam related).

55.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller communication error.

56.WX.YZ Paper handling (LaserJet) Paper input/output or accessory error.

57.WX.YZ Fan Fan error.

58.WX.YZ Sensor Engine sensor failure.

59.WX.YZ Motor (LaserJet) Motor error.

60.WX.YZ Tray motor error (LaserJet) Tray lifting or pick up error.

61.WX.YZ Engine (PageWide) Print engine error with the 8–bit data package.

62.WX.YZ System (LaserJet) LaserJet internal system error.

Print bar (PageWide) PageWide print system error.

63.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) General engine error (electrical, communication,

etc.).

65.WX.YZ Connector Output accessory connection error.

66.WX.YZ Output accessory Output accessory error.

67.WX.YZ Input accessory Input accessory connection error

69.WX.YZ Duplexer Duplexer error.

70.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller firmware error.

76.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) Power supply fluctuations causes formatter and

DC controller communication issue and results
them not to be in synchronization.

80.WX.YZ Managed device Embedded Jetdirect error.

81.WX.YZ Near Field Communication (NFC) Wireless, Bluetooth or internal EIO error.

82.WX.YZ Memory (hard disk, EMMC, etc.) Disk hardware error.

90.WX.YZ Internal diagnostics Internal test of systems (i.e. disk, CPB, display) or
interconnection error.

98.WX.YZ Hard disk Hard disk partition error.

99.WX.YZ Firmware installer Remote Firmware Upgrade (RFU), firmware install

(engine or accessory), or disk error.

Error codes (types and structure) 327

 Solve paper handling problems
Review the following information to solve paper handling problems.

Clear paper jams (SFP models)

Use the procedures in this section to clear jammed paper from the printer paper path.

Paper jam locations

Jams can occur in these locations.

7
1

2
6
3
5

Item Description

1 Right door and fuser area

2 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

3 Tray jam access doors

4 Optional Tray 4

5 Optional Tray 3

6 Tray 2

7 Output bin

Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams

Learn about printer jam clearing auto-navigation.

The auto-navigation feature assists in clearing jams by providing step-by-step instructions on the control
panel.

When you complete a step, the printer displays instructions for the next step until you have completed all
steps in the procedure.

Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?

To reduce the number of paper jams, try these solutions.

328 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper
jams

1. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

2. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

3. Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides
so they are touching the paper stack without bending it.

6. Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the printer.

7. If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use the manual feed feature and feed
sheets one at a time.

8. Open the Trays menu on the printer control panel. Verify that the tray is configured correctly for the
paper type and size.

9. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray). When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D1 Jam in tray 1

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 1

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) 329

 1. If you can see the jammed sheet in Tray 1, remove the jammed sheet by gently pulling it straight out.

2. Open the right door and remove paper from the area shown.

3. Close the right to allow the printer to clear the message.

4. Make sure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

330 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Make sure the Tray 1 guides are set to the correct paper size and that the paper tray is not overfilled
(paper is below the 3 triangles on the right guide).

6. Load the paper back into the tray and restart the print job.

7. If the same jam appears remove and clean the tray 1 pick, feed and separation rollers.

a. Locate and release the pickup roller assembly release tab.

Figure 4-165 Locate the pickup roller assembly tab

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) 331

 b. Push the pickup roller assembly to the right and then away from the printer.

Figure 4-166 Remove the pickup roller assembly

c. Grasp the left- and right-side of the separation roller assembly, and then lift the assembly up.

Figure 4-167 Lift the separation roller assembly

332 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Pull the separation roller assembly straight out to remove it.

Figure 4-168 Remove the separation roller assembly

e. Clean the roller with a dampened lint free cloth.

f. Install the rollers back into tray one and test the tray by printing from tray 1.

8. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to Tray 2. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D2 Paper jam in tray 2

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 2

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2 333

 1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

3. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

334 Chapter 4 Solve problems

4. Open Tray 2.

5. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2 335

 6. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

7. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

8. If the error persists, clean the Tray 2 pick, feed, separation rollers.

336 Chapter 4 Solve problems

a. Open the right door to access the rollers.

b. Locate and remove the Tray 2 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 2 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on the side of the assembly and slide out as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2 337

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 2.

9. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to Tray 3. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the 550-sheet
trays. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

338 Chapter 4 Solve problems

● 13.A3.A3 Jam in tray 3

● 13.A3.D3 Jam in tray 3

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 3, and the optional trays

1. Open the Tray 3 right side access door.

2. Remove any jammed paper found in access area.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 339

 3. Open the right door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

340 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Open Tray 3.

6. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 341

 7. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

8. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

9. If the error persists, clean the Tray 3 pick, feed, separation rollers.

342 Chapter 4 Solve problems

a. Open the Tray 3 right door to access the rollers.

b. Locate and remove the Tray 3 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 3 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on the side of the assembly and slide out as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 343

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 3.

10. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the 550 sheet Tray
4. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

344 Chapter 4 Solve problems

● 13.A4.A4 Paper jam in tray 4

● 13.A4.D4 Paper jam in tray 4

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 4

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 345

 3. Open the Tray 4 right access door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

346 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Open the Tray 3 access door and gently remove any jammed paper.

6. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

7. Open Tray 4.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 347

 8. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

9. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

348 Chapter 4 Solve problems

10. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

11. If the error persists, clean the Tray 4 pick, feed, separation rollers.

a. Open the Tray 4 door to access the rollers.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 349

 b. Locate and remove the Tray 4 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 4 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on to the side of the rollers as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

350 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 4.

12. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI)

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the HCI Tray 4.
When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.A4.A4 Paper jam in tray 4

● 13.A4.D4 Paper jam in tray 4

View a video of how to clear a jam in the high-capacity input Tray 4

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 351

 1. Open the printer right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

352 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Open the Tray 4 right access door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 353

 5. Open the Tray 3 access door and gently remove any jammed paper.

6. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

7. Open Tray 4.

354 Chapter 4 Solve problems

8. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

9. Make sure that the tray width guide is set to the correct paper size for the paper being installed into
the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3 triangles on rear guide).

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 355

 10. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

11. If the error persists, clean the Tray 4 pick, feed, and separation rollers.

a. Open the Tray 4 door to access the rollers.

356 Chapter 4 Solve problems

b. Locate and remove the Tray 4 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 4 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on to the side of the rollers as shown.

NOTE: Do not touch the rubber part of the rollers with hands. Oils or debris from hands can
cause paper pickup issues.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 357

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 4.

12. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2 jam error in right door

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.Az Stay jam in right door

● 13.B2.Dz Delay jam in right door

● 13.B2.5z Inappropriate page to the Delivery Path jam

● 13.B2.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = paper tray. This can be trays 1-5 or "D" for duplex jobs

Or

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

358 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.B2 jam error in right door 359

 3. Gently remove any jammed paper from the duplexer paper path.

360 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 IMPORTANT: Make sure the paper being used is not too short for the printers duplexer
requirements.

4. Close the right door.

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

6. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct size for the paper loaded.

7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B4 jam errors in the right door

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B4.Cz Jam in right door

● 13.B4.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = paper tray. This can be trays 1-5 or "D" for duplex print jobs.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

13.B4 jam errors in the right door 361

 1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

362 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Close the right door.

4. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

5. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct size for the paper loaded.

6. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B9.yz Jam in right door

y = jam type (A or D)

z = Paper tray. This can be 0-5 or "D" for duplex print jobs.

Or

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

● 13.B9.Cz Jam in right door (Fuser wrap jam)

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

● 13.B9.FF Residual paper jam in right door

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

NOTE: The fuser is hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before clearing jams.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser 363

 1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper from the fuser input.

364 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Remove the fuser and remove any jammed paper found.

a. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle call-outs) and then remove the fuser.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser 365

 b. Remove any paper from the exit of the fuser.

c. Open the fuser access and check for a z-fold paper jam.

366 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Remove jammed paper from fuser.

e. Reinstall the fuser and close the right door.

4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the duplexer area. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.D3.Dz Duplex delivery delay jam

● 13.D3.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer area

NOTE: The fuser is hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before clearing jams.

13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer 367

 1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper from the duplexer paper path.

368 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Close the right door.

4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.E1 jam error in the output bin

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the output bin. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.E1.Dz Jam in output bin

● 13.E1.FF Residual paper jam in output bin

z = paper type that is being printed on. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin

13.E1 jam error in the output bin 369

 1. If paper is visible in the output bin, grasp the leading edge and remove it.

2. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

3. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

Clear paper jams (MFP models)

Use the procedures in this section to clear jammed paper from the printer paper path.

Paper jam locations

Jams can occur in these locations.

370 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1

2
3
8
4
7
6
5

Item Description

1 Document feeder

2 Right door and fuser area

3 Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

4 Tray jam access doors

5 Optional Tray 5

6 Optional Tray 4

7 Optional Tray 3

8 Tray 2

9 Output bin

Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams

Learn about printer jam clearing auto-navigation.

The auto-navigation feature assists in clearing jams by providing step-by-step instructions on the control
panel.

When you complete a step, the printer displays instructions for the next step until you have completed all
steps in the procedure.

Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?

To reduce the number of paper jams, try these solutions.

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper
jams

1. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams 371

 2. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

3. Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides
so they are touching the paper stack without bending it.

6. Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the printer.

7. If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use the manual feed feature and feed
sheets one at a time.

8. Open the Trays menu on the printer control panel. Verify that the tray is configured correctly for the
paper type and size.

9. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

31.13.yz jam error in the document feeder

The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the document feeder. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

In addition to the instructions provided below

NOTE: The printer model referenced in this video might be different from your printer model, but the
steps to clear the jam are the same.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 31.13.01 Jam in document feeder

● 31.13.02 Jam in document feeder

● 31.13.13 Jam in document feeder

View a video of how to clear a jam in the document feeder

372 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Remove paper from the exit assembly of the document feeder.

2. Open the document-feeder cover.

31.13.yz jam error in the document feeder 373

 3. Remove any jammed paper from the document feeder input area.

4. Lift the document feeder and check the lower side of the feed path.

374 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Make sure the guides in the document-feeder input tray are adjusted to the correct size for the
document before loading paper.

NOTE: To avoid document feeder jams, to copy narrow documents, use the flatbed scanner.
Remove all staples and paper clips from original documents. Do not feed damaged or wrinkled
paper.

NOTE: Original documents that are printed on heavy, glossy paper can jam more frequently than
originals that are printed on plain paper.

IMPORTANT: Warning: Do not run labels through the automatic document feeder (ADF).

6. If the paper continues to jam, remove and clean the document feeder rollers.

a. Open the document-feeder jam access door.

Figure 4-169 Open the document-feeder jam access door

31.13.yz jam error in the document feeder 375

 b. Release the blue locking arm to drop the assembly down. Slide the pickup and feed roller
assembly to the left, and then pull it away from the document feeder to remove it.

Figure 4-170 Release the blue locking arm

c. Lift the roller cover up and then slide the roller toward the front of the printer to remove it.

Figure 4-171 Release the separation roller cover

d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the rollers in the document feeder and perform a copy job to test.

7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray). When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D1 Jam in tray 1

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 1

376 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. If you can see the jammed sheet in Tray 1, remove the jammed sheet by gently pulling it straight out.

2. Open the right door and remove paper from the area shown.

3. Close the right to allow the printer to clear the message.

4. Make sure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) 377

 5. Make sure the Tray 1 guides are set to the correct paper size and that the paper tray is not overfilled
(paper is below the 3 triangles on the right guide).

6. Load the paper back into the tray and restart the print job.

7. If the same jam appears remove and clean the tray 1 pick, feed and separation rollers.

a. Locate and release the pickup roller assembly release tab.

Figure 4-172 Locate the pickup roller assembly tab

378 Chapter 4 Solve problems

b. Push the pickup roller assembly to the right and then away from the printer.

Figure 4-173 Remove the pickup roller assembly

c. Grasp the left- and right-side of the separation roller assembly, and then lift the assembly up.

Figure 4-174 Lift the separation roller assembly

13.B2.D1 jam error in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) 379

 d. Pull the separation roller assembly straight out to remove it.

Figure 4-175 Remove the separation roller assembly

e. Clean the roller with a dampened lint free cloth.

f. Install the rollers back into tray one and test the tray by printing from tray 1.

8. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to Tray 2. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D2 Paper jam in tray 2

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 2

380 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

3. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2 381

 4. Open Tray 2.

5. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

382 Chapter 4 Solve problems

6. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

7. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

8. If the error persists, clean the Tray 2 pick, feed, separation rollers.

13.B2.D2 jam error in Tray 2 383

 a. Open the right door to access the rollers.

b. Locate and remove the Tray 2 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 2 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on the side of the assembly and slide out as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

384 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 2.

9. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to Tray 3. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the 550-sheet
trays. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 385

 ● 13.A3.A3 Jam in tray 3

● 13.A3.D3 Jam in tray 3

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 3, and the optional trays

1. Open the Tray 3 right side access door.

2. Remove any jammed paper found in access area.

386 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Open the right door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 387

 5. Open Tray 3.

6. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

388 Chapter 4 Solve problems

7. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

8. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

9. If the error persists, clean the Tray 3 pick, feed, separation rollers.

13.A3 jam error in Tray 3 389

 a. Open the Tray 3 right door to access the rollers.

b. Locate and remove the Tray 3 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 3 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on the side of the assembly and slide out as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

390 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 3.

10. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the 550 sheet Tray
4. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 391

 ● 13.A4.A4 Paper jam in tray 4

● 13.A4.D4 Paper jam in tray 4

View a video of how to clear a jam in Tray 4

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

392 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Open the Tray 4 right access door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 393

 5. Open the Tray 3 access door and gently remove any jammed paper.

6. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

7. Open Tray 4.

394 Chapter 4 Solve problems

8. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

9. Make sure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size for the paper
being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3
triangles on rear guide).

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 395

 10. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

11. If the error persists, clean the Tray 4 pick, feed, separation rollers.

a. Open the Tray 4 door to access the rollers.

396 Chapter 4 Solve problems

b. Locate and remove the Tray 4 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide blue locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 4 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on to the side of the rollers as shown.

NOTE: Make sure your hands are clean before touching the rollers. Oils or debris from hands
can cause paper pickup issues.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 397

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 4.

12. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI)

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the HCI Tray 4.
When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.A4.A4 Paper jam in tray 4

● 13.A4.D4 Paper jam in tray 4

View a video of how to clear a jam in the high-capacity input Tray 4

398 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the printer right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 399

 3. Open the Tray 4 right access door.

4. Gently remove any jammed paper.

400 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Open the Tray 3 access door and gently remove any jammed paper.

6. Close the right door to clear the control panel message.

7. Open Tray 4.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 401

 8. Remove the paper from the tray and discard any bent, curled, or damaged sheets.

9. Make sure that the tray width guide is set to the correct paper size for the paper being installed into
the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark (line below 3 triangles on rear guide).

402 Chapter 4 Solve problems

10. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

11. If the error persists, clean the Tray 4 pick, feed, and separation rollers.

a. Open the Tray 4 door to access the rollers.

13.A4 jam error in Tray 4 (2,100 sheet feeder HCI) 403

 b. Locate and remove the Tray 4 separation roller.

Call-out 1- slide locking lever

Call-out 2- Remove the roller assembly.

c. Remove the Tray 4 pick and feed rollers.

To remove the roller assembly, gently pull on to the side of the rollers as shown.

NOTE: Do not touch the rubber part of the rollers with hands. Oils or debris from hands can
cause paper pickup issues.

404 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 d. Clean the rollers with a dampened lint free cloth.

e. Reinstall the roller assemblies and close the right door.

f. Run a print job from Tray 4.

12. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2 jam error in right door

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.Az Stay jam in right door

● 13.B2.Dz Delay jam in right door

● 13.B2.5z Inappropriate page to the Delivery Path jam

● 13.B2.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = paper tray. This can be trays 1-5 or "D" for duplex jobs

Or

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

13.B2 jam error in right door 405

 1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

406 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Gently remove any jammed paper from the duplexer paper path.

13.B2 jam error in right door 407

 IMPORTANT: Make sure the paper being used is not too short for the printers duplexer
requirements.

4. Close the right door.

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

6. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct size for the paper loaded.

7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B4 jam errors in the right door

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B4.Cz Jam in right door

● 13.B4.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = paper tray. This can be trays 1-5 or "D" for duplex print jobs.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

408 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper.

13.B4 jam errors in the right door 409

 3. Close the right door.

4. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

5. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct size for the paper loaded.

6. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B9.yz Jam in right door

y = jam type (A or D)

z = Paper tray. This can be 0-5 or "D" for duplex print jobs.

Or

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

● 13.B9.Cz Jam in right door (Fuser wrap jam)

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

● 13.B9.FF Residual paper jam in right door

View a video of how to clear a jam in the right door and fuser area

NOTE: The fuser is hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before clearing jams.

410 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper from the fuser input.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser 411

 3. Remove the fuser and remove any jammed paper found.

a. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle call-outs) and then remove the fuser.

412 Chapter 4 Solve problems

b. Remove any paper from the exit of the fuser.

c. Open the fuser access and check for a z-fold paper jam.

13.B9 jam errors in the fuser 413

 d. Remove jammed paper from fuser.

e. Reinstall the fuser and close the right door.

4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in the duplexer area. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.D3.Dz Duplex delivery delay jam

● 13.D3.FF Residual paper jam in right door

z = Fuser mode. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer area

NOTE: The fuser is hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before clearing jams.

414 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Open the right door.

2. Gently remove any jammed paper from the duplexer paper path.

13.D3 jam errors in the duplexer 415

 3. Close the right door.

4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.E1 jam error in the output bin

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the output bin. When a jam
occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.E1.Dz Jam in output bin

● 13.E1.FF Residual paper jam in output bin

z = paper type that is being printed on. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin

416 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. If paper is visible in the output bin, grasp the leading edge and remove it.

2. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

3. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.E2 jam error in top cover

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the top cover area. When
a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.E2.yz Jam in Top cover

y = "A" (stay jam) or "D" (delay jam)

z = 1-4 (output bin page is going to)

These jams can only be present if the floor standing finisher is installed

View a video of how to clear a jam in the top cover.

13.E2 jam error in top cover 417

 1. Open the printer top access cover.

2. Remove all paper from inside the top cover.

418 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Make sure that the floor standing finisher is correctly secured to the printer.

4. Make sure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.60 jam errors in the fuser exit area when printing to a stapler/stacker or floor-standing
finisher
Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the fuser exit area when
printing to a finisher. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing
the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.60.51, 13.60.52 Paper too short jam

● 13.60.61, 13.60.62, 13.60.63, 13.60.64 Inter-Page Gap Jam

NOTE: The images provide do not show any accessories or copy module attached to the printer.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser exit area on finisher.

13.60 jam errors in the fuser exit area when printing to a stapler/stacker or floor-standing finisher 419
 1. Open the right door.

2. Remove the fuser and remove any jammed paper found.

a. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle call-outs) and then remove the fuser.

420 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 b. Remove any paper jammed in the fuser exit area.

c. Reinstall the fuser and close the right door.

3. Close right door to allow the printer to clear jam message.

4. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.80, 13.83, or 13.84 jam errors in the 3 Bin Stapler/Stacker

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the 3-bin stapler/stacker.
When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.80.yz Jam in 3 Bin stapler/stacker

● 13.83.yz Jam in 3 Bin stapler/stacker

● 13.84.yz Jam in 3 Bin stapler/stacker

y = "A" (stay jam), "B" (delay jam) "F" (residual jam)

z = Output destination tray 0-4

View a video of how to clear a jam in the 3-bin stapler/stacker area.

13.80, 13.83, or 13.84 jam errors in the 3 Bin Stapler/Stacker 421

 1. Remove any paper from the output bins.

2. Clear all paper from upper right door.

a. Open the upper right door.

422 Chapter 4 Solve problems

b. Remove paper from input area inside the door.

c. Remove paper from upper output area inside the door.

13.80, 13.83, or 13.84 jam errors in the 3 Bin Stapler/Stacker 423

 d. Remove paper from upper standard exit area.

e. Close the upper right door.

3. Open the right door.

4. Remove the fuser and remove any jammed paper found.

424 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 a. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle call-outs) and then remove the fuser.

b. Remove any paper jammed in the fuser exit area.

c. Reinstall the fuser and close the right door.

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

6. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

Printer feeds incorrect page size

Review the following information when the printer feeds an incorrect page size.

Printer feeds incorrect page size 425

 Table 4-28 Printer feeds incorrect page size

Cause Solution

The correct size paper is not loaded in the tray. Load the correct size paper in the tray.

The correct size paper is not selected in the software program Confirm that the settings in the software program and printer
or printer driver. driver are correct, because the software program settings
override the printer driver and control panel settings, and the
printer driver settings override the control panel settings.

The correct size paper for the tray is not selected in the printer From the control panel, select the correct size paper for the
control panel. tray.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the tray. Print a configuration page to determine the paper size for
which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.

Printer pulls from incorrect tray

Review the following information when the printer pulls from an incorrect tray.

Table 4-29 Printer pulls from incorrect tray

Cause Solution

A driver for a different printer is in use. Use a driver for this printer.

The specified tray is empty. Load paper in the specified tray.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.

Printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly (duplex models)

Review the following information when the printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly.

Table 4-30 Printer will not duplex (print 2-sided jobs) or duplexes incorrectly

Cause Solution

The duplex job is trying to use unsupported paper. Verify that the paper is supported for duplex printing.

The printer driver is not set up for duplex printing. Set up the printer driver to enable duplex printing.

The first page is printing on the back of preprinted forms or Load preprinted forms and letterhead in Tray 1 with the
letterhead. letterhead or printed side down, with the top of the page
leading into the printer. For Tray 2-X, load the paper printed
side up with the top of the page toward the right of the printer.

The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing. The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing.

Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X

Review the following information when the paper does not feed from Tray 2-X.

426 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-31 Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X

Cause Solution

The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.

The input tray is empty. Load paper in the input tray.

The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type
printer control panel. for the input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a
specific weight range will not match a print job that specifies
an exact weight, even if the specified weight is within the
weight range.

Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path.
Closely inspect the fuser area for jams.

None of the optional trays appear as input tray options. The optional trays only display as available if they are installed.
Verify that any optional trays are correctly installed. Verify
that the printer driver has been configured to recognize the
optional trays.

An optional tray is incorrectly installed. Print a configuration page to confirm that the optional tray is
installed. If not, verify that the tray is correctly attached to the
printer.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.

Output is curled or wrinkled

Review the following information when the output is curled or wrinkled.

Table 4-32 Output is curled or wrinkled

Cause Solution

Paper does not meet the specifications for this printer. Use only paper that meets the HP paper specifications for this
printer. Non-recycled, 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper is optimal for office
use.

The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type
printer control panel. for the input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a
specific weight range will not match a print job that specifies
an exact weight, even if the specified weight is within the
weight range.

Paper is damaged or in poor condition. Remove paper from the input tray and load paper that is in
good condition.

The printer is operating in an excessively humid environment. Verify that the printing environment is within humidity
specifications.

The print job consist of large, solid-filled areas. Large, solid-filled areas can cause excessive curl. Try using a
different pattern.

Paper used was not stored correctly and might have absorbed Remove paper and replace it with paper from a fresh,
moisture. unopened package. Store paper in a plastic bag to protect it
from humidity.

Paper has poorly cut edges. Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or turn it over,
and then reload it into the input tray. Do not fan paper. If the
problem persists, replace the paper.

Output is curled or wrinkled 427

 Table 4-32 Output is curled or wrinkled (continued)

Cause Solution

The specific paper type was not configured for the tray or Configure the software for the paper (see the software
selected in the software. documentation). Configure the tray for the paper.

The paper has previously been used for a print job. Do not re-use paper.

The printer does not pick up paper

If the printer does not pick up paper from the tray, try these solutions.

NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than
20lb plain paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick up a page,
which increases the reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases the
possibility of a mispick jam.

HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from
trays other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 20lb plain paper.

1. Open the printer and remove any jammed sheets of paper.

2. Load the tray with the correct size of paper for the job.

3. Make sure the paper size and type are set correctly on the printer control panel.

4. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the
guides to the appropriate indentation in the tray.

5. Check the printer control panel to see if the printer is waiting for an acknowledgment to the feed
the paper manually prompt. Load paper, and continue.

6. The rollers above the tray might be contaminated. Clean the rollers with a lint-free cloth dampened
with warm water.

The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper

If the printer picks up multiple sheets of paper from the tray, try these solutions.

1. Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it, rotate it 180 degrees, and flip it over. Do not fan
the paper. Return the stack of paper to the tray.
2. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

3. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the
guides to the appropriate indentation in the tray.

6. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

7. The tray pick and/or feed rollers might be contaminated. Clean the rollers with a lint-free cloth
dampened with warm water.

428 Chapter 4 Solve problems

The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP)
Learn about MFP document feeder paper handling problems.

Review the following information when the document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of
paper.

● Check to see if there are areas on the page that might have had staples removed. This can cause
jams and/or mispicks.

● The original might have something on it, such as staples or self-adhesive notes that must be
removed.

● Check that all rollers are in place and correctly installed.

● Make sure that the top document-feeder cover is closed.

● The pages might not be placed correctly. Straighten the pages and adjust the paper guides to
center the stack.

● The paper guides must be touching the sides of the paper stack to work correctly. Make sure that
the paper stack is straight, and the guides are against the paper stack.

● The document feeder input tray or output bin might contain more than the maximum number of
pages. Make sure the paper stack fits below the guides in the input tray and remove pages from the
output bin.

● Verify that there are no pieces of paper, staples, paper clips, or other debris in the paper path.

● Clean the document-feeder rollers and the separation pad. Use compressed air or a clean, lint-free
cloth moistened with warm water. If misfeeds still occur, replace the rollers.

● Use the control panel menus to check the status of the document-feeder kit and replace it if
necessary.

Paper does not feed automatically

Review the following information when the paper does not feed automatically.

Table 4-33 Paper does not feed automatically

Cause Solution

Manual feed is selected in the software program. Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, press the OK
button.

The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.

The input tray is empty. Load paper into the input tray.

Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the rear and width paper guides are touching the
paper.

The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP) 429
 Image-quality troubleshooting
Learn about image-quality troubleshooting.

Use the information in this topic to troubleshoot and resolve image-quality (what you see on the final
printed page) problems including copy-quality, print-quality, and color problems (color printers only).

Various printer hardware problems can cause image-quality defects. This topic is a guide to the steps
used to isolate the specific areas of the printer that are causing image-quality defects on the printed
page, and to provide solutions to resolve those image-quality defects.

Image-quality problems are defined as:

● Print-quality (PQ) problems: PQ problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an
MFP printer (single function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects
appear on pages that are printed by the print engine and not fed through an integrated scanner
assembly (ISA).

● Copy-quality (CQ) problems: CQ problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly
(ISA) portion of an MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document
feeder or flatbed glass.

If the print defect is already known to be a PQ or CQ problem, skip to the appropriate troubleshooting
topic listed below. Otherwise, follow the steps in the next section below to get started troubleshooting
image-quality problems.

● Print-quality (PQ) problems: See Print-quality troubleshooting.

● Copy-quality (CQ) problems: See Copy-quality troubleshooting.

Get started troubleshooting image-quality problems

Print a demonstration page to identify the defect as a PQ (print engine ) or CQ (ISA) problem.

NOTE: If the image defect appears on the printed demonstration page, the issue is a print-quality (PQ)
problem (associated with the print engine and not the document feeder or flatbed glass) and not a CQ
problem.

Make sure that the demonstration page is printed on plain paper.

Enterprise printers

1. Select Reports > Other pages.

2. Select Demonstration Page.

Pro printers

1. At the printer, scroll to or select Setup.

2. Go to Reports, and then select Demonstration Page.

Does the demonstration page show any image-quality defects?

● Yes: If defects appear on the printed demonstration page the issue is PQ related. See Print-quality
troubleshooting.

● No: If defects does not appear on the printed demonstration page the issue is CQ related. See
Copy-quality troubleshooting.

430 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Print-quality troubleshooting
Learn about the print-quality troubleshooting.

NOTE: Print-quality (PQ) problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an MFP
printer (single function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects appear on
pages that are printed by the print engine and not feed through an integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Repetitive image defect ruler

Review the following information about a repetitive image defect ruler.

When troubleshooting the source of some print image defects, one solution is to identify if it is a
repetitive defect (does the print quality defect appear multiple times on the printed page?). If this is
the case, use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality
problems. For more information, see Using a ruler to measure between repetitive defects.

Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality problems.
Place the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page. Find the distance between identical
defects and use the table below to identify the component that is causing the defect.

CAUTION: Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers. Instead, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth. If dirt
is difficult to remove, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth that has been dampened with water.

NOTE: The primary charging roller, photosensitive drum, and developer roller cannot be cleaned
because they are internal assemblies in the toner cartridge or imaging drum. If one of these
assemblies is causing the defect, replace the toner cartridge. The primary fuser sleeve unit or
pressure roller cannot be cleaned because they are internal assemblies in the fuser. If one of these
assemblies is causing the defect, replace the fuse.

TIP: To make a printer specific repetitive defect ruler, use a metric ruler to transfer the measurements
in the table below to a transparency or the edge of a piece of paper—clearly label each ruler mark with
the associated defective assembly.

Table 4-34 Repetitive defects

Component Distance between defects Notes

Primary charging roller 27 mm (1 in) Appears as dropouts.

Appears only in one color.

Photosensitive drum 77 mm (3 in) Appears as dirt or dropouts.

Appears only in one color.

Developer roller 43 mm (1.7 in) Appears as dropouts.

Appears only in one color.

RS Roller 38 mm (1.5 in) Appears only in one color.

Secondary transfer roller 50 mm (1.97 in) Appears as dropouts or dirt on the back of the page.

Appears on all color planes on front or back of page.

ITB drive roller 47 mm (1.85 in) Appears on all color planes.

Fuser film 76 mm (3 in) Appears as dirt, dropouts, or loose toner.

Appears on all color planes.

Print-quality troubleshooting 431

 Table 4-34 Repetitive defects (continued)

Component Distance between defects Notes

Fuser Pressure roller 79 mm (3.1 in) Appears as dirt, loose toner, or dirt on the back of the
page.

Appears on all color planes.

Registration roller 44 mm (1.7 in) Appears as dirt or dirt on the back of the page.

Appears on all color planes.

Use a ruler to measure between repetitive defects

The figures in this section show color repetitive defect pages. However, the process for measuring
repetitive defects is valid for mono pages.

1. Identify a repetitive defect on the page.

TIP: Print a cleaning page to see if that resolves the defect.

NOTE: Some printers allow loading Letter and A4 media in short-edge-first or long-edge-first
orientation in the paper trays. When measuring repetitive defects, make sure to place the ruler at
the leading edge of the page. This is the edge of the page that feeds into the printer first.

The example pages below show the following types of repetitive defects.

● Lines (callout 1)

● Smudges (callout 2)

● Dots or spots (callout 3)

432 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-176 Examples of repetitive defects

1 2

NOTE: These are examples only, other types of repetitive defects might appear on a page.

Use a ruler to measure between repetitive defects 433

 2. Position a metric ruler on the page with the “zero” ruler mark at one occurrence of the defect
(callout 1).

Figure 4-177 Place the ruler on the page

3. Locate the next occurrence of the defect (callout 1).

Figure 4-178 Locate the next repetitive defect

434 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 4. Measure the distance (in millimeters) between the two occurrences (callout 1), and then use the
Repetitive defects table to determine the defective assembly.

TIP: Always measure from and to the same point on the defects. For example, if the ruler is
“zeroed” at the top edge of a defect, measure to the top edge of the next occurrence of that defect.

Figure 4-179 Determine the defective assembly

Print from a different software program

Try printing from a different software program.

If the page prints correctly, the problem is with the software program from which you were printing.

Check the paper-type setting for the print job

Check the paper type setting when printing from a software program and the printed pages have
smears, fuzzy or dark print, curled paper, scattered dots of toner, loose toner, or small areas of missing
toner.

Check the paper type setting on the control panel

Check the paper type setting on the printer control panel, and change the setting as needed.

1. Open and close the paper tray.

2. Follow the control panel prompts to confirm or modify the paper type and size settings for the tray.

3. Make sure the paper loaded meets specifications.

4. Adjust the humidity and resistance setting on the control panel to match the environment.

a. Open the following menus:

i. Settings

Print from a different software program 435

 ii. Copy/Print

iii. Print quality

iv. Adjust paper type

b. Select the paper type that matches the type loaded in the tray.

c. Use the arrows to increase or decrease the humidity and resistance setting.

5. Make sure the driver settings match the control panel settings.

NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.

Check the paper type setting (Windows)

Check the paper type setting for Windows, and change the setting as needed.

NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.

1. From the software program, select the Print option.

2. Select the printer, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.

3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.

4. From the Paper Type drop-down list, click the More... option.

5. Expand the list of Type is: options.

6. Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper.

7. Select the option for the type of paper you are using, and click the OK button.

8. Click the OK button to close the Document Properties dialog box. In the Print dialog box, click the OK
button to print the job.

Check the paper type setting (macOS)

Check the paper type setting for macOS, and change the setting as needed.

1. Click the File menu, and then click the Print option.

2. In the Printer menu, select the printer.

3. Click Show Details or Copies & Pages.

4. Open the menus drop-down list, and then click the Paper/Quality menu.

5. Select a type from the Media Type drop-down list.

6. Click the Print button.

Check toner-cartridge status

Follow these steps to check the estimated life remaining in the toner cartridges and if applicable, the
status of other replaceable maintenance parts.

Step one: Print the Supplies Status Page

The supplies status page indicates the cartridge status.

436 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Reports menu.

2. Select the Configuration/Status Pages menu.

3. Select Supplies Status Page, and then select Print to print the page.

Step two: Check supplies status

Check the supplies status report as follows.

1. Look at the supplies status report to check the percent of life remaining for the toner cartridges
and, if applicable, the status of other replaceable maintenance parts.

Print quality problems can occur when using a toner cartridge that is at its estimated end of life.
The supplies status page indicates when a supply level is very low. After an HP supply has reached
the very low threshold, HP’s premium protection warranty on that supply has ended.
The toner cartridge does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer
acceptable. Consider having a replacement available to install when print quality is no longer
acceptable.
If you determine that you need to replace a toner cartridge or other replaceable maintenance
parts, the supplies status page lists the genuine HP part numbers.

2. Check to see if you are using a genuine HP cartridge.

A genuine HP toner cartridge has the word “HP” on it, or has the HP logo on it. For more information
on identifying HP cartridges go to www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies.

Print a cleaning page

Learn how to print a cleaning page.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Maintenance

● Calibration/Cleaning

3. Touch Cleaning Page, and then touch the Print button to print the cleaning page.

NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until
the cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.

Check paper and the printing environment

Use the following information to check the paper selection and the printing environment.

Step one: Use paper that meets HP specifications

Some print-quality problems arise from using paper that does not meet HP specifications.

● Always use a paper type and weight that this printer supports.

● Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles,
voids, staples, and curled or bent edges.

Step two: Check supplies status 437

 ● Use paper that has not been previously printed on.

● Use paper that does not contain metallic material, such as glitter.

● Use paper that is designed for use in laser printers. Do not use paper that is designed only for use in
Inkjet printers.

● Use paper that is not too rough. Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality.

Step two: Check the environment

The environment can directly affect print quality and is a common cause of print-quality or paper-
feeding issues. Try the following solutions:

● Move the printer away from drafty locations, such as open windows or doors, or air-conditioning
vents.

● Make sure the printer is not exposed to temperatures or humidity outside of printer specifications.

● Do not place the printer in a confined space, such as a cabinet.

● Place the printer on a sturdy, level surface.

● Remove anything that is blocking the vents on the printer. The printer requires good air flow on all
sides, including the top.

● Protect the printer from airborne debris, dust, steam, grease, or other elements that can leave
residue inside the printer.

Step three: Set the individual tray alignment

Follow these steps when text or images are not centered or aligned correctly on the printed page when
printing from specific trays.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Settings menu.

2. Select the following menus:

a. Copy/Print or Print

b. Print Quality

c. Image Registration

3. Select Tray, and then select the tray to adjust.

4. Select Print Test Page, and then follow the instructions on the printed pages.

5. Select Print Test Page again to verify the results, and then make further adjustments if necessary.

6. Select Done to save the new settings.

Try a different print driver

Try a different print driver when printing from a software program and the printed pages have
unexpected lines in graphics, missing text, missing graphics, incorrect formatting, or substituted fonts.

Download a different print driver from the HP support Web site: http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700
or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or
http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP.

438 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Troubleshoot image defects
Review examples of image defects and steps to resolve these defects.

Table 4-35 Image defects table quick reference

Defect Defect Defect

Table 4-43 Light print Table 4-41 Gray background or dark print Table 4-38 Blank page - No print

Table 4-37 Black page Table 4-36 Banding defects Table 4-45 Streak defects

Table 4-40 Fixing/fuser defects Table 4-42 Image placement defects Table 4-39 Color plane registrations
defects (color models only)

Troubleshoot image defects 439

 Table 4-35 Image defects table quick reference (continued)

Defect Defect Defect

Table 4-44 Output defects

Image defects, no matter the cause, can often be resolved using the same steps. Use the following steps
as a starting point for solving image defect issues.

1. Reprint the document. Print quality defects can be intermittent in nature or can go away completely
with continued printing.

2. Check the condition of the cartridge or cartridges. If a cartridge is in a Very Low state (it has
passed the rated life), replace the cartridge.

3. Make sure that the driver and tray print mode settings match the media that is loaded in the tray.
Try using a different ream of media or a different tray. Try using a different print mode.

4. Make sure the printer is within the supported operating temperature/humidity range.

5. Make sure that the paper type, size, and weight are supported by the printer. See the printer
support page at support.hp.com for a list of the supported paper sizes and types for the printer.

NOTE: The term "fusing" refers to the part of the printing process where toner is affixed to paper.

The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the printer with the short edge
first.

440 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-36 Banding defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Dark or light lines which repeat down 1. Reprint the document.

the length of the page, and are wide-
pitch and/or impulse bands. They might 2. Try printing from another tray.
be sharp or soft in nature. The defect
displays only in areas of fill, not in text or 3. Replace the cartridge.
sections with no printed content.
4. Use a different paper type.

5. Enterprise models only: From the

Home screen on the printer control
panel, go to the Adjust Paper Types
menu, and then choose a print
mode that is designed for a slightly
heavier media than what you are
using. This slows the print speed
and might improve the print quality.

6. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Table 4-37 Black page

Sample Description Possible solutions

The entire printed page is black. 1. Visually inspect the cartridge to

check for damage.

2. Make sure that the cartridge is

installed correctly.

3. Replace the cartridge.

4. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 441

 Table 4-38 Blank page - No print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The page is completely blank and 1. Make sure that the cartridges are
contains no printed content. genuine HP cartridges.

2. Make sure that the cartridge is

installed correctly.

3. Print with a different cartridge.

4. Check the paper type in the paper

tray and adjust the printer settings
to match. If necessary, select a
lighter paper type.

5. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Table 4-39 Color plane registrations defects (color models only)

Sample Description Possible solutions

One or more color plane(s) is not 1. Reprint the document.

aligned with the other color planes. This
registration error will typically occur with 2. From the printer control panel,
yellow. calibrate the printer.

3. If a cartridge has reached a Very

Low state, or the printed output
is severely faded, replace the
cartridge.

4. From the printer control panel use

the Restore Calibration feature
to reset the printer's calibration
settings to the factory defaults.

5. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Table 4-40 Fixing/fuser defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Slight shadows or offsets of the image 1. Reprint the document.

are repeated down the page. The
repeated image might fade with each 2. Check the paper type in the paper
recurrence. tray and adjust the printer settings
to match. If necessary, select a
lighter paper type.

3. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

442 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-40 Fixing/fuser defects (continued)

Sample Description Possible solutions

Toner rubs off along either edge of the 1. Reprint the document.
page. This defect is more common at the
edges of high-coverage jobs, and on light 2. Check the paper type in the paper
media types, but can occur anywhere on tray and adjust the printer settings
the page. to match. If necessary, select a
heavier paper type.

3. Enterprise models only: From the

printer control panel, go to the
Edge-to-Edge menu and then select
Normal. Reprint the document.

4. Enterprise models only: From the

printer control panel, select Auto
Include Margins and then reprint
the document.

5. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Table 4-41 Gray background or dark print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The image or text is darker than 1. Make sure that the paper in the
expected and/or the background is gray. trays has not already been run
through the printer.

2. Use a different paper type.

3. Reprint the document.

4. Mono models only: From the Home

screen on the printer control panel,
go to the Adjust Toner Density
menu, and then adjust the toner
density to a lower level.

5. Make sure that the printer is

within the supported operating
temperature and humidity range.

6. Replace the cartridge.

7. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 443

 Table 4-42 Image placement defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

The image is not centered, or is skewed 1. Reprint the document.

on the page. The defect occurs when the
paper is not positioned properly as it is 2. Remove the paper and then reload
pulled from the tray and moves through the tray. Make sure that all the
the paper path. paper edges are even on all sides.

3. Make sure that the top of the paper

stack is below the tray-full indicator.
Do not overfill the tray.

4. Make sure that the paper guides

are adjusted to the correct size
for the paper. Do not adjust the
paper guides tightly against the
paper stack. Adjust them to the
indentations or markings in the
tray.

5. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Table 4-43 Light print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The printed content is light or faded on 1. Reprint the document.

the entire page.
2. Remove the cartridge, and then
shake it to redistribute the toner.
Reinsert the toner cartridges into
the printer and close the cover. For
a graphical representation of this
procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. Mono models only: Make sure that

the EconoMode setting is disabled,
both at the printer control panel
and in the print driver.

4. Make sure that the cartridge is

installed correctly.

5. Print a Supplies Status Page and

check the life and usage of the
cartridge.

6. Replace the cartridge.

7. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

444 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-44 Output defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Printed pages have curled edges. The 1. Reprint the document.

curled edge can be along the short or
long side of the paper. Two types of curl 2. Positive curl: From the printer
are possible: control panel, select a heavier
paper type. The heavier paper type
● Positive curl: The paper curls creates a higher temperature for
toward the printed side. The defect printing.
occurs in dry environments or
when printing high-coverage pages. Negative curl: From the printer
control panel, select a lighter paper
● Negative curl: The paper curls type. The lighter paper type creates
away from the printed side. The a lower temperature for printing.
defect occurs in high-humidity Try storing the paper in a dry
environments or when printing low- environment prior to use, or use
coverage pages. freshly opened paper.

3. Print in duplex mode.

4. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

The paper does not stack well in the 1. Reprint the document.
output tray. The stack might be uneven,
skewed, or the pages might be pushed 2. Extend the output bin extension.
out of the tray and onto the floor. Any of
the following conditions can cause this 3. If the defect is caused by
defect: extreme paper curl, refer to the
troubleshooting steps for "Output
● Extreme paper curl curl."

● The paper in the tray is wrinkled or 4. Use a different paper type.

deformed
5. Use freshly opened paper.
● The paper is a non-standard paper
type, such as envelopes 6. Remove the paper from the output
tray before the tray gets too full.
● The output tray is too full
7. If the issue persists, go to
support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 445

 Table 4-45 Streak defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Light vertical streaks that usually span 1. Reprint the document.

the length of the page. The defect
displays only in areas of fill, not in text 2. Remove the cartridge, and then
or sections with no printed content. shake it to redistribute the toner.
Reinsert the toner cartridges into
the printer and close the cover. For
a graphical representation of this
procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

NOTE: Both light and dark vertical

streaks can occur when the printing
environment is outside the specified
range for temperature or humidity. Refer
to your printer's environmental
specifications for allowable temperature
and humidity levels.

Dark vertical lines which occur down the 1. Reprint the document.
length of the page. The defect might
occur anywhere on the page, in areas of 2. Remove the cartridge, and then
fill or in sections with no printed content. shake it to redistribute the toner.
On color models, these lines or streaks Reinsert the toner cartridges into
will also be visible on the ITB cleaning the printer and close the cover. For
page. a graphical representation of this
procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. Print a cleaning page.

4. Check the toner level in the

cartridge.

5. If the issue persists, go to

support.hp.com.

Copy-quality troubleshooting
Learn about copy-quality troubleshooting.

NOTE: Copy-quality (CQ) problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly (ISA) portion
of an MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document feeder or flatbed
glass.

Identify the location and type of the CQ problem

Resolving CQ problems involves isolating the defect to the document feeder or flatbed glass.
Comparing printed output between the document feeder and the flatbed glass might determine the
ISA location that is causing the CQ defect.

NOTE: If a CQ defect appears on printed output from both the document feeder and the flatbed
glass, carefully inspect the original source for a print-quality (PQ) problem.

Document feeder isolation test

446 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.

2. Place the source page in the document feeder, and then make a copy.

3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the document feeder.

4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a
problem in the document feeder.

Flatbed isolation test

1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.

2. Place the source page on the flatbed glass, and then make a copy.

3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the flatbed.

4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a
problem in the flatbed.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges

Learn about solving copy-quality debris problems.

Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic
backing, which might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed
pages have streaks, unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass.

1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet.

2. Open the scanner lid.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges 447

 3. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) and the document feeder strips (callout 2, callout 3) with a soft
cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.

CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly
on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the printer.

NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder,
be sure to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).

4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.

5. Close the scanner lid.

Figure 4-180 Close the scanner lid

6. Connect the power cable to an outlet, and then press the power button to turn the printer on.

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks

Learn about vertical lines, bands, or streaks copy-quality problems.

Vertical lines or streaks appear on copies and/or scans in the same direction that the paper feeds when
copying and/or scanning from the document feeder. Lines or streaks might be visible on the front and/or

448 Chapter 4 Solve problems

the back side of the page. Copies and/or scans from the flatbed glass look normal. Printouts also look
normal.

The line or streak might be black or in color, and can also be present on fax or digital send output (for
example, when using Scan to folder or Scan to email features.

NOTE: HP has determined that 99% of all lines and streaks on copies made by feeding the original
documents through the document feeder are caused by debris on the document feeder glass strip.
Even small specks can cause the light reflected off the original to be distorted, resulting in a line, streak,
or smudge on copies or scans made from the document feeder.

Even if the document feeder glass strip and/or flatbed glass has been wiped clean, the defect might
persist. Persistent vertical lines, bands, or streaks when copying from the document feeder might mean
that the debris causing the print quality are not readily visible and cannot be removed with a quick
cleaning.

Use the procedures below to resolve persistent lines, bands, or streak copy-quality (CQ) problems.

Locate debris and thoroughly clean the document feeder glass

1. Place a blank sheet of paper in the document feeder and mark an X in the lower right corner as
shown.

Figure 4-181 Load the document feeder

2. Press the Start button to make a copy of the blank page.

3. Place the copied paper face-up on the flatbed glass with the X located as shown.

NOTE: Make sure the upper left corner of the copy is aligned with the upper left corner of the
flatbed glass.

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks 449

 Figure 4-182 Place the copy on the flatbed

4. Follow the line or streak on the paper to the area on the document feeder glass that is causing the
CQ problem.

Figure 4-183 Identify the CQ defect location

5. Use a fingernail to loosen any stubborn debris.

WARNING! Use only a fingernail. Other objects can scratch the document feeder glass.

Clean this specific area again (with a lint-free cloth dampened with water), and then dry the glass
with a soft, lint-free cloth.

Figure 4-184 Clean the glass

6. Make another copy or scan to determine if the defect is gone.

450 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Clean the duplexer scanner glass (model specific)

NOTE: Not all MFP printers use a background selector for duplex printing.

If a Side 2 Background Selector cannot be located for the printer (it might not include one) skip this
procedure.

1. Release the latch and open the document feeder jam-access door.

Figure 4-185 Open the jam-access door

2. Unlock the Side 2 Background Selector by pressing and holding both green tabs inward towards
each other.

Figure 4-186 Release the Side 2 Background Selector

3. While holding the green tabs, pull out and remove the Side 2 Background Selector.

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks 451

 Figure 4-187 Remove the Side 2 Background Selector

4. Rotate the top to reveal the white and black backside reflector (circled in blue).

NOTE: If the white and black areas do not come clean, wipe the surface thoroughly with a damp
cloth again. Dry the area with a soft, dry cloth to prevent spotting.

Figure 4-188 Locate the backside reflector

5. With the background selector removed from the document feeder, clean the inside of the scan
module.

6. In the back area from where the background selector was removed, locate the Side 2 Scan Module
glass found under the top area.

NOTE: The glass surface of the Side 2 Scan module sits horizontally flat and might not be easily
viewable.

452 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 7. Use a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with water and apply pressure upwards behind the rollers to
clean the Side 2 Scan Module Glass, making sure to that the entire width of the glass is cleaned
from left to right.

NOTE: If needed, lens cleaner or non-abrasive glass cleaner can be applied to the cloth before
cleaning the glass. Spray only onto the cloth and not directly onto the glass or device. Do not spray
water or glass cleaner on the glass as it can seep under it and possibly damage the printer. Do not
use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on the glass; these can
damage it and/or leave residue on the glass resulting in degraded copy/scan quality.

8. Reverse the removal steps to reinstall the Side 2 Background Selector.

9. Make another copy or scan to determine if the defect is gone.

Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality

Learn about printer settings to improve scan or copy quality.

Optimize printer settings to potentially improve scan or copy quality.

IMPORTANT: The printer settings described in this section are firmware dependent and might not be
available for a specific printer (for example, color adjustment settings do not apply to mono printers).

Image Adjustment settings

NOTE: Settings > Print (SFP) or Copy/Print (MFP) > Image Adjustment > Background Cleanup.

Use the sliders to perform a Background Cleanup, adjust the image Darkness as well as changing the
Sharpness and Contrast.

Use this feature to improve the overall quality of the copy (for example, adjusting the Darkness and
Sharpness. Use the Background Cleanup setting to remove faint images from the background or to
remove a light background color.

● Darkness: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the amount of white and black in the colors.

● Contrast: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the difference between the lightest and
darkest color on the page.

● Background Cleanup: Adjust this setting if copying a faint image is a problem.

● Sharpness: Adjust this setting to clarify or soften the image. Increasing the sharpness might make
text appear crisper, but decreasing it would make photographs appear smoother.

Optimize Text/Picture settings

NOTE: Settings > Scan/Digital Send Settings > Optimize Text/Picture.

Use to optimize the output for a particular type of content. You can optimize the output for text, printed
pictures, or a mixture.

Use this setting to optimize the output for a particular type of content.

● Mixed: Use to optimize the setting for text and for pictures.

● Text: Use to optimize the text portion of the copy when text and/or pictures are on the original.

Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality 453

 ● Printed picture: Use to optimize line drawing and preprinted images such as magazine clippings or
pages from a book. If you see bands of irregular intensity on copies, try selecting Printed picture to
improve quality.

● Photographs: Use to optimize photographic prints.

Color/Black settings

NOTE: Settings > Scan/Digital Send Settings > Color/Black.

Use to enable or disable color scanning.(some highlighters will not auto detect as color).

● Automatically detect color or black: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an
image of the page in 1-bit black if other settings allow. If the other settings don't allow (File Type, for
example), the image is in grayscale.

● Automatically detect color or gray: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an
image of the page in grayscale. Select this option for the best image quality for non-color pages.

● Color: Scans the documents in color.

● Black: Scans documents in black and white with a compressed file size.

● Black/Gray: Scans or prints documents in grayscale.

Light or faint copies (color models)

Learn how to resolve light or faint copy-quality problems.

Are you attempting to copy or scan highlighted text?

NOTE: When digitally sending or copying highlighted images or text objects, the image might appear
lighter than expected or does not show up at all with certain brands/types of highlighter pens.

Highlighters come in bright, often fluorescent colors. Fluorescent highlighter inks tend to reflect more
light than that which is absorbed by the paper source. This reflection might cause the image to not show
up as well as non-fluorescent colors depending upon the scanner/MFP being used.

The most common color for highlighters is yellow, but many other colors are also found such as pink,
blue, green, orange, and purples. Yellow is often the preferred color to use when making a photocopy as it
tends to not produce as much of a shadow on copies or scans.

There are different color and ink properties depending upon the brand of highlighters used. Due to these
differences, scanning of the images might vary greatly from not being seen at all to changing colors (for
example, orange highlighter might appear brown in the copy or scan or yellow highlighter might appear
green).

Automatic color detect

HP has a feature in all FutureSmart (LaserJet Enterprise Series only) printers which automatically
detects color on each page. Depending upon the amount of color information on a page, the scanner
might determine the page to be black and white due to a very, very small amount of color which might
be considered background artifacts. This helps to reduce the file size of sent files as well as toner usage
on a copied page. You might see small highlighted marks on pages print out in black and white or even
disappear.

454 Chapter 4 Solve problems

The black and white effect is due to the printer not seeing enough color on the page, in which case the
whole image is rendered as a black and white page. The highlighted mark disappearing might be due to
the marker characteristics not being detected by the scanner.

Does the printer have the latest firmware version installed?

No or I don't know.

A Firmware enhancement has been introduced for certain LaserJets to help with the reproduction of
highlighted images.

NOTE: Some Multifunction Printers (MFPs) using FutureSmart firmware v3.5.3 or later have improved
color reproduction of fluorescent highlighters when scanning or copying.

Use the following steps to identify the installed firmware version, and then upgrade the firmware if
needed.

1. Print a configuration page (from the printer control panel).

2. On the printed configuration page look in the section marked Device Information, and then identify
the Firmware Datecode and Firmware Revision.

This is the current version of firmware installed on this printer.

3. In the US, go to http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or

http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP.

a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

b. Select the driver language and operating system.

c. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.

4. Outside the U.S., go to www.hp.com/support.

a. Select your country/region.

b. Select Drivers & Downloads.

c. Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.

TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on
identifying the printer name and number.

d. Select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

e. Select the driver language and operating system.

f. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.

Light or faint copies (color models) 455

 5. Perform a firmware upgrade. See the Firmware upgrades topic in the product service manual.

6. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

Yes

These procedures help provide settings which affect the way highlighters are scanned or copied. A
firmware enhancement is available for certain printers that helps with the reproduction of highlighted
images.

● Enable Firmware Enhancement

1. From the Home screen, select the desired scanning application (for example, Copy, E-Mail, Save
to Network Folder).

2. Select More Options > Optimize Text/Picture > Text button (not slider). This enables the improved
color reproduction of fluorescent highlighters.

TIP: Administrators can set Text as the default setting on the device.

● Alternative Settings

See Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality for more information.

456 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Performance and connectivity troubleshooting
Learn about performance and connectivity troubleshooting.

Solve fax or email problems

Learn about solving fax and email problems.

Fax or email troubleshooting information is not provided in this service manual. The most current
information is available in WISE. Search using model number then use "fax troubleshooting" as the
search term.

For HP Channel partners, open the HP Partner First Portal located at https://partner.hp.com, and then do
the following:

1. Select the Services & Support tab, and then select Technical Support.

2. Select Technical Documentation.

3. You will be taken to the WISE portal.

For HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Performance and connectivity troubleshooting 457

 Solve performance problems
Review the following information and procedures to solve performance problems.

NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than
75-80gsm (20lb) plain paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick
up a page, which increases the reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases
the possibility of a mis-pick jam.

HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from
trays other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 75-80gsm (20lb) plain
paper.

Factors affecting print performance

Review the following information about factors affecting print performance.

Table 4-46 Solve performance problems

Problem Cause Solution

Pages print but are totally blank. The document might contain blank Check the original document to see if
pages. content is present on all of the pages.

Pages print but are totally blank. The printer might be malfunctioning. To check the printer, print a
Configuration page.

Pages print but are totally blank. Make sure that the printer is not feeding Make sure that the paper meets HP
multiple pages (especially if very thin specifications for this printer.
paper is used).
For a complete list of specific
HP-brand paper that this printer
supports, go to http://www.hp.com/
support/colorlj5700 or
http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557
or http://www.hp.com/support/
colorlj5800MFP or http://www.hp.com/
support/colorljX57945MFP.

Pages print very slowly. Heavier paper types can slow the print Print on a different type of paper.
job.
NOTE: Some software programs
process print jobs slowly.

Pages print very slowly. Complex pages can print slowly. Proper fusing might require a slower
print speed to ensure the best print
NOTE: Some software programs quality.
process print jobs slowly.

Pages print very slowly. Large batches, narrow paper, and Print in smaller batches, on a different
special paper such as gloss, type of paper, or on a different size of
NOTE: Some software programs transparency, cardstock, and HP Tough paper.
process print jobs slowly. Paper can slow the print job.

Pages did not print. The printer might not be pulling paper Make sure paper is loaded in the tray
correctly. correctly.

Pages did not print. The paper is jamming in the printer. Clear the jam.

Pages did not print. The USB cable might be defective or ● Disconnect the USB cable at both
incorrectly connected. ends and reconnect it.

● Try printing a job that has printed in

the past.

● Try using a different USB cable.

458 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-46 Solve performance problems (continued)

Problem Cause Solution

Pages did not print. Other devices are running on the host The printer might not share a USB port.
computer. If an external hard drive or network
switchbox is connected to the same port
as the printer, the other device might be
interfering with the printer. To connect
and use the printer, disconnect the other
device or use two USB ports on the host
computer.

Pages did not print. The print job might not have arrived at Check the printer status queue. Also, the
the printer. Printing message should appear on the
control panel display.

Print speeds
Print speed is the number of pages that print in one minute. Print speed depends on different engine-
process speeds or operational pauses between printed pages during normal printer operation. Factors
that determine the print speed of the printer include the following:

● Page formatting time

The printer must pause for each page to be formatted before it prints. Complex pages take more
time to format, resulting in reduced print speed. However, most jobs print at full engine speed.

● Media size

Legal-size media reduces print speed because it is longer than the standard Letter- or A4–size
media. A reduce print speed is used when printing on narrow media to prevent the edges of the
fuser from overheating.

● Media mode

Some media types require a reduced print speed to achieve maximum print quality on that media.
For example, glossy, heavy, and specialty media (for example, envelopes or photos) require a
reduced print speed. To maximize the print speed for special media types, make sure that the
correct media type in the print driver is selected.

● Printer temperature

To prevent printer damage, print speed is reduced if the printer reaches a specific internal
temperature (thermal slow down). The starting temperature of the printer, ambient environment
temperature, and the print job size effect the number of pages that can be printed before the printer
reduces the print speed. Thermal slow down reduces print speed by printing four pages and then
pausing for an amount of time before printing continues.

● Other print speed reduction factors

Other factors (especially during large print jobs) that can cause reduced print speeds include:

– Density control sequence; occurs every 150 pages and takes about 120 seconds

The printer does not print

If the printer does not print at all, try the following solutions.

Print speeds 459

 1. Make sure the printer is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready.

● If the control panel does not indicate the printer is ready, turn the printer off and then on again.

● If the control panel indicates the printer is ready, try sending the job again.

2. If the control panel indicates the printer has an error, resolve the error and then try sending the job
again.

3. Make sure the cables are all connected correctly. If the printer is connected to a network, check the
following items:

● Check the bottom LED next to the network connection on the printer. If the network is active,
the light is green.

● Make sure that a network cable and not a phone cord is used to connect to the network.

● Make sure the network router, hub, or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly.

4. Install the HP software for the printer. Using generic printer drivers can cause delays clearing jobs
from the print queue.

5. From the list of printers on your computer, right-click the name of this product, click Properties, and
open the Ports tab.

● If a network cable is used to connect to the network, make sure the printer name listed on the
Ports tab matches the one on the printer configuration page.

● If a USB cable is used, and the printer is connected to a wireless network, make sure the box is
checked next to Virtual printer port for USB.

6. If a personal firewall system on the computer is used, it might be blocking communication with the
printer. Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem.

7. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or
interference might be delaying print jobs.

The printer prints slowly

If the printer prints, but it seems slow, try the following solutions.

1. Make sure the computer meets the minimum specifications for this printer. For
a list of specifications, go to this Web site: http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5700
or http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX557 or http://www.hp.com/support/colorlj5800MFP or
http://www.hp.com/support/colorljX57945MFP.

2. When the printer is configured to print on some paper types, such as heavy paper, the printer prints
more slowly so it can correctly fuse the toner to the paper. If the paper type setting is not correct
for the type of paper you are using, change the setting to the correct paper type.

3. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or
interference might be delaying print jobs.

Solve connectivity problems

Review the following information and procedures to solve connectivity problems.

460 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Solve USB connection problems
If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the cable.

● Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.

● Verify that the cable is not longer than 2 m (6.65 ft). Try using a shorter cable.

● Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Replace the cable if
necessary.

Solve wired network problems

Review the following information and procedures to solve wired network problems.

Introduction
Learn about solving wired network problems.

Certain types of problems can indicate there is a network communication problem. These problems
include the following issues:

● The periodic loss of ability to communicate with the printer

● The printer cannot be found during driver installation

● A periodic failure to print

Check the items in this topic to verify that the printer is communicating with the network. Before
beginning, print a configuration page from the printer control panel and locate the printer IP address
that is listed on this page.

Poor physical connection

Use the following procedure when the printer has a poor physical connection.

1. Verify that the printer is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the correct length.

2. Verify that cable connections are secure.

3. Look at the network port connection on the back of the printer, and verify that the amber activity
light and the green link-status light are lit.

4. If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the hub.

The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer

Use the following procedure when the computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer.

1. Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab. Verify that the current IP address for the printer
is selected. The printer IP address is listed on the printer configuration page.

2. If you installed the printer using the HP standard TCP/IP port, select the box labeled Always print to
this printer, even if its IP address changes.

3. If you installed the printer using a Microsoft standard TCP/IP port, use the hostname instead of the
IP address.

4. If the IP address is correct, delete the printer and then add it again.

Solve USB connection problems 461

 The computer is unable to communicate with the printer
Use the following procedure when the computer is unable to communicate with the printer.

1. Test network communication by pinging the network.

a. Open a command-line prompt on your computer.

● For Windows, click Start, click Run, type cmd, and then press Enter.

● For macOS, go to Applications, then Utilities, and open Terminal.

b. Type ping followed by the IP address for your printer.

c. If the window displays round-trip times, the network is working.

2. If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that the network
settings, the printer, and the computer are all configured for the same network.

The printer is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network
HP recommends leaving these settings in automatic mode (the default setting). If you change these
settings, you must also change them for your network.

New software programs might be causing compatibility problems

Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct print driver.

The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly

Use the following procedure when the computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly.

1. Check the network drivers, print drivers, and the network redirection settings.

2. Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.

The printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect

Use the following procedure when the printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect.

1. Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol. Enable it if necessary.

2. Reconfigure the network settings if necessary.

462 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5 Removal and replacement

When servicing the printer, several items must be considered to ensure a successful repair and to avoid
damage to the printer or personal injury. Learn about these considerations and find detailed instructions
for removing and replacing printer parts.

Removal and replacement 463

 Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts are parts that a customer replaces without assistance from a field
technician. These parts can be replaced without the use of any tools.

Customer-replaceable units
Learn about customer-replaceable parts removal and replacement.

Internal parts and assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (5700/X557/5800 models)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner cartridges.

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges.

Before performing service

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-1 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

W2130A 6QN29-67013 HP 213A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2130X 6QN29-67014 HP 2130X High Yield Black Toner Cartridge

6QN29-67016
W2130Y HP 213Y Extra High Yield Black Toner Cartridge

W2131A 6QN29-67017 HP 213A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2131X 6QN29-67018 HP 2131X High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge

W2131X 6QN29-67019 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge

W2132A 6QN29-67021 HP 213A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner

W2132X 6QN29-67022 HP 2132X High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge

W2132Y 6QN29-67023 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge

W2133A 6QN29-67025 HP 213A Magenta LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2133X 6QN29-67026 HP 2133X High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge

W2133Y 6QN29-67027 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge

464 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Make sure that the cartridge door is fully closed after replacing a toner cartridge.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner cartridges (5700/X557/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove a toner cartridge.

1. . Open the front door.

2. . Grasp the end of the toner cartridge and pull it

straight out of the printer.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the toner cartridges (5700/X557/5800 models)

Follow these steps to install a toner cartridge.

Remove the toner cartridges (5700/X557/5800 models) 465

 1. . Remove the new toner cartridge from its
package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used toner cartridge.

2. . Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock

it back and forth end to end to evenly distribute
the toner that is inside.

3. . Align the toner cartridge with its slot and insert

it into the printer.

4. . Close the front door.

466 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. . Pack the used toner cartridge into the box
that the new toner cartridge came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the
box, and return the used cartridge to HP for
recycling.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (X57945 models)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner cartridges.

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges.

Before performing service

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-2 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

W9240MC 6QN29-67029 HP W9240MC Black Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (SFP)

W9241MC 6QN29-67030 HP W9241MC Cyan Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (SFP)

W9242MC 6QN29-67031 HP W9242MC Yellow Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (SFP)

W9243MC 6QN29-67032 HP W9243MC Magenta Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (SFP)

W9250MC 6QN29-67033 HP W9250MC Black Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

W9251MC 6QN29-67034 HP W9251MC Cyan Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

W9252MC 6QN29-67035 HP W9252MC Yellow Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

W9253MC 6QN29-67036 HP W9253MC Magenta Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Make sure that the cartridge door is fully closed after replacing a toner cartridge.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (X57945 models) 467

 Post service test
Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Eject the toner cartridges (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to eject a toner cartridge.

NOTE: Two methods are available to eject a toner cartridge using the control panel.

● Eject a toner cartridge with the printer in the Ready state.

See Eject a toner cartridge using the control panel (Ready state).

● Eject a toner cartridge with the printer in a cartridge low or very low error state.

See Eject a toner cartridge using the control panel (error condition).

Eject a toner cartridge using the control panel (Ready state)

Use the following steps to eject a toner cartridge when the printer is in the Ready state.

1. From the control panel Home screen, scroll to and select the Supplies button.

2. Select the Eject button (located below the Cartridge Levels indicators.

Figure 5-1 Eject the toner cartridge (Ready state)

Touch the eject button to prepare the cartridge for

removal.

468 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. A prompt appears on the control-panel display to open the toner cartridge door.

Eject a toner cartridge using the control panel (error condition)

Use the following steps to eject a toner cartridge when the printer is in a cartridge low or very low error
state.

1. On the control panel Home screen, Touch the error icon at the top of the display.

Figure 5-2 Eject the toner cartridge (error state) (1 of 2)

2. Touch the Eject button at the bottom of the display.

Figure 5-3 Eject the toner cartridge (error state) (2 of 2)

3. A prompt appears on the control-panel display to open the toner cartridge door.

Eject the toner cartridges (X57945 models) 469

 2. Remove the toner cartridges (X579 models)
Follow these steps to remove a toner cartridge.

NOTE: The toner cartridges must be released before removing them. See Eject the toner cartridges
(X57945 models).

1. . Open the toner cartridge door on the front of

the printer.

2. . Grasp the end of the toner cartridge and pull it

straight out of the printer.

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the toner cartridges (X579 models)

Follow these steps to install a toner cartridge.

470 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. . Remove the new toner cartridge from its
package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used toner cartridge.

2. . Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock it

to evenly distribute the toner that is inside.

3. . Align the toner cartridge with its slot and insert

it into the printer.

4. . Close the toner cartridge door.

Install the toner cartridges (X579 models) 471

 5. . Pack the used toner cartridge into the box
that the new toner cartridge came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the
box, and return the used cartridge to HP for
recycling.

Removal and replacement: Imaging drums (X57945 models)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the imaging drums.

View a video of removing and replacing the image drums.

Before performing service

CAUTION: To prevent damage to an imaging drum, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the green imaging drum if it must be removed from the printer for an extended period of
time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-3 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

W9280MC 6QN35-67027 HP W9280MC Black Mngd Imaging Drum

W9281MC 6QN35-67028 HP W9281MC Cyan Mngd Imaging Drum

W9282MC 6QN35-67029 HP W9282MC Yellow Mngd Imaging Drum

W9283MC 6QN35-67030 HP W9283MC Magenta Mngd Imaging Drum

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Make sure that the front door is fully closed after replacing an image drum.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

472 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the imaging drums (X579 models)
Follow these steps to remove an imaging drum.

1. . Open the front door.

NOTE: If necessary, remove two screws holding the

imaging drum access cover in place, and then lower
the cover to access the imaging drums. See the figure
below.

Figure 5-4 Remove two screws, open the cover

2. . Grasp the end of the imaging drum cartridge

and pull it straight out of the printer.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Remove the imaging drums (X579 models) 473

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the imaging drums (X579 models)

Follow these steps to install an imaging drum.

1. . Remove the new imaging drum cartridge from

its package. Save all packaging for recycling the
used imaging drum.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to the imaging

drum, do not expose it to light for more than a
few minutes. Cover the blue imaging drum if the
imaging drum cartridge must be removed from
the printer for an extended period of time. Do
not touch the blue imaging drum.

2. . Hold both ends of the imaging drum cartridge

and rock it back and forth end to end to evenly
distribute the toner that is inside.

3. . Align the imaging drum cartridge with its slot

and insert it into the printer.

NOTE: If necessary, close the imaging drum access

cover, and then install the two screws to secure the
cover. See the figure below.

474 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-5 Close the cover, install two screws

4. . Close the front door.

NOTE: If necessary, close the access cover and

replace the two screws before closing the front door.

5. . Pack the used imaging drum into the box

that the new imaging drum came in. See the
enclosed recycling guide for information about
recycling.
In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label
is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid
shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the box,
and return the used imaging drum to HP for
recycling.

Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU)

Learn about removing and replacing the toner collection unit (TCU).

View a video of removing and replacing the TCU.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU) 475

 Table 5-4 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527F9A 6QN29-67007 HP LaserJet Toner collection unit (TCU)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that the front door is fully closed after replacing the TCU.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-6 Remove the TCU cover

476 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the TCU

Follow these steps to install the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Remove the new TCU from its package. Save all packaging for recycling the used TCU.

Unpack the replacement assembly 477

 2. Install the new TCU by inserting it into the printer, and then lifting slightly to make sure it pushes all
the way in.

3. Replace the TCU cover.

4. Close the front door.

5. Pack the used TCU into the box that the new TCU came in. See the enclosed recycling guide for
information about recycling.

In the U.S. and Canada, a pre-paid shipping label is included in the box. In other countries/regions,
go to www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the box, and return the used TCU to HP for recycling.

478 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cartridge (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the 3-bin stapler/stacker staple cartridge.

View a video of removing and replacing the staple cartridge.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-5 Part information

Part number Part description

J8J96A HP Staple Cartridge Refill for the floor-standing finisher or 3-bin stapler-
stacker

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

Post service test

Use the stapler to staple two pages together.

1. Remove the staple cartridge (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Follow these steps to remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cartridge.

1. Open the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple door.

Removal and replacement: 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cartridge (3-bin stapler-stacker) 479
 2. Pull down the colored handle on the staple carriage, and then pull the staple carriage straight out.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the staple cartridge (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Follow these steps to install the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cartridge.

NOTE: Do not dispose of the staple carriage. The carriage is not an orderable or replaceable part. If
the carriage is disposed of, the entire staple cartridge assembly will need to be replaced.

1. Remove the staple cartridge from the carrier/sled and replace it with the new staple cartridge.

NOTE: Do not dispose of the staple carrier/sled. The sled is not an orderable or replaceable part.

1 2 3

480 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Reinstall the staple carriage into the stapler by pressing the colored handle inward until it snaps
into place.

3. Close the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple door.

Removal and replacement: Convenience staple cartridge (convenience stapler models)

Learn about removing and replacing the convenience stapler staple cartridge.

View a video of removing and replacing the staple cartridge.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-6 Part information

Part number Part description

Q7432A HP Staple Cartridge Pack for the convenience stapler

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

Removal and replacement: Convenience staple cartridge (convenience stapler models) 481
 Post service test
Use the stapler to staple two pages together.

1. Remove the staple cartridge (convenience stapler)

Follow these steps to remove the convenience stapler staple cartridge.

1. Open the stapler door.

2. Pull the staple carriage straight out.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

482 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the staple cartridge (convenience stapler)

Follow these steps to install the convenience stapler staple cartridge.

1. Insert the new staple carriage into the stapler.

2. Close the stapler door.

Removal and replacement: Fuser

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser.

View a video to remove and replace the fuser

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Install the staple cartridge (convenience stapler) 483

 Before performing service

WARNING! The fuser is hot. Wait at least 30 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-7 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527G0A 6QN29-67008 HP LaserJet 110V Fuser Kit

527G1A 6QN29-67009 HP LaserJet 220V Fuser Kit

527G6A 6QN28-67002 HP LaserJet 110V Enhanced Fuser Kit

527G7A 6QN28-67003 HP LaserJet 220V Enhanced Fuser Kit

Required tools
No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the fuser.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-7 Open the right door

484 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-8 Remove the fuser

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the fuser

Follow these steps to install the fuser.

1. Align the fuser with the opening in the printer.

Figure 5-9 Align the fuser with the opening

Unpack the replacement assembly 485

 2. Slide the fuser into the printer, push in to install it, and then make sure that it is fully seated.

TIP: When the fuser is fully seated, the release levers on the handles make an audible click.

Figure 5-10 Install the fuser

3. Close the right door.

Removal and replacement: Image transfer belt (ITB)

This document provides instructions about removing and replacing the image transfer belt (ITB)
assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the image transfer belt.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

To order a replacement assembly, use the table below to identify the correct part number for your
printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts

Table 5-8 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527G8A 6QN29-67010 HP LaserJet Image Transfer Belt

Required tools
No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the ITB.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

486 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the ITB
Follow these steps to remove the ITB.

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-11 Open the right door

2. Hold the two side levers and pull out the ITB assembly.

CAUTION: Do not touch the gray plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can cause print-
quality problems.

Figure 5-12 Release the ITB

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

Remove the ITB 487

 3. Install the ITB
Follow these steps to install the ITB.

1. Hold the ITB by the edges (do not touch the gray plastic belt).

2. Align the ITB with the slots in the printer, and then carefully push it into the printer.

3. Continue to carefully push the ITB into the printer until it is fully installed.

4. Close the right door.

TIP: The right door should close easily if the ITB assembly is correctly installed.

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller

Learn about removing and replacing the secondary transfer roller.

View a video of removing and replacing the T2 roller.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-9 Part information

Part number Part description

527H1MC HP LaserJet Managed Trans Roller Kit

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the roller.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer roller

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer roller.

488 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-13 Open the right door

2. Push the blue left end (callout 1) of the roller assembly to the right, and then lift that end of the
secondary transfer roller (callout 2).

Figure 5-14 Release the left end of the secondary transfer roller

2
1

3. With the left end of the roller lifted up, pull the roller to the left and out of the printer. Take care in
removing the right end of the roller from its holder.

Figure 5-15 Remove the secondary transfer roller

Remove the secondary transfer roller 489

 2. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the secondary transfer roller

Follow these steps to install the secondary transfer roller.

1. Carefully align and insert the right end of the replacement roller into the holder

IMPORTANT: Make sure that right end of the roller assembly is fully seated in the holder.

Figure 5-16 Install right end of the secondary transfer roller

2. Push down on the blue left end until the roller snaps into place.

Figure 5-17 Secure the secondary transfer roller

490 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Close the right door.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the document feeder rollers.

View a video of removing and replacing the document feeder rollers.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-10 Part information

Part number Part description

6H121-67001 ADF Pick/Sep Roller Kit (5xxx Series)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

Post service test

Use the document feeder to copy a page, and then verify that the document correctly copies, scans, or
prints.

1. Remove the ADF pickup and feed roller assembly

Follow these steps to remove the ADF pickup and feed roller assembly.

1. Open the document-feeder jam access door.

Figure 5-18 Open the document-feeder jam access door

Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (MFP models) 491

 2. Release the blue locking arm to drop the assembly down. Slide the pickup and feed roller assembly
to the left, and then pull it away from the document feeder to remove it.

Figure 5-19 Release the blue locking arm

2. Remove the ADF separation roller

Follow these steps to remove the ADF separation roller.

■ Lift the roller cover up and then slide the roller toward the front of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-20 Release the separation roller cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

492 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Install the ADF separation roller
Follow these steps to install the ADF separation roller.

■ Lower the separation roller into the document feeder, slide it to the right to install it, and then bring
the cover down over the roller and snap it into place.

Figure 5-21 Install the ADF separation roller

5. Install the ADF pickup and feed roller assembly

Follow these steps to install the pickup and feed roller assembly.

■ Position the pickup and feed roller assembly in the document feeder, slide the assembly to the right
to seat it in the ADF, and then push the lever up to lock the roller assembly in place.

Figure 5-22 Install the ADF pickup and feed roller assembly

Installation: Keyboard overlay (MFP models)

Learn about installing a keyboard overlay.

Introduction

View a video of how to install the keyboard overlay.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

Install the ADF separation roller 493

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-11 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W12A Keyboard Overlay Kit - Chinese

A7W13A Keyboard Overlay Kit - (DN/FR-Swiss/GN)

A7W14A HP LaserJet Swedish Overlay Keyboard

Required tools
● No special tools are required to install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Install the keyboard overlay (Flow MFP models)

Follow these steps to install the keyboard overlay.

1. Carefully peel the backing from the control panel overlay.

CAUTION: Do not touch the adhesive squares and be careful so that the adhesive squares do not
come off with the backing.

494 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-23 Remove the backing

2. Position the keyboard overlay on the keyboard by aligning the upper edge of the overlay with the
top edge of the keyboard.

Figure 5-24 Position the keyboard overlay top edge

3. With the top edge positioned, align the side edges of the overlay with the keyboard edges.

Figure 5-25 Position the keyboard overlay side edges

Install the keyboard overlay (Flow MFP models) 495

 4. Place one hand under the keyboard and press upward (callout 1). Place the other hand on top of the
keyboard overlay and press downward (callout 2). Continue to press while sliding both hands to the
right (callout 3) to adhere the overlay to the keyboard.

Figure 5-26 Apply the keyboard overlay

2

5. Carefully remove the protective top sheet from the keyboard overlay.

Figure 5-27 Apply the keyboard overlay

CAUTION: Make sure that the adhesive squares do not come off of the keyboard with the
protective sheet.

496 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-28 Ensure that the squares do not stick to the top sheet

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation roller assemblies

Learn about removing and replacing the Tray 1 rollers.

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 1 rollers.

Before performing service

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-12 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527H3A 6QN29-67012 HP LaserJet MP Tray Roller Kit

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller

Follow these steps to remove and replace the Tray 1 pickup roller.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation roller assemblies 497
 1. On the right side of the printer, release the lower of the two latches to open Tray 1.

Figure 5-29 Open Tray 1

2. Locate and release the blue pickup roller assembly release tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-30 Locate the pickup roller assembly tab

498 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Push the pickup roller assembly to the right and then away from the printer.

Figure 5-31 Remove the pickup roller assembly

2. Remove the Tray 1 separation roller

Follow these steps to remove and replace the Tray 1 separation roller.

NOTE: Even if you want to replace only the separation roller, you must first remove the pickup roller
assembly.

1. Grasp the left- and right-side of the separation roller assembly, and then lift the assembly up.

Figure 5-32 Lift the separation roller assembly

Remove the Tray 1 separation roller 499

 2. Pull the separation roller assembly straight out to remove it.

Figure 5-33 Remove the separation roller assembly

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the Tray 1 separation roller

Follow these steps to install the Tray 1 separation roller.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-
handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly washing
your hands before handling the assembly.

500 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Insert the separation roller assembly into the printer.

Figure 5-34 Insert the separation roller assembly

2. Push down on the Tray 1 separation roller until it snaps into place.

Figure 5-35 Secure the separation roller assembly

5. Install the Tray 1 pickup roller

Follow these steps to install the Tray 1 pickup roller.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-
handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly washing
your hands before handling the assembly.

Install the Tray 1 pickup roller 501

 ■ Insert the keyed right end of the pickup roller assembly into the provided slot, and then rotate the left
end into place to install it.

Figure 5-36 Install the pickup roller assembly

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 pickup and separation roller assemblies

Learn about removing and replacing the Tray 2 rollers.

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 2 rollers.

Before performing service

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-13 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527H2A 6QN29-67011 HP LaserJet Tray 2-x Roller Kit

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the Tray 2 separation roller assembly

Learn about removing the Tray 2 separation roller assembly.

1. Depending on the printer model, perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X57945 models: Open the lower right door.

502 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the blue lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the separation roller assembly (callout 2)
by pulling it out from the printer.

Figure 5-37 Remove the separation roller assembly

2. Remove the Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly

Learn about removing the Tray 2 pickup rollers.

NOTE: Even if you want to replace only the pickup roller assembly, you must first remove the
separation roller assembly.

■ Locate the pickup roller assembly, and then pull it away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-38 Remove the pickup roller assembly

NOTE: As the roller assembly can be hard to grip, you might need to reach under and behind the
rollers to securely grip it.

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly 503

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly

Learn about installing the Tray 2 pickup roller assembly.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-
handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly washing
your hands before handling the assembly.

■ Position the pickup roller assembly in the printer in the correct orientation, and then press the
assembly into place.

Figure 5-39 Install the pickup roller assembly

5. Install the Tray 2 separation roller assembly

Learn about installing the Tray 2 separation roller assembly.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause paper-
handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or thoroughly washing
your hands before handling the assembly.

504 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

■ Insert the separation roller assembly into the printer to install it.

Figure 5-40 Install the separation roller assembly

Install the Tray 2 separation roller assembly 505

 Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts and accessories
Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts are parts that a customer replaces without assistance from a field
technician. These parts might require the use of tools.

Customer-replaceable units
Learn about customer-replaceable parts removal and replacement.

Internal parts and assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the keyboard.

Introduction

View a video of how to remove and replace the keyboard.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-14 Part information

Part number Part description

1M0Q2A HP LaserJet Workflow Keyboard

Required tools
● Use the reversible screwdriver, the bracket, and the two screws included in the kit.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

506 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the control panel (MFP)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel.

■ Pull the control panel out and tilt it up, and then remove the two thumbscrews on the control panel
arm. Remove the control panel by pulling it away from the printer.

Figure 5-41 Remove two thumbscrews

2. Remove the keyboard (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the keyboard.

1. On the back off the control panel, remove two screws, and then remove the bracket from the
assembly.

Figure 5-42 Remove the bracket

Remove the control panel (MFP) 507

 2. Remove the flat flexible cable (FFC) connector cover.

Figure 5-43 Remove the FFC connector cover

3. Use the pull tab to disconnect the FFC from the connector in the control panel.

Figure 5-44 Disconnect the keyboard FFC

4. Pull the keyboard away from the control panel.

Figure 5-45 Remove the keyboard

508 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the keyboard (MFP models)

Follow these steps to install the keyboard.

1. Align the back of the keyboard with the back of the control panel and then join them by connecting
the hinges.

Figure 5-46 Connect the keyboard to the control panel

2. Connect the keyboard flat flexible cable (FFC) with the connector in the control panel.

Figure 5-47 Connect the keyboard FFC

Unpack the replacement assembly 509

 3. Install the FFC cover. Make sure that the FFC pull tab does not stick out after the cover is installed.

Figure 5-48 Install the FFC cover

4. Use the reversible screwdriver to install the two bracket screws to attach the bracket to the control
panel.

Figure 5-49 Install the bracket

5. Install the control panel (MFP models)

Follow these steps to install the control panel.

510 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the control panel into the control panel arm, and then install the two thumbscrews on the
control panel arm.

Figure 5-50 Install the control panel

Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hard-disk drive (HDD).

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the hard-disk drive.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and eMMC PCA or hard-disk drive
simultaneously during a single printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable
or inoperable.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-15 Part information

Part number Part description

L41606-011 HDD, 500GB 5400RPM SED

L42243-021 HDD, 500GB 5400RPM FIPS/CCC OPAL2 7MM

6HN31A HP 500GB CCC FIPS TAA Hard Disk Drive

9EQ11A HP 500GB CCC FIPS Hard Disk Drive

Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) 511

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated, and that the screw is fastened.

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-51 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)

Follow these steps to remove the hard-disk drive (HDD).

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

512 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Release two pins from the formatter faceplate.

Figure 5-52 Release two pins

2. On the left side of the HDD, release the connector from the formatter, and then pull the HDD away
from the formatter.

Figure 5-53 Release the HDD

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

Unpack the replacement assembly 513

 4. Install the hard-disk drive (HDD)
Follow these steps to install the hard-disk drive (HDD).

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Align the connectors on the left side of the HDD with the connector on the formatter.

Figure 5-54 Align the connectors

2. Press the connectors together to seat the HDD on the formatter.

Figure 5-55 Install the HDD

514 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Install the two pins through the formatter plate to secure the HDD.

Figure 5-56 Install two pins

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-57 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) (SFP models)
Learn about removing and replacing the dual in-line memory module (DIMM).

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the DIMM.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Install the formatter cover 515

 Table 5-16 Part information

Part number Part description

6QY68A HP 2GB DDR3Lx32 120-pin 933MHz DIMM

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-58 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM)

Follow these steps to remove the DIMM.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

516 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Pull the bottom edge of the DIMM away from the formatter to loosen the connector at the top of the
DIMM.

Figure 5-59 Pull the bottom edge of the DIMM

2. Pull down on the DIMM to remove it from the formatter.

Figure 5-60 Remove the DIMM

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

Unpack the replacement assembly 517

 4. Install the DIMM
Follow these steps to install the DIMM.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Align the connector edge on the DIMM with the slot on the formatter.

Figure 5-61 Align the DIMM

2. Gently insert the top edge of the DIMM up into the formatter slot.

Figure 5-62 Insert the top edge into the formatter

518 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Press the bottom edge of the DIMM against the formatter to seat it firmly in the formatter slot.

Figure 5-63 Install the DIMM

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-64 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (fax models)

Learn about removing and replacing the fax PCA.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fax PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Install the formatter cover 519

 Table 5-17 Part information

Part number Part description

1M0Q0A HP MFP Analog Fax 702 Accessory

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

If possible, send and receive a fax from the printer.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-65 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the fax PCA (fax MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

520 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Rotate end left end of the fax PCA away from the formatter (callout 1) to disconnect the connector,
and then slide the card away from the formatter faceplate (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-66 Remove the fax PCA

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the fax PCA (fax MFP models)

Follow these steps to install the fax PCA.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

Unpack the replacement assembly 521

 1. Align the fax port with the cut-out in the formatter faceplate, and then align the connector on the
back of the card with the formatter connector. Press the connectors together to seat the card on
the formatter.

Figure 5-67 Align the fax PCA

2. When installed, the port on the card should sit securely in the faceplate cut-out.

Figure 5-68 Check the fax PCA port

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

522 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-69 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Workflow accelerator

Learn about removing and replacing the workflow accelerator card.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the workflow accelerator.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-18 Part information

Part number Part description

1M0Q5A HP LaserJet Workflow Accelerator Card

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Removal and replacement: Workflow accelerator 523

 1. Remove the formatter cover
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-70 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the workflow accelerator

Follow these steps to remove the workflow accelerator.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Pull the card away from the formatter to disconnect the connector and remove the card.

Figure 5-71 Remove the card

524 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the bracket from the workflow accelerator card.

Figure 5-72 Remove the bracket

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the workflow accelerator

Follow these steps to install the workflow accelerator.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Slide the bracket onto the accelerator card.

Figure 5-73 Attach the bracket

Unpack the replacement assembly 525

 2. Push the right edge of the card into the faceplate slots, and then align the connector on the back of
the card with the formatter connector.

Figure 5-74 Align the connectors

3. Press the connectors together to seat the card on the formatter.

Figure 5-75 Connect the connectors

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

526 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-76 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: USB expansion kit

Learn about removing and replacing the USB expansion kit.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the USB expansion kit.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-19 Part information

Part number Part description

4XN67A HP Internal USB Expansion Kit

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Removal and replacement: USB expansion kit 527

 1. Remove the formatter cover
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-77 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the internal USB ports

Learn how to remove the internal USB ports.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Pull the card away from the formatter to disconnect the connector.

Figure 5-78 Remove the USB ports card

528 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Pull the free end of the card away from the bracket, and then pull the captive end of the card out of
the bracket.

Figure 5-79 Remove the bracket

2
1

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the internal USB ports

Learn how to install the internal USB ports.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

Unpack the replacement assembly 529

 1. Push the short edge of the card into the bracket, and then press the card into the bracket until it is
firmly seated.

Figure 5-80 Attach the bracket

1
2

2. Align the connector on the card with the formatter connector, and then press the connectors
together to seat the card on the formatter.

Figure 5-81 Install the card on the formatter

3. Install the formatter cover.

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

530 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-82 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Solid state drive (SSD)

Learn about removing and replacing the solid state drive.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the SSD.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-20 Part information

Part number Part description

1M0Q4A HP LaserJet Secure Solid State Drive

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Removal and replacement: Solid state drive (SSD) 531

 1. Remove the formatter cover
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-83 Remove the formatter cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the SSD card only

Learn how to install the SSD card.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

532 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Place one end of the riser PCA into the cradle, and then press the other end of the card into the
cradle.

Figure 5-84 Install PCA in cradle

1
2

2. Verify that the PCA is properly installed by listening for a click when it is pressed into place. Also
verify that the PCA is underneath the two indicated tabs at the end.

Figure 5-85 Verify PCA installation

3. Position the PCA cradle on the bracket.

Figure 5-86 Position the PCA cradle

Install the SSD card only 533

 4. Close two clips at the end of the bracket to secure the PCA cradle.

Figure 5-87 Close the clips

5. Install the support cross member onto the bracket.

Figure 5-88 Install the cross member

534 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Align the SSD card with the connector on the PCA. Note how the end of the SSD is keyed so that it
can be installed one way only.

Figure 5-89 Align the SSD card

7. Seat the SSD in the PCA connector, and then snap the other end of the SSD on the cross member.

Figure 5-90 Secure the SSD on the cross member

Install the SSD card only 535

 8. Align the bracket assembly with the formatter connector.

Figure 5-91 Align the bracket assembly

9. Press the bracket assembly to firmly seat it in the formatter connector.

Figure 5-92 Install the bracket assembly

536 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 10. Install two pins to secure the bracket assembly to the formatter faceplate.

Figure 5-93 Install two pins

4. Install the SSD card with the HDD

Learn how to install the SSD card with an HDD.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Release two pins from the formatter faceplate.

Figure 5-94 Release two pins

Install the SSD card with the HDD 537

 2. Remove the HDD assembly

Figure 5-95 Remove the HDD

3. Open two clips on the HDD bracket.

Figure 5-96 Open two clips

538 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove the PCA cradle from the HDD bracket.

Figure 5-97 Remove the PCA cradle

5. Release one tab (callout 1), raise the end of the PCA up and off the cradle (callout 2), and then
remove the PCA from the cradle (callout 3).

Figure 5-98 Remove the PCA from the holder

6. Place one end of the new PCA on the cradle (callout 1), and then rotate the other end down onto the
cradle (callout 2). Make sure to orientate the PCA on the cradle as shown. Push down on the PCA to
install it on the cradle (an audible click is heard when it snaps into place).

NOTE: Make sure that the PCA is firmly seated under the clips on the cradle.

Install the SSD card with the HDD 539

 Figure 5-99 Install the PCA in the cradle

2 1

7. Align the PCA cradle with the bracket.

Figure 5-100 Align the PCA cradle

540 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Close two clips to secure the PCA cradle to the bracket.

Figure 5-101 Close two clips

9. Install the support cross member onto the bracket.

Figure 5-102 Install the support cross member

Install the SSD card with the HDD 541

 10. Align the SSD card with the PCA connector. Note how the end of the SSD is keyed so that it can be
installed one way only.

Figure 5-103 Align the SSD card

11. Seat the SSD in the PCA connector, and then snap the other end of the SSD on the cross member.

Figure 5-104 Secure the SSD on the cross member

542 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Align the bracket assembly with the formatter connector.

Figure 5-105 Align the bracket assembly

13. Press the bracket assembly to firmly seat it in the formatter connector.

Figure 5-106 Install the bracket assembly

Install the SSD card with the HDD 543

 14. Install two pins to secure the bracket assembly to the formatter faceplate.

Figure 5-107 Install two pins

5. Install the SSD card with USB

Learn how to install the SSD card with a USB card.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

544 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the USB PCA from the formatter connector.

Figure 5-108 Remove the USB PCA

2. Install the SSD card on the board.

Figure 5-109 Install the SSD card

Install the SSD card with USB 545

 3. Position the PCA cradle on the bracket.

Figure 5-110 Position the PCA cradle

4. Close two clips to secure the PCA cradle to the bracket.

Figure 5-111 Close two clips

546 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Insert the board into the PCA connector.

Figure 5-112 Insert the board

6. Secure the board to the bracket (an audible click is heard when it snaps into place).

Figure 5-113 Secure the board to the bracket

Install the SSD card with USB 547

 7. Align the bracket assembly with the formatter connector, and then press the bracket assembly to
firmly seat it in the formatter connector.

Figure 5-114 Install the bracket assembly

8. Install two pins to secure the bracket assembly to the formatter faceplate.

Figure 5-115 Install two pins

6. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

548 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-116 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (MFP models)
Learn about removing and replacing the NFC PCA.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the NFC PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-21 Part information

Part number Part description

1M0Q3A HP JetDirect 3200w BLE/Wireless accessory

3JN69A HP JetDirect 3100w BLE/NFC/Wireless accessory

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (MFP models) 549
 Post service test
Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the HIP cover

Follow these steps to remove the HIP cover.

1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on the HIP cover.

Figure 5-117 Release the cover

2. Rotate the cover up and off of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-118 Remove the cover

2. Install the wireless print server with NFC

Learn how to install the wireless print server with NFC.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

550 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Connect the USB cable to the print server.

Figure 5-119 Connect the USB cable to the print server

2. Connect the USB cable to the HIP port.

Figure 5-120 Connect the USB cable to the HIP port

Install the wireless print server with NFC 551

 3. Install the printer server in the HIP cavity.

Figure 5-121 Install the printer server

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

Learn about removing and replacing the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC).

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the eMMC.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the green imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

552 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-22 Part information

Part number Part description

B5L32-60002 eMMC 16GB

B5L32-67004 eMMC 32GB

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-122 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

Follow these steps to remove the eMMC.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

Remove the formatter cover 553

 ■ Locate the eMMC component on the formatter, and then pull it straight off of the formatter to remove
it.

Figure 5-123 Remove the eMMC (SFP/MFP)

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

4. Install the eMMC

Follow these steps to install the eMMC.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter
(callout 2), and then push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.

NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter

Figure 5-124 Install the eMMC

554 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Push in on the eMMC to install it in the connector.

Figure 5-125 Install the eMMC (SFP/MFP)

3. Verify that the eMMC is fully seated in the connector.

Figure 5-126 Verify the installation

5. Install the formatter cover

Follow these steps to install the formatter cover.

■ Slide the cover (callout 1) onto the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2) to secure it.

Figure 5-127 Install the cover

Install the formatter cover 555

 Document feeder / scanner
Learn about document feeder and scanner parts removal and replacement.

Field-replaceable units (FRUs)

Learn about FRU parts removal and replacement.

Internal parts and assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (MFP models)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-23 Part information

Part number Part description

5851-8962 Scanner control interconnect board (SCIB) (58xx Series)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

556 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-128 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-129 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 557

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-130 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

NOTE: The task below shows the rear upper cover on a 6800zfsw model. The cover on your model
might look different, but the process is the same.

■ Remove two screws, pry the right side away from printer, and then pull the cover in the direction
indicated.

Figure 5-131 Remove the cover

4. Remove the document feeder

Follow these steps to remove the document feeder.

558 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: These are self-tapping screws for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw
counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to
tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.

Figure 5-132 Remove two screws

2. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect the indicated connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.

Figure 5-133 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors

1 2 3

3. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops, and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops.

Remove the document feeder 559

 4. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on
the document feeder hinges.

Figure 5-134 Release two tabs

5. Lift the document feeder up to remove it.

NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the cables through the cable channel
in the scanner bed.

5. Remove the flatbed scanner assembly

Follow these steps to remove the sub-scanner assembly (SSA).

1. On the SCB, disconnect the cables indicated below.

Figure 5-135 Disconnect SCB connectors

560 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove four screws.

Figure 5-136 Remove four screws

3. Pull the scan unit up to remove it from the printer.

NOTE: Carefully ensure that the cables do not catch on the cable guides as you lift the assembly.

6. Remove the scanner control board (SCB)

Follow these steps to remove the scanner control board (SCB).

■ On the SCB, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2). Slide the
SCB to the right, and then remove it from the integrated scanner assembly.

Figure 5-137 Disconnect connectors

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the scanner control board (SCB) 561

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: White backing (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the document feeder white backing.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-24 Part information

Part number Part description

5851-8850 ADF white backing kit (5800/X57945 models)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

562 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Whole-unit replacement (WUR)

Learn about WUR parts removal and replacement.

Automatic document feeder (WUR)

Learn about automatic document feeder whole-unit replacement.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder (MFP models)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Unpack the replacement assembly 563

 Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-25 Part information

Part number Part description

C0M44-67002 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Non-Workflow)

C0M44-67003 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Workflow)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip.

● Small flat-blade screwdriver.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Use the document feeder to make a copy to make sure that it is properly functioning.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

564 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-138 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-139 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 565

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-140 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

NOTE: The task below shows the rear upper cover on a 6800zfsw model. The cover on your model
might look different, but the process is the same.

■ Remove two screws, pry the right side away from printer, and then pull the cover in the direction
indicated.

Figure 5-141 Remove the cover

4. Remove the document feeder

Follow these steps to remove the document feeder.

566 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: These are self-tapping screws for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw
counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to
tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.

Figure 5-142 Remove two screws

2. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect the indicated connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.

Figure 5-143 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors

1 2 3

3. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops, and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops.

Remove the document feeder 567

 4. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on
the document feeder hinges.

Figure 5-144 Release two tabs

5. Lift the document feeder up to remove it.

NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the cables through the cable channel
in the scanner bed.

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

568 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Integrated scanner assembly (WUR)

Learn about integrated scanner assembly (ISA) whole-unit replacement.

Removal and replacement: Flatbed scanner assembly (MFP models)

Learn how to remove and replace the sub-scanner assembly (SSA).

Mean time to repair: 22 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

NOTE: The integrated scanner assembly (ISA) includes the sub-scanner assembly (SSA) and the
automatic document feeder (ADF).

Table 5-26 Part information

Part number Part description

6QN29-67005 Flatbed scanner (5xxx Series)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Integrated scanner assembly (WUR) 569

 1. Remove the formatter cover
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-145 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-146 Remove two screws

570 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-147 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

NOTE: The task below shows the rear upper cover on a 6800zfsw model. The cover on your model
might look different, but the process is the same.

■ Remove two screws, pry the right side away from printer, and then pull the cover in the direction
indicated.

Figure 5-148 Remove the cover

4. Remove the document feeder

Follow these steps to remove the document feeder.

Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models) 571

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: These are self-tapping screws for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw
counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to
tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.

Figure 5-149 Remove two screws

2. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect the indicated connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.

Figure 5-150 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors

1 2 3

3. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops, and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops.

572 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on
the document feeder hinges.

Figure 5-151 Release two tabs

5. Lift the document feeder up to remove it.

NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the cables through the cable channel
in the scanner bed.

5. Remove the flatbed scanner assembly

Follow these steps to remove the sub-scanner assembly (SSA).

1. On the SCB, disconnect the cables indicated below.

Figure 5-152 Disconnect SCB connectors

Remove the flatbed scanner assembly 573

 2. Remove four screws.

Figure 5-153 Remove four screws

3. Pull the scan unit up to remove it from the printer.

NOTE: Carefully ensure that the cables do not catch on the cable guides as you lift the assembly.

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

574 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 575

 Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base
printer)
Learn how to remove and replace the base printer internal parts and assemblies.

Field-replaceable units (FRUs)

Learn about FRU parts removal and replacement.

Covers, panels, and doors

Learn about covers, panels, and doors removal and replacement.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover

Learn about removing and replacing the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

5800dn, 5800f, 5800zf, X57945dn, X58045dn, X57945z, X58045z, 6800dn, 6800zf, 6800zfw+, 6801zfw+,
X677dn, X677z+, X67755dn, X67765dn, X67755z+, and X67765z+

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-27 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4480-000CN Formatter cover assembly(all models)

RM2-4530-000CN Formatter cover assembly(Sub-cover MFP models only)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

576 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the formatter cover
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-154 Remove the formatter cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

Remove the formatter cover 577

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover

Learn about removing and replacing the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-28 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4480-000CN Formatter cover assembly(all models)

RM2-4530-000CN Formatter cover assembly(Sub-cover MFP models only)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

578 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-155 Remove the screw

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 579
 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

580 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front door

Learn about removing and replacing the front door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-29 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4473-000CN Front door assembly (5700/5800/X58045dn models)

RM2-4479-000CN Front door assembly (X57945/X654/X677 models)

RM2-4533-000CN Front door assembly (X557/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs/6700/6800

models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Front door 581

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the front door correctly opens and closes.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

1. Pull the tray out until it stops.

Figure 5-156 Pull the tray out

582 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-157 Remove the tray

2. Remove the front door

Follow these steps to remove the front door.

1. Open the front door.

2. At the left side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

Figure 5-158 Release the left link arm

3. At the right side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

Remove the front door 583

 Figure 5-159 Release the right link arm

2 1

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release the link lever (callout 2) from the front door assembly (callout
3), and then remove the front door.

Figure 5-160 Remove the door

2
1 1

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

584 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridge access door (X557/X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the toner cartridge access door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the green imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-30 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3678-000CN Toner supply door assembly

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridge access door (X557/X57945 models) 585
 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

1. Pull the tray out until it stops.

Figure 5-161 Pull the tray out

586 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-162 Remove the tray

2. Remove the cartridge access door (X557/X57945/X58045 models)

Follow these steps to remove the cartridge access door.

1. Open the cartridge door.

2. At the right- and left-side of the door, remove two screws, and then remove the door.

Figure 5-163 Remove the door

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the cartridge access door (X557/X57945/X58045 models) 587

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover

Learn about removing and replacing the rear cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-31 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9168-000CN Cover, rear (all models)

RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear lower (X57945/X654/X677 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

588 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-164 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 589

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-165 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

590 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-166 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-167 Remove the rear cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the rear cover 591

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear upper cover (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the rear upper cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-32 Part information

Part number Part description

RC6-1305-000CN Cover, rear upper

RC6-0223-000CN Cover, rear upper X58045z, X58045zs models

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

592 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-168 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 593

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-169 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models 6800dn, 6800zf, 6800zfw+, 6801zfw+, X677dn, X677z+, X67755dn,
X67765dn, X67755z+, and X67765z+)
Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

594 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove the 2 indicated screws the slide the cover slightly to the right and pull the cover away from
the engine to remove.

Figure 5-170 Remove the cover

4. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z,
X67755zs, and X67765zs)
Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

1. Remove the 2 highlighted screws.

Figure 5-171 Remove 2 screws

Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z,
X67755zs, and X67765zs) 595
 2. Using a flat head screwdriver, disengage three snap-fit leavers then pull the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-172 Remove the cover

5. Remove the rear upper left cover (MFP models 5800dn, 5800f, 5800zf, X57945dn, X58045dn, X57945z, and
X58045z)
Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout) and slide the panel to the right to remove it

Figure 5-173 Remove the cover

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

596 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the left upper cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-33 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9204-000CN Cover, left upper

Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (MFP models) 597

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-174 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

598 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-175 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-176 Remove the left upper cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 599

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left cover

Learn about removing and replacing the left cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-34 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4535-000CN Left cover assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

600 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-177 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

Remove the formatter cover 601

 2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-178 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-179 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-180 Remove the left upper cover

602 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the left cover
Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-181 Remove the left cover

1 2

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

Remove the left cover 603

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left handle

Learn about removing and replacing the left handle.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-35 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9165-000CN Handle, left

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

604 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-182 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-183 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

Remove the left upper cover (MFP models) 605

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-184 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-185 Remove the left upper cover

3. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

606 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-186 Remove the left cover

1 2

4. Remove the left handle

Follow these steps to remove the left handle.

■ At the left side of the printer, release one tab, and then slide the handle as indicated to release it.

Figure 5-187 Remove the handle

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the left handle 607

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front left cover

Learn about removing and replacing the front left cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-36 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9198-000CN Cover, front left

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

608 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front left cover

Follow these steps to remove the front left cover.

1. Perform one of the following steps.

● 6700/6800 models: Open the front door.

● X654/X677 models: Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Pull the top part of the front left cover (callout 1) in the direction indicated, release one tab (callout
2), and then slide the cover upward to release it.

Figure 5-188 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Remove the front left cover 609

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front right cover

Learn about removing and replacing the front right cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-37 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9199-000CN Cover, front right

610 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the front door.

● X57945 models: Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X57945 models: Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-189 Remove the front right cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the front right cover 611

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right door

Learn about removing and replacing the right door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-38 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3570-000CN Right door (5700/X557/5800/X57945/X58045dn)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

612 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door

Follow these steps to remove the right door.

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-190 Open the right door

2. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/X557/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X579 models: Open the right lower door.

3. 5700/X557/5800 models: Remove the front right cover.

Remove the right door 613

 4. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-191 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp
(callout 3).

Figure 5-192 Disconnect one connector

2
3

6. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the link arm (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove it.

Figure 5-193 Remove the link arm

614 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Close the front door a little, and then disconnect the joint that connects the two link arms.

Figure 5-194 Disconnect the link arms

8. Release two bosses (callout 1), and then remove the link arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-195 Remove the link arm

9. Close the front door a little, and then remove the spring (callout 1) from the link arm (callout 2) and
from the shaft (callout 3).

Figure 5-196 Remove the spring

Remove the right door 615

 10. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the cable holder (callout 2) in the direction indicate, and then
remove it.

Figure 5-197 Remove the cable holder

11. Remove the right door (callout 1) from the shaft (callout 2), and then unhook one spring (callout 3)
from the frame (callout 4).

Figure 5-198 Remove the door from the shaft

2 4

12. Slide the right door (callout 1) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-199 Remove the door

616 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right lower door (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the right lower door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-39 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0004-000CN Right lower door assembly

Unpack the replacement assembly 617

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-200 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X579 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

618 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-201 Remove the base frame

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-202 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-203 Remove the right lower door assembly

Remove the right lower door (X579 models) 619

 3. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear lower cover (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the rear lower cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-40 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear lower

620 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-204 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X579 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

Remove the front right cover 621

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-205 Remove the base frame

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-206 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-207 Remove the right lower door assembly

622 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X654/X677 models)
Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-208 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

Remove the rear lower cover (X654/X677 models) 623

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left lower cover (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the left lower cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-41 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9408-000CN Left lower cover

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

624 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-209 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X579 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-210 Remove the base frame

Remove the right lower door (X579 models) 625

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-211 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-212 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X654/X677 models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

626 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-213 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the left lower cover (X579 models)

Follow these steps to remove the left lower cover.

■ Slide the left lower cover in the direction indicated, and then remove it.

Figure 5-214 Remove the left lower cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the left lower cover (X579 models) 627

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output bin

Learn about removing and replacing the output bin.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-42 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4469-000CN Face down tray assembly

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

628 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-215 Remove the TCU cover

Remove the toner collection unit (TCU) 629

 3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-216 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

630 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-217 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-218 Remove the left upper cover

3. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

Remove the output bin 631

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-219 Remove the output bin

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

632 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Right handle
Learn about removing and replacing the right handle.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-43 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-8516-000CN Handle, right door lower

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door

Follow these steps to remove the right door.

Removal and replacement: Right handle 633

 1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-220 Open the right door

2. Perform one of the following steps.

● 6700/6800 models: Open the right door.

● X654/X677 models: Open the right lower door.

3. 6700/6800 models: Remove the front right cover.

4. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-221 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

634 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp
(callout 3).

Figure 5-222 Disconnect one connector

2
3

6. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the link arm (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove it.

Figure 5-223 Remove the link arm

7. Close the front door a little, and then disconnect the joint that connects the two link arms.

Figure 5-224 Disconnect the link arms

Remove the right door 635

 8. Release two bosses (callout 1), and then remove the link arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-225 Remove the link arm

9. Close the front door a little, and then remove the spring (callout 1) from the link arm (callout 2) and
from the shaft (callout 3).

Figure 5-226 Remove the spring

10. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the cable holder (callout 2) in the direction indicate, and then
remove it.

Figure 5-227 Remove the cable holder

636 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Remove the right door (callout 1) from the shaft (callout 2), and then unhook one spring (callout 3)
from the frame (callout 4).

Figure 5-228 Remove the door from the shaft

2 4

12. Slide the right door (callout 1) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-229 Remove the door

2. Remove the right handle

Follow these steps to remove the right handle.

Remove the right handle 637

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1)., release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the right handle (callout 3) in
the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-230 Remove the handle

3 2

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

638 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP models)
Learn about removing and replacing the top cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-44 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4517-000CN Top cover assembly

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP models) 639

 Figure 5-231 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-232 Remove the TCU cover

640 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

3. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-233 Remove the output bin

4. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

Remove the output bin 641

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-234 Remove the left cover

1 2

5. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-235 Remove two screws

642 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-236 Remove the rear cover

6. Remove the top cover (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-237 Disconnect the connector

Remove the top cover (SFP models) 643

 2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-238 Remove two screws

3. Release one tab (callout 1), release two USB cables (callout 2) and another cable (callout 3) from the
cable clamp (callout 4).

Figure 5-239 Release one tab

1
3

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the top cover (callout
3).

Figure 5-240 Remove the cover

1 3

644 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the top cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-45 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9172-000CN Cover, top assembly

Unpack the replacement assembly 645

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-241 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

646 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-242 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-243 Remove the left upper cover

2. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

Remove the output bin 647

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-244 Remove the output bin

3. Remove the top cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the top cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-245 Remove the top cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

648 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Top front cover (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the top front cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-46 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4518-000CN Top front cover assembly

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Top front cover (MFP models) 649

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-246 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

650 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-247 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-248 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-249 Remove the left upper cover

Remove the left upper cover (MFP models) 651

 3. Remove the output bin
Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-250 Remove the output bin

4. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-251 Remove the left cover

1 2

5. Remove the top cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

652 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the top cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-252 Remove the top cover

6. Remove the top front cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top front cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-253 Disconnect one connector and release the cable

Remove the top front cover (MFP models) 653

 2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-254 Remove two screws

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), hold up the top front cover (callout 2), and then remove it.

Figure 5-255 Remove the top front cover

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

654 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover

Learn about removing and replacing the Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-47 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-0213-000CN Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover 655

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HIP cover

Follow these steps to remove the HIP cover.

1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on the HIP cover.

Figure 5-256 Release the cover

2. Rotate the cover up and off of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-257 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

656 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (SFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the control panel.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-48 Part information

Part number Part description

6QN28-60102 Control panel 10.9 cm (4.3 in)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Control panel (SFP models) 657

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel.

1. Tilt the control panel up.

Figure 5-258 Remove one screw

2. Pull up the control panel cover. A small flat blade screwdriver might be helpful with this.

Figure 5-259 Remove the control panel cover

658 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw.

Figure 5-260 Remove one screw

4. Use a small flat blade screwdriver to pry and hold one tab (callout 1), push the assembly (callout 2)
to the rear of the printer to release another tab (callout 3), and then lift the control panel up (callout
4), slightly and gently.

CAUTION: The control panel is still attached to the printer. Do not attempt to completely remove
the control panel.

Figure 5-261 Release the tabs

4
2
1

Remove the control panel (SFP) 659

 5. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the control panel.

Figure 5-262 Remove the control panel

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

660 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP models)
Learn about removing and replacing the control panel.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the control panel.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-49 Part information

Part number Part description

6QN37-60102 Control panel 23.3 cm (8 in)

6QN35-60129 Control panel 25.6 cm (10.1 in)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP models) 661

 ■ Pull the control panel out and tilt it up, and then remove the two thumbscrews on the control panel
arm. Remove the control panel by pulling it away from the printer.

Figure 5-263 Remove two thumbscrews

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

662 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Internal parts and assemblies
Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges (manual unlock) (X57945 models)

Learn how to manually unlock the toner cartridges so that they can be removed to service other
assemblies.

NOTE: This procedure describes manually unlocking the cartridges when the printer is not
functioning.

To remove the cartridges by using the control-panel ejection method when the printer is operational,
see the CSR instructions.

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges (manual unlock)

Before performing service

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water
sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.

Required tools
● Tool with a ≤ 3mm point and < 120mm length

After performing service

○ No post service test is available for this assembly.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

Internal parts and assemblies 663

 1. Pull the tray out until it stops.

Figure 5-264 Pull the tray out

2. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-265 Remove the tray

2. Manually unlock the toner cartridges (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to manually unlock the toner cartridges.

664 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Locate the four toner cartridge drive units inside the Tray 2 cavity.

Figure 5-266 Locate the drive units

1 2 3 4

2. Locate the cartridge lock mechanism on one of the drive units.

Figure 5-267 Cartridge lock mechanism

3. Open the cartridge door. Use a tool with a less-than 3mm tip (and less than 120mm in length) to
release the lock mechanism.

a. Place the tip of the tool in the opening and under the lock mechanism (callout 1)

b. Rotate the tool to release the lock mechanism (callout 2).

NOTE: When the lock mechanism is released, the corresponding toner cartridge extends out
of the printer.

c. Repeat these steps for each drive unit.

Manually unlock the toner cartridges (X57945 models) 665

 Figure 5-268 Release the lock mechanism

3. Remove the toner cartridges (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove a toner cartridges.

1. . If the toner cartridge door is not open, open it

now.

2. . Grasp the end of the toner cartridge and pull it

straight out of the printer.

Removal and replacement: Convenience stapler

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace of the convenience stapler.

Mean time to repair 27 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

666 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Before performing service
Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-50

Part number Part Description

6QN30-60103 Assembly-Stapler (Convenience stapler)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● Torx 10 screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

● Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

● Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 667

 Figure 5-269 Remove the formatter cover

Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-270 Remove two screws

668 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-271 Remove the rear cover

Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

NOTE: The task below shows the rear upper cover on a 6800zfsw model. The cover on your model
might look different, but the process is the same.

■ Remove two screws, pry the right side away from printer, and then pull the cover in the direction
indicated.

Figure 5-272 Remove the cover

Remove the document feeder

Follow these steps to remove the document feeder.

Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models) 669

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: These are self-tapping screws for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw
counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to
tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.

Figure 5-273 Remove two screws

2. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect the indicated connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.

Figure 5-274 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors

1 2 3

3. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops, and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops.

670 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on
the document feeder hinges.

Figure 5-275 Release two tabs

5. Lift the document feeder up to remove it.

NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the cables through the cable channel
in the scanner bed.

Remove the flatbed scanner assembly

Follow these steps to remove the sub-scanner assembly (SSA).

1. On the SCB, disconnect the cables indicated below.

Figure 5-276 Disconnect SCB connectors

Remove the flatbed scanner assembly 671

 2. Remove four screws.

Figure 5-277 Remove four screws

3. Pull the scan unit up to remove it from the printer.

NOTE: Carefully ensure that the cables do not catch on the cable guides as you lift the assembly.

Remove the convenience stapler assembly

Follow these steps to remove and replace the convenience stapler.

1. Remove the stapler cover.

a. Open the stapler cover from the end closest to the front on the engine.

672 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 b. Gently lift the cover up and twist the top of the cover out\, let off the pressure and remove the
cover.

2. Remove the stapler housing.

a. Remove the blue stable cartridge from the stapler.

Remove the convenience stapler assembly 673

 b. Remove the 2 screws and twist the bottom of the housing out then pull away from the printer.

3. Disconnect the rainbow cable from the upper right corner of the Stapler

4. Remove the stapler assembly.

674 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 a. Remove 1 screw.

b. Push the stapler assembly to the right to unseat it then twist the stapler out of the printer.

5. Remove the stapler cable

If the stapler’s cable is damaged, remove the cable from the engine.

Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 675

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Install the convenient stapler

Use the following to install then new convenient stapler.

1. If installing a convenient stapler on a printer that has not previously had one installed, remove the
cover plate.

2. To install a new stapler assembly, go to the ‘Remove the convenience stapler assembly’ section and
reverse the removal steps.

676 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly
Learn about removing and replacing the secondary transfer assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-51 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3586-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (5700/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs/

6700)

RM2-3628-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (5800//X557/X57945/X58045dn/

X58045z/X58045zs)

RM2-3629-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (X654/X677)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly 677

 1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-278 Open the right door

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-279 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, make sure the cable is correctly routed through the cable
guide.

678 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-280 Release the cable

4. Perform one of the following steps.

● X557/5800/X57945 models: Disconnect the J315 formatter connector.

● 5700 models: Disconnect the J305 formatter connector.

Figure 5-281 Disconnect a formatter connector

X557/MFP 5800/MFP X579 5700

J311 J311

J312 J312
J313 J313

J301 J301
J314 J314

J315 J305

J316 J316
J302 J302

J317 J317

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up the registration assembly (callout 2) off the secondary
transfer assembly (callout 3)

Figure 5-282 Release the tab

1
2

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 679

 6. Close the secondary transfer assembly until it is only slightly open. Slide the assembly (callout 1) in
the direction indicated below, and then dislodge the hinge pin (callout 2) from the holder to remove
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit
into the holes provided in the printer.

Figure 5-283 Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Reinstallation tip: On the assembly right side, make sure that the wire is nested in the plastic
sleeve. Slide the wire sleeve into its place, depressing the spring, and then twist the left side of the
assembly into place and allow the spring pressure to nest the hinge pin in its hole.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

680 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Registration density sensor assembly

Learn about removing and replacing the registration density sensor assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-52 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4492-000CN Density detect assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Registration density sensor assembly 681

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the ITB

Follow these steps to remove the ITB.

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-284 Open the right door

2. Hold the two side levers and pull out the ITB assembly.

CAUTION: Do not touch the gray plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can cause print-
quality problems.

Figure 5-285 Release the ITB

2. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

682 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-286 Open the right door

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-287 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, make sure the cable is correctly routed through the cable
guide.

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 683

 Figure 5-288 Release the cable

4. Perform one of the following steps.

● X557/5800/X57945 models: Disconnect the J315 formatter connector.

● 5700 models: Disconnect the J305 formatter connector.

Figure 5-289 Disconnect a formatter connector

X557/MFP 5800/MFP X579 5700

J311 J311

J312 J312
J313 J313

J301 J301
J314 J314

J315 J305

J316 J316
J302 J302

J317 J317

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up the registration assembly (callout 2) off the secondary
transfer assembly (callout 3)

Figure 5-290 Release the tab

1
2

684 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 6. Close the secondary transfer assembly until it is only slightly open. Slide the assembly (callout 1) in
the direction indicated below, and then dislodge the hinge pin (callout 2) from the holder to remove
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit
into the holes provided in the printer.

Figure 5-291 Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Reinstallation tip: On the assembly right side, make sure that the wire is nested in the plastic
sleeve. Slide the wire sleeve into its place, depressing the spring, and then twist the left side of the
assembly into place and allow the spring pressure to nest the hinge pin in its hole.

3. Remove the registration density sensor

Follow these steps to remove the registration density sensor.

1. Disconnect one connector (J314; callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable
guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-292 Disconnect one connector

3

Remove the registration density sensor 685

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1). Pull out the registration density sensor assembly (callout 2) slightly
towards you, and then move the registration density sensor assembly in the direction indicated
below. Carefully pull out the right side first to remove the registration density sensor assembly.

NOTE: The shaft on the left side of the assembly is long and can break. Make sure to pivot the
right side of the assembly out first to ensure that the shaft does not break. When installing a
registration density sensor assembly, insert the shaft on the left side first, and then pivot the right
side into the printer.

Figure 5-293 Release the assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

686 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Registration assembly

Learn about removing and replacing the registration assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-53 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4458-000CN Registration assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

Removal and replacement: Registration assembly 687

 1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-294 Open the right door

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-295 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, make sure the cable is correctly routed through the cable
guide.

688 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-296 Release the cable

4. Perform one of the following steps.

● X557/5800/X57945 models: Disconnect the J315 formatter connector.

● 5700 models: Disconnect the J305 formatter connector.

Figure 5-297 Disconnect a formatter connector

X557/MFP 5800/MFP X579 5700

J311 J311

J312 J312
J313 J313

J301 J301
J314 J314

J315 J305

J316 J316
J302 J302

J317 J317

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up the registration assembly (callout 2) off the secondary
transfer assembly (callout 3)

Figure 5-298 Release the tab

1
2

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 689

 6. Close the secondary transfer assembly until it is only slightly open. Slide the assembly (callout 1) in
the direction indicated below, and then dislodge the hinge pin (callout 2) from the holder to remove
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit
into the holes provided in the printer.

Figure 5-299 Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Reinstallation tip: On the assembly right side, make sure that the wire is nested in the plastic
sleeve. Slide the wire sleeve into its place, depressing the spring, and then twist the left side of the
assembly into place and allow the spring pressure to nest the hinge pin in its hole.

2. Remove the registration assembly

Follow these steps to remove the registration assembly.

1. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1). and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-300 Release the connectors

1
2

690 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release two bosses (callout 1), and then release the link arm (callout 2) from the door.

Figure 5-301 Release the link arm

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the registration assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-302 Remove the registration assembly

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 691

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs models)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper pickup assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the paper pickup assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-54 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3508-000CN Paper pickup assembly (5700/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs

models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

692 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-303 Open the right door

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-304 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, make sure the cable is correctly routed through the cable
guide.

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 693

 Figure 5-305 Release the cable

4. Perform one of the following steps.

● X557/5800/X57945 models: Disconnect the J315 formatter connector.

● 5700 models: Disconnect the J305 formatter connector.

Figure 5-306 Disconnect a formatter connector

X557/MFP 5800/MFP X579 5700

J311 J311

J312 J312
J313 J313

J301 J301
J314 J314

J315 J305

J316 J316
J302 J302

J317 J317

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up the registration assembly (callout 2) off the secondary
transfer assembly (callout 3)

Figure 5-307 Release the tab

1
2

694 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 6. Close the secondary transfer assembly until it is only slightly open. Slide the assembly (callout 1) in
the direction indicated below, and then dislodge the hinge pin (callout 2) from the holder to remove
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit
into the holes provided in the printer.

Figure 5-308 Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Reinstallation tip: On the assembly right side, make sure that the wire is nested in the plastic
sleeve. Slide the wire sleeve into its place, depressing the spring, and then twist the left side of the
assembly into place and allow the spring pressure to nest the hinge pin in its hole.

2. Remove the registration density sensor

Follow these steps to remove the registration density sensor.

1. Disconnect one connector (J314; callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable
guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-309 Disconnect one connector

3

Remove the registration density sensor 695

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1). Pull out the registration density sensor assembly (callout 2) slightly
towards you, and then move the registration density sensor assembly in the direction indicated
below. Carefully pull out the right side first to remove the registration density sensor assembly.

NOTE: The shaft on the left side of the assembly is long and can break. Make sure to pivot the
right side of the assembly out first to ensure that the shaft does not break. When installing a
registration density sensor assembly, insert the shaft on the left side first, and then pivot the right
side into the printer.

Figure 5-310 Release the assembly

3. Remove the paper pickup assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the paper pickup assembly.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3),
remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 5).

Figure 5-311 Remove the pickup assembly

4
3 1

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, there are two holes. The screw goes in the upper hole where it
comes into contact with the grounding wire.

696 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the gear (callout 1) from the assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-312 Remove the gear

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 697

 Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the paper pickup assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-55 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3509-000CN Paper pickup assembly (X57945 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

698 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-313 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-314 Remove the base frame

Remove the right lower door (X57945 models) 699

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-315 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-316 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the paper pickup assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the paper pickup assembly.

700 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-317 Remove the pickup assembly

1 2

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, there are two holes. The screw goes in the upper hole where it
comes into contact with the grounding wire.

2. Remove the gear (callout 1) from the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-318 Remove the gear

2 1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 701

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Delivery assembly

Learn about removing and replacing the delivery assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-56 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3548-000CN Paper delivery assembly (5700/X557/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM2-3554-000CN Paper delivery assembly (5800/X57945/ X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs )

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

702 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-319 Open the right door

2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-320 Remove the fuser

Remove the fuser 703

 2. Remove the delivery assembly
Follow these steps to remove the delivery assembly.

1. Pull the lever (callout 1) at the back of the cable cover (callout 2) to release one tab (callout 3), and
then remove the cable cover.

Figure 5-321 Remove the cable cover

2 3

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-322 Disconnect one connector

704 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Remove three screws (callout 1), remove one binding screw (callout 2), and then pull out the delivery
assembly (callout 3) away from the printer.

Figure 5-323 Remove the delivery assembly

1
2

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, lift the flag (callout 1) to prevent the flag from entering the
duct (callout 2)

Figure 5-324 Lift the flag

1 2

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 705

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the laser scanner assembly.

Mean time to repair: 25 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-57 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3822-000CN Laser scanner assembly (5700, 55745, 5800, 57945, X58045dn, X58045z,
X58045zs )

RM2-3787-000CN Laser scanner assembly (6700, 654, 6800, 677)

706 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Make sure that all of the connectors on the HVPS are fully seated.

Make sure that all of the connectors on the LVPS are fully seated.

Make sure that all of the connectors on the formatter are fully seated.

Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated.

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-325 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 707

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-326 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

708 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-327 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-328 Release the tab

Remove the left upper cover (MFP models) 709

 4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-329 Remove the left upper cover

4. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-330 Remove the left cover

1 2

5. Remove the laser scanner assembly

Follow these steps to remove the laser scanner assembly.

710 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Unhook the spring (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), release the cable (callout 3) from
the laser scanner assembly (callout 4), and then pull out the laser scanner assembly slightly.

Figure 5-331 Unhook the spring

3
2

1 4

2. Disconnect the FFC (callout 1), and then pull the laser scanner assembly (callout 2) out of the
printer.

Figure 5-332 Remove the assembly

1 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 711

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: DC controller (DCC)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the DC controller (DCC).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and eMMC PCA or hard-disk drive
simultaneously during a single printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable
or inoperable.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-58 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7751-010CN DC controller PCA (5700)

RM3-7752-010CN DC controller PCA (5800)

712 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-58 Part information (continued)

Part number Part description

RM3-7755-010CN DC controller PCA (X55745)

RM3-7756-010CN DC controller PCA (X57945)

RM3-7759-010CN DC Controller PCA (X58045)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Make sure that all of the connectors on the DC controller are fully seated.

Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated, and that the thumbscrews are finger tight after
replacing it.

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-333 Remove the formatter cover

Remove the formatter cover 713

 2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-334 Remove the screw

714 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-335 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 715

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-336 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

■ Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller, remove four screws (callout 1), and then
remove the DC controller (callout 2).

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

Figure 5-337 Remove the DC controller

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

716 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

Removal and replacement: Formatter 717

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or re-purposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable.

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors.

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and hard-disk drive simultaneously during a
single printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable or inoperable.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-59 Part information

Part number Part description

6QN27-67002 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx)

6QN27-67004 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India)

6QN29-67002 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx)

6QN29-67004 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India)

6QN32-67002 Formatter (67xx / X65xxx)

6QN32-67004 Formatter (67xx / X65xxx) (China/India)

6QN35-67002 Formatter (68xx / X67xxx)

6QN35-67005 Formatter (68xx / X67xxx) (China/India)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Make sure that all of the connectors on the formatter are fully seated.

Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated.

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

718 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-338 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 719

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-339 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

720 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-340 Remove the formatter

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

Unpack the replacement assembly 721

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage assembly (SFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the formatter cage assembly for SFP models.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-60 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4520-000CN Formatter cage assembly (SFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

722 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-341 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-342 Remove the screw

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 723
 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-343 Remove the formatter

724 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-344 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-345 Remove the rear cover

5. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

Remove the rear cover 725

 2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-346 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-347 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

726 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-348 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage assembly (MFP models)

Learn about removing and replacing the formatter cage assembly for MFP models.

Unpack the replacement assembly 727

 Before performing service
Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-61 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4521-000CN Formatter cage assembly (MFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

728 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-349 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-350 Remove the screw

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 729
 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-351 Remove the formatter

730 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z,
X67755zs, and X67765zs)
Follow these steps to remove the rear upper cover.

1. Remove the 2 highlighted screws.

Figure 5-352 Remove 2 screws

2. Using a flat head screwdriver, disengage three snap-fit leavers then pull the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-353 Remove the cover

Remove the rear upper cover (MFP models X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z,
X67755zs, and X67765zs) 731
 5. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-354 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-355 Remove the rear cover

6. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

732 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-356 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-357 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 733

 7. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed drive assembly (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the feed drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-62 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3702-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (X57945)

734 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-62 Part information (continued)

Part number Part description

RM2-3683-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (X654/X677)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-358 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 735

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-359 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

736 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-360 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-361 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 737

 Figure 5-362 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-363 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

738 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-364 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-365 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the feed drive assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the feed drive assembly.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).

Figure 5-366 Disconnect connector, remove 3 screws

Remove the feed drive assembly (X57945 models) 739

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the feed drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-367 Remove the feed drive assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

740 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs models)
Learn about removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-63 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3681-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs)

RM2-3682-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (X58045z/X58045zs/6700/6800)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs models) 741

 Figure 5-368 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-369 Remove the screw

742 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-370 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 743

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-371 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-372 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

744 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-373 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 745

 Figure 5-374 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-375 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the pickup drive assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup drive assembly.

1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).

Figure 5-376 Disconnect two connectors, remove three screws

2
2

746 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the pickup drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-377 Remove the pickup drive assembly

Reinstallation tip: The indicated gears (callout 1), clutch (callout 2), shaft (callout 3), and bushing
(callout 4) are not fixed to the assembly plate. Ensure that these components do not fall apart when
installing or removing the paper pickup drive assembly.

Figure 5-378 Do not lose unfastened components

1
2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 747

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-64 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3683-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (X654/X677)

RM2-3702-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (X57945)

748 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-379 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

Remove the front right cover 749

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-380 Remove the base frame

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-381 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-382 Remove the right lower door assembly

750 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)
Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-383 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the pickup drive assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup drive assembly.

1. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-384 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models) 751

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2) and the lifter drive assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-385 Release the cable

3 2

3. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove three
screws (callout 3).

Figure 5-386 Remove the cable clamp

1
3
3

752 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the pickup drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-387 Remove the pickup drive assembly

2 1

Reinstallation tip: The indicated gears (callout 1), clutch (callout 2), shaft (callout 3), and bushing
(callout 4) are not fixed to the assembly plate. Ensure that these components do not fall apart when
installing or removing the paper pickup drive assembly.

Figure 5-388 Do not lose unfastened components

1
2

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 753

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Toner supply motor assembly (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the toner supply motor assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-65 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3612-000CN Toner supply drive motor assembly (X57945 models)

754 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-389 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

Remove the front right cover 755

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-390 Remove the base frame

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-391 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-392 Remove the right lower door assembly

756 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)
Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-393 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the toner supply motor assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply motor assembly.

■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the toner
supply motor assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-394 Remove the assembly

1
3
2

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models) 757

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs models)

Learn about removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-66 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3493-000CN Lifter drive assembly (5700/5800)

RM2-3500-000CN Lifter drive assembly (X557/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs/6700/6800)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

758 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-395 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 759

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-396 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

760 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-397 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-398 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 761

 Figure 5-399 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-400 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

762 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-401 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-402 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the lifter drive assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

Remove the lifter drive assembly (5700/5800 models) 763

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-403 Remove the assembly

3 1 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

764 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-67 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3501-000CN Lifter drive assembly (X57945/X654/X677)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (X57945 models) 765

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-404 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-405 Remove the base frame

766 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-406 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-407 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models) 767

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-408 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the lifter drive assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-409 Disconnect four connectors

768 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2) and from the lifter drive
assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-410 Release the cable

33 21

12

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-411 Remove the assembly

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 769

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (5700/X557/5800 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the auto close assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-68 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

770 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-412 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 771

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-413 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

772 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-414 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-415 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 773

 Figure 5-416 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-417 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

774 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-418 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-419 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the auto close assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

Remove the auto close assembly (5700/5800 models) 775

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), release the cables
(callout 3) from the auto close assembly (callout 4), remove two screws (callout 5), remove the auto
close assembly, and then remove the drawer connector (callout 6) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-420 Remove the auto close assembly

2 1

5 5

3 4 6

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

776 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the auto close assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-69 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (X57945 models) 777

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-421 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-422 Remove the base frame

778 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-423 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-424 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models) 779

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-425 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the auto close assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

1. Disconnect six connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-426 Disconnect six connectors

780 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-427 Release the cable

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), remove the auto close assembly (callout 2), and then remove the
drawer connector (callout 3) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-428 Remove the auto close assembly

2 3

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 781

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X557 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the Tray 2 media size detect assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-70 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3585-000CN Size detect assembly (X58045z/X58045zs6700/6800)

RM2-3634-000CN Size detect assembly (5700/X557/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly (5800)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

782 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-429 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 783

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-430 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

784 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-431 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-432 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 785

 Figure 5-433 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-434 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

786 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-435 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-436 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the auto close assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

Remove the auto close assembly (5700/5800 models) 787

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), release the cables
(callout 3) from the auto close assembly (callout 4), remove two screws (callout 5), remove the auto
close assembly, and then remove the drawer connector (callout 6) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-437 Remove the auto close assembly

2 1

5 5

3 4 6

6. Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly.

■ Pull out the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (callout 1) toward you.

Figure 5-438 Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly

7. Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X557 models)

Follow these steps to remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly.

788 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Pull out the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (callout 1) toward you.

Figure 5-439 Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 789

 Removal and replacement: Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the Tray 2 media size detect assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-71 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly (X57945 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

790 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-440 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-441 Remove the base frame

Remove the right lower door (X57945 models) 791

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-442 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-443 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

792 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-444 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the auto close assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

1. Disconnect six connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-445 Disconnect six connectors

Remove the auto close assembly (X57945 models) 793

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-446 Release the cable

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), remove the auto close assembly (callout 2), and then remove the
drawer connector (callout 3) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-447 Remove the auto close assembly

2 3

5. Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly.

794 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull out the Tray 2 media size detect assembly (callout 2) toward
you.

Figure 5-448 Remove the Tray 2 media size detect assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 795

 Removal and replacement: Fuser drive assembly
Learn about removing and replacing the fuser drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fuser drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-72 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4485-000CN Fixing drive assembly (5700/X557/5800/X57945/X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs)

RM2-4487-000CN Fixing drive assembly (6700/X654/6800/X677)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

796 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-449 Open the right door

2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-450 Remove the fuser

2. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 797

 Figure 5-451 Remove the formatter cover

3. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-452 Remove the screw

798 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

4. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-453 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 799

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-454 Remove the rear cover

5. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-455 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

800 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-456 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 801

 Figure 5-457 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-458 Reinstalling the LVPS

6. Remove the fuser drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the fuser drive assembly.

802 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-459 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Pull the lever (callout 1) of the cable cover (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the
cable cover.

Figure 5-460 Remove the cable cover

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-461 Disconnect one connector

Remove the fuser drive assembly 803

 4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), release the cable (callout 3)
from the cable guide (callout 4), release one tab (callout 5), and then slide the connector cover
(callout 6) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-462 Remove the connector cover

5

6
2

4 1

5. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the fuser
drive assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-463 Remove the assembly

2 3

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

804 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Main-drive assembly

Learn about removing and replacing the main drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the main drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-73 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3506-000CN Main drive assembly (5700/5800/X58045dn)

RM2-3504-000CN Main drive assembly (X557/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs/6700/6800)

Removal and replacement: Main-drive assembly 805

 Table 5-73 Part information (continued)

Part number Part description

RM2-3497-000CN Main drive assembly (X57945/X654/X677)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-464 Open the right door

806 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-465 Remove the fuser

2. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-466 Remove the formatter cover

3. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 807

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-467 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

4. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

808 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-468 Remove the formatter

5. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-469 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

Remove the left upper cover (MFP models) 809

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-470 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-471 Remove the left upper cover

6. Close the front door

After removing the left upper cover (MFP models), close the front door.

Close the front door.

CAUTION: If the left cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

810 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-472 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-473 Remove the rear cover

8. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 811

 Figure 5-474 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-475 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

812 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-476 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-477 Reinstalling the LVPS

9. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

■ Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller, remove four screws (callout 1), and then
remove the DC controller (callout 2).

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

Remove the DC controller 813

 Figure 5-478 Remove the DC controller

10. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-479 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

814 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-480 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-481 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

11. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 815

 1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-482 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-483 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

816 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Remove the drive PCA
Follow these steps to remove the drive PCA.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-484 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect all the connectors on the drive PCA, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs
(callout 2), and then remove the drive PCA (callout 3).

IMPORTANT: Some of these wires are very tightly connected. Take care when disconnecting them.

Figure 5-485 Remove the drive PCA

33

22

11

13. Remove the main-drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the main-drive assembly.

NOTE: Make sure that the front door is closed when performing this procedure.

Remove the drive PCA 817

 1. Pull the lever (callout 1) of the cable cover (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the
cable cover.

Figure 5-486 Remove the cable cover

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, align the pegs in the holes, and then set the cover against the
frame and rotate it up and into position.

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-487 Disconnect one connector

818 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3), release
one tab (callout 4), and then slide the connector cover (callout 5) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-488 Remove the connector cover

5
1
3
2

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the link cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-489 Remove the link cover

5. Close the right door a little, and then release the link arm (callout 1) from the coupling (callout 2).

NOTE: This is a keyed connection. When disconnecting, make sure to line up the peg with the
socket so that you do not strip the peg.

Reinstallation tip: If the black link arm disconnects from the white link arm below it, it might be
helpful for reinstallation purposes to reattach the two link arms.

Remove the main-drive assembly 819

 Figure 5-490 Release the link arm

6. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the fan cover (callout 3),
release four tabs (callout 4), and then remove the fan cover.

Figure 5-491 Remove the fan cover

1 2

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling this cover, seat the right side pegs into the chassis slots first.

7. Release the cables (callout 1) and the remove FFC (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).

Figure 5-492 Release the cables

3

820 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Remove seven screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the main drive
assembly (callout 3).

NOTE: All seven screws are on sheet metal tabs on the assembly.

NOTE: Ensure that the screws do not fall into the assembly.

Figure 5-493 Remove the main drive assembly

9. Special installation instructions for a main drive assembly (replacement unit and serviced unit)

● Replacement unit: A replacement unit is a new assembly that installs in place of a discarded
in-service unit.

● In-service unit: An in-service unit is a existing assembly that has been removed for repair or to
gain access to other assemblies.

CAUTION: When the main drive assembly is installed (replacement units and service units), the
front door must be closed.

IMPORTANT: If you are installing a new main drive assembly (replacement unit), you do not need to
perform the alignment steps below. New assemblies are already aligned.

a. Replacement unit and in-service unit: On the printer engine, be careful to not depress the
levers located behind the main drive assembly (when it is installed).

● Callout 1: Levers in the correct raised position.

● Callout 2: Lever in the incorrect depressed position.

Remove the main-drive assembly 821

 Figure 5-494 Correct and incorrect lever positions

2
1 1

NOTE: For a replacement unit install, skip the remaining alignment steps which are for in-
service units only.

b. In-service unit: There are four gears on the main drive assembly that need to be lined up
correctly in order to successfully reinstall the main drive. For each gear, the triangle (callout 1)
on the inside of the gear should line up with the triangle (callout 2) stamped on the sheet metal
chassis. Also, the hole (callout 3) in the gear should line up with a hole in the chassis.

Figure 5-495 Correct gear alignment

c. In-service unit: In order to realign the four gears, you must remove the motor that locks the
gear auger above the four gears. To do this, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two
screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor (callout 3).

822 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-496 Remove the motor

d. In-service unit: To realign the four gears, turn the gear (callout 1) in the direction indicated. By
turning that gear, the four gears (callout 2) that need to be in phase turn in tandem. Turn the
four gears to the correct phase position.

Figure 5-497 Align the gears

14. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 823

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Interlock assembly

Learn about removing and replacing the interlock assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-74 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3675-000CN Interlock assembly (5700/X557/5800/X57945/X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs)

RM2-3676-000CN Interlock assembly (6700/X654/6800/X677)

824 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-498 Open the right door

Remove the fuser 825

 2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-499 Remove the fuser

2. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-500 Remove the formatter cover

3. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

826 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-501 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

4. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

Remove the formatter 827

 1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-502 Remove the formatter

5. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-503 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

828 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-504 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-505 Remove the left upper cover

6. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

Remove the left cover 829

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-506 Remove the left cover

1 2

7. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-507 Remove two screws

830 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-508 Remove the rear cover

8. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-509 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 831

 Figure 5-510 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

832 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-511 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-512 Reinstalling the LVPS

9. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

■ Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller, remove four screws (callout 1), and then
remove the DC controller (callout 2).

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

Remove the DC controller 833

 Figure 5-513 Remove the DC controller

10. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-514 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

834 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-515 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-516 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

11. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 835

 1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-517 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-518 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

836 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Remove the drive PCA
Follow these steps to remove the drive PCA.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-519 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect all the connectors on the drive PCA, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs
(callout 2), and then remove the drive PCA (callout 3).

IMPORTANT: Some of these wires are very tightly connected. Take care when disconnecting them.

Figure 5-520 Remove the drive PCA

33

22

11

13. Remove the main-drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the main-drive assembly.

NOTE: Make sure that the front door is closed when performing this procedure.

Remove the drive PCA 837

 1. Pull the lever (callout 1) of the cable cover (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the
cable cover.

Figure 5-521 Remove the cable cover

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, align the pegs in the holes, and then set the cover against the
frame and rotate it up and into position.

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-522 Disconnect one connector

838 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3), release
one tab (callout 4), and then slide the connector cover (callout 5) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-523 Remove the connector cover

5
1
3
2

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the link cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-524 Remove the link cover

5. Close the right door a little, and then release the link arm (callout 1) from the coupling (callout 2).

NOTE: This is a keyed connection. When disconnecting, make sure to line up the peg with the
socket so that you do not strip the peg.

Reinstallation tip: If the black link arm disconnects from the white link arm below it, it might be
helpful for reinstallation purposes to reattach the two link arms.

Remove the main-drive assembly 839

 Figure 5-525 Release the link arm

6. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the fan cover (callout 3),
release four tabs (callout 4), and then remove the fan cover.

Figure 5-526 Remove the fan cover

1 2

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling this cover, seat the right side pegs into the chassis slots first.

7. Release the cables (callout 1) and the remove FFC (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).

Figure 5-527 Release the cables

3

840 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Remove seven screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the main drive
assembly (callout 3).

NOTE: All seven screws are on sheet metal tabs on the assembly.

NOTE: Ensure that the screws do not fall into the assembly.

Figure 5-528 Remove the main drive assembly

9. Special installation instructions for a main drive assembly (replacement unit and serviced unit)

● Replacement unit: A replacement unit is a new assembly that installs in place of a discarded
in-service unit.

● In-service unit: An in-service unit is a existing assembly that has been removed for repair or to
gain access to other assemblies.

CAUTION: When the main drive assembly is installed (replacement units and service units), the
front door must be closed.

IMPORTANT: If you are installing a new main drive assembly (replacement unit), you do not need to
perform the alignment steps below. New assemblies are already aligned.

a. Replacement unit and in-service unit: On the printer engine, be careful to not depress the
levers located behind the main drive assembly (when it is installed).

● Callout 1: Levers in the correct raised position.

● Callout 2: Lever in the incorrect depressed position.

Remove the main-drive assembly 841

 Figure 5-529 Correct and incorrect lever positions

2
1 1

NOTE: For a replacement unit install, skip the remaining alignment steps which are for in-
service units only.

b. In-service unit: There are four gears on the main drive assembly that need to be lined up
correctly in order to successfully reinstall the main drive. For each gear, the triangle (callout 1)
on the inside of the gear should line up with the triangle (callout 2) stamped on the sheet metal
chassis. Also, the hole (callout 3) in the gear should line up with a hole in the chassis.

Figure 5-530 Correct gear alignment

c. In-service unit: In order to realign the four gears, you must remove the motor that locks the
gear auger above the four gears. To do this, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two
screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor (callout 3).

842 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-531 Remove the motor

d. In-service unit: To realign the four gears, turn the gear (callout 1) in the direction indicated. By
turning that gear, the four gears (callout 2) that need to be in phase turn in tandem. Turn the
four gears to the correct phase position.

Figure 5-532 Align the gears

14. Remove the interlock assembly

Follow these steps to remove the interlock assembly.

Remove the interlock assembly 843

 ■ At the right side of the printer, release one boss (callout 1), and then slide the interlock assembly
(callout 2) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-533 Remove the interlock assembly

15. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

844 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Waste toner carry assembly (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the waste toner carry assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-75 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3601-000CN Waste toner carry assembly (X57945 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Waste toner carry assembly (X57945 models) 845
 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-534 Open the right door

2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-535 Remove the fuser

2. Unseat the ITB

Follow these steps to unseat the ITB.

1. Open the right door (if it is not already open).

846 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Grasp the two levers on the ITB, and then slightly pull it out of the printer to unseat and disengage it.

Reinstallation tip: During Reinstallation of the target part, do not reseat the ITB to early in the
process. The ITB must remain disengaged to make sure that the gear is correctly aligned.

A 46.00.0x error occurs if the ITB if the procedure is completed with the ITB seated.

Figure 5-536 Disengage the ITB

3. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-537 Remove the formatter cover

Remove the formatter cover 847

 4. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-538 Remove the screw

848 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

5. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-539 Remove the formatter

Remove the formatter 849

 6. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)
Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-540 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-541 Release the tab

850 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-542 Remove the left upper cover

7. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-543 Remove the left cover

1 2

8. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

Remove the left cover 851

 1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-544 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-545 Remove the rear cover

9. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

852 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-546 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-547 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 853

 Figure 5-548 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-549 Reinstalling the LVPS

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

■ Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller, remove four screws (callout 1), and then
remove the DC controller (callout 2).

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

854 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-550 Remove the DC controller

11. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-551 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

Remove the formatter cage (SFP models) 855

 3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-552 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-553 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

12. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

856 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-554 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-555 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 857

 13. Remove the drive PCA
Follow these steps to remove the drive PCA.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-556 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect all the connectors on the drive PCA, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs
(callout 2), and then remove the drive PCA (callout 3).

IMPORTANT: Some of these wires are very tightly connected. Take care when disconnecting them.

Figure 5-557 Remove the drive PCA

33

22

11

14. Remove the main-drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the main-drive assembly.

NOTE: Make sure that the front door is closed when performing this procedure.

858 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Pull the lever (callout 1) of the cable cover (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the
cable cover.

Figure 5-558 Remove the cable cover

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling, align the pegs in the holes, and then set the cover against the
frame and rotate it up and into position.

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-559 Disconnect one connector

Remove the main-drive assembly 859

 3. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3), release
one tab (callout 4), and then slide the connector cover (callout 5) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-560 Remove the connector cover

5
1
3
2

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the link cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-561 Remove the link cover

5. Close the right door a little, and then release the link arm (callout 1) from the coupling (callout 2).

NOTE: This is a keyed connection. When disconnecting, make sure to line up the peg with the
socket so that you do not strip the peg.

Reinstallation tip: If the black link arm disconnects from the white link arm below it, it might be
helpful for reinstallation purposes to reattach the two link arms.

860 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-562 Release the link arm

6. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the fan cover (callout 3),
release four tabs (callout 4), and then remove the fan cover.

Figure 5-563 Remove the fan cover

1 2

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling this cover, seat the right side pegs into the chassis slots first.

7. Release the cables (callout 1) and the remove FFC (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).

Figure 5-564 Release the cables

3

Remove the main-drive assembly 861

 8. Remove seven screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the main drive
assembly (callout 3).

NOTE: All seven screws are on sheet metal tabs on the assembly.

NOTE: Ensure that the screws do not fall into the assembly.

Figure 5-565 Remove the main drive assembly

9. Special installation instructions for a main drive assembly (replacement unit and serviced unit)

● Replacement unit: A replacement unit is a new assembly that installs in place of a discarded
in-service unit.

● In-service unit: An in-service unit is a existing assembly that has been removed for repair or to
gain access to other assemblies.

CAUTION: When the main drive assembly is installed (replacement units and service units), the
front door must be closed.

IMPORTANT: If you are installing a new main drive assembly (replacement unit), you do not need to
perform the alignment steps below. New assemblies are already aligned.

a. Replacement unit and in-service unit: On the printer engine, be careful to not depress the
levers located behind the main drive assembly (when it is installed).

● Callout 1: Levers in the correct raised position.

● Callout 2: Lever in the incorrect depressed position.

862 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-566 Correct and incorrect lever positions

2
1 1

NOTE: For a replacement unit install, skip the remaining alignment steps which are for in-
service units only.

b. In-service unit: There are four gears on the main drive assembly that need to be lined up
correctly in order to successfully reinstall the main drive. For each gear, the triangle (callout 1)
on the inside of the gear should line up with the triangle (callout 2) stamped on the sheet metal
chassis. Also, the hole (callout 3) in the gear should line up with a hole in the chassis.

Figure 5-567 Correct gear alignment

c. In-service unit: In order to realign the four gears, you must remove the motor that locks the
gear auger above the four gears. To do this, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two
screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor (callout 3).

Remove the main-drive assembly 863

 Figure 5-568 Remove the motor

d. In-service unit: To realign the four gears, turn the gear (callout 1) in the direction indicated. By
turning that gear, the four gears (callout 2) that need to be in phase turn in tandem. Turn the
four gears to the correct phase position.

Figure 5-569 Align the gears

15. Remove the waste toner carry assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the waste toner carry assembly.

864 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), slide the waste toner carry assembly (callout 2) in the direction indicated,
and then pull the waste toner carry assembly away from the printer.

Figure 5-570 Remove the waste toner carry assembly

16. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 865

 Removal and replacement: Waste toner duct assembly (5700/X557/X579/5800 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the waste toner duct assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-76 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3517-000CN Waste toner duct assembly (5700/5800)

RM2-3518-000CN Waste toner duct assembly (X557/X55745/X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs/6700/6800)

RM2-3590-000CN Waste toner duct assembly (X57945/X65455/X65465/X677/X67755/

X67765)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

866 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-571 Remove the TCU cover

3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Unseat the ITB

Follow these steps to unseat the ITB.

1. Open the right door (if it is not already open).

Unseat the ITB 867

 2. Grasp the two levers on the ITB, and then slightly pull it out of the printer to unseat and disengage it.

Reinstallation tip: During Reinstallation of the target part, do not reseat the ITB to early in the
process. The ITB must remain disengaged to make sure that the gear is correctly aligned.

A 46.00.0x error occurs if the ITB if the procedure is completed with the ITB seated.

Figure 5-572 Disengage the ITB

3. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-573 Remove the formatter cover

868 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-574 Remove the screw

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 869
 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

5. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-575 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

870 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-576 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-577 Remove the left upper cover

6. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

Remove the output bin 871

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-578 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-579 Remove the left cover

1 2

8. Remove the waste toner duct assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the waste toner duct assembly.

872 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Release one tab (callout 1), pull the upper part of the contact holder (callout 2) forward, slide the
contact holder in the direction indicated, and then rotate the contact holder.

Figure 5-580 Slide the contact holder

2
1

2. Slide the contact holder (callout 1) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-581 Remove the contact holder

3. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then slide the support plate (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-582 Remove the support plate

Remove the waste toner duct assembly (5700/5800 models) 873

 4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-583 Disconnect one connector

2 1

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the waste toner duct assembly (callout 2) upward to
remove it.

Figure 5-584 Remove the waste toner duct assembly

2 1

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

874 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs

models)
Learn about removing and replacing the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-77 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3565-000CN Pre-exposure PCA holder (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/

X58045zs)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs

models) 875
 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-585 Remove the TCU cover

876 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

Figure 5-586 Open the right door

Remove the fuser 877

 2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-587 Remove the fuser

3. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-588 Remove the formatter cover

4. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

878 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-589 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

5. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

Remove the front right cover 879

 1. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the front door.

● X57945 models: Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X57945 models: Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-590 Remove the front right cover

6. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-591 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

880 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-592 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-593 Remove the left upper cover

7. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

Remove the left cover 881

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-594 Remove the left cover

1 2

8. Remove the front door

Follow these steps to remove the front door.

1. Open the front door.

2. At the left side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

Figure 5-595 Release the left link arm

3. At the right side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

882 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-596 Release the right link arm

2 1

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release the link lever (callout 2) from the front door assembly (callout
3), and then remove the front door.

Figure 5-597 Remove the door

2
1 1

9. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

Remove the output bin 883

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-598 Remove the output bin

10. Remove the top cover (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-599 Disconnect the connector

884 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-600 Remove two screws

3. Release one tab (callout 1), release two USB cables (callout 2) and another cable (callout 3) from the
cable clamp (callout 4).

Figure 5-601 Release one tab

1
3

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the top cover (callout
3).

Figure 5-602 Remove the cover

1 3

Remove the top cover (SFP models) 885

 11. Remove the top cover (MFP models)
Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the top cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-603 Remove the top cover

12. Remove the top front cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top front cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-604 Disconnect one connector and release the cable

886 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-605 Remove two screws

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), hold up the top front cover (callout 2), and then remove it.

Figure 5-606 Remove the top front cover

13. Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/5800 models)

Follow these steps to remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly.

Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/5800 models) 887

 1. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-607 Remove three screws

2. Release eight tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-608 Release eight tabs

3. Release five tabs (callout 1), and then remove the front inner cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-609 Remove the front inner cover

2

888 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release three tabs (callout 1), hold up the high-voltage PCA cover (callout 2), and then disconnect
one connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-610 Release three tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (callout 2) in the
direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-611 Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly

Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (5700/5800 models) 889

 6. Remove the link lever (callout 1) from the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-612 Remove the link lever

14. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

890 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-78 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3673-000CN Pre-exposure PCA holder (X57945 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

Removal and replacement: Pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models) 891
 2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-613 Remove the TCU cover

3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Wait at least 10 minutes after turning the printer power off before
removing the fuser.

892 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-614 Open the right door

2. Squeeze the release levers on the handles (circle callouts), and then remove the fuser.

Figure 5-615 Remove the fuser

3. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 893

 Figure 5-616 Remove the formatter cover

4. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-617 Remove the screw

894 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

5. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the front door.

● X57945 models: Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Perform one of the following steps.

● 5700/5800 models: Open the right door.

● X57945 models: Open the right lower door.

Remove the front right cover 895

 3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-618 Remove the front right cover

6. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-619 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

896 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-620 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-621 Remove the left upper cover

7. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

Remove the left cover 897

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-622 Remove the left cover

1 2

8. Remove the front door

Follow these steps to remove the front door.

1. Open the front door.

2. At the left side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

Figure 5-623 Release the left link arm

3. At the right side of the door, release the link arm (callout 1) from the clip (callout 2) on the front-door
assembly.

898 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-624 Release the right link arm

2 1

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release the link lever (callout 2) from the front door assembly (callout
3), and then remove the front door.

Figure 5-625 Remove the door

2
1 1

9. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

Remove the output bin 899

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-626 Remove the output bin

10. Remove the top cover (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-627 Disconnect the connector

900 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-628 Remove two screws

3. Release one tab (callout 1), release two USB cables (callout 2) and another cable (callout 3) from the
cable clamp (callout 4).

Figure 5-629 Release one tab

1
3

4. Remove two screws (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the top cover (callout
3).

Figure 5-630 Remove the cover

1 3

Remove the top cover (SFP models) 901

 11. Remove the top cover (MFP models)
Follow these steps to remove the top cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the top cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-631 Remove the top cover

12. Remove the top front cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the top front cover.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-632 Disconnect one connector and release the cable

902 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove two screws.

Figure 5-633 Remove two screws

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), hold up the top front cover (callout 2), and then remove it.

Figure 5-634 Remove the top front cover

13. Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly.

1. Open the toner supply door.

Figure 5-635 Open the toner supply door

Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models) 903

 2. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-636 Remove three screws

3. Release eight tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-637 Release eight tabs

4. Release five tabs (callout 1), and then remove the front inner cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-638 Remove the front inner cover

2

904 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release three tabs (callout 1), hold up the high-voltage PCA cover (callout 2), and then disconnect
two connectors (callout 3).

Figure 5-639 Release three tabs

6. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then slide the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (callout 2)
upward.

Figure 5-640 Release four tabs

1 1

Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (X57945 models) 905

 7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly (callout 2) in the
direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-641 Remove the pre-exposure PCA holder assembly

8. Remove the link arm (callout 1) and two link levers (callout 2) from the pre-exposure PCA holder
assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-642 Remove the link arm and two link levers

14. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

906 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the toner supply drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-79 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3607-000CN Toner supply drive assembly - Yellow

RM2-3608-000CN Toner supply drive assembly - Cyan

RM2-3609-000CN Toner supply drive assembly - Magenta and Black

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 907
 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply drive assembly.

Since the disassembly procedures of the following four toner supply drive assemblies are similar, the
disassembly procedure of the 1st toner supply drive assembly (callout 1) is shown below as an example.

Figure 5-643 Toner supply drive assemblies

1 2 3 4

● First toner supply drive assembly (callout 1)

● Second toner supply drive assembly (callout 2)

● Third toner supply drive assembly (callout 3)

● Fourth toner supply drive assembly (callout 4)

1. Open the toner supply door and remove the toner cartridges.

NOTE: You can remove toner cartridges using the Service menu or Supplies menu on the printer
control panel, or manually.

908 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-644 Open the toner supply door

2. Remove the front left cover using a screwdriver.

a. Place a screwdriver behind the upper-right corner of the cover.

b. Pull the cover 3 millimeters forward to clear the tab on the back of the cover, and then slide the
cover upward while the toner supply door is open.

Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 909

 Figure 5-645 Remove the front left cover

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-646 Remove the base frame

910 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cassette rail assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-647 Remove the cassette rail assembly

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the toner cartridge rail assembly (callout 2) towards the
front to remove it.

Figure 5-648 Remove the toner cartridge rail assembly

6. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), slide the toner supply drive
assembly (callout 3) towards the front, and then slide the toner supply drive assembly downward to
remove it.

Figure 5-649 Remove the toner supply drive assembly

Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 911

 7. For reinstallation of the toner supply drive assembly, keep the following tips in mind.

● Reinstallation tip: Since a toner supply drive assembly can be installed in another station, be
careful not to mix. The exception is assemblies 2 and 4, which are the same.

● Reinstallation tip: On the first toner supply drive assembly, there are no gears (callout 1) and
no coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-650 First toner supply drive assembly

1

● Reinstallation tip: On the second and fourth toner supply drive assemblies, there are 3 gears
(callout 1) and no coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-651 Second and fourth toner supply drive assemblies

912 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ● Reinstallation tip: On the third toner supply drive assembly, there are three gears (callout 1)
and a coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-652 Third toner supply drive assembly

1

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 913

 Removal and replacement: Toner supply assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the toner supply assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-80 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0846-000CN HP Toner supply service kit

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner supply assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply assembly.

NOTE: When replacing the toner supply assembly, always replace the toner supply buffer assembly/
intermediate pipe at the same time.

Since the disassembly procedures of the following four toner supply assemblies are similar, the
disassembly procedure of the first toner supply assembly (callout 1) is shown below as an example.

914 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Figure 5-653 Toner supply assemblies

1 2 3 4

● First toner supply assembly (callout 1)

● Second toner supply assembly (callout 2)

● Third toner supply assembly (callout 3)

● Fourth toner supply assembly (callout 4)

1. Open the front door.

Figure 5-654 Open the front door

Remove the toner supply assembly (X57945 models) 915

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), hold the handle (callout 2), and then release one tab (callout 3). Rotate
the toner supply assembly (callout 4) in the direction indicated, and then slide the assembly upward
to remove it.

Figure 5-655 Remove the assembly

3

1 2

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

916 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-81 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0846-000CN HP Toner supply service kit

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner supply assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply assembly.

NOTE: When replacing the toner supply assembly, always replace the toner supply buffer assembly/
intermediate pipe at the same time.

Since the disassembly procedures of the following four toner supply assemblies are similar, the
disassembly procedure of the first toner supply assembly (callout 1) is shown below as an example.

Removal and replacement: Toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe (X57945 models) 917
 Figure 5-656 Toner supply assemblies

1 2 3 4

● First toner supply assembly (callout 1)

● Second toner supply assembly (callout 2)

● Third toner supply assembly (callout 3)

● Fourth toner supply assembly (callout 4)

1. Open the front door.

Figure 5-657 Open the front door

918 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), hold the handle (callout 2), and then release one tab (callout 3). Rotate
the toner supply assembly (callout 4) in the direction indicated, and then slide the assembly upward
to remove it.

Figure 5-658 Remove the assembly

3

1 2

2. Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply drive assembly.

Since the disassembly procedures of the following four toner supply drive assemblies are similar, the
disassembly procedure of the 1st toner supply drive assembly (callout 1) is shown below as an example.

Figure 5-659 Toner supply drive assemblies

1 2 3 4

● First toner supply drive assembly (callout 1)

● Second toner supply drive assembly (callout 2)

● Third toner supply drive assembly (callout 3)

● Fourth toner supply drive assembly (callout 4)

1. Open the toner supply door and remove the toner cartridges.

NOTE: You can remove toner cartridges using the Service menu or Supplies menu on the printer
control panel, or manually.

Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 919

 Figure 5-660 Open the toner supply door

2. Remove the front left cover using a screwdriver.

a. Place a screwdriver behind the upper-right corner of the cover.

b. Pull the cover 3 millimeters forward to clear the tab on the back of the cover, and then slide the
cover upward while the toner supply door is open.

920 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-661 Remove the front left cover

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-662 Remove the base frame

Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 921

 4. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cassette rail assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-663 Remove the cassette rail assembly

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the toner cartridge rail assembly (callout 2) towards the
front to remove it.

Figure 5-664 Remove the toner cartridge rail assembly

6. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), slide the toner supply drive
assembly (callout 3) towards the front, and then slide the toner supply drive assembly downward to
remove it.

Figure 5-665 Remove the toner supply drive assembly

922 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. For reinstallation of the toner supply drive assembly, keep the following tips in mind.

● Reinstallation tip: Since a toner supply drive assembly can be installed in another station, be
careful not to mix. The exception is assemblies 2 and 4, which are the same.

● Reinstallation tip: On the first toner supply drive assembly, there are no gears (callout 1) and
no coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-666 First toner supply drive assembly

1

● Reinstallation tip: On the second and fourth toner supply drive assemblies, there are 3 gears
(callout 1) and no coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-667 Second and fourth toner supply drive assemblies

Remove the toner supply drive assembly (X57945 models) 923

 ● Reinstallation tip: On the third toner supply drive assembly, there are three gears (callout 1)
and a coupling (callout 2).

Figure 5-668 Third toner supply drive assembly

1

3. Remove the toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe.

NOTE: When replacing toner supply buffer assembly/intermediate pipe, always replace the toner
supply assembly at the same time.

Since the disassembly procedures of the following four toner supply buffer assemblies are similar,
the disassembly procedure of the first toner supply buffer assembly (callout 1) is shown below as an
example.

Figure 5-669 Toner supply buffer assemblies

1 2 3 4

● First toner supply buffer assembly (callout 1)

● Second toner supply buffer assembly (callout 2)

● Third toner supply buffer assembly (callout 3)

● Fourth toner supply buffer assembly (callout 4)

924 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Slide the toner supply buffer assembly (callout 1) frontward, and then slide the toner supply buffer
assembly (callout 1) and the intermediate pipe (callout 2) downward to remove them together.

Figure 5-670 Remove the assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 925

 Removal and replacement: Feed assembly (X57945 models)
Learn about removing and replacing the feed assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-82 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3479-000CN Paper feed assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

926 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-671 Open the right door

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-672 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, make sure the cable is correctly routed through the cable
guide.

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 927

 Figure 5-673 Release the cable

4. Perform one of the following steps.

● X557/5800/X57945 models: Disconnect the J315 formatter connector.

● 5700 models: Disconnect the J305 formatter connector.

Figure 5-674 Disconnect a formatter connector

X557/MFP 5800/MFP X579 5700

J311 J311

J312 J312
J313 J313

J301 J301
J314 J314

J315 J305

J316 J316
J302 J302

J317 J317

5. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up the registration assembly (callout 2) off the secondary
transfer assembly (callout 3)

Figure 5-675 Release the tab

1
2

928 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 6. Close the secondary transfer assembly until it is only slightly open. Slide the assembly (callout 1) in
the direction indicated below, and then dislodge the hinge pin (callout 2) from the holder to remove
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit
into the holes provided in the printer.

Figure 5-676 Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Reinstallation tip: On the assembly right side, make sure that the wire is nested in the plastic
sleeve. Slide the wire sleeve into its place, depressing the spring, and then twist the left side of the
assembly into place and allow the spring pressure to nest the hinge pin in its hole.

2. Remove the registration assembly

Follow these steps to remove the registration assembly.

1. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1). and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-677 Release the connectors

1
2

Remove the registration assembly 929

 2. Release two bosses (callout 1), and then release the link arm (callout 2) from the door.

Figure 5-678 Release the link arm

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the registration assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-679 Remove the registration assembly

3. Remove the feed assembly (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the feed assembly.

930 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the feed assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-680 Remove the feed assembly

2. Remove the gear (callout 1) from the feed assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-681 Remove the gear

1 2

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 931

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

Mean time to repair: 25 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-83 LVPS part numbers

Part number Part description

RM3-7724-000CN LVPS (110-127V) (5700/X557/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM3-7725-000CN LVPS (220-240V) (5700/X557/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM3-7726-000CN LVPS (110-127V) (6700/X654)

RM3-7727-000CN LVPS (220-240V) (6700/X654)

932 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-83 LVPS part numbers (continued)

Part number Part description

RM3-7728-000CN LVPS (110-127V) (6800/X677)

RM3-7729-000CN LVPS (220-240V) (6800/X677)

RM3-9012-000CN LVPS (110-127V) (5800/X57945/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM3-9013-000CN LVPS (220-240V) (5800/X57945/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Make sure that all of the connectors on the LVPS are fully seated.

Make sure that all of the connectors on the formatter are fully seated.

Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated.

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-682 Remove the formatter cover

Remove the formatter cover 933

 2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-683 Remove the screw

934 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-684 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 935

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-685 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-686 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

936 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-687 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 937

 Figure 5-688 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-689 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

938 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply (HVPS)

Learn about removing and replacing the high-voltage power supply PCA.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the HVPS.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-84 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7640-000CN HV power supply PCA (5700, X557, MFP 5800, X58045)

RM3-7786-000CN HV power supply PCA (X57945)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply (HVPS) 939

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

Follow these steps to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).

1. Open the front door.

2. Rotate and then pull the TCU cover to remove it.

Figure 5-690 Remove the TCU cover

940 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift the TCU slightly and then pull it out of the printer.

NOTE: Maintain the position of the TCU as you pull it out from the printer. This will ensure that you
do not spill any waste toner in the printer. Place the unit into the clear plastic bag the new TCU was
packaged in.

2. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-691 Remove the formatter cover

3. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 941

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-692 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

4. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

942 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-693 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-694 Release the tab

Remove the left upper cover (MFP models) 943

 4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-695 Remove the left upper cover

5. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-696 Remove the left cover

1 2

6. Remove the output bin

Follow these steps to remove the output bin.

944 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the output tray (callout 2) towards the front (SFP
models) or left (MFP models) to remove it.

Figure 5-697 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the high-voltage power supply (HVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the high-voltage power supply (HVPS).

Remove the high-voltage power supply (HVPS) 945

 1. Remove two FFCs (callout 1) and disconnect two connectors (callout 2). Remove the FFC (callout 1)
and cable (callout 4) from the high-voltage PCA cover (callout 3), release three tabs (callout 5), and
then remove the high-voltage PCA cover.

Figure 5-698 Remove the high-voltage PCA cover

4 5 3

5 4 1 2 5

Reinstallation tip: The FFC (callout 2) is attached to the high-voltage PCA cover (callout 1) by
double sided tape. When removing the FFC from the high-voltage PCA cover, take care not to
damage the FFC.

Figure 5-699 Use caution with the taped FFC

946 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Disconnect two connector (callout 1/2). Disconnect one connector (callout 3) (X654/X677 models
only). Remove one screw (callout 4), release two tabs (callout 5), and then remove the high-voltage
power supply assembly (callout 6).

Figure 5-700 Remove the HVPS

6 5

1
4

2 3

3. For reinstallation of the HVPS, keep the following tips in mind.

● Reinstallation tip: When installing the high-voltage power supply PCA (callout 1), confirm that
the contact springs (callout 2) are in the correct position (so that the PCA engages with the
spring).

Figure 5-701 Verify that the contact springs are in the correct position
2
2

11

22

Remove the high-voltage power supply (HVPS) 947

 ● Reinstallation tip: When installing the high-voltage PCA cover, confirm that the contact spring
(callout 1) is in the contact holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-702 Verify that the contact spring is in the holder

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

948 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Drive PCA
Learn about removing and replacing the drive PCA.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the drive PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-85 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7722-000CN Driver PCA (6700/V654/6800/X677)

RM3-7723-000CN Driver PCA (5700/X557/5800/X57945/X58045z/X58045zs/X58045dn)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Drive PCA 949

 Figure 5-703 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-704 Remove the screw

950 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-705 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 951

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-706 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-707 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

952 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-708 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 953

 Figure 5-709 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-710 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the drive PCA

Follow these steps to remove the drive PCA.

954 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-711 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect all the connectors on the drive PCA, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs
(callout 2), and then remove the drive PCA (callout 3).

IMPORTANT: Some of these wires are very tightly connected. Take care when disconnecting them.

Figure 5-712 Remove the drive PCA

33

22

11

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 955

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed/toner supply controller PCA (X57945 models)

Learn about removing and replacing the feed/toner supply controller PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-86 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7771-000CN Toner supply PCA (X57945 models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

956 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover

Follow these steps to remove the front right cover.

1. Open the toner cartridge access door.

2. Open the right lower door.

3. Release one tab, and then slide the front right cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-713 Remove the front right cover

2. Remove the right lower door (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the right lower door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-714 Remove the base frame

Remove the front right cover 957

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-715 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-716 Remove the right lower door assembly

3. Remove the rear lower cover (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the rear lower cover.

958 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), slide the rear lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated below,
and then remove it.

Figure 5-717 Remove the rear lower cover

4. Remove the feed/toner supply controller PCA (X57945 models)

Follow these steps to remove the feed/toner supply controller PCA.

■ Disconnect all the connectors on the feed/toner supply controller PCA. Remove two screws (callout
1), remove two PCA spacers (callout 2), and then remove the feed/toner supply controller PCA (callout
3).

Figure 5-718 Remove the feed/toner supply controller PCA

2 1

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the feed/toner supply controller PCA (X57945 models) 959

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right PCA

Learn about removing and replacing the right PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-87 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7740-000CN Right PCA (5700/X58045z/X58045zs )

RM3-7790-000CN Right PCA (X557/5800/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs)

RM3-7791-000CN Right PCA (X57945)

RM3-7792-000CN Right PCA (6700/X58045z/X58045zs )

RM3-7793-000CN Right PCA (6800/X58045z/X58045zs )

RM3-7794-000CN Right PCA (X654/X677)

960 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the right PCA

Follow these steps to remove the right PCA.

1. Open the right door.

Figure 5-719 Open the right door

Remove the right PCA 961

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the PCA cover (callout 2).

Figure 5-720 Remove the PCA cover

2
1

3. Disconnect all the connectors on the right PCA, release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the
right PCA (callout 2).

Figure 5-721 Remove the right PCA

CAUTION: The FFCs are tightly packed and can be difficult to remove. A solution is to remove the
FFCs from the rear of the unit, remove the PCA, and then remove the FFCs to reinstall them on the
back. This option should be used only if needed and to ensure that the FFCs are not damaged.

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

962 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear PCA

Learn about removing and replacing the rear PCA.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the rear PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-88 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-9044-000CN Rear PCA (5700/5800/X58045z/X58045zs )

RM3-9045-000CN Rear PCA (X557/X58045z/X58045zs /6700/6800)

RM3-9046-000CN Rear PCA (X57945/X654/X677)

Removal and replacement: Rear PCA 963

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-722 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

964 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-723 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 965
 3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-724 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-725 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

966 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-726 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-727 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 967

 Figure 5-728 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-729 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the rear PCA

Follow these steps to remove the rear PCA.

■ Disconnect all the connectors on the rear PCA, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs
(callout 2), and then remove the rear PCA (callout 3).

NOTE: Grounding wires are mounted on the top of this PCA. Use care when removing it. Pull the
bottom part out first, and then slide the assembly down to cleanly release from the spring wires at
the top.

968 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-730 Remove the rear PCA

Reinstallation tip: When installing the rear PCA, confirm that each contact spring (callout 1) is in the
correct position (so that the PCA engages with the springs).

Figure 5-731 Correct spring position

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 969

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor PCA

Learn about removing and replacing the environmental sensor PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-89 Part information

Part number Part description

WP2-5473-000CN Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A

970 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-732 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 971

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-733 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

972 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-734 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-735 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the environmental sensor PCA

Follow these steps to remove the environmental sensor PCA.

Remove the rear cover 973

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), release one boss (callout 3), and
then remove the environmental sensor PCA (callout 4).

Figure 5-736 Remove the environmental sensor PCA

3
4 2

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

974 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Drum home position PCA
Learn about removing and replacing the drum home position sensor PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-90 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7647-000CN Drum position sensor PCA

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Drum home position PCA 975

 Figure 5-737 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-738 Remove the screw

976 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-739 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 977

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-740 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-741 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

978 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-742 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 979

 Figure 5-743 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-744 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the drum home position sensor PCA

Follow these steps to remove the drum home position sensor PCA.

980 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the PCA holder (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-745 Remove the PCA holder

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the drum home
position sensor PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-746 Remove the drum home position sensor PCA

1 3

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 981

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Drum motor

Learn about removing and replacing the drum motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-91 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7788-000CN Drum motor assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

982 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-747 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 983

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-748 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

984 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-749 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-750 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 985

 Figure 5-751 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-752 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

986 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-753 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-754 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the drum motor

Follow these steps to remove the drum motor.

Remove the drum motor 987

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the drum
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-755 Remove the motor

2
2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

988 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Developer motor
Learn about removing and replacing the developer motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-92 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3625-000CN Developing motor assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Developer motor 989

 Figure 5-756 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-757 Remove the screw

990 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-758 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 991

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-759 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-760 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

992 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-761 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 993

 Figure 5-762 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-763 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the developer motor

Follow these steps to remove the developer motor.

994 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).

Figure 5-764 Remove the motor

2
2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 995

 Removal and replacement: Image transfer belt (ITB) motor
Learn about removing and replacing the ITB motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-93 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7797-000CN ITB motor assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

996 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-765 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-766 Remove the screw

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 997
 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-767 Remove two screws

998 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-768 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-769 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 999

 Figure 5-770 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

1000 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-771 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-772 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the image transfer belt (ITB) motor

Follow these steps to remove the image transfer belt (ITB) motor.

Remove the image transfer belt (ITB) motor 1001

 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-773 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).

Figure 5-774 Remove the motor

2 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1002 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Developer alienation motor

Learn about removing and replacing developer alienation motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-94 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-6027-000CN Motor, stepping (Developer alienation motor)

RK2-7751-000CN Motor, stepping (Developer alienation motor X58045dn, X58045z,

X58045zs )

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Developer alienation motor 1003

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-775 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1004 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-776 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

Remove the formatter 1005

 1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-777 Remove the formatter

4. Remove the left upper cover (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the left upper cover.

1. Open the front door.

CAUTION: If the cover is being removed to gain access to the main drive assembly, make sure
that the front door remains closed. This keeps the main drive properly aligned.

2. At the left side of the printer, insert the small flat-blade screwdriver into the slot to release one tab
(callout 1).

Figure 5-778 Use a screwdriver to release the tab

1006 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Toward the front of the printer, release another tab.

Figure 5-779 Release the tab

4. Rotate the cover up to remove it.

Figure 5-780 Remove the left upper cover

5. Remove the left cover

Follow these steps to remove the left cover.

Remove the left cover 1007

 ■ At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide
the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-781 Remove the left cover

1 2

6. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-782 Remove two screws

1008 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-783 Remove the rear cover

7. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-784 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

Remove the formatter cage (SFP models) 1009

 3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-785 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-786 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

8. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1010 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-787 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-788 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 1011

 9. Remove the developer alienation motor
Follow these steps to remove the developer alienation motor.

■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).

Figure 5-789 Remove the motor

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

1012 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Fuser motor

Learn about removing and replacing the fuser motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-95 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4488-000CN Fixing motor assembly (Fuser motor)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Fuser motor 1013

 Figure 5-790 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-791 Remove the screw

1014 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-792 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover 1015

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-793 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Figure 5-794 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors

1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

1016 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-795 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 1017

 Figure 5-796 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-797 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the fuser motor

Follow these steps to remove the fuser motor.

1018 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-798 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).

Figure 5-799 Remove the motor

2 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1019

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex motor

Learn about removing and replacing the duplex motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-96 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-7751-000CN Motor, stepping (Duplex motor; 5700/X557/5800/X57945)

RM2-4489-000CN Motor assembly (Duplex motor; 6700/X654/6800/X677)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

1020 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-800 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 1021

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-801 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

1022 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-802 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-803 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 1023

 Figure 5-804 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-805 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

1024 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-806 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-807 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the duplex motor

Follow these steps to remove the duplex motor.

Remove the duplex motor 1025

 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA, remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove
three screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller stay (callout 3) upward to release and to
remove it.

Figure 5-808 Remove the DC controller stay

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).

Figure 5-809 Remove the motor

11

22

33

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1026 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan

Learn about removing and replacing power supply fan.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-97 Part information

Part number Part description

RK3-2277-000CN Fan (Power supply fan)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan 1027

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-810 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1028 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-811 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker 1029
 3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-812 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-813 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

1030 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-814 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-815 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) 1031

 Figure 5-816 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-817 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the power supply fan

Follow these steps to remove the power supply fan.

1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan holder (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

NOTE: Take care not to pull any cables as you remove this assembly.

1032 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-818 Remove the fan holder

2. Release five tabs (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan (callout 2).

Figure 5-819 Release the fan

2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1033

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Cartridge fan

Learn about removing and replacing the cartridge fan.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-98 Part information

Part number Part description

RK3-0762-000CN Fan (Cartridge fan; X57945/X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs )

RK3-1637-000CN Fan (Cartridge fan; 5700/X557/5800)

RK3-2277-000CN Fan (Cartridge fan; X58045dn/X58045z/X58045zs)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

1034 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-820 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Remove the formatter cover 1035

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-821 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

1036 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the rear cover
Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-822 Remove two screws

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-823 Remove the rear cover

4. Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Follow these steps to remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Unhook the spring from the formatter cage, not the low-voltage power supply. The spring
should remain attached to the LVPS.

Remove the rear cover 1037

 Figure 5-824 Unhook the spring and disconnect two connectors
1

2. Remove the FFC (callout 1), and then disconnect five connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: MFP only: Disconnect one additional connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-825 Disconnect the LVPS connectors

2 1

3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the low-voltage power supply assembly (callout 2).

NOTE: The black ducting in the lower right corner can stick during the removal process.

Replacement LVPS only: Remove the spring (callout 3), and then install it on the replacement LVPS.

1038 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-826 Remove the LVPS

2 3

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the LVPS, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is attached to
both the formatter cage (callout 2) and the LVPS (callout 3).

Figure 5-827 Reinstalling the LVPS

5. Remove the cartridge fan

Follow these steps to remove the cartridge fan.

Remove the cartridge fan 1039

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the fan cover (callout 3),
release four tabs (callout 4), and then remove the fan cover.

Figure 5-828 Remove the fan cover

1 2

2. Pull out the cartridge fan (callout 1) toward you, and then remove the sponge (callout 2) from the
cartridge fan.

Figure 5-829 Remove the fan sponge

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1040 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Fuser fan

Learn about removing and replacing the fuser fan.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the fuser fan.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-99 Part information

Part number Part description

RK3-0762-000CN Fan (Fuser fan)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Fuser fan 1041

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the formatter cover (callout 2) away from the printer to
remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 5-830 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cover for printer with the 3 bin stapler/stacker
Follow these steps to remove the formatter cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for the following printers:

X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6081zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1042 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-831 Remove the screw

2. Slide the formatter cover away from the printer to remove it.

3. Remove the formatter

Follow these steps to remove the formatter.

Remove the formatter 1043

 1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the fax PCA (callout 1) and the hard disk drive (HDD) (callout 2), and then remove seven
screws (callout 3) to remove the formatter.

Figure 5-832 Remove the formatter

4. Remove the rear cover

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: The figures below show some assemblies (for example the top cover and formatter) removed
that might still be installed on the printer. However, the steps to remove the cover are correct.

1. Open the right door, and remove two screws.

Figure 5-833 Remove two screws

1044 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws, and then slide the rear cover as indicated to remove
it.

Figure 5-834 Remove the rear cover

5. Remove the formatter cage (SFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the DC controller PCA.

IMPORTANT: Some of the flat flexible cable (FFC) connectors use hinged retainers to secure them
to the DC controller. The hinged retainers must be opened to release the FFCs.

2. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then slide the DC controller
stay (callout 3) out to remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop any of the screws into the low-voltage power supply assembly below
the DC controller.

Figure 5-835 Remove the DC controller stay

3
1

Remove the formatter cage (SFP models) 1045

 3. Unhook one spring (callout 1), release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 3), remove
four screws (callout 4), and then remove the formatter cage (callout 5).

Figure 5-836 Remove the formatter cage

2
4
3 5

4. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-837 Remove the memory PCA

1
3
2
4

6. Remove the formatter cage (MFP models)

Follow these steps to remove the formatter cage.

1046 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Unhook one spring (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then remove the formatter cage
(callout 3).

Figure 5-838 Remove the formatter cage

2
2

2. For a replacement formatter cage only: Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout
2), release one tab (callout 3), and then remove the memory PCA (callout 4) from the formatter cage
(callout 5).

NOTE: Install the PCA on the replacement formatter cage.

Figure 5-839 Remove the memory PCA

3 1

Remove the formatter cage (MFP models) 1047

 7. Remove the fuser fan
Follow these steps to remove the fuser fan.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), slide the fan holder (callout 3) in
the direction indicated, and then pull the fan holder (callout 3) out of the printer.

Figure 5-840 Remove the fan holder

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the fuser fan (callout 2).

Figure 5-841 Remove the fan from the holder

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1048 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1049

 Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder
Learn how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder parts and assemblies.

Field-replaceable units (FRUs)

Learn about FRU parts removal and replacement.

Covers, panels, and doors

Learn about covers, panels, and doors removal and replacement.

Removal and replacement: Front left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder left cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-100 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9200-000CN Cover, front left (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front left cover.

1050 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Flex the upper part of the front left cover (callout 1) in the direction indicated, release one tab (callout
2), and then slide the front left cover upward to remove it.

Figure 5-842 Remove the front left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1051

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder front right cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-101 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9201-000CN Cover, front right (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1052 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-843 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1053

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper right door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-102 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0004-000CN Right door assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1054 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-844 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-845 Remove the base frame

1
2

Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1055

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-846 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-847 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1056 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder rear cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-103 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1057

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-848 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-849 Remove the base frame

1
2

1058 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-850 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-851 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1059

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-852 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

1060 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder left cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-104 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9408-000CN Cover, left (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1061

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-853 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-854 Remove the base frame

1
2

1062 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-855 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-856 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1063

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-857 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray left cover.

■ Slide the left cover (callout 1) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-858 Remove the left cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1064 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Internal parts and assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-105 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Internal parts and assemblies 1065

 ● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-859 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

1066 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-860 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the paper pickup assembly.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-861 Remove the assembly

2 1

Remove the paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1067

 2. Remove the gear (callout 1) from the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-862 Disconnect one connector

1 2

3. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-863 Remove three screws

1068 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one alignment pins (callout 1), and then lower the left end of the assembly (callout 2)—the
end near the tray cavity.

Figure 5-864 Lower the end of the assembly

5. Slide the paper pickup assembly to the left to release it from the drive gear on the lifter drive
assembly.

Figure 5-865 Release the assembly from the drive gear

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1069

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder lifter drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-106 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3501-000CN Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1070 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-866 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-867 Remove the base frame

1
2

Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1071

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-868 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-869 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

1072 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-870 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-871 Disconnect four connectors

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1073

 2. Release cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2).and the lifter drive assembly
(callout 3). Remove two screws (callout 4), and then remove the lifter drive assembly.

Figure 5-872 Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

3 2

4 1

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1074 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-107 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1075
 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-873 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-874 Remove the base frame

1
2

1076 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-875 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-876 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1077

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-877 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup drive assembly.

1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-878 Disconnect four connectors

1078 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2) and the lifter drive assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-879 Release the cables

3 2

3. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove three
screws (callout 3).

Figure 5-880 Remove the cable clamp

1 2

3
3

Remove the pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1079

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the pickup drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-881 Remove the pickup drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

2
1

Reinstallation tip: The indicated gears (callout 1), clutch (callout 2), shaft (callout 3), and bushing
(callout 4) are not fixed to the assembly plate. Ensure that these components do not fall apart when
installing or removing the paper pickup drive assembly.

Figure 5-882 Do not lose unfastened components

1
2

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1080 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder auto close assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the auto close assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-108 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1081
 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-883 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1082 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-884 Remove the base frame

1
2

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-885 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-886 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder) 1083

 3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-887 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

1. Disconnect six connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-888 Disconnect six connectors

1084 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-889 Release the cables

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), remove the auto close assembly (callout 2), and then remove the
drawer connector (callout 3) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-890 Remove the assembly

2 3

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1085

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Media size detection assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder media size detection assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the media size detection assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-109 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

1086 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-891 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-892 Remove the base frame

1
2

Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1087

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-893 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-894 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

1088 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-895 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the auto close assembly.

1. Disconnect six connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-896 Disconnect six connectors

Remove the auto close assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1089

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the auto close assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-897 Release the cables

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), remove the auto close assembly (callout 2), and then remove the
drawer connector (callout 3) from the auto close assembly.

Figure 5-898 Remove the assembly

2 3

5. Remove the media size detection assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the media size detection assembly.

1090 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the media size detect assembly (callout 2) toward you to
remove it.

Figure 5-899 Release one tab

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1091

 Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn about removing and replacing the paper-feeder controller PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-110 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-8051-000CN Paper feeder controller PCA (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray front right cover.

1. Open the paper feeder right door.

1092 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the front right cover (callout 2) upward to remove it.

Figure 5-900 Remove the front right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

2. Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray right door.

1. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the base frame (callout 2).

Figure 5-901 Remove the base frame

1
2

Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder) 1093

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the rear inner cover (callout
3) downward to remove it.

Figure 5-902 Remove the rear inner cover

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right door assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-903 Remove the right door (550-sheet paper feeder)

3. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the 550-sheet tray rear cover.

1094 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-904 Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

4. Remove the controller PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the controller PCA.

■ Disconnect all the connectors on the paper feeder controller PCA, remove two screws (callout 1),
remove two PCA spacers (callout 2), and then remove the paper feeder controller PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-905 Remove the controller PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Remove the controller PCA (550-sheet paper feeder) 1095

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder separation roller assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-111 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527H2A 6QN29-67011 HP LaserJet Tray 2-x Roller Kit (1x550-sheet paper

feeder)

1096 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing the 550-sheet paper feeder separation roller assembly.

1. Open the right door.

2. Slide the lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the roller assembly (callout 2) by pulling it out
from the printer.

Figure 5-906 Remove the roller assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1097

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pickup roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing and replacing the paper feeder pickup roller assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-112 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527H2A 6QN29-67011 HP LaserJet Tray 2-x Roller Kit

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1098 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing the 550-sheet paper feeder separation roller assembly.

1. Open the right door.

2. Slide the lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the roller assembly (callout 2) by pulling it out
from the printer.

Figure 5-907 Remove the roller assembly

2. Remove the paper pickup roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn about removing the 550-sheet paper feeder pickup rollers.

NOTE: Even if you want to replace only the pickup roller assembly, you must first remove the
separation roller assembly.

■ Locate the pickup roller assembly (callout 1) and then pull it away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-908 Remove the pickup roller assembly

Remove the separation roller assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1099

 3. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1100 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: 2,100-sheet paper deck
Learn how to remove and replace the 2,100-sheet paper deck parts and assemblies.

Field-replaceable units (FRUs)

Learn about FRU parts removal and replacement.

Covers, panels, and doors

Learn about covers, panels, and doors removal and replacement.

Removal and replacement: Right door (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI right door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-113 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0035-000CN Right door assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

Removal and replacement: 2,100-sheet paper deck 1101

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-909 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1102 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Front left cover/left cover (HCI)
Learn about removing and replacing the HCI front left cover/left cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-114 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9696-000CN Cover, front left (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

RC5-9692-000CN Cover, left (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

Removal and replacement: Front left cover/left cover (HCI) 1103

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-910 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-911 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

3. Remove the front left cover/left cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI front left cover/left cover.

1104 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-912 Remove two screws

2. Remove the left cover (callout 1) together with the front left cover (callout 2). Release one tab
(callout 3), and then slide the front left cover upward to remove it from the left cover.

Figure 5-913 Remove the front left cover from the left cover (HCI)

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1105

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI rear cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-115 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9693-000CN Cover, rear (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1106 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-914 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-915 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

Remove the right door (HCI) 1107

 3. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear lower cover (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI rear lower cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-116 Part information

Part number Part description

RC5-9695-000CN Cover, rear lower (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

1108 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-916 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

Remove the right door (HCI) 1109

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-917 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

3. Remove the rear lower cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear lower cover.

■ Bend the left edge of the rear lower cover (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then pull the rear
lower cover toward you from the left end of it to remove it.

Figure 5-918 Remove the rear lower cover (HCI)

1110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Internal parts and assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Cassette assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI cassette.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1111

 Table 5-117 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0023-000CN Tray assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the cassette (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI cassette.

1. Open the HCI cassette assembly.

Figure 5-919 Open the HCI cassette

1112 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Press the left and right release levers (callout 1).

Figure 5-920 Press the release levers

3. Pull the HCI cassette assembly (callout 1) out of the HCI chassis.

Figure 5-921 Remove the tray cassette (HCI)

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1113

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI paper pickup assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-118 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3509-000CN Paper pickup assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

1114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-922 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the paper pickup assembly (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI paper pickup assembly.

Remove the right door (HCI) 1115

 1. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the inner cover (callout 3)
downward to remove it.

Figure 5-923 Remove the inner cover

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-924 Remove the pickup assembly (HCI)

2 3

3. Remove the gear (callout 2) from the pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-925 Remove the gear

1116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Unpack the replacement assembly
Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI auto close assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-119 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-0918-000CN Auto close assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Unpack the replacement assembly 1117

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cassette (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI cassette.

1. Open the HCI cassette assembly.

Figure 5-926 Open the HCI cassette

1118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Press the left and right release levers (callout 1).

Figure 5-927 Press the release levers

3. Pull the HCI cassette assembly (callout 1) out of the HCI chassis.

Figure 5-928 Remove the tray cassette (HCI)

2. Remove the auto close assembly (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI auto close assembly.

Remove the auto close assembly (HCI) 1119

 ■ Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the auto close assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-929 Remove the auto close assembly (HCI)

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (HCI)
Learn about removing and replacing the HCI lifter drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-120 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0021-000CN Lifter drive assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (HCI) 1121

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-930 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-931 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

3. Remove the lifter drive assembly (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI lifter drive assembly.

1122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1)., release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamps (callout 3).

Figure 5-932 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (HCI) 1123

 2. Remove three screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the lifter drive
assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-933 Remove the lifter drive assembly (HCI)

2 1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pickup alienation assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI pickup alienation assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-121 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0022-000CN Pick estrangement assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Pickup alienation assembly (HCI) 1125

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-934 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-935 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

1126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI)
Follow these steps to remove the HCI pickup alienation assembly.

1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamps
(callout 3).

Figure 5-936 Disconnect four connectors

3 1

2 1

Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI) 1127

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from the pickup alienation assembly (callout 2), remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the pickup alienation assembly.

Figure 5-937 Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI)

Reinstallation tip: When reassembling the pickup alienation assembly, line up the hole (callout 1) in
the gear overlaps the position of the hole (callout 2) in the pickup alienation assembly.

Figure 5-938 Align hole in gear with hole in chassis

11

22

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI pickup drive assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the pickup drive assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-122 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly (HCI) 1129

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the right door (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI right door.

1. Open the HCI tray, and then open the right door.

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the right door (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-939 Remove the right door (HCI)

2. Remove the rear cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI rear cover.

1130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-940 Remove the rear cover (HCI)

1

3. Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI pickup alienation assembly.

1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamps
(callout 3).

Figure 5-941 Disconnect four connectors

3 1

2 1

Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI) 1131

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from the pickup alienation assembly (callout 2), remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the pickup alienation assembly.

Figure 5-942 Remove the pickup alienation assembly (HCI)

Reinstallation tip: When reassembling the pickup alienation assembly, line up the hole (callout 1) in
the gear overlaps the position of the hole (callout 2) in the pickup alienation assembly.

Figure 5-943 Align hole in gear with hole in chassis

11

22

4. Remove the pickup drive assembly (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI pickup drive assembly.

1132 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove the cable clamp (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove three
screws (callout 3).

Figure 5-944 Disconnect connectors and remove screws

1 2

3
3

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the pickup drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-945 Remove the pickup drive assembly (HCI)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1133

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (HCI)

Learn about removing and replacing the HCI controller PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-123 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-8071-000CN HCI controller PCA (2,100-sheet paper deck HCI)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the cassette (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI cassette.

1. Open the HCI cassette assembly.

Figure 5-946 Open the HCI cassette

Remove the cassette (HCI) 1135

 2. Press the left and right release levers (callout 1).

Figure 5-947 Press the release levers

3. Pull the HCI cassette assembly (callout 1) out of the HCI chassis.

Figure 5-948 Remove the tray cassette (HCI)

2. Remove the front left cover/left cover (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI front left cover/left cover.

1136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-949 Remove two screws

2. Remove the left cover (callout 1) together with the front left cover (callout 2). Release one tab
(callout 3), and then slide the front left cover upward to remove it from the left cover.

Figure 5-950 Remove the front left cover from the left cover (HCI)

3. Remove the controller PCA (HCI)

Follow these steps to remove the HCI controller PCA.

Remove the controller PCA (HCI) 1137

 ■ Disconnect all the connectors on the HCI controller PCA. Remove two screws (callout 1), remove two
PCA spacers (callout 2), and then remove the HCI controller PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-951 Remove the controller PCA (HCI)

2 1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Separation roller assembly (HCI)
Learn about removing and replacing the HCI separation roller assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-124 Part information

Product Number Service Part Number Part description

527H2A 6QN29-67011 HP LaserJet Tray 2-x Roller Kit (2,100-sheet paper

deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the separation roller assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing the HCI separation roller assembly.

NOTE: The 550-sheet paper feeder is shown in the graphics below. The steps for the HCI rollers are
the same.

1. Open the right door.

Removal and replacement: Separation roller assembly (HCI) 1139

 2. Slide the lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the roller assembly (callout 2) by pulling it out
from the printer.

Figure 5-952 Remove the roller assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1140 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Pickup roller assembly (HCI)
Learn about removing and replacing the HCI pickup roller assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-125 Part information

Product Nnumber Service Part Number Part description

527H2A 6QN29-67011 HP LaserJet Tray 2-x Roller Kit (2,100-sheet paper

deck HCI)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the separation roller assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing the HCI separation roller assembly.

NOTE: The 550-sheet paper feeder is shown in the graphics below. The steps for the HCI rollers are
the same.

1. Open the right door.

Removal and replacement: Pickup roller assembly (HCI) 1141

 2. Slide the lever (callout 1) to the right, and then remove the roller assembly (callout 2) by pulling it out
from the printer.

Figure 5-953 Remove the roller assembly

2. Remove the paper pickup roller assembly (HCI)

Learn about removing the HCI pickup rollers.

NOTE: Even if you want to replace only the pickup roller assembly, you must first remove the
separation roller assembly.

NOTE: The 550-sheet paper feeder is shown in the graphics below. The steps for the HCI rollers are
the same.

■ Locate the pickup roller assembly (callout 1) and then pull it away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-954 Remove the pickup roller assembly

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1143

 Output device - 3-bin staple stacker multi-bin mailbox
Learn how to remove and replace the 3-bin staple stacker multi-bin mailbox parts and assemblies.

Field-replaceable units (FRUs)

Learn about FRU parts removal and replacement.

Covers, panels, and doors

Learn about covers, panels, and doors removal and replacement.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the rear cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-126 Part information

Part number Part description

RC6-1305-000CN Cover, rear (3-bin SS)

RC5-0223-000CN Cover, rear (3-Bin SS, X58045z, X58045zs models)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-955 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-956 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1145

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the staple cover and door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-127 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0483-000CN Staple cover assembly (3-bin SS)

RM3-0484-000CN Staple door assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

1146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-957 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-958 Release one tab

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1147
 4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-959 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the right upper cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-128 Part information

Part number Part description

RC6-1308-000CN Cover, right upper (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1149

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-960 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the right corner cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-129 Part information

Part number Part description

RC6-1307-000CN RC6-1307-000CN (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1151

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-961 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-962 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

1152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-963 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

3. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-964 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1153

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the right lower cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-130 Part information

Part number Part description

RC6-1309-000CN Cover, right lower (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-965 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-966 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1155

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-967 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-968 Release one tab

4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-969 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

1156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-970 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

4. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-971 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

5. Remove the right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right lower cover.

Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1157

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-972 Remove the right lower cover

1 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Rear inner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the rear inner cover.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-131 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0485-000CN Rear inner cover assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Rear inner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1159

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-973 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-974 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the rear inner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear inner cover.

1160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1) release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear inner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-975 Remove the rear inner cover

2 3

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1161

 Removal and replacement: Stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the stapler-stacker door.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-132 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4167-000CN Right door assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-976 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-977 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1163
 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-978 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-979 Release one tab

4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-980 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

1164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-981 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

4. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-982 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

5. Remove the right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right lower cover.

Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1165

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-983 Remove the right lower cover

1 2

6. Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker door assembly.

1. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then open the feed guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-984 Remove two shafts

1

1166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the left bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-985 Remove the left bushing

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-986 Remove the right bushing

Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1167

 4. Remove right and left shafts (callout 1), and then remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (callout
2).

Figure 5-987 Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly

1 1

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the stacking wall.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-133 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0480-000CN Stacking wall assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1169

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-988 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-989 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

1170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-990 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-991 Release one tab

4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-992 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1171
 3. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-993 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

4. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-994 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

5. Remove the right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right lower cover.

1172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-995 Remove the right lower cover

1 2

6. Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker door assembly.

1. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then open the feed guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-996 Remove two shafts

1

Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1173

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the left bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-997 Remove the left bushing

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-998 Remove the right bushing

1174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove right and left shafts (callout 1), and then remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (callout
2).

Figure 5-999 Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly

1 1

7. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker output bin 1 assembly.

Remove the output bin 1 assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1175

 1. Release one boss (callout 1), rotate the pin (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove the
pin.

Figure 5-1000 Remove the pin

2 2

1 1

2. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1001 Remove the output bin

1

8. Remove the stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stapler assembly.

1176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the stapler
assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.

Figure 5-1002 Remove the stapler assembly and the plate

2

1
3 4

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the plate (callout 2) from the stapler assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1003 Remove the plate from the stapler assembly

3

9. Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1177

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the fan holder
(callout 3) together with the fan (callout 4).

Figure 5-1004 Remove the fan holder and fan

3 2

4 1

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), remove the duct 1 (callout 2) and the duct 2 (callout 3), and then remove
the MBM fan (callout 4) from the holder.

Figure 5-1005 Remove the fan from the holder

1

10. Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker upper feed assembly.

1178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable guide (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then
remove the inner cover (callout 4).

Figure 5-1006 Remove the inner cover

3
2

2. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable clamps (callout 2), and then disconnect three connectors
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1007 Release the cable

2 1 3

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1008 Remove the guide

1

Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1179

 4. Remove six screws (callout 1), and then remove the upper feed assembly (callout 2).

CAUTION: Be sure that the paper guides extend into the tray area when reinstalling the upper
feed assembly. The guides can be damaged if they are trapped behind the in-cave frame when the
assembly is seated in the frame.

Figure 5-1009 Remove the upper feed assembly

11. Remove the stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stacking wall assembly.

1. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1010 Release one tab

1180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the stacking wall assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1011 Remove the stacking wall assembly

2 1

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1181

 Internal parts and assemblies
Learn how to remove and replace the printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the stapler assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-134 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-8148-000CN Stapler assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

1182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1012 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-1013 Release one tab

4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1014 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1183
 2. Remove the stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stapler assembly.

1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the stapler
assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.

Figure 5-1015 Remove the stapler assembly and the plate

2

1
3 4

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the plate (callout 2) from the stapler assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1016 Remove the plate from the stapler assembly

3

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the jogger assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-135 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-0481-000CN Jog assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removal and replacement: Jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1185

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1017 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1018 Remove the rear cover

3 1

1186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1019 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-1020 Release one tab

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1187
 4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1021 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

3. Remove the jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker jogger assembly.

1. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable clamp (callout 2), and then disconnect one connector
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1022 Release the cable

2 1 3

1188 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the jogger assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1023 Remove the jogger assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1189

 Removal and replacement: Output bin 1 (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing output bin 1.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-136 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4173-000CN Tray assembly (3-bin SS)

RM2-3837-000CN Tray assembly (3-bin SS; X58045z, X58045zs models)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker output bin 1 assembly.

1190 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Release one boss (callout 1), rotate the pin (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove the
pin.

Figure 5-1024 Remove the pin

2 2

1 1

2. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1025 Remove the output bin

1

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1191

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the upper feed assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the upper feed assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-137 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4169-000CN Upper paper feed assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1192 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1026 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1027 Remove the rear cover

3 1

Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1193

 2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1028 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-1029 Release one tab

1194 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1030 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

3. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1031 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

4. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1195

 ■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1032 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

5. Remove the right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right lower cover.

■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1033 Remove the right lower cover

1 2

6. Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker door assembly.

1196 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then open the feed guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1034 Remove two shafts

1

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the left bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1035 Remove the left bushing

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1036 Remove the right bushing

Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1197

 4. Remove right and left shafts (callout 1), and then remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (callout
2).

Figure 5-1037 Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly

1 1

7. Remove the stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stapler assembly.

1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the stapler
assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.

Figure 5-1038 Remove the stapler assembly and the plate

2

1
3 4

1198 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the plate (callout 2) from the stapler assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1039 Remove the plate from the stapler assembly

3

8. Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker upper feed assembly.

1. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable guide (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then
remove the inner cover (callout 4).

Figure 5-1040 Remove the inner cover

3
2

Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1199

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable clamps (callout 2), and then disconnect three connectors
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1041 Release the cable

2 1 3

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1042 Remove the guide

1

4. Remove six screws (callout 1), and then remove the upper feed assembly (callout 2).

CAUTION: Be sure that the paper guides extend into the tray area when reinstalling the upper
feed assembly. The guides can be damaged if they are trapped behind the in-cave frame when the
assembly is seated in the frame.

1200 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1043 Remove the upper feed assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lower feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the lower feed assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1201

 View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the lower feed assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-138 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-4168-000CN Lower paper feed assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1202 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1044 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1045 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1203
 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1046 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-1047 Release one tab

4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1048 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

1204 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right upper cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1049 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker right upper cover

3 2

4. Remove the right corner cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right corner cover.

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the right corner cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1050 Remove the right corner cover

2
3

5. Remove the right lower cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker right lower cover.

Remove the right upper cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1205

 ■ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1051 Remove the right lower cover

1 2

6. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker output bin 1 assembly.

1. Release one boss (callout 1), rotate the pin (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove the
pin.

Figure 5-1052 Remove the pin

2 2

1 1

1206 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1053 Remove the output bin

1

7. Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker door assembly.

1. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then open the feed guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1054 Remove two shafts

1

Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1207

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the left bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1055 Remove the left bushing

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the right bushing (callout 2) in the direction indicated to
remove it.

Figure 5-1056 Remove the right bushing

1208 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove right and left shafts (callout 1), and then remove the stapler-stacker door assembly (callout
2).

Figure 5-1057 Remove the stapler-stacker door assembly

1 1

8. Remove the stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stapler assembly.

1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the stapler
assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.

Figure 5-1058 Remove the stapler assembly and the plate

2

1
3 4

Remove the stapler assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1209

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the plate (callout 2) from the stapler assembly
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1059 Remove the plate from the stapler assembly

3

9. Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the fan holder
(callout 3) together with the fan (callout 4).

Figure 5-1060 Remove the fan holder and fan

3 2

4 1

1210 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1), remove the duct 1 (callout 2) and the duct 2 (callout 3), and then remove
the MBM fan (callout 4) from the holder.

Figure 5-1061 Remove the fan from the holder

1

10. Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker upper feed assembly.

1. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable guide (callout 2), release one tab (callout 3), and then
remove the inner cover (callout 4).

Figure 5-1062 Remove the inner cover

3
2

Remove the upper feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1211

 2. Release the cable (callout 1) from cable clamps (callout 2), and then disconnect three connectors
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1063 Release the cable

2 1 3

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1064 Remove the guide

1

4. Remove six screws (callout 1), and then remove the upper feed assembly (callout 2).

CAUTION: Be sure that the paper guides extend into the tray area when reinstalling the upper
feed assembly. The guides can be damaged if they are trapped behind the in-cave frame when the
assembly is seated in the frame.

1212 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1065 Remove the upper feed assembly

11. Remove the stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker stacking wall assembly.

1. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1066 Release one tab

Remove the stacking wall assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1213

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the stacking wall assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1067 Remove the stacking wall assembly

2 1

12. Remove the lower feed assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker lower feed assembly.

1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

Figure 5-1068 Disconnect two connectors

1

1214 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the cable (callout 1) by pulling it through the chassis.

Figure 5-1069 Remove the cable

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), remove the cover (callout 2), remove three screws (callout 3), and then
remove the lower feed assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1070 Remove the lower feed assembly

3

1 2 4

13. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1215

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Solenoid assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the solenoid assembly.

View a video demonstration of removing and replacing the solenoid assembly.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-139 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1040-010CN Solenoid assembly (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1216 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1071 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1072 Remove the rear cover

3 1

Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1217

 2. Remove the staple cover and staple door (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker staple cover and staple door.

1. Open the stapler-stacker door assembly and the stapler door.

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1073 Remove one screw

3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout
3) together.

Figure 5-1074 Release one tab

1218 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove two shafts (callout 1), and then remove the staple door (callout 2) from the staple cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1075 Remove the staple door from the staple cover

3. Remove the jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker jogger assembly.

1. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable clamp (callout 2), and then disconnect one connector
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1076 Release the cable

2 1 3

Remove the jogger assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1219

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the jogger assembly (callout 2) in the direction
indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1077 Remove the jogger assembly

4. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker output bin 1 assembly.

1. Release one boss (callout 1), rotate the pin (callout 2) in the direction indicated, and then remove the
pin.

Figure 5-1078 Remove the pin

2 2

1 1

1220 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the output bin 1 assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1079 Remove the output bin

1

5. Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the fan holder
(callout 3) together with the fan (callout 4).

Figure 5-1080 Remove the fan holder and fan

3 2

4 1

Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1221

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1), remove the duct 1 (callout 2) and the duct 2 (callout 3), and then remove
the MBM fan (callout 4) from the holder.

Figure 5-1081 Remove the fan from the holder

1

6. Remove the solenoid assembly (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker solenoid assembly.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable (callout 2) from the cable stoppers
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1082 Release the cable

2 3

1222 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the solenoid assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1083 Remove the solenoid assembly

1

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1223

 Removal and replacement: MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-140 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-8153-000CN Fan (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1224 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1084 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1085 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1225

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the fan holder
(callout 3) together with the fan (callout 4).

Figure 5-1086 Remove the fan holder and fan

3 2

4 1

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), remove the duct 1 (callout 2) and the duct 2 (callout 3), and then remove
the MBM fan (callout 4) from the holder.

Figure 5-1087 Remove the fan from the holder

1

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1226 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Stapler-stacker feed motor (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing and replacing the feed motor.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-141 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-8149-000CN Motor, stepping DC (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removal and replacement: Stapler-stacker feed motor (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1227

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1088 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1089 Remove the rear cover

3 1

1228 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker mailbox/booklet-maker fan.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the fan holder
(callout 3) together with the fan (callout 4).

Figure 5-1090 Remove the fan holder and fan

3 2

4 1

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), remove the duct 1 (callout 2) and the duct 2 (callout 3), and then remove
the MBM fan (callout 4) from the holder.

Figure 5-1091 Remove the fan from the holder

1

3. Remove the feed motor (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker feed motor.

Remove the MBM fan (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1229

 ■ Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable clamp (callout 2), disconnect one connector (callout 3),
remove two screws (callout 4), and then remove the stapler-stacker feed motor (callout 5).

Figure 5-1092 Remove the feed motor

1 2 3

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1230 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (3-bin stapler-stacker)
Learn about removing and replacing the 3-bin stapler-stacker controller PCA.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
https://parts.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.

Table 5-142 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7950-000CN Staple stacker PCA (3-bin SS)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Controller PCA (3-bin stapler-stacker) 1231

 1. Remove the printer formatter cover by removing one screw (callout 1) and then sliding the cover
(callout 2) in the direction indicated. Slide the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover assembly
(callout 3) in the direction indicated to remove it.

Figure 5-1093 Remove the 3-bin stapler-stacker formatter cover

1
3

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1094 Remove the rear cover

3 1

2. Remove the controller PCA (3-bin stapler-stacker)

Learn about removing the 3-bin stapler-stacker controller PCA.

1. Disconnect all the connectors on the controller PCA.

1232 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the controller PCA
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1095 Remove the controller PCA

2

1 3

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always

perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when
they are out of the printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1233

 6 Parts and diagrams

Printer parts information including exploded assembly diagrams and part number lists.

1234 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) parts and assemblies.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Integrated scanner assembly

Parts diagram and part list for the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Figure 6-1 Integrated scanner assembly

2
4

Table 6-1 Integrated scanner assembly

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 C0M44-67002 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Non-Workflow) 1

1 C0M44-67003 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Workflow) 1

2 6QN29-67005 Flatbed scanner 1

Document feeder / scanner 1235

 Table 6-1 Integrated scanner assembly (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 1M0Q2A HP LaserJet Workflow Keyboard 1

4 5851-8688 Handle (Lunar Grey Dark/ Cement Dark) 1

4 5851-8689 Handle (Lunar Comet Red Dark) 1

4 5851-8690 Handle (Lunar Cosmic Green Dark) 1

4 5851-8691 Handle (Lunar Constellation Yellow) 1

4 5851-8692 Handle (Lunar Aurora Purple Dark) 1

4 5851-8693 Handle (OOV white) 1

Not shown 5851-8849 ADF damper 1

Not shown 5851-8841 ADF hinge kit (5xxx Series) 1

Not shown 5851-8850 ADF white backing kit 1

Not shown 6H121-67001 ADF Pick/Sep Roller Kit (5xxx Series) 1

Not shown 5851-8843 ADF roller cover (5xxx Series) 1

Not shown A7W12A Keyboard Overlay Kit - Chinese 1

Not shown A7W13A Keyboard Overlay Kit - (DN/FR-Swiss/GN) 1

Not shown A7W14A HP LaserJet Swedish Overlay Keyboard 1

Not shown Scanner control interconnect board (SCIB) 5851-8962 1

(58xx Series)

1236 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Base printer
Learn about the printer engine parts and assemblies.

Control panels
Parts diagrams and part lists for the control panels.

Control panels
Parts diagrams and parts lists for the printer control panels.

Figure 6-2 Control panels

1
2

Table 6-2 Control panels

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 6QN28-60102 Control panel 10.9 cm (4.3 in) 1

2 6QN35-60129 Control panel 25.6 cm (10.1 in) 1

2 6QN37-60102 Control panel 23.3 cm (8 in)

Not shown 6QN29-67006 Slide Assembly: (5800dn, 5800f, 5800zf,

X57945dn, X58045dn, X57945z, and X58045z)

Not shown 6QN35-67007 Slide Assembly: (6800dn, 6800zf, 6800zfw+,

6801zfw+, X677dn, X677z+, X67755dn,
X67765dn, X67755z+, and X67765z+)

Not shown 6QN35-67008 Slide Assembly: (X57945zs, X58045zs,

6800zfsw, 6801zfsw, X677zs, X677s, X677z,
X67755zs, and X67765zs)

Base printer 1237

 Covers, panels, and doors
Parts diagrams and part lists for the covers, panels, and doors.

Parts and diagrams: Covers 5700/X557 models

Parts diagram and parts list for the SFP printer covers.

Figure 6-3 Covers 5700/X557 models

SFP 5700/X557

A07

A07 2

A07
A07 3

12
A01 A07

11
A02

8
9

A06

A03
A04 6 A07 LLC

7
10 A05 LLC

1238 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-3 Covers 5700/X557 models

Key Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4469-000CN 1 Face down tray assembly

2 RM2-4517-000CN 1 Cover, top assembly

3 RM2-4480-000CN 1 Formatter cover assembly

4 RC5-9168-000CN 1 Cover, rear lower

5 RM2-3570-000CN 1 Right lower door assembly

6 RC5-8516-000CN 1 Handle, right door lower

7 RC5-9199-000CN 1 Cover, front right (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

8 RC5-9165-000CN 1 Handle, left

9 RC5-9198-000CN 1 Cover, front left (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

10 RM2-4473-000CN 1 Front door assembly(5700)

10 RM2-4533-000CN 1 Front door assembly(X557)

11 RM2-4535-000CN 1 Left cover assembly

12 RC5-9204-000CN 1 Cover, left upper (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

Not shown RC4-0213-000CN 1 Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP)

Not shown 6QN30-60103 1 Convenience Stapler Assembly

Not shown 6QN28-40006 1 Cover-Convenience Stapler Cover

Not shown 6QN35-60120 1 Assy-Cable Convenience Stapler

Parts and diagrams: Covers 5700/X557 models 1239

 Parts and diagrams: Covers 5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 6-4 Covers 5800 models

MFP 5800

A07
1

A07
A07

3
A07

5
4

14
A01 A07

13
A02

10
11

A06

A03
A04 8 A07
LLC
9
12 A05 LLC

Table 6-4 Covers 5800 models

Key Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4469-000CN 1 Face down tray assembly

2 RC5-9172-000CN 1 Cover, top assembly

1240 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-4 Covers 5800 models (continued)

Key Part number Qty Description

No

3 RM2-4518-000CN 1 Top front cover assembly

4 RM2-4480-000CN 1 Formatter cover assembly

5 RM2-4530-000CN 1 Formatter cover assembly

6 RC5-9168-000CN 1 Cover, rear lower

7 RM2-3570-000CN 1 Right lower door assembly

8 RC5-8516-000CN 1 Handle, right door lower

9 RC5-9199-000CN 1 Cover, front right (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

10 RC5-9165-000CN 1 Handle, left

11 RC5-9198-000CN 1 Cover, front left (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

12 RM2-4473-000CN 1 Front door assembly

13 RM2-4535-000CN 1 Left cover assembly

14 RC5-9204-000CN 1 Cover, left upper (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

Not shown RC4-0213-000CN 1 Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP)

Parts and diagrams: Covers 5800 models 1241

 Parts and diagrams: Covers X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 6-5 Covers X57945 models

MFP X57945

A07
1

A07
A07

18
A07 3

5
4

A01 6

17
A07

16
7

15 A07
12
A07
A02
A06

A03
A04 10

A05
13
9
11
14
8
LLC

LLC

1242 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-5 Covers X57945 models

Key Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4469-000CN 1 Face down tray assembly

2 RC5-9172-000CN 1 Cover, top assembly

3 RM2-4518-000CN 1 Top front cover assembly

4 RM2-4480-000CN 1 Formatter cover assembly

5 RM2-4530-000CN 1 Formatter cover assembly

6 RC5-9168-000CN 1 Cover, rear lower

7 RC5-9409-000CN 1 Cover, rear lower

8 RM2-3570-000CN 1 Right lower door assembly

9 RM3-0004-000CN 1 Right lower door assembly

10 RC5-8516-000CN 1 Handle, right door lower

11 RC5-9199-000CN 1 Cover, front right (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

12 RC5-9165-000CN 1 Handle, left

13 RM2-4479-000CN 1 Front door assembly

14 RM2-3678-000CN 1 Toner supply door assembly

15 RC5-9198-000CN 1 Cover, front left (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

16 RC5-9408-000CN 1 Left lower cover

17 RM2-4535-000CN 1 Left cover assembly

18 RC5-9204-000CN 1 Cover, left upper (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn models)

Not shown RC4-0213-000CN 1 Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP)

Parts and diagrams: Covers X57945 models 1243

 Internal parts and assemblies
Parts diagrams and part lists for the internal parts and assemblies.

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models

Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-6 Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models

A32

3 A01 A30
A29
2
6

A30
5
1 4
MFP X57945 A31
11 7
A30

A28 B
A27
(J338)
(J338D)
A02

10
A25 A03
A26 A21
A32 A04

A24 A22 A05

A A06
A23
8

A07

A18
A19 A32
A20 A32 LLC
A16
A15
A
A10 (J326)
A17
(J942)
(J203) A08
(J216)
(J209B)
A14
9
A09

A13 B A32
(J944B)

A12
A11

1244 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-6 Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3497-000CN Main drive assembly

2 RM2-3625-000CN 1 Developing motor assembly

3 RM3-7647-000CN 1 Drum position sensor PCA

4 RM3-7788-000CN 1 Drum motor assembly

5 RM2-7360-000CN 1 T1 solenoid assembly (and X58045z,

X58045zs, X58045dn models)

6 RK2-6027-000CN 1 Motor, stepping

7 RM3-7797-000CN 1 ITB motor assembly

8 RM3-7791-000CN 1 Right PCA

9 RM3-7723-000CN 1 Driver PCA

10 RM2-3822-000CN 1 Laser scanner assembly

11 RK3-0835-000CN 1 Cable, flat SCN (X57945)

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 9) X57945 models 1245

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-7 Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models

1

MFP X57945
(J351) A02
A21 (J124D)
LLC
A01 A21 (J124)

A03

A19
A21
A20
A18

MFP X57945
A17 LLC
A16

A15 (J315)
A21
A04
A10

A11
A21 A14 (J314)
A13 (J311)
(J313)
A21 4
A21 (J312)
A12

A21
(J355) 3 A21
(J353)
A21

A08
A09
A05
5
A21
A06

A07

Table 6-7 Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3590-000CN 1 Waste toner duct assembly

2 RM2-3628-000CN 1 Secondary transfer assembly (X57945dn,

X57945z, X57945zs, 5800, X58045z,
X58045zs)

3 RM2-4458-000CN 1 Registration assembly

4 RM2-4492-000CN 1 Density detect assembly (and X58045z,

X58045zs, X58045dn)

1246 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-7 Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

5 RM2-3673-000CN 1 Pre-exposure PCA holder

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 9) X57945 models 1247

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-8 Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models

MFP X57945

A19

3 A01

MFP X57945
8 A19
A06 A07 A19
A16
A04
4
5
A05 A03
(J931)

A08
7
8 A
(J206)

A09

A19

10

A16 A18

A19
A15
A10

A18 A11
A13
(J130)
A14 (J125)
A15
A (J204)
(J121)
A19 (J905D)
A12 (J290)
(J292)
(J293)

A17

Table 6-8 Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4521-000CN 1 Formatter cage assembly

2 RM2-7138-000CN 1 Memory PC board assembly (and X58045z,

X58045zs, X58045dn)

3 RK3-0845-000CN 1 Cable, flat FMTR

4 RM2-4488-000CN 1 Fixing motor assembly

1248 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-8 Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

5 RK2-7751-000CN 1 Motor, stepping

7 RM2-4485-000CN 1 Fixing drive assembly

8 RK3-0762-000CN 2 Fan

9 RM2-3702-000CN 1 Paper pickup drive assembly

10 RM2-3554-000CN 1 Paper delivery assembly

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 9) X57945 models 1249

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-9 Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models

2

(J132) (J131)
(J261)
MFP X57945 (J262)

(J136C)
A01 (J139)

(J104)
(J324) 5
A10 A10 6
(J321C)
A11 (J208)

9 4 (J103)
3
7
(J207)
A09
(J115)
(J114)

A08 8
A05 (J301)
(J302)

A11

A07

A06

Table 6-9 Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

2 RK3-1508-000CN Cable, flat HVT (For X557, X58045z)

3 RM3-9046-000CN 1 Rear PCA

3 RM3-9045-000CN 1 Rear PCA (X557)

4 RM3-7756-010CN 1 DC controller PCA (X57945)

4 RM3-7755-010CN 1 DC controller PCA (X55745)

4 RM3-7759-010CN 1 DC Controller PCA (X58045 EMEA Only)

5 RK3-1693-000CN 1 Cable, flat rear (X58045z)

6 RK3-0821-000CN 1 Cable, flat drive (X58045z, X58045zs)

6 RK3-1205-000CN 1 Cable, flat rear (X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

7 RK3-0819-000CN 1 Cable, flat drive (X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

7 RK3-1206-000CN Cable, flat right (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

1250 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-9 Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

8 RK3-1694-000CN 1 Cable, flat right

9 RM3-7640-000CN 1 HV power supply PCA (5700, X557, MFP 5800,

X58045)

9 RM3-7786-000CN 1 HV power supply PCA (X57945)

Not shown 6QN27-67002 1 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx)

Not shown 6QN27-67004 1 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India)

Not shown 6QN29-67002 1 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx)

Not shown 6QN29-67004 1 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India)

Not shown B5L32-60002 1 eMMC 16GB

Not shown B5L32-67004 1 eMMC 32GB

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 9) X557/X57945/X58045 models 1251

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-10 Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models

MFP X57945 4
(J106)
(J217) (J112) A01 (J247)
1 2 (J248) 3 A03
(J246)
A02
(J1)
(J379)
(J105)

A12

A11
A05

A06
A07
A08
A10

A09

LLC

Table 6-10 Internal assemblies (5 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3675-000CN 1 Interlock assembly

2 RK3-2277-000CN 1 Fan

3 WP2-5473-000CN 1 Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A

4 RK3-2104-000CN 1 Cable, flat LVPS (and X58045z, X58045zs)

5 RM3-9012-000CN 1 LVPS (110-127V)

5 RM3-9013-000CN 1 LVPS (220-240V)

LLC 6QN29-67010 1 HP LaserJet Image Transfer Belt

1252 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-11 Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models

A02

(J151)
(J431) (J423)
(J421) (J336C)
(J692D) (J693D)
(J957D) (J956D) (J991D)
(J694D)
(J955D) (J401) A03
(J695D) (J992D)
(J954D)
(J993D)

(J994D)
(J411)
(J412)
A22
(J416)
(J998)
(J999)
(J976)
1
(J989) A05 (J411D)
A01 A22
(J435)
A04
2 A22

(J417)

(J499)
3
(J499D)
(J410)
4
5

A21 A22

A22
A 7

B C A06 A07
D (J976)
A22
A18
A15 8
A19
A22
(J411DH)
LLC
A20
9
A22
LLC
A16
A22 A14
A12 A22
A22
A17
A22 A08
A13
A09

A11
A
10 B
C A10

Table 6-11 Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM3-7771-000CN 1 Toner supply PCA

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models 1253

 Table 6-11 Internal assemblies (6 of 9) X57945 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

2 RM2-3559-000CN 1 Auto close assembly

3 RM3-8038-000CN 1 Drawer cable assembly

4 RM2-3614-000CN 1 Size detect assembly

5 RM2-3501-000CN 1 Lifter drive assembly

6 RM2-3612-000CN 1 Toner supply drive motor assembly

7 RM2-3617-000CN 1 Paper pickup drive assembly

8 5851-7005 1 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm

9 RM2-3509-000CN 1 Paper pickup assembly

10 RM2-3616-000CN 1 Cassette assembly (X557, X57945, X58045)

1254 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-12 Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models

1

(J327B) A03
A16
A07
(J35)
A01 A02
A16

2
A16 A04
A05

A05

A16

A06

A07
A16
3
A10
A04
A14
A15
A16
A13

A12
A08

A16
A11
A15
A09

A10 A16

A04

Table 6-12 Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3601-000CN 1 Waste toner carry assembly (and X58045dn,

X58045z, X58045zs)

2 5851-7005 1 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm

3 RM2-3479-000CN 1 Paper feed assembly

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 9) X57945 models 1255

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-13 Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models

A

A10

4
B

A09

A A10

B
3

A10

A10

A10 A08
1
A10

A09
A01

A07
A06 A02

A03

A04

A05

Table 6-13 Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3609-000CN 2 Toner supply drive assembly Black/Magenta

2 RM2-3608-000CN 1 Toner supply drive assembly Cyan

3 RM2-3607-000CN 1 Toner supply drive assembly Yellow

4 RM3-0846-000CN 4 HP Toner supply service kit

1256 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (8 of 9) X57945 models 1257
 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (9 of 9)X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-14 Internal assemblies (9 of 9) X57945 models

2
1

Table 6-14 Internal assemblies (9 of 9) X57945 models

Ref Product Number Service Part Number Qty Description

No

1 W9250MC 6QN29-67033 1 HP W9250MC Black Mngd

LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

1 W9251MC 6QN29-67034 1 HP W9251MC Cyan Mngd

LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

1 W9252MC 6QN29-67035 1 HP W9252MC Yellow Mngd

LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

1 W9253MC 6QN29-67036 1 HP W9253MC Magenta Mngd

LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP)

2 W9280MC 6QN35-67027 1 HP W9280MC Black Mngd

Imaging Drum

2 W9281MC 6QN35-67028 1 HP W9281MC Cyan Mngd

Imaging Drum

2 W9282MC 6QN35-67029 1 HP W9282MC Yellow Mngd

Imaging Drum

2 W9283MC 6QN35-67030 1 HP W9283MC Magenta Mngd

Imaging Drum

1258 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models 1259

 Figure 6-15 Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models

A30

3 A01 A28
A27
2
6

A30
5
1 4
A29
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800 7

11 (J107A) A28

A26
(J181A)
B
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800
A25 A02
(J338)
(J338D)

10
A23 A03
A24 A19
A30 A04

A22 A20 A05

A A06
A21
8

A07

A16
A17 A30
A18 A30 LLC
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800

A15 A
A10 (J326)

(J942)
(J203) A08
(J216)
A14
(J209A)

9
A09
A13
(J943A) (J944A)
B A30
A12
A11

1260 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-15 Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3506-000CN 1 Main drive assembly (5700, MFP 5800)

1 RM2-3504-000CN 1 Main drive assembly (X557)

2 RM2-3625-000CN 1 Developing motor assembly

3 RM3-7647-000CN 1 Drum position sensor PCA

4 RM3-7788-000CN 1 Drum motor assembly

5 RM2-7360-000CN 1 T1 solenoid assembly (and X58045dn,

X58045z, X58045zs)

6 RK2-6027-000CN 1 Motor, stepping

7 RM3-7797-000CN 1 ITB motor assembly

8 RM3-7740-000CN 1 Right PCA (5700)

8 RM3-7790-000CN 1 Right PCA (X557, MFP 5800)

9 RM3-7723-000CN 1 Driver PCA

10 RM2-3822-000CN 1 Laser scanner assembly

11 RK3-1213-000CN Cable, flat SCN (5700, X557, MFP 5800,

X58045)

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 7) 5700/5800 models 1261

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 7)5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-16 Internal assemblies (2 of 7) 5700/5800 models

SFP 5700/MFP 5800 SFP X557
1 1
SFP 5700/MFP 5800

LLC
(J351) (J351)

MFP 5800

A02
SFP X557 A20 (J124D)

LLC A01 A20 (J124)

A03

A20
A18 A19
A17

A16
LLC
A15

A14 (J305/J315)
A20 A05
2

A20 A13 (J314)

A12 A10 (J311)
A20 (J313)
4 (J312)
A20

(J353) 3 A20

A06
A09 5
A08
A20

A07

Table 6-16 Internal assemblies (2 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3517-000CN 1 Waste toner duct assembly (5700, MFP 5800)

1 RM2-3518-000CN Waste toner duct assembly (X557)

2 RM2-3586-000CN 1 Secondary transfer assembly (5700)

1262 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-16 Internal assemblies (2 of 7) 5700/5800 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

2 RM2-3628-000CN 1 Secondary transfer assembly (X557)

3 RM2-4458-000CN 1 Registration assembly

4 RM2-4492-000CN 1 Density detect assembly

5 RM2-3565-000CN 1 Pre-exposure PCA holder

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 7)5700/5800 models 1263

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7)5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-17 Internal assemblies (3 of 7) 5700/5800 models

MFP 5800 SFP 5700/X557

A18 A18
A02
1
2
2

A01 3 A01
3 1
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800
8 A18
A06 A07 A18
A15
A04 4
5
A05 A03
(J931)

A08 7
9 A
(J206)

A09

10

A17
A15
A18
A14
A10

A17 A11
(J130)
A14 A13 (J125)
A (J204)
(J121)
A18 (J905D)
A12 (J290)
(J292)
(J293)

A16

Table 6-17 Internal assemblies (3 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4520-000CN 1 Formatter cage assembly (5700, X557)

1 RM2-4521-000CN 1 Formatter cage assembly (MFP 5800)

2 RM2-7138-000CN 1 Memory PC board assembly/IOD

3 RK3-0847-000CN 1 Cable, flat FMTR (5700, X55745)

3 RK3-0845-000CN 1 Cable, flat FMTR (MFP 5800, X58045)

1264 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-17 Internal assemblies (3 of 7) 5700/5800 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

4 RM2-4488-000CN 1 Fixing motor assembly

5 RK2-7751-000CN 1 Motor, stepping

7 RM2-4485-000CN 1 Fixing drive assembly

8 RK3-1637-000CN 1 Fan

9 RK3-0762-000CN 1 Fan

10 RM2-3548-000CN 1 Paper delivery assembly (5700, X557)

10 RM2-3554-000CN 1 Paper delivery assembly (MFP 5800)

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 7)5700/5800 models 1265

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-18 Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models

2

(J132) (J131)
(J261)
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800 (J262)
(J121D)
A06
(J136A/J136B)
A01 (J138/
(J121)
J137A)

(J104)
(J323/J322A)
A19 5 6
A19 (J321A/J321B)
(J208)
A20
9 4 (J103)
3
7
(J207)
A17
(J115)
(J114)

A16 8
A07 (J301)
(J302)

A20

SFP X557
A15 (J150D)
A08

(J150)

A
A14

A13

SFP X557
A20

A18
A11

A12
A10
A

A09

SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800

Table 6-18 Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

2 RK3-1508-000CN 1 Cable, flat HVT(For X557, X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

3 RM3-9044-000CN 1 Rear PCA (5700, MFP 5800)

1266 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-18 Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

4 RM3-7751-010CN 1 DC controller PCA (5700)

4 RM3-7752-010CN 1 DC controller PCA (MFP 5800)

5 RK3-1691-000CN 1 Cable, flat rear (5700, MFP 5800, X58045z,

X58045zs)

5 RK3-1692-000CN 1 Cable, flat rear (X557, X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

6 RK3-0821-000CN 1 Cable, flat drive(and X58045z, X58045zs)

6 RK3-1205-000CN 1 Cable, flat rear(X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

7 RK3-0819-000CN 1 Cable, flat drive

8 RK3-1206-000CN 1 Cable, flat right (X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

8 RK3-1694-000CN 1 Cable, flat right (and X58045z, X58045zs,

X58045dn)

9 RM3-7640-000CN 1 HV power supply PCA

Not shown 6QN27-67002 1 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx)

Not shown 6QN27-67004 1 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India)

Not shown 6QN29-67002 1 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx)

Not shown 6QN29-67004 1 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India)

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 7) 5700/5800 models 1267

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-19 Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models

4
SFP 5700/X557/MFP 5800
(J106)
(J217) (J112) A01 (J247)
1 2 (J248) 3 A03
(J246)
A02
(J1)
(J379)
(J105)

A12

A11
A05

A06
A07
A08
A10

A09

LLC

Table 6-19 Internal assemblies (5 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3675-000CN 1 Interlock assembly

2 RK3-2277-000CN 1 Fan

3 WP2-5473-000CN 1 Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A

4 RK3-2104-000CN 1 Cable, flat LVPS( and X58045z, X58045zs)

5 RM3-7724-000CN 1 LVPS (110-127V) (5700, X557)

5 RM3-7725-000CN 1 LVPS (220-240V) (5700, X557))

5 RM3-9012-000CN 1 LVPS (110-127V) (MFP 5800)

5 RM3-9013-000CN 1 LVPS (220-240V) (MFP 5800)

1268 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-20 Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models

A11

(J336)
2
(J336D)

SFP 5700/ A11

MFP 5800
(J327A) 4
(J346)
SFP X557
(J337A) 3

SFP X557

(J346)

A10 4

A11
A11 5
A01

A11 A09

A07 A06

(J316A)
A11
LLC
A08 6
A11
LLC

A05 A11 A04 A02 A11

A11 A11
A03

Table 6-20 Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-3559-000CN 1 Auto close assembly

2 RM3-8001-000CN 1 Drawer cable assembly

3 RM2-3634-000CN 1 Size detect assembly (5700, X557)

3 RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly (5800)

4 RM2-3493-000CN 1 Lifter drive assembly (5700, MFP 5800)

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models 1269

 Table 6-20 Internal assemblies (6 of 7) 5700/5800 models (continued)

Ref Part number Qty Description

No

4 RM2-3500-000CN 1 Lifter drive assembly (X557)

5 RM2-3681-000CN 1 Paper pickup drive assembly

6 RM2-3508-000CN 1 Paper pickup assembly

7 RM2-3615-000CN 1 Cassette assembly (5700, MFP 5800)

1270 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 7)5700/5800 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-21 Internal assemblies (7 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Table 6-21 Internal assemblies (7 of 7) 5700/5800 models

Ref Product Number Service Part Number Qty Description

No

1 W2130A 6QN29-67013 1 HP 213A Black Original LaserJet

Toner Cartridge

1 W2130X 6QN29-67014 1 HP 2130X High Yield Black Toner

Cartridge

1 W2130Y 6QN29-67015 1 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Black

Toner Cartridge

1 W2130YC 6QN29-67016 1 HP W2130YC Black Contract

Toner Cartridge

1 W2131A 6QN29-67017 1 HP 213A Cyan Original LaserJet

Toner Cartridge

1 W2131X 6QN29-67018 1 HP 2131X High Yield Cyan Toner

Cartridge

1 W2131Y 6QN29-67019 1 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Cyan

Toner Cartridge

1 W2131YC 6QN29-67020 1 HP W2131YC Cyan Contract

Toner Cartridge

1 W2132A 6QN29-67021 1 HP 213A Yellow Original LaserJet

Toner

1 W2132X 6QN29-67022 1 HP 2132X High Yield Yellow Toner

Cartridge

1 W2132Y 6QN29-67023 1 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Yellow

Toner Cartridge

1 W2132YC 6QN29-67024 1 HP W2132YC Yellow Contract

Toner Cartridge

1 W2133A 6QN29-67025 1 HP 213A Magenta LaserJet

Toner Cartridge

1 W2133X 6QN29-67026 1 HP 2133X High Yield Magenta

Toner Cartridge

1 W2133Y 6QN29-67027 1 HP 213Y Extra High Yield

Magenta Toner Cartridge

1 W2133YC 6QN29-67028 1 HP W2133YC Magenta Contract

Toner Cartridge

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (7 of 7)5700/5800 models 1271

 Input devices
Learn about the input devices.

Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder

Learn about the 550-sheet paper feeder parts and assemblies.

Covers, panels, and doors

Parts diagrams and part lists for the covers, panels, and doors.

Covers, panels, and doors (550-sheet paper feeder)

Parts diagram and part list for the 550-sheet paper feeder covers, panels, and doors.

Figure 6-22 550-sheet paper feeder covers, panels, and doors

6
1

A01

3 2

Table 6-22 550-sheet paper feeder covers, panels, and doors

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear lower 1

2 RM3-0004-000CN Right lower door assembly 1

3 RC5-9201-000CN Cover, front right 1

4 RM2-3640-000CN Cassette assembly 1

5 RC5-9200-000CN Cover, front left 1

6 RC5-9408-000CN Cover, left 1

1272 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Internal parts and assemblies
Parts diagrams and part lists for the internal parts and assemblies.

Internal parts and assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder)

Parts diagram and part list for the 550-sheet paper feeder main body.

Figure 6-23 550-sheet paper feeder internal parts and assemblies

(J531F) A02
A17 (J544F)

(J532F)
(J63)
1 (J64)
(J21) A17
(J532FD)
(J511D)
A01 2
(J511F)
4 A17

(J551)
A17
3 (J512)

5
(J512D)

(J541)
6 7

A15 A16
A17

8
A17
A03
(SW16)
(J21) A17
A13 A12
9
A10 A04
A05 (J532)
A14 LLC
A11
A17 A05
A17
LLC

A09
A17 A08 10
A06
A17
A17
A17
A07

Table 6-23 550-sheet paper feeder internal parts and assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM3-8051-000CN Paper feeder controller PCA 1

2 RM3-8058-000CN Drawer upper cable assembly 1

3 RC5-9398-000CN Holder, drawer connector upper 1

4 RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly 2

5 RM3-8059-000CN Drawer lower cable assembly 1

6 RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly 1

7 RM2-3501-000CN Lifter drive assembly 1

8 RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly 1

9 5851-7005 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 1

9 RM2-3509-000CN Paper pickup assembly 1

Internal parts and assemblies 1273

 Table 6-23 550-sheet paper feeder internal parts and assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown as 6QN57A 550-sheet paper feeder (tray) 1

Ref No

1274 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Output devices
Learn about the output devices.

Output device - 3-bin staple stacker

Learn about the 3-bin staple stacker output device.

Covers, panels, and doors

Parts diagrams and part lists for the covers, panels, and doors.

Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models

Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 6-24 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models

A03
1

A02

A03
10
9

A01
A03 3

7 4
5

8
6
A03

Table 6-24 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models

Key Part number Qty Description

No

1 RC6-1305-000CN 1 Cover, rear (X58045z, X58045zs )

1 RC6-0223-000CN 1 Cover, rear upper

2 RC6-1307-000CN 1 Cover, corner right

3 RC6-1308-000CN 1 Cover, right upper

4 RM2-4167-000CN 1 Right door assembly

5 RC6-1309-000CN 1 Cover, right lower

Output devices 1275

 Table 6-24 3 bin staple stacker covers 5800/X57945 models (continued)

Key Part number Qty Description

No

6 RC6-1310-000CN 1 Cover, stapler rear

7 RM3-0483-000CN 1 Staple cover assembly

8 RM3-0484-000CN 1 Staple door assembly

9 RM3-0485-000CN 1 Rear inner cover assembly

10 RC6-2356-000CN 1 Cover, left front

Internal parts and assemblies

Parts diagrams and part lists for the internal parts and assemblies.

Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models
Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 6-25 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models

4
3

(J401B)

(J101B) A05
2
A25 5
2 (J9916)
A04 (J1240)
1 (J503B) A25
(J402B)
(J301B) A06
A25
A07 6
A01 (J15)
A02
(FAN21)
A24 (J505B)

A03
A09
A25 A10 A08
13
(M22)
(J15)

A25
A11 A23
7

A13
A22 (SW21)
A14
A10
12 A12
A25 A14
(J301B)
A21 A25 10 (J302B)
A17
A18
A19 9 (J204C)
(J205) (J203C)
(J201C)
A20 (J502B)

(SW4)
(J7301D) 8
(J27)
(J19)
(J26) A15
A25
11 A25
A16

A25

1276 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-25 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models

Key Part number Qty Description

No

1 RM2-4168-000CN 1 Lower paper feed assembly

2 RC5-0353-000CN 1 Pin, tray fixed (and X58045zs)

3 RM2-4173-000CN 1 Tray assembly

3 RM2-3837-000CN 1 Tray assembly(X58045z, X58045zs)

4 RM3-0481-000CN 1 Jog assembly

5 RM3-7950-000CN 1 Staple stacker PCA

6 RK2-8153-000CN 1 Fan

7 RK2-8149-000CN 1 Motor, stepping DC

8 RM2-4169-000CN 1 Upper paper feed assembly

9 RK2-8148-000CN 1 Stapler assembly

10 RM2-1040-010CN 1 Solenoid assembly

11 5851-7005 1 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm

12 WC4-5136-000CN 1 Microswitch

13 RM3-0480-000CN 1 Stacking wall assembly

Parts and diagrams: 3 bin staple stacker main body 5800/X57945 models 1277
 Alphabetical parts list
Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list

Description Part number Table and page

550-sheet paper feeder (tray) 6QN57A 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

ADF Pick/Sep Roller Kit (5xxx Series) 6H121-67001 Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

ADF WUR (5xxx Series Non-Workflow) C0M44-67002 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

ADF WUR (5xxx Series Workflow) C0M44-67003 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

ADF damper 5851-8849 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

ADF hinge kit (5xxx Series) 5851-8841 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

ADF roller cover (5xxx Series) 5851-8843 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

ADF white backing kit 5851-8850 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Assy-Cable Convenience Stapler 6QN35-60120 Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 5851-7005 Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 5851-7005 Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 5851-7005 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 5851-7005 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Auto close assembly RM2-3559-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Auto close assembly RM2-3559-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Auto close assembly RM2-3559-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Cable, flat FMTR RK3-0845-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Cable, flat FMTR RK3-0845-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Cable, flat FMTR RK3-0847-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

1278 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cable, flat HVT RK3-1508-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat HVT RK3-1508-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat LVPS RK3-2104-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

Cable, flat LVPS RK3-2104-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Cable, flat SCN RK3-0835-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Cable, flat SCN RK3-1213-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Cable, flat drive RK3-0819-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat drive RK3-0819-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat drive RK3-0821-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat drive RK3-0821-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat rear RK3-1205-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat rear RK3-1205-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat rear RK3-1691-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat rear RK3-1692-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cable, flat rear RK3-1693-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat right RK3-1206-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat right RK3-1206-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Alphabetical parts list 1279

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cable, flat right RK3-1694-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Cable, flat right RK3-1694-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Cassette assembly RM2-3615-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Cassette assembly RM2-3616-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Cassette assembly RM2-3640-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

Control panel 10.9 cm 4.3 in 6QN28-60102 Control panels on page 1237

Control panel 23.3 cm 8 in 6QN37-60102 Control panels on page 1237

Control panel 25.6 cm 10.1 in 6QN35-60129 Control panels on page 1237

Convenience Stapler Assembly 6QN30-60103 Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) RC4-0213-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) RC4-0213-000CN Covers 5800 models on page
1240

Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) RC4-0213-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, corner right RC6-1307-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, front left RC5-9198-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, front left RC5-9198-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Cover, front left RC5-9198-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, front left RC5-9200-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

Cover, front right RC5-9199-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, front right RC5-9199-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Cover, front right RC5-9199-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, front right RC5-9201-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

Cover, left RC5-9408-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

1280 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cover, left front RC6-2356-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, left upper RC5-9204-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, left upper RC5-9204-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Cover, left upper RC5-9204-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, rear RC6-1305-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, rear lower RC5-9168-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover, rear lower RC5-9168-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Cover, rear lower RC5-9168-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, rear lower RC5-9409-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, rear lower RC5-9409-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

Cover, rear upper RC6-0223-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, right lower RC6-1309-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, right upper RC6-1308-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, stapler rear RC6-1310-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Cover, top assembly RC5-9172-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Cover, top assembly RC5-9172-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Cover, top assembly RM2-4517-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Cover-Convenience Stapler Cover 6QN28-40006 Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

DC Controller PCA RM3-7759-010CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Alphabetical parts list 1281

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

DC controller PCA RM3-7751-010CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

DC controller PCA RM3-7752-010CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

DC controller PCA RM3-7755-010CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

DC controller PCA RM3-7756-010CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Density detect assembly RM2-4492-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

Density detect assembly RM2-4492-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Developing motor assembly RM2-3625-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Developing motor assembly RM2-3625-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Drawer cable assembly RM3-8001-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Drawer cable assembly RM3-8038-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Drawer lower cable assembly RM3-8059-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Drawer upper cable assembly RM3-8058-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Driver PCA RM3-7723-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Driver PCA RM3-7723-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Drum motor assembly RM3-7788-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Drum motor assembly RM3-7788-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Drum position sensor PCA RM3-7647-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Drum position sensor PCA RM3-7647-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

1282 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Face down tray assembly RM2-4469-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Face down tray assembly RM2-4469-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Face down tray assembly RM2-4469-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Fan RK2-8153-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Fan RK3-0762-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Fan RK3-0762-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Fan RK3-1637-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Fan RK3-2277-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

Fan RK3-2277-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Fixing drive assembly RM2-4485-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Fixing drive assembly RM2-4485-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Fixing motor assembly RM2-4488-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Fixing motor assembly RM2-4488-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Flatbed scanner 6QN29-67005 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) 6QN27-67002 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) 6QN27-67002 Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India) 6QN27-67004 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India) 6QN27-67004 Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Alphabetical parts list 1283

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx) 6QN29-67002 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx) 6QN29-67002 Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India) 6QN29-67004 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India) 6QN29-67004 Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Formatter cage assembly RM2-4520-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Formatter cage assembly RM2-4521-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Formatter cage assembly RM2-4521-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Formatter cover assembly RM2-4480-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Formatter cover assembly RM2-4480-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Formatter cover assembly RM2-4480-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Formatter cover assembly RM2-4530-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Formatter cover assembly RM2-4530-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Front door assembly RM2-4473-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Front door assembly RM2-4473-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Front door assembly RM2-4479-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Front door assembly RM2-4533-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

HP 2130X High Yield Black Toner Cartridge W2130X6QN29-67014 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 2131X High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge W2131X6QN29-67018 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 2132X High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge W2132X6QN29-67022 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

1284 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

HP 2133X High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge W2133X6QN29-67026 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge W2130A6QN29-67013 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge W2131A6QN29-67017 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213A Magenta LaserJet Toner Cartridge W2133A6QN29-67025 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner W2132A6QN29-67021 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213Y Extra High Yield Black Toner Cartridge W2130Y6QN29-67015 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213Y Extra High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge W2131Y6QN29-67019 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213Y Extra High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge W2133Y6QN29-67027 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP 213Y Extra High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge W2132Y6QN29-67023 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP LaserJet Image Transfer Belt 6QN29-67010 Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

HP LaserJet Swedish Overlay Keyboard A7W14A Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

HP LaserJet Workflow Keyboard 1M0Q2A Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

HP Toner supply service kit RM3-0846-000CN Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

HP W2130YC Black Contract Toner Cartridge W2130YC6QN29-67016 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP W2131YC Cyan Contract Toner Cartridge W2131YC6QN29-67020 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP W2132YC Yellow Contract Toner Cartridge W2132YC6QN29-67024 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP W2133YC Magenta Contract Toner Cartridge W2133YC6QN29-67028 Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

HP W9250MC Black Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) W9250MC6QN29-67033 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

Alphabetical parts list 1285

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

HP W9251MC Cyan Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) W9251MC6QN29-67034 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9252MC Yellow Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) W9252MC6QN29-67035 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9253MC Magenta Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) W9253MC6QN29-67036 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9280MC Black Mngd Imaging Drum W9280MC6QN35-67027 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9281MC Cyan Mngd Imaging Drum W9281MC6QN35-67028 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9282MC Yellow Mngd Imaging Drum W9282MC6QN35-67029 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

HP W9283MC Magenta Mngd Imaging Drum W9283MC6QN35-67030 Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

HV power supply PCA RM3-7640-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

HV power supply PCA RM3-7640-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

HV power supply PCA RM3-7786-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Handle (Lunar Aurora Purple Dark) 5851-8692 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Handle (Lunar Comet Red Dark) 5851-8689 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Handle (Lunar Constellation Yellow) 5851-8691 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Handle (Lunar Cosmic Green Dark) 5851-8690 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Handle (Lunar Grey Dark/ Cement Dark) 5851-8688 Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

Handle (OOV white) 5851-8693 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Handle, left RC5-9165-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Handle, left RC5-9165-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Handle, left RC5-9165-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Handle, right door lower RC5-8516-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Handle, right door lower RC5-8516-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

1286 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Handle, right door lower RC5-8516-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Holder, drawer connector upper RC5-9398-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

ITB motor assembly RM3-7797-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

ITB motor assembly RM3-7797-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Interlock assembly RM2-3675-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

Interlock assembly RM2-3675-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Jog assembly RM3-0481-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Keyboard Overlay Kit - (DN/FR-Swiss/GN) A7W13A Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

Keyboard Overlay Kit - Chinese A7W12A Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

LVPS (110-127V) RM3-7724-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

LVPS (110-127V) RM3-9012-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

LVPS (110-127V) RM3-9012-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

LVPS (220-240V) RM3-7725-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

LVPS (220-240V) RM3-9013-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

LVPS (220-240V) RM3-9013-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Laser scanner assembly RM2-3822-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Laser scanner assembly RM2-3822-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Left cover assembly RM2-4535-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Left cover assembly RM2-4535-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Alphabetical parts list 1287

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Left cover assembly RM2-4535-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Left lower cover RC5-9408-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Lifter drive assembly RM2-3493-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Lifter drive assembly RM2-3500-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Lifter drive assembly RM2-3501-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Lifter drive assembly RM2-3501-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Lower paper feed assembly RM2-4168-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Main drive assembly RM2-3497-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Main drive assembly RM2-3504-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Main drive assembly RM2-3506-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Memory PC board assembly RM2-7138-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Memory PC board assembly RM2-7138-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Microswitch WC4-5136-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Motor, stepping RK2-6027-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Motor, stepping RK2-6027-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Motor, stepping RK2-7751-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Motor, stepping RK2-7751-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Motor, stepping DC RK2-8149-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

1288 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Paper delivery assembly RM2-3548-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Paper delivery assembly RM2-3554-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Paper delivery assembly RM2-3554-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Paper feed assembly RM2-3479-000CN Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

Paper feeder controller PCA RM3-8051-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Paper pickup assembly RM2-3508-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Paper pickup assembly RM2-3509-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Paper pickup assembly RM2-3509-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Paper pickup drive assembly RM2-3617-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Paper pickup drive assembly RM2-3617-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Paper pickup drive assembly RM2-3681-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Paper pickup drive assembly RM2-3702-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

Pin, tray fixed RC5-0353-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Pre-exposure PCA holder RM2-3565-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Pre-exposure PCA holder RM2-3673-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

Rear PCA RM3-9044-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Rear PCA RM3-9045-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Rear PCA RM3-9046-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

Alphabetical parts list 1289

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Rear inner cover assembly RM3-0485-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Registration assembly RM2-4458-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

Registration assembly RM2-4458-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Right PCA RM3-7740-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Right PCA RM3-7790-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Right PCA RM3-7791-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

Right door assembly RM2-4167-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Right lower door assembly RM2-3570-000CN Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

Right lower door assembly RM2-3570-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Right lower door assembly RM2-3570-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Right lower door assembly RM3-0004-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Right lower door assembly RM3-0004-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

Scanner control interconnect board (SCIB) (58xx Series) 5851-8962 Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

Secondary transfer assembly RM2-3586-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Secondary transfer assembly RM2-3628-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

Secondary transfer assembly RM2-3628-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A WP2-5473-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A WP2-5473-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Size detect assembly RM2-3614-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

1290 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Size detect assembly RM2-3614-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Size detect assembly RM2-3614-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

Size detect assembly RM2-3634-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

Slide Assembly: (5800dn, 5800f, 5800zf, X57945dn, X58045dn, 6QN29-67006 Control panels on page 1237
X57945z, and X58045z)

Slide Assembly: (6800dn, 6800zf, 6800zfw+, 6801zfw+, X677dn, 6QN35-67007 Control panels on page 1237
X677z+, X67755dn, X67765dn, X67755z+, and X67765z+)

Slide Assembly: (X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6801zfsw, 6QN35-67008 Control panels on page 1237
X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs)

Solenoid assembly RM2-1040-010CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Stacking wall assembly RM3-0480-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Staple cover assembly RM3-0483-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Staple door assembly RM3-0484-000CN 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Staple stacker PCA RM3-7950-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Stapler assembly RK2-8148-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

T1 solenoid assembly RM2-7360-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

T1 solenoid assembly RM2-7360-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

Toner supply PCA RM3-7771-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Toner supply door assembly RM2-3678-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Toner supply drive assembly RM2-3607-000CN Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

Toner supply drive assembly RM2-3608-000CN Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

Toner supply drive assembly RM2-3609-000CN Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

Alphabetical parts list 1291

 Table 6-26 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Toner supply drive motor assembly RM2-3612-000CN Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Top front cover assembly RM2-4518-000CN Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Top front cover assembly RM2-4518-000CN Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

Tray assembly RM2-3837-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Tray assembly RM2-4173-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Upper paper feed assembly RM2-4169-000CN 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Waste toner carry assembly RM2-3601-000CN Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

Waste toner duct assembly RM2-3517-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Waste toner duct assembly RM2-3518-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

Waste toner duct assembly RM2-3590-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

eMMC 16GB B5L32-60002 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

eMMC 32GB B5L32-67004 Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

1292 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Numerical parts list
Table 6-27 Numerical parts list

Part number Description Table and page

1M0Q2A HP LaserJet Workflow Keyboard Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-7005 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

5851-7005 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

5851-7005 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

5851-7005 Assy-USB A F Panel Mount To WTB 335mm 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

5851-8688 Handle (Lunar Grey Dark/ Cement Dark) Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

5851-8689 Handle (Lunar Comet Red Dark) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8690 Handle (Lunar Cosmic Green Dark) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8691 Handle (Lunar Constellation Yellow) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8692 Handle (Lunar Aurora Purple Dark) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8693 Handle (OOV white) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8841 ADF hinge kit (5xxx Series) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8843 ADF roller cover (5xxx Series) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8849 ADF damper Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8850 ADF white backing kit Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

5851-8962 Scanner control interconnect board (SCIB) (58xx Series) Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

6H121-67001 ADF Pick/Sep Roller Kit (5xxx Series) Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1235

6QN27-67002 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

6QN27-67002 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

Numerical parts list 1293

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

6QN27-67004 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India) Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

6QN27-67004 Formatter (57xx / X55xxx) (China/India) Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

6QN28-40006 Cover-Convenience Stapler Cover Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

6QN28-60102 Control panel 10.9 cm 4.3 in Control panels on page 1237

6QN29-67002 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx) Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

6QN29-67002 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx / X58xxx) Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

6QN29-67004 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India) Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

6QN29-67004 Formatter (58xx / X57xxx) (China/India) Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

6QN29-67005 Flatbed scanner Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

6QN29-67006 Slide Assembly: (5800dn, 5800f, 5800zf, X57945dn, X58045dn, Control panels on page 1237
X57945z, and X58045z)

6QN29-67010 HP LaserJet Image Transfer Belt Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

6QN30-60103 Convenience Stapler Assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

6QN35-60120 Assy-Cable Convenience Stapler Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

6QN35-60129 Control panel 25.6 cm 10.1 in Control panels on page 1237

6QN35-67007 Slide Assembly: (6800dn, 6800zf, 6800zfw+, 6801zfw+, X677dn, Control panels on page 1237
X677z+, X67755dn, X67765dn, X67755z+, and X67765z+)

6QN35-67008 Slide Assembly: (X57945zs, X58045zs, 6800zfsw, 6801zfsw, Control panels on page 1237
X677zs, X677s, X677z, X67755zs, and X67765zs)

6QN37-60102 Control panel 23.3 cm 8 in Control panels on page 1237

6QN57A 550-sheet paper feeder (tray) 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

A7W12A Keyboard Overlay Kit - Chinese Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

A7W13A Keyboard Overlay Kit - (DN/FR-Swiss/GN) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

A7W14A HP LaserJet Swedish Overlay Keyboard Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

1294 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

B5L32-60002 eMMC 16GB Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

B5L32-67004 eMMC 32GB Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

C0M44-67002 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Non-Workflow) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

C0M44-67003 ADF WUR (5xxx Series Workflow) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1235

RC4-0213-000CN Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC4-0213-000CN Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) Covers 5800 models on page
1240

RC4-0213-000CN Cover, Hardware integration pocket (HIP) Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-0353-000CN Pin, tray fixed 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RC5-8516-000CN Handle, right door lower Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-8516-000CN Handle, right door lower Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-8516-000CN Handle, right door lower Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9165-000CN Handle, left Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-9165-000CN Handle, left Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-9165-000CN Handle, left Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9168-000CN Cover, rear lower Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-9168-000CN Cover, rear lower Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-9168-000CN Cover, rear lower Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9172-000CN Cover, top assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-9172-000CN Cover, top assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9198-000CN Cover, front left Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-9198-000CN Cover, front left Covers 5800 models on page

1240

Numerical parts list 1295

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RC5-9198-000CN Cover, front left Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9199-000CN Cover, front right Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-9199-000CN Cover, front right Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-9199-000CN Cover, front right Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9200-000CN Cover, front left 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RC5-9201-000CN Cover, front right 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RC5-9204-000CN Cover, left upper Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RC5-9204-000CN Cover, left upper Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RC5-9204-000CN Cover, left upper Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9398-000CN Holder, drawer connector upper 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RC5-9408-000CN Cover, left 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RC5-9408-000CN Left lower cover Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear lower Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RC5-9409-000CN Cover, rear lower 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RC6-0223-000CN Cover, rear upper 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RC6-1305-000CN Cover, rear 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RC6-1307-000CN Cover, corner right 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RC6-1308-000CN Cover, right upper 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RC6-1309-000CN Cover, right lower 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RC6-1310-000CN Cover, stapler rear 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

1296 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RC6-2356-000CN Cover, left front 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RK2-6027-000CN Motor, stepping Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RK2-6027-000CN Motor, stepping Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RK2-7751-000CN Motor, stepping Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RK2-7751-000CN Motor, stepping Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RK2-8148-000CN Stapler assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RK2-8149-000CN Motor, stepping DC 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RK2-8153-000CN Fan 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RK3-0762-000CN Fan Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RK3-0762-000CN Fan Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RK3-0819-000CN Cable, flat drive Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-0819-000CN Cable, flat drive Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-0821-000CN Cable, flat drive Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-0821-000CN Cable, flat drive Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-0835-000CN Cable, flat SCN Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RK3-0845-000CN Cable, flat FMTR Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RK3-0845-000CN Cable, flat FMTR Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RK3-0847-000CN Cable, flat FMTR Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

Numerical parts list 1297

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RK3-1205-000CN Cable, flat rear Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-1205-000CN Cable, flat rear Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-1206-000CN Cable, flat right Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-1206-000CN Cable, flat right Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-1213-000CN Cable, flat SCN Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RK3-1508-000CN Cable, flat HVT Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-1508-000CN Cable, flat HVT Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-1637-000CN Fan Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RK3-1691-000CN Cable, flat rear Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-1692-000CN Cable, flat rear Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-1693-000CN Cable, flat rear Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-1694-000CN Cable, flat right Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RK3-1694-000CN Cable, flat right Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RK3-2104-000CN Cable, flat LVPS Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

RK3-2104-000CN Cable, flat LVPS Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

RK3-2277-000CN Fan Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

RK3-2277-000CN Fan Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

1298 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-1040-010CN Solenoid assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM2-3479-000CN Paper feed assembly Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

RM2-3493-000CN Lifter drive assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3497-000CN Main drive assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM2-3500-000CN Lifter drive assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3501-000CN Lifter drive assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM2-3501-000CN Lifter drive assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM2-3504-000CN Main drive assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM2-3506-000CN Main drive assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM2-3508-000CN Paper pickup assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3509-000CN Paper pickup assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM2-3509-000CN Paper pickup assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM2-3517-000CN Waste toner duct assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-3518-000CN Waste toner duct assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-3548-000CN Paper delivery assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-3554-000CN Paper delivery assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-3554-000CN Paper delivery assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

Numerical parts list 1299

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3559-000CN Auto close assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM2-3565-000CN Pre-exposure PCA holder Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-3570-000CN Right lower door assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-3570-000CN Right lower door assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-3570-000CN Right lower door assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-3586-000CN Secondary transfer assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-3590-000CN Waste toner duct assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

RM2-3601-000CN Waste toner carry assembly Internal assemblies (7 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1255

RM2-3607-000CN Toner supply drive assembly Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

RM2-3608-000CN Toner supply drive assembly Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

RM2-3609-000CN Toner supply drive assembly Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

RM2-3612-000CN Toner supply drive motor assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3614-000CN Size detect assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM2-3615-000CN Cassette assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3616-000CN Cassette assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

1300 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-3617-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM2-3625-000CN Developing motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM2-3625-000CN Developing motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM2-3628-000CN Secondary transfer assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

RM2-3628-000CN Secondary transfer assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-3634-000CN Size detect assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3640-000CN Cassette assembly 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RM2-3673-000CN Pre-exposure PCA holder Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

RM2-3675-000CN Interlock assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

RM2-3675-000CN Interlock assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

RM2-3678-000CN Toner supply door assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-3681-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM2-3702-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-3822-000CN Laser scanner assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM2-3822-000CN Laser scanner assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM2-3837-000CN Tray assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM2-4167-000CN Right door assembly 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RM2-4168-000CN Lower paper feed assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

Numerical parts list 1301

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-4169-000CN Upper paper feed assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body
5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM2-4173-000CN Tray assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM2-4458-000CN Registration assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

RM2-4458-000CN Registration assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-4469-000CN Face down tray assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-4469-000CN Face down tray assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4469-000CN Face down tray assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-4473-000CN Front door assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-4473-000CN Front door assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4479-000CN Front door assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-4480-000CN Formatter cover assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-4480-000CN Formatter cover assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4480-000CN Formatter cover assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-4485-000CN Fixing drive assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-4485-000CN Fixing drive assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-4488-000CN Fixing motor assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-4488-000CN Fixing motor assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-4492-000CN Density detect assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1246

RM2-4492-000CN Density detect assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1262

RM2-4517-000CN Cover, top assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

1302 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-4518-000CN Top front cover assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4518-000CN Top front cover assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-4520-000CN Formatter cage assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-4521-000CN Formatter cage assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-4521-000CN Formatter cage assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-4530-000CN Formatter cover assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4530-000CN Formatter cover assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-4533-000CN Front door assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-4535-000CN Left cover assembly Covers 5700/X557 models on

page 1239

RM2-4535-000CN Left cover assembly Covers 5800 models on page

1240

RM2-4535-000CN Left cover assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM2-7138-000CN Memory PC board assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1248

RM2-7138-000CN Memory PC board assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1264

RM2-7360-000CN T1 solenoid assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM2-7360-000CN T1 solenoid assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-0004-000CN Right lower door assembly Covers X57945 models on

page 1243

RM3-0004-000CN Right lower door assembly 550-sheet paper feeder covers,

panels, and doors on page 1272

RM3-0480-000CN Stacking wall assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM3-0481-000CN Jog assembly 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM3-0483-000CN Staple cover assembly 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

Numerical parts list 1303

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM3-0484-000CN Staple door assembly 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RM3-0485-000CN Rear inner cover assembly 3 bin staple stacker covers

5800/X57945 models on page
1275

RM3-0846-000CN HP Toner supply service kit Internal assemblies (8 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1256

RM3-7640-000CN HV power supply PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RM3-7640-000CN HV power supply PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RM3-7647-000CN Drum position sensor PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM3-7647-000CN Drum position sensor PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7723-000CN Driver PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM3-7723-000CN Driver PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7724-000CN LVPS (110-127V) Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

RM3-7725-000CN LVPS (220-240V) Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

RM3-7740-000CN Right PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7751-010CN DC controller PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RM3-7752-010CN DC controller PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RM3-7755-010CN DC controller PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RM3-7756-010CN DC controller PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RM3-7759-010CN DC Controller PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

1304 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM3-7771-000CN Toner supply PCA Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM3-7786-000CN HV power supply PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RM3-7788-000CN Drum motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM3-7788-000CN Drum motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7790-000CN Right PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7791-000CN Right PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM3-7797-000CN ITB motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1245

RM3-7797-000CN ITB motor assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1261

RM3-7950-000CN Staple stacker PCA 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

RM3-8001-000CN Drawer cable assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1269

RM3-8038-000CN Drawer cable assembly Internal assemblies (6 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1253

RM3-8051-000CN Paper feeder controller PCA 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM3-8058-000CN Drawer upper cable assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM3-8059-000CN Drawer lower cable assembly 550-sheet paper feeder

internal parts and assemblies
on page 1273

RM3-9012-000CN LVPS (110-127V) Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

RM3-9012-000CN LVPS (110-127V) Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

RM3-9013-000CN LVPS (220-240V) Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

RM3-9013-000CN LVPS (220-240V) Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Numerical parts list 1305

 Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM3-9044-000CN Rear PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1266

RM3-9045-000CN Rear PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

RM3-9046-000CN Rear PCA Internal assemblies (4 of 9)

X557/X57945/X58045 models
on page 1250

W2130A6QN29-67013 HP 213A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2130X6QN29-67014 HP 2130X High Yield Black Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2130Y6QN29-67015 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Black Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2130YC6QN29-67016 HP W2130YC Black Contract Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2131A6QN29-67017 HP 213A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2131X6QN29-67018 HP 2131X High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2131Y6QN29-67019 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Cyan Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2131YC6QN29-67020 HP W2131YC Cyan Contract Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2132A6QN29-67021 HP 213A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2132X6QN29-67022 HP 2132X High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2132Y6QN29-67023 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Yellow Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2132YC6QN29-67024 HP W2132YC Yellow Contract Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2133A6QN29-67025 HP 213A Magenta LaserJet Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

1306 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-27 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

W2133X6QN29-67026 HP 2133X High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2133Y6QN29-67027 HP 213Y Extra High Yield Magenta Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)
5700/5800 models on page
1271

W2133YC6QN29-67028 HP W2133YC Magenta Contract Toner Cartridge Internal assemblies (7 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1271

W9250MC6QN29-67033 HP W9250MC Black Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

W9251MC6QN29-67034 HP W9251MC Cyan Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

W9252MC6QN29-67035 HP W9252MC Yellow Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

W9253MC6QN29-67036 HP W9253MC Magenta Mngd LaserJet Toner Cartridge (MFP) Internal assemblies (9 of 9)
X57945 models on page 1258

W9280MC6QN35-67027 HP W9280MC Black Mngd Imaging Drum Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

W9281MC6QN35-67028 HP W9281MC Cyan Mngd Imaging Drum Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

W9282MC6QN35-67029 HP W9282MC Yellow Mngd Imaging Drum Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

W9283MC6QN35-67030 HP W9283MC Magenta Mngd Imaging Drum Internal assemblies (9 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1258

WC4-5136-000CN Microswitch 3 bin staple stacker main body

5800/X57945 models on page
1277

WP2-5473-000CN Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A Internal assemblies (5 of 9)

X57945 models on page 1252

WP2-5473-000CN Sensor, humidity HSU-08FDB2A Internal assemblies (5 of 7)

5700/5800 models on page
1268

Numerical parts list 1307

 A Certificate of Volatility

Review the certificates of volatility for the printer.

Certificate of Volatility
Review the certificates of volatility for the printers.

1308 Appendix A Certificate of Volatility

Figure A-1 Certificate of Volatility SFP (1 of 3)

Certificate of Volatility 1309

 Figure A-2 Certificate of Volatility SFP (2 of 3)

1310 Appendix A Certificate of Volatility

Figure A-3 Certificate of Volatility SFP (3 of 3)

Certificate of Volatility 1311

 Figure A-4 Certificate of Volatility MFP (1 of 3)

1312 Appendix A Certificate of Volatility

Figure A-5 Certificate of Volatility MFP (2 of 3)

Certificate of Volatility 1313

 Figure A-6 Certificate of Volatility MFP (3 of 3)

1314 Appendix A Certificate of Volatility

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700, 6700, X557, X55745, X654,
X65455, X65465, MFP 5800, 6800, X57945, X58045, X677,
X67755, X67765 WIFI - Supplemental Certificate of Volatility
Review the certificates of volatility for the printers.

Figure A-7 Supplemental Certificate of Volatility

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise 5700, 6700, X557, X55745, X654, X65455, X65465, MFP 5800, 6800, X57945, X58045,
X677, X67755, X67765 WIFI - Supplemental Certificate of Volatility 1315
 Glossary of terms

802.11
802.11 is a set of standards for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, developed by the
IEEE LAN/MAN Standards Committee (IEEE 802).

802.11b/g/n
802.11b/g/n can share the same hardware and use the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b supports bandwidth up
to 11 Mbps, 802.11n supports bandwidth up to 150 Mbps. 802.11b/g/n devices might occasionally suffer
interferences from microwave ovens, cordless telephones, and Bluetooth devices.

AC
An electric current that reverses its direction many times a second at regular intervals. For example, the
110V line current found in a typical US electrical wall receptacle.

AC Control Module (PageWide)

The AC Control Module controls the heating elements in the airflow assembly. Functions include voltage
monitoring (ensuring correct operation in a low-quality-power environment), isolation (low voltage heater
control signals are isolated from the high voltage AC power for safety), AC switching (power is switched
on/off to the heater), and heating element configuration (heating element configuration is changed
between series and parallel for temperature predictability).

ADF
An Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) is a device that automatically feeds an original sheet (or multiple
sheets) of paper into the image scanner. The document feeder is a component of the integrated
scanner assembly (ADF and image scanner).

Airflow System (PageWide)

The airflow system conditions the printed pages to avoid page curling due to the ink on the page. The
airflow system functionally consists of a fan and heating elements. The pressurized air is blown on the
page through the nozzles that are placed on the paper path of the airflow system between print and
eject zone.

BOOTP
Bootstrap Protocol. A network protocol used by a network client to obtain its IP address automatically.
This is usually done in the bootstrap process of computers or operating systems running on them. The
BOOTP servers assigns an IP address from a pool of addresses to each client. BOOTP enables “diskless
workstation” computers to obtain an IP address prior to loading any advanced operating system.

CCD
A Charged Coupled Device (CCD) is the scanner module which enables a scan job. A CCD locking
mechanism is used to hold the CCD module to prevent any damage when the printer is moved.

1316 Glossary of terms

CIS
A Contact Image Sensor (CIS) scanner captures an image using the printer's optical path. Red, green,
and blue LEDs sequentially illuminate a small strip of the document (often called a raster line), and the
optical system captures each color in a single row of Charged Coupled Device (CCD) sensors that cover
the entire page width.

Collation
Collation is a process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collation is selected, the device prints
an entire set before printing additional copies.

Control Panel
The control panel is a flat, typically vertical panel or screen where the user can control and/or monitor
the printer. The control panel is found on the front of the printer.

Coverage
Coverage is the printing term used for a toner usage measurement on printing. For example, 5%
coverage means that an A4 sided paper has about 5% image or text on it. If the paper or original has
complicated images or a large amount of text, the coverage will be higher and at the same time, a toner
usage will be as much as the coverage.

DC
An electric current flowing in one direction only. Typically, a low voltage load current supplied to an
electrical assembly.

DCC
The DC controller (DCC) controls the operation of the printer sub-systems and electrical components.
the DCC sends out various signals to operate motors, solenoids, and other printer components based
on the print command and image data that the host computer sends the formatter.

Default
The value or setting that is in effect when a printer is unboxed, reset, or initialized.

DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server
provides configuration parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information
required by the client host to participate on an IP network. The DHCP also provides a mechanism for
allocation of IP addresses to client hosts.

Digital Send Software

Digital send software allows a mufti-function printer (MFP) to scan and send information quickly and
securely to email, network folders, other printers, and fax services.

DIMM
A Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) is a small circuit board that holds memory. The DIMM stores all
data within the printer, such as printing data and received fax data.

DPI
Dots Per Inch (DPI) is a measurement of resolution that is used for scanning and printing. Generally,
higher DPI results in a higher resolution (more visible detail in the image and a larger file size).

Glossary of terms 1317

 Duplex
A mechanism that automatically turns over a sheet of paper so that the printer can print (or scan) on
both sides of the paper. A printer equipped with a duplex unit can print on both sides of the paper during
one print cycle.

Duty Cycle
Duty cycle is the page quantity which does not affect printer performance for a month. Generally, the
printer has the lifespan limitation such as pages per year. The lifespan means the average capacity of
print-outs, usually within the warranty period. For example, if the duty cycle is 48,000 pages per month
the printer limit is 2,400 pages a day (assuming 20 working days/month).

Dynamic Security
Dynamic Security is a toner cartridge design and process for authenticating genuine HP supplies. HP
printers use toner cartridges that have security chips or electronic circuitry. Cartridges using a non-HP
chip, or modified chip, or non-HP circuitry might not work (now or in the future).

e-Duplex
Single-pass electronic duplex (e-Duplex) printer use two separate scan modules to scan the front-side
and back-side of an e-duplex copy job page in a single pass through the document feeder.

EMC
EMC is a measure of a device's ability to operate as intended in its shared operating environment while,
at the same time, not affecting the ability of other equipment within the same environment to operate as
intended.

EMI
EMI is the electromagnetic energy which affects the functioning of an electronic device. Electronic
devices (like printers) are a source of EMI. Because it is rare for electronics to operate in isolation,
products are generally engineered to function in the presence of some amount of EMI.

eMMC
An embedded Multi-Media Card is a compact memory device consisting of NAND flash memory and a
simple storage controller.

Emulation
Emulation is a technique of one machine obtaining the same results as another. An emulator duplicates
the functions of one system with a different system, so that the second system behaves like the first
system. Emulation focuses on exact reproduction of external behavior. This is different from simulation,
which concerns an abstract model of the system being simulated, often considering its internal state.

EPS
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) is a PostScript (PS) code file which is used for storing font and vector
graphic image information.

ESD
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) is a sudden flow of electricity between two electrically charged objects
caused by contact, an electrical short, or dielectric breakdown. Discharge of built up static electricity.

Ethernet
Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). It defines
wiring and signaling for the physical layer, and frame formats and protocols for the media access
control (MAC)/data link layer of the OSI model. Ethernet is mostly standardized as IEEE 802.3. Ethernet
has become the most widespread LAN technology in use during the 1990s to present.

1318 Glossary of terms

Ferrite
A ferrite is used to reduce the amount of radio frequency noise (or interference) in a wire or cable. A
ferrite enables proper EMC/EMI performance for regulatory purposes.

FFC
Flat Flexible Cables (FFCs) are designed for Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA) to PCA connections (for
example, connecting a fax PCA to the formatter).

FIH
A Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) is a port that enables HP multifunction printers (MFPs) to use third-
party devices to extend the capabilities of the MFP.

Firmware
The formatter stores the printer firmware. A remote firmware upgrade process is used to overwrite and
upgrade the firmware.

Flash memory
Flash memory is non-volatile, meaning it retains stored data even when the power is turned off.

Flow integrated scanner assembly

A printer scanner assembly that includes a slide-out external physical keyboard.

Formatter (LaserJet)
The formatter controls printer functions like receiving and processes print data, developing and
coordinating data placement and timing with the DC controller PCA, storing font and customer
configuration information, communicating with the host computer, and monitoring control panel
functions and relaying printer status information through the control panel.

FTP
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. FTP is a protocol designed for transferring files over the Internet.
Files stored on an FTP server can be accessed using an FTP client, such as a web browser, FTP software
program, or a command line interface.

Fuser Unit
The fuser unit is part of a laser printer that adheres the toner onto the printed page. It consists of a
heat roller and a pressure roller. After toner is transferred onto the paper, the fuser unit applies heat and
pressure to make sure that the toner stays on the paper permanently (which is why paper is warm when
it comes out of a laser printer).

Gateway
A connection between computer networks, or between a computer network and a telephone line. A
gateway is used to connect two different computer networks, especially a connection to the Internet.

Grayscale
Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of a color image printed in monochrome. Colors
are represented by a range of gray shades from white to black.

Halftone
Halftone is a way of reproducing a photograph or other image in which the various tones of gray or color
are produced by variously sized dots of ink or toner. Halftone simulates grayscale by varying the number
of dots. Highly colored areas consist of a large number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller
number of dots.

Glossary of terms 1319

 HDD
A Hard-Disk Drive (HDD) (commonly referred to as a hard drive or hard disk) is a non-volatile storage
device which stores digitally-encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces.

IEEE
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an international non-profit, professional
organization for the advancement of technology related to electricity.

Image scanner
The image scanner (or Sub Scanner Assembly) contains the components to digitally scan an original
source document. The image scanner is a component of the integrated scanner assembly (ADF and
image scanner).

IP address
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique number that a device uses in order to identify and
communicate with other devices on a network utilizing the Internet Protocol standard.

IPM
The Images Per Minute (IPM) is a method of measuring the speed of a printer. An IPM rate indicates the
number of single-sided sheets a printer can complete in one minute.

IPP
The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing and managing print jobs,
media size, resolution, etc. IPP can be used locally, or over the internet to reach hundreds of printers. IPP
also supports access control, authentication, and encryption, making it a capable and secure printing
solution.

ISA
The Integrated Scanner Assembly (ISA) includes the document feeder and image scanner.

ISO
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is an international standard-setting body
composed of representatives from national standards bodies. In produces world-wide industrial and
commercial standards.

JBIG
Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group (JBIG) is an image compression standard with no loss of accuracy or
quality. It was designed for compression of binary images, particularly for faxes, but can also be used for
other images.

JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used standard method of loss compression for
photographic images. It is the format used for storing and transmitting photographs on the World Wide
Web.

LDAP
The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a networking protocol for querying and modifying
directory services running over TCP/IP.

LED
A Light-Emitting Diode (LED) is a semiconductor device that can indicate the status of a printer
(formatter LEDs) or a component in a contact image sensor (CIS) scanner that helps capture an image.

1320 Glossary of terms

LEDM
Low end data model (LEDM) provides one consistent data representation method and defines the
dynamic and capabilities tickets shared between clients and devices, as well as the access protocol,
event, security, and discovery methods.

LPDC
Late point differentiation configuration (LPDC) allows the channel partner to configure the speed to the
printer depending on the customer’s order. LPDC configuration is stored on the Trusted Platform Module
(TPM).

LVPS - SMPS
Low Voltage Power Supplies (LVPS) and Switching Mode Power Supplies (SMPS) supply direct current
(DC) voltages to various printer components and assemblies.

MAC address
Media Access Control (MAC) address is a unique identifier associated with a network adapter. MAC
address is a unique 48–bit identifier usually written as 12 hexadecimal characters grouped in pairs (for
example, 00–00–0c-34–11–4e). This address is usually hard-coded into a Network Interface Card (NIC) by
the manufacturer and used as an aid for routers trying to locate machines on a large network.

MEt
HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt) effectively doubles the standard memory through a variety
of font- and data-compression methods. MEt is available only in Printer Command Language (PCL) mode;
it is not functional when printing in PostScript (PS) mode.

MFP
A Multi Function Printer (MFP) is a printer that incorporates multiple functionalities in a single physical
body. For example, an MFP printer can scan, digitally send, fax, copy, and print.

MHV
Miniature High Voltage (MHV) is designed for high voltage applications of BNC connectors (DC voltage
between 500 V and 5 kV).

Modem
A device that modulates a carrier signal to encode digital information, and also demodulates such a
carrier signal to decode transmitted information.

MPCA (PageWide)
The MPCA integrates both formatter (LaserJet) and engine control electronics (DC controller) into a
single assembly. The Main PCA (MPCA) controls printer functions like receiving and processes print
data, developing and coordinating data placement, storing font and customer configuration information,
communicating with the host computer, and monitoring control panel functions and relaying printer
status information through the control panel.

NAND
NAND is not an acronym (the term is short for NOT AND a Boolean operator and logic gate). NAND
(flash) memory is non-volatile, meaning it retains stored data even when the power is turned off.

NVRAM
Nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM) is used to store I/O and information about the print
environment configuration (stored data even when the power is turned off).

Glossary of terms 1321

 OPC
Organic Photo Conductor (OPC) is a mechanism that makes a virtual image for print using a laser beam
emitted from a laser printer. It is usually green or rust colored and has a cylinder shape. An imaging
unit containing a drum slowly wears the drum surface during its usage in the printer, and it should
be replaced appropriately due to wear from contact with the cartridge development brush, cleaning
mechanism, and paper.

Originals
The first example of something, such as a document, photograph, or text which is copied, reproduced, or
translated to produce additional copies. The original itself is not copied or derived from something else.

PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA). Once the printed circuit board (PCB) is complete, electronic components
must be assembled to form a functional printed circuit assembly or PCA.

PCL
Printer Command Language (PCL) is a Page Description Language (PDL) developed by HP as a printer
protocol. PCL has become an industry standard. Originally developed for early Inkjet printers, PCL has
been released in varying levels for thermal, dot matrix printers and laser printers.

PDF
Portable Document Format (PDF) is a proprietary file format developed by Adobe Systems. A PDF
represents two dimension documents in a device independent and resolution independent format.

PJL
Printer job language (PJL) is an integral part of printer configuration, in addition to the standard PCL
and PostScript (PS). With standard cabling, the printer can use PJL to perform a variety of functions like
dynamic I/O switching, context-sensitive switching, and isolation of print environment settings from one
print job to the next.

PML
Printer management language (PML) allows remote configuration of the printer and status read-back
from the printer through the I/O ports.

PostScript (PS)
PostScript (PS) is a Page Description Language (PDL) and programming language used primarily in
electronic and desktop publishing. PostScript is run in an interpreter to generate an image.

PPM
Pages Per Minute (PPM) is a method of measurement for determining how fast a printer works, meaning
the number of pages a printer can produce in one minute.

Print Media
Media like paper, envelopes, labels, and transparencies which can be used in a printer, scanner, fax, or
copier.

Printer Driver
A program used to send commands and transfer data from the computer to the printer.

Printhead (PageWide)
The printhead converts the digital firing instructions from the printer electronics into properly formed
and timed microscopic drops of the four ink colors.

1322 Glossary of terms

Printhead Wiper (PageWide)
The printhead wiper system keeps the printhead nozzles firing correctly throughout the life of the printer
as it performs the wiping and capping functions. The wiping function cleans the nozzles of ink residue
and particulates. The capping function keeps the nozzles moist during storage and when the printer is
idle.

Protocol
A convention or standard that controls or enables the connection, communication, and data transfer
between two computing endpoints.

RAM
Random Access Memory (RAM) is the printer memory device where the data in current use is kept so it
can be quickly retrieved by the device's processor. This memory is an important factor in avoiding errors
and printing documents properly. Printer memory is used to store, and process print jobs as they are
sent to the printer from a computer. After printing, the job is cleared from the memory to make room
for more print jobs. Printer memory is directly linked to two print characteristics: speed and print quality.
More memory allows you to print faster and print larger, high-quality graphics.

REDI sensor
An optical reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor. Usually used in conjunction with mirrors
to sense the presence or absence of paper in the paper path. These sensors are carefully aligned and
calibrated at the factory, so care must be taken when servicing these sensors.

Resolution
The sharpness of an image is measured in Dots Per Inch (DPI). The higher the DPI, the greater the
resolution.

SCB
The Scanner Control Board (SCB) controls the functions of the image scanner components in the Sub
Scanner Assembly (SSA).

Service fluid and aerosol management systems (PageWide)

There are two types of service fluid, shipping fluid and ink. The service fluid management system is
contained entirely within the duplex module. Service fluid is discharged as droplets from the printhead,
and then collected in a container inside the duplex module. Some of the droplets are called aerosol
because they are lighter than air. Aerosol can float inside the printer and collect on the lens of optical
sensors, producing false failures. The aerosol management system transports the aerosol and collects
it in a safe place. Aerosol management consists of an aerosol fan, mounted on the rear wall of the air
flow assembly, which creates air flow that pulls the aerosol through the holes in the platen and into the
aerosol filter inside the duplex module.

SFP
A single-function printer only processes print jobs sent from a host computer or from an USB port on the
printer.

SMB
Server Message Block (SMB) is a network protocol mainly applied to share files, printers, serial ports,
and miscellaneous communications between nodes on a network. SMB also provides an authenticated
inter-process communication mechanism.

Glossary of terms 1323

 SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard for email transmissions across the internet. SMTP
is a relatively simple, text-based protocol, where one or more recipient of a message is specified, and the
message text is transferred. It is a client server protocol where the client transmits an email message to
the server.

SODIMM
Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) is a thin profile memory storage device (a smaller
alternative to a standard DIMM device).

SSA
The Sub-Scanner Assembly is the image scanner component of the Integrated Scanner Assembly (ISA,
which includes the document feeder and the image scanner).

Subnet Mask
The subnet mask is used in conjunction with the network address to determine which part of the
address is the network address and which part is the host address.

TCP/IP
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP) are the set of communications
protocols that implement the protocol stack on which the internet and most commercial networks run.

TIFF
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) is a variable-resolution bit mapped image format. TIFF describes image
data that typically come from scanners. TIFF images use tags, keywords defining the characteristics
of the image that is included in the file. This flexible and platform-independent format can be used for
pictures that have been made by various image processing applications.

Toner Cartridge
A bottle or container that holds toner, which is used in a machine like a printer. Toner is a powder used
in laser printers and photocopiers. The toner forms the text and images on printed paper. Toner can be
fused by a combination of heat/pressure from the fuser, causing it to bind the fibers in the paper.

TPM
The HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a security accessory for printers. The TPM strengthens
protection of encrypted credentials and data stored on your printer. Certificate private keys are both
generated by and protected by the TPM. Once installed, the printer and the TPM are sealed, and the
printer owns the TPM. The TPM may not be moved to another device without losing its ownership from
the original printer. Installing a TPM accessory might necessitate a firmware upgrade. The TPM prevents
the printer from starting if the TPM is missing. If the TPM is removed from the printer, a control-panel
error message appears indicating that the TPM is missing.

NOTE: The TPM is not a service part for some printer models. Check the printer service manual to determine if
the TPM is a replaceable service part.

TWAIN
An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN compliant scanner with TWAIN-
compliant software, a scan can be initiated from the program. TWAIN is an image capture API for
Microsoft Windows and Apple Macintosh operating systems.

1324 Glossary of terms

URL
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the global address of documents and resources on the internet. The
first part of the address indicates what protocol to use. The second part specifies the IP address or the
domain name where the resource is located.

USB
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to
connect computers and peripherals. Unlike the parallel port, USB is designed to concurrently connect a
single computer USB port to multiple peripherals.

Walk-up USB
Some printers support direct printing from a USB flash drive (the walk-up USB port is usually near the
control panel).

Watermark
A watermark is a recognizable image or pattern in paper that appears lighter when viewed by
transmitted light. Watermarks were first introduced in Bologna, Italy in 1282. Watermarks have been
used by paper makers to identify their product, and also on postage stamps, currency, and other
government documents to discourage counterfeiting.

XPS
XML Paper Specification (XPS) is a specification for a Page Description Language (PDL) and a new
document format developed by Microsoft. This has benefits for portable document and electronic
documents. It is an XML-based specification based on a new print path and vector-based, device-
independent document format.

ZIF Connector
Zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors use a mechanical locking method to secure Flat Flexible Cables
(FFCs) to a Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA).

Glossary of terms 1325

 Index

Symbols/Numerics 76.00.24 327 locating SFP transactional 4

blank pages
10/100/1000 functions
A troubleshooting 458
theory of operations 54
3 bin staple stacker covers MFP accessories, input
C
parts 1275 550-sheet paper feeder 98
3 bin staple stacker main body HCI 101 cables
MFP accessories, output USB, troubleshooting 458
parts 1276 3-bin stapler-stacker 105 Calibrate/Cleaning menu, control
3-bin staple stacker output devices acoustic specifications 24 panel 264
parts and diagrams 1275 assemblies 2,100-sheet paper Calibrate/Cleaning menu, control-
3-bin stapler-stacker deck panel menu 265
controller 105 remove and replace 1101 calibration
delivery functions, other 105 assemblies 3-bin staple stacker operations 85
electrical components 106 multi-bin mailbox calibration, color
fan control 105 remove and replace 1144 theory 72
jam detection 105 assemblies 550-sheet paper calibration)
motor control 105, 108 feeder operation 85
other functions 108 remove and replace 1050 cartridge
output accessories 105 assemblies base printer, remove developing unit engagement
paper path 105 and replace 576 and disengagement 72
550-sheet paper feeder auto on / auto off mode eject 468
controller 98 setup and operation 51 life detection 72
electrical components 98, 99 automatic document feeder manually unlock 664
input accessories 98 whole-unit replacement 563 memory chip 72
jam detection 98 presence detection 72
motor control 98, 100 B remove 465, 470
other functions 100 remove (manually
backup error
paper path 98, 105 unlocked) 666
32.WX.YZ error 326
parts and diagrams 1272 replacing 465, 470
reset error 326
parts, main body 1273 toner level detection 72
restore error 326
pickup and feed functions, caution vi
Backup/Restore (Maintenance)
other 98 certificate of volatility 1308
menu
550-sheet paper feeder covers, Channel partners
control-panel menu 264
panels, and doors WISE vii
base printer
whole unit replacement 1272 checklists
configuration 10
550-sheet paper feeder paper pre-troubleshooting 120
information 4
path circuit base printer, diagrams 210
parts and diagrams 1237
theory of operation 98, 105 circuit diagrams
specifications 13
550-sheet tray high-voltage power supply 55,
basic printer operation 49
jams 370 65
bin, output
550-sheet trays low-voltage power supply 55
locating 6
jams 328 cleaning page 264, 265
locating SFP managed 4

1326 Index
 print 437 control-panel menu) DC controller firmware error
clutches Service (Maintenance) 266 70.WX.YZ error 327
theory of operation 56 Troubleshooting DC motors 55, 60
cold rest (Maintenance) 267 defeating
reset 275 USB Firmware Upgrade interlocks 284
color self calibration (Maintenance) 266 defeating interlocks
theory 72 controller solve problems 168, 285
component diagnostics 550-sheet paper feeder 98 definitions and terms
solve problems 176 floor-standing stapler- glossary 1316
components stacker 105 delivery functions, other
DC controller 55, 56 HCI 101 3-bin stapler-stacker 105
engine-control unit 55 conventions used vi determine problem source 120
fuser control 66 cooling development
intermediate transfer belt areas and fans 55, 62 image formation 78
(ITB) 72, 83 copy-quality problems development process 72, 74
low-voltage power supply 62 light or faint copies 454 devices, input
pickup, feed, and delivery 86 modify printer settings to information 26
secondary transfer roller improve scan or copy devices, output
assembly 85 quality 453 information 28
toner cartridge 72 vertical lines, bands, or diagnostics
configuration streaks 448 component, solve
base printer 10 copy-quality troubleshooting 446 problems 176
printer 1 Copy/Print (Settings) menu (MFP) engine 284
configuration page control-panel menu 146 diagram
determine installed CoV 3-bin stapler-stacker 28
firmware 124 certificate of volatility 1308 diagrams, block
find information 221 covers solve problems 178
solve problems 221 remove and replace parts 576, diagrams, external plug and port
configurations, 5700/X55745 10 1050, 1101, 1144 locations 178
configurations, 5800/X57945 11 covers MFP diagrams, general circuit base
connectivity and performance parts 1240, 1242 printer 210
troubleshooting 457 covers SFP diagrams, major component
connector error parts 1238 locations 183
65.WX.YZ error 327 covers, panels, and doors diagrams, printed circuit assembly
connector locations parts and diagrams 1238, connector locations 199
external plug and port 1272, 1275 diagrams, sensors and
diagrams 178 CPMD 306 switches 179
printed circuit assembly customer self-repair (CSR) A parts diagrams, timing chart 208
diagrams 199 and accessories 464 digital sending error (firmware)
control panel 53 customer self-repair (CSR) B parts 44.WX.YZ error 326
locating 6 and accessories 506 dimensions, printer 19, 21
locating SFP managed 4 customer-replaceable units disable cartridge check
locating SFP transactional 4 remove and replace solve problems 174, 287
parts 1237 parts 464, 506 document feeder
solve problems 128, 294 jams 370, 372
control panel diagnostic D locating 6
flowcharts 141 locating SFP managed 4
DC controller
control panel messages 306 paper-feeding problems
components 55
control panel, system diagnostics (MFP) 429
fans 55, 62
solve problems 294 remove and replace parts 556
motors 55, 60
control panels whole unit replacement 1235
theory of operation 56
parts and diagrams 1237 document feeder / scanner
DC controller communication error
control-panel menu information, configurations, and
55.WX.YZ error 327
Maintenance 264 specifications 2
parts and diagrams 1235

Index 1327
 theory of operations 47 event log error (firmware) firmware upgrade)
document feeder and scanner 42.WX.YZ error 326 embedded web server 123
information 2 exhaust fans 55, 62 USB flash drive, control
document feeder error external plug and port diagrams panel 123
31.WX.YZ error 326 locations 178 USB flash drive, pre-boot
doors menu 123
parts and diagrams 1238, F firmware, upgrade
1272, 1275 downloading 123
factory settings
remove and replace parts 576, firmware, version determine
reset 275, 277
1050, 1101, 1144 find information 124
failure detection
drum firmware, version
laser/scanner 72
remove 473 determining 123
motors 55, 60
replacing 474 flash memory
faint copies
drum cleaning 72, 74 theory of operations 54
copy-quality problems 454
duplexer flatbed
fan control
jams 328, 370 scanning and image capture
3-bin stapler-stacker 105
duplexer error MFP only 47
fan error
69.WX.YZ error 327 flowcharts
58.WX.YZ error 327
duplexing unit troubleshooting 120, 121
fans
motors 55, 60 format disk
DC controller 55, 62
solve problems 277
exhaust 55, 62
E formatter
intake 55, 62
locating MFP 8
easy-access USB port theory of operation 56
formatter control system 51
locating SFP managed 4 Fax (Settings) menu (MFP)
front door
eject control-panel menu 244
locating 6
toner cartridges 468 fax functions
locating SFP managed 4
electrical components theory of operations 54
locating SFP transactional 4
550-sheet paper feeder 98 fax ports
FRUs
HCI 101 locating MFP 8
remove and replace
electrical specifications 24 fax problems
parts 556, 576, 1050, 1101,
email problems get help from WISE 457
1144
get help from WISE 457 field-replaceable units
FRUS, internal
Embedded Jetdirect error covers, panels, and doors 576,
parts and diagrams 1244, 1273,
80.WX.YZ error 327 1050, 1101, 1144
1276
engine remove and replace
functions
diagnostics 284 parts 556, 576, 1050, 1101,
fuser control 66
test page 284 1144
low-voltage power supply 62,
engine error (LaserJet) firmware
64
46.WX.YZ error 326 determine the installed
toner cartridge 83
63.WX.YZ error 327 version 124
fuser
engine error (PageWide) theory of operations 54
jams 361, 363, 367, 370, 408,
61.WX.YZ error 327 firmware communication error
410, 414
engine FRUs, internal 49.WX.YZ error 326
fuser control
parts and diagrams 1244, 1273, firmware install error
fuser control functions 72
1276 99.WX.YZ error 327
theory of operation 66
engine laser scanner system hard disk error 327
fuser control functions
laser scanner safety 73 remote firmware upgrade
fuser control 72
engine test error 327
fuser error
solve problems 128, 284 firmware locations
41.WX.YZ error 326
engine-control unit active and repository 277
laser scanner error 326
components 55 firmware upgrade
paper path error 326
engine, printer firmware version
fuser error (LaserJet)
parts and diagrams 1237 determine 124
50.WX.YZ error 326
event log 316

1328 Index
fuser heater image formation ITB cleaning input accessory error
protection 71 theory of operation 80 67.WX.YZ error 327
fusing image formation laser-beam input devices
image formation 80 exposure information 26
fusing process 72, 74 theory of operation 77 parts and diagrams 1272
image formation pre-exposure remove and replace, 2,100-sheet
G theory of operation 76 paper deck 1101
image formation primary charging remove and replace, 550-sheet
General (Settings) menu
theory of operation 77 paper feeder 1050
control-panel menu 227
image formation primary transfer input, 550-sheet paper feeder
glossary
theory of operation 78 parts and diagrams 1272
terms and definitions 1316
image formation secondary input/output error
H transfer 40.WX.YZ error 326
theory of operation 79 input/output functions
hard disk partition error image formation separation theory of operations 54
98.WX.YZ error 327 theory of operation 79 install
hardware integration pocket (HIP) image quality tray 1 pickup roller 501
locating SFP managed 4 check toner-cartridge installation
hardware integration pocket (HIP) status 436 printer 30
is not functioning 141, 145 image-formation process installation, base printer 34
HCI development process 72, 74 installation, document feeder /
controller 101 drum cleaning 72, 74 scanner 31
electrical components 101, fusing process 72, 74 intake fans 55, 62
102 laser-beam exposure 72, 74 integrated scanner assembly (ISA)
input accessories 101 primary charging 72, 74 ISA
jam detection 101 primary transfer process 72, whole-unit replacement,
motor control 101, 103 74 integrated scanner
other functions 103 secondary transfer assembly 569
paper path 101 process 72, 74 whole-unit replacement 569
pickup and feed functions, separation process 72, 74 interface ports
other 101 image-information system 72 locating MFP 8
HCI paper path image-quality locating SFP 5
theory of operation 101 troubleshooting 430 interlocks
high-voltage power supply (HVPS) imaging drums defeating 284
operations 55, 65 remove 473 intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
home button is unresponsive 141, replacing 474 components 72, 83
144 individual component test operations 72, 83
HP internal users solve problems 176 internal assemblies (1 of 6),
WISE vii information parts 1259
HVPS (high-voltage power supply) document feeder and internal assemblies (1 of 9),
operations 55, 65 scanner 2 parts 1244
input devices 26 internal assemblies (2 of 7),
I output devices 28 parts 1262
I/O functions printer 1 internal assemblies (2 of 9),
theory of operations 54 printer base 4 parts 1246
image capture system information pages internal assemblies (3 of 7),
scanning MFP only 47 configuration page 221 parts 1264
image defects, repetitive Jetdirect page 221 internal assemblies (3 of 9),
ruler 431 information, configurations, and parts 1248
image formation development specifications internal assemblies (4 of 7),
theory of operation 78 ADF / scanner 2 parts 1266
image formation fusing document feeder / scanner 2 internal assemblies (4 of 9),
theory of operation 80 scanner / document feeder 2 parts 1250
initial rotation period 49 internal assemblies (5 of 7),
parts 1268

Index 1329
 internal assemblies (5 of 9), 550-sheet paper feeder 98 laser/scanner
parts 1252 HCI 101, 104 failure detection 72
internal assemblies (6 of 7), jam error (LaserJet) operations 72
parts 1269 13.WX.YZ error 326 last rotation period 49
internal assemblies (6 of 9), jam error (PageWide) latent image formation 72, 74
parts 1253 13.WX.YZ error 326 light copies
internal assemblies (7 of 7), jams copy-quality problems 454
parts 1271 3-bin stapler-stacker 109 lines, bands, streaks
internal assemblies (7 of 9), 550-sheet feeder 100 copy-quality problems 448
parts 1255 550-sheet tray 370 link speed, change 169, 287
internal assemblies (8 of 9), 550-sheet trays 328 low-voltage power supply
parts 1256 auto-navigation 328, 371 functions 64
internal assemblies (9 of 9), causes of 328, 371 over-current/over-voltage
parts 1258 document feeder 370, 372 protection 64
internal assemblies 2,100-sheet duplexer 328, 370 safety 64
paper deck 1101 fuser 361, 363, 367, 370, 408, theory of operation 62
internal assemblies 3-bin staple 410, 414 voltage descriptions 63
stacker multi-bin mailbox 1144 HCI 104 low-voltage power supply (HVPS)
internal assemblies 550-sheet in right door 358, 405 operations 55
paper feeder 1050 locations 328, 370 LVPS (low-voltage power supply)
internal assemblies base output bin 328, 369, 370, 416, operations 55
printer 576 417, 419, 421
internal diagnostics error Tray 1 328, 370 M
90.WX.YZ error 327 Tray 2 328, 333, 370, 380
maintenance
video display error 327 Tray 4 344, 351, 391, 398
printer 30
internal parts 2,100-sheet paper Jetdirect page
maintenance, base printer 34
deck solve problems 221
maintenance, document feeder /
remove and replace 1101 job accounting error (firmware)
scanner 31
internal parts 3-bin staple stacker 48.WX.YZ error 326
major component diagrams
multi-bin mailbox job management error
locations 183
remove and replace 1144 (firmware) 326
major component locations
internal parts 550-sheet paper job pipeline error
diagrams 183
feeder (firmware) 326
Manage Supplies (Settings) menu
remove and replace 1050 job parser error (firmware)
control-panel menu 255
internal parts and assemblies 47.WX.YZ error 326
manual sensor test, tray/bin
parts and diagrams 1244, 1273, printer calibration error 326
solve problems 177
1276
manual sensor tests
internal parts and assemblies, K
solve problem 177
remove and replace 464, 506,
keyboard 53 memory
556, 663, 1065, 1111, 1182
toner cartridge 72
internal parts base printer, remove L Memory Enhancement technology
and replace 576
theory of operations 54
internal test and information laser scanner
Memory Enhancement technology
pages failure detection 73
(MEt) 51
solve problems 221 laser scanner error (LaserJet)
memory error
ITB (intermediate transfer belt) 51.WX.YZ error 326
82.WX.YZ error 327
operation 72, 83 52.WX.YZ error 326
EMMC error 327
ITB cleaning laser scanner functions
hard disk error 327
image formation 80 failure detection 73
memory functions
laser scanner safety
theory of operations 54
J engine laser scanner
memory, 5700
system 73
jam detection included 13
laser-beam exposure 72, 74
3-bin stapler-stacker 105, 109 memory, 5800
image formation 77
550-sheet feeder 100 included 15

1330 Index
memory, X55745 N output device, 3-bin staple stacker
included 14 parts and diagrams 1275
Near Field Communication error
memory, X57945 output devices
81.WX.YZ error 327
included 17 information 28
Bluetooth error 327
menu, control panel parts and diagrams 1275
external I/O card error 327
Backup/Restore (Maintenance) remove and replace, 3-bin
internal EIO error 327
menu 264 staple stacker multi-bin
wireless error 327
Backup/Restore menu 264 mailbox 1144
network port
Calibrate/Cleaning menu 264, over-current/over-voltage
locating SFP 5
265 protection
Networking (Settings) menu
Copy/Print (Settings) menu low-voltage power supply 64
control-panel menu 258
(MFP) 146 OXPd/Web kit error
networks, 5700
Fax (Settings) menu (MFP) 244 45.WX.YZ error 326
supported 13
General (Settings) menu 227
networks, 5800
Manage Supplies (Settings) P
supported 15
menu) 255
networks, X55745 page error
Networking (Settings)
supported 14 21.WX.YZ error 326
menu 258
networks, X57945 pages
Print (Settings) menu
supported 17 blank 458
(SFP) 146
no control panel sound 141, 143 not printing 458
Reports menu 225
note vi printing slowly 458
Scan/Digital Send (Settings)
NVRAM pages per minute, 5700 13
menu (MFP) 233
theory of operations 54 pages per minute, 5800 15
Service (Maintenance)
pages per minute, X55745 14
menu 266
O pages per minute, X57945 17
Service menu 264
panels
Settings menu 226 on/off button
parts and diagrams 1238,
Support Tools menu 264 locating 6
1272, 1275
Troubleshooting (Maintenance) locating SFP managed 4
remove and replace parts 576,
menu 267 locating SFP transactional 4
1050, 1101, 1144
USB Firmware Upgrade operating-environment range
paper
(Maintenance) menu 266 printer 25
jams 328, 370, 371
USB Firmware Upgrade operation
selecting 437
menu 264 Sleep delay 51
paper feeder, 550-sheet
menus control panel, control panel Sleep mode 51
parts and diagrams 1272
Calibrate/Cleaning) 264 operation sequence 49
parts, main body 1273
menus, control panel operations
whole unit replacement
Calibrate/Cleaning 265 laser/scanner 72
part 1272
motor control toner cartridge memory 72
paper handling
3-bin stapler-stacker 105, 108 other functions, 3-bin stapler-
solve problems 328
550-sheet paper feeder 98, stacker
paper handling error (LaserJet)
100 theory of operation 108
56.WX.YZ error 327
HCI 101, 103 other functions, 550-sheet paper
paper jams
motor error (LaserJet) feeder
550-sheet tray 370
59.WX.YZ error 327 theory of operation 100
550-sheet trays 328
motors other functions, HCI
document feeder 370, 372
DC controller 55, 60 theory of operation 103
duplexer 328, 370
failure detection 55, 60 output accessory error
fuser 361, 363, 367, 370, 408,
pickup, feed, and delivery 66.WX.YZ error 327
410, 414
system 86, 90 output bin
locations 328, 370
stepping 55, 60 clear jams 328, 369, 370, 416,
output bin 328, 369, 370, 416,
theory of operation 56 417, 421
417, 419, 421
movement of paper through locating 6
right door 358, 405
printer locating SFP managed 4
Stapler stacker 419
See pickup, feed, and delivery locating SFP transactional 4

Index 1331
 Tray 1 328, 370 parts internal 3-bin staple stacker PML (printer management
Tray 2 328, 333, 370, 380 multi-bin mailbox language) 51
Tray 4 344, 351, 391, 398 remove and replace 1144 power
paper movement parts internal 550-sheet paper consumption 24
operation 86 feeder power connection
paper path remove and replace 1050 locating SFP 5
3-bin stapler-stacker 105 parts internal base printer, remove power management
550-sheet paper feeder 98 and replace 576 theory of operation 51
HCI 101 parts, internal assemblies (1 of power on troubleshooting 282
printer 86 6) 1259 power on troubleshooting
paper path sensors test (not parts, internal assemblies (1 of overview 282
available for this printer) 9) 1244 power switch
solve problems 176 parts, internal assemblies (2 of locating SFP transactional 4
paper path test 7) 1262 power-on checks
solve problems 176 parts, internal assemblies (2 of troubleshooting process 282
partial clean (disk) 9) 1246 pre-boot menu options 306
solve problems 277 parts, internal assemblies (3 of pre-exposure
parts 7) 1264 image formation 76
3 bin staple stacker covers parts, internal assemblies (3 of pre-troubleshooting
MFP 1275 9) 1248 checklist 120
3 bin staple stacker main body parts, internal assemblies (4 of primary charging
MFP 1276 7) 1266 image formation 77
550-sheet paper feeder covers, parts, internal assemblies (4 of primary charging process 72, 74
panels, and doors 1272 9) 1250 Print (Settings) menu (SFP)
550-sheet paper feeder main parts, internal assemblies (5 of control-panel menu 146
body 1273 7) 1268 print a cleaning page 437
control panel 1237 parts, internal assemblies (5 of print bar error (PageWide)
covers MFP 1240, 1242 9) 1252 62.WX.YZ error 327
covers SFP 1238 parts, internal assemblies (6 of print-quality troubleshooting 431
document feeder and scanner 7) 1269 print/stop test
whole units 1235 parts, internal assemblies (6 of solve problems 175
parts and diagrams 9) 1253 printed circuit assembly diagrams
550-sheet paper feeder 1272 parts, internal assemblies (7 of connector locations 199
ADF / scanner 1235 7) 1271 printer
base printer 1237 parts, internal assemblies (7 of information, configuration, and
control panels 1237 9) 1255 specifications 1
covers, panels, and parts, internal assemblies (8 of installation and
doors 1238, 1272, 1275 9) 1256 maintenance 30
document feeder / parts, internal assemblies (9 of operating-environment
scanner 1235 9) 1258 range 25
doors 1238, 1272, 1275 performance and connectivity resets 275
engine, printer 1237 troubleshooting 457 space requirements 24
f3-bin staple stacker output periods of the operation printer engine
device 1275 sequence 49 parts and diagrams 1237
input devices 1272 personal identification number printer information, configuration,
internal parts and (PIN) and specifications
assemblies 1244, 1273, 1276 service menu 271 document feeder and scanner
output devices 1275 pickup and feed functions, other specifications 2
panels 1238, 1272, 1275 550-sheet paper feeder 98 document feeder and scanner
scanner / document HCI 101 views 2
feeder 1235 pickup, feed, and delivery printer installation and
parts internal 2,100-sheet paper components 86 maintenance
deck overview 86 base printer 34
remove and replace 1101 PJL (printer job language) 51, 53 document feeder / scanner 31
printer job language (PJL) 51, 53

1332 Index
printer management language integrated scanner assembly scanner/document feeder
(PML) 51 (ISA), whole-unit information, configurations, and
printer memory error replacement 569 specifications 2
20.WX.YZ error 326 whole-unit replacement 563 parts and diagrams 1235
printer resets remove and replace, internal parts theory of operations 47
solve problems 275 and assemblies 464, 506, 556, scanning
printer settings 663, 1065, 1111, 1182 image capture MFP only 47
copy-quality problems 453 remove and replace, internal parts secondary transfer
printer, base and assemblies base image formation 79
configuration 10 printer 576 secondary transfer assembly
information 4 repetitive image defect ruler 431 operation 85
specifications 13 replacing secondary transfer
printing imaging drums 474 processes 72, 74
period in operation toner cartridges 465, 470 secondary transfer roller
sequence 49 reports assembly
troubleshooting 458 event log 316 components 85
Process Cleaning Page 264, 265 supplies status page 306 operations 85
protection Reports menu secondary transfer roller
fuser heater 71 control-panel menu 225 assembly)
resets operation 85
R printer 275 security
revision history iii dynamic security 72
RAM
right door security error
theory of operations 54
locating 6 33.WX.YZ error 326
real-time clock error
locating SFP managed 4 sensor error
11.WX.YZ error 326
locating SFP transactional 4 54.WX.YZ error 327
removal and replacement 463
Right door 58.WX.YZ error 327
remove
jams 358, 405 sensors
imaging drums 473
roller, tray 1 pickup pickup, feed, and delivery
toner cartridges 465, 470
install 501 system 86, 88
toner cartridges (manually
remove 497 theory of operation 56
unlocked) 666
sensors and switches diagrams
tray 1 pickup roller 497
S 3-bin stapler-stacker 179
remove and replace
550-sheet paper feeder 179
2,100-sheet paper deck, internal safety
base printer 179
parts and assemblies 1101 low-voltage power supply 64
floor-standing stapler-
3-bin staple stacker multi-bin scan or copy quality improvement
stacker 179
mailbox, internal parts and copy-quality problems 453
HCI 179
assemblies 1144 Scan/Digital Send (Settings) menu
separation
550-sheet paper feeder, (MFP)
image formation 79
internal parts and control-panel menu 233
separation process 72, 74
assemblies 1050 scanner
Service (Maintenance) menu
remove and replace parts remove and replace parts 556
control-panel menu 266
automatic document feeder, scanner and document feeder
service and support
whole-unit information 2
WISE vii
replacement 563 scanner error
service ID
covers, panels, and doors 576, 30.WX.YZ error 326
restore 275
1050, 1101, 1144 scanner tests (MFP)
service menu
customer-replaceable solve problems 173
personal identification number
units 464, 506 troubleshooting 173
(PIN) 271
document feeder / scanner, image
solve problems 271
scanner 556 whole unit replacement
Settings (Copy/Print, MFP) menu
field-replaceable units 556, part 1235
control-panel menu 146
576, 1050, 1101, 1144
Settings (Fax) menu (MFP)
control-panel menu 244

Index 1333
 Settings (General) menu internal test and information space requirements
control-panel menu 227 pages 221 printer 24
Settings (Manage Supplies) menu) LED diagnostics 169, 287 specifications
control-panel menu 255 link speed 169, 287 base printer 13
Settings (Networking) menu major component locations electrical and acoustic 24
control-panel menu 258 diagrams 183 printer 1
Settings (Print, SFP) menu manual sensor test 177 specifications, document feeder
control-panel menu 146 output is curled or and scanner
Settings (Scan/Digital Send) menu wrinkled 328, 427 printer information,
(MFP) paper does not feed configuration, and
control-panel menu 233 automatically 328, 429 specifications 2
Settings menu paper does not feed from Tray standby period 49
control-panel menu 226 2-X 328, 426 Stapler stacker
sleep delay paper handling 328 clear jams 419
operation 51 paper path sensors test (not stepping motors 55, 60
sleep mode available for this supplies
operation 51 printer) 176 eject toner cartridges 468
sleep settings 51 paper path test 176 remove imaging drums 473
solenoids performance and connectivity remove toner cartridges 465,
pickup, feed, and delivery troubleshooting 457 470
system 86, 90 power-on checks 282 remove toner cartridges
theory of operation 56 print-quality (manually unlocked) 666
solve connectivity problems 460 troubleshooting 431 replacing imaging drums 474
solve performance print/stop test 175 replacing toner
problems 458 printed circuit assembly cartridges 465, 470
factors affecting print connector location unlock manually the toner
performance 458 diagrams 199 cartridges 664
print speeds 459 printer does not pick up supplies error (LaserJet)
printer does not print 459 paper 328 10.WX.YZ error 326
printer prints slowly 460 printer does not pick up paper supplies error (PageWide)
solve problems or misfeeds 328 17.WX.YZ error 326
circuit diagrams 210 printer feeds incorrect page supplies status page 306
configuration page 221 size 328, 425 Support Tools menu
control panel 128, 294 printer picks up multiple sheets control-panel menu 264
control panel messages 306 of paper 328 switches
copy-quality printer pulls from incorrect pickup, feed, and delivery
troubleshooting 446 tray 328, 426 system 86, 88
CPMD 306 printer resets 275 theory of operation 56
defeating interlocks 168, 285 printer will not duplex or system error (LaserJet)
diagrams, block 178 duplexes incorrectly 328, 62.WX.YZ error 327
disable cartridge check 174, 426
287 scanner tests (MFP) 173 T
engine test 128, 284 sensors and switches
terms and definitions
external plug and port location diagrams 179
glossary 1316
diagrams 178 service menu 271
tests
firmware upgrade 123 system diagnostics, control
disable cartridge check 284
firmware, determine panel 294
engine 284
version 124 timing chart diagrams 208
theory of operation 46
format disk and partial clean tray/bin manual sensor
3-bin stapler-stacker other
functions 277 test 177
functions 108
image-quality troubleshooting tools 128
550-sheet paper feeder other
troubleshooting 430 solving
functions 100
individual component direct-connect problems 460,
550-sheet paper feeder paper
diagnostics 176 461
path 98, 105
individual component test 176

1334 Index
 clutches 56 toner tray motor error (LaserJet)
DC controller 56 image formation, use 60.WX.YZ error 327
fans 56 during 72, 74 tray/bin, manual sensor test
fuser control 66 toner cartridge solve problems 177
HCI other functions 103 developing unit engagement trays
HCI paper path 101 and disengagement 72 locating 6
image formation diagnostic test 284 locating SFP managed 4
development 78 functions 83 locating SFP transactional 4
image formation fusing 80 life detection 72 trays, 5700
image formation ITB memory chip 72 capacity 13
cleaning 80 presence detection 72 included 13
image formation laser-beam toner level detection 72 trays, 5800
exposure 77 toner cartridges 72 capacity 15
image formation pre- components 72 included 15
exposure 76 eject 468 trays, X55745
image formation primary error conditions 72 capacity 14
charging 77 manually unlock 664 included 14
image formation primary operations 72 trays, X57945
transfer 78 remove 465, 470 capacity 17
image formation secondary remove (manually included 17
transfer 79 unlocked) 666 troubleshooting
image formation replacing 465, 470 blank pages 458
separation 79 theory of operation 81 check toner-cartridge
low-voltage power supply 62 touchscreen blank, white, or dim status 436
motors 56 (no image) 141, 142 checklist 120
scanning and image touchscreen control panel 53 control panel 128, 294
capture 47 touchscreen has an unresponsive defeating interlocks 168, 285
sensors 56 zone 141, 142 direct-connect problems 460,
solenoids 56 transfer processes 72, 74 461
switches 56 transfer unit disable cartridge check 174,
toner cartridges 81 operation 72, 83 287
theory of operations tray engine test 128, 284
10/100/1000 functions 54 location assemblies, 550-sheet event log 316
ADF / scanner 47 paper feeder 26 flowchart 120, 121
base printer 49 location assemblies, HCI paper format disk and partial clean
document feeder / scanner 47 feeder 27 functions 277
fax functions 54 Tray 1 individual component test 176
firmware 54 jams 328, 370 jams 328, 370, 371
flash memory 54 locating 6 LED diagnostics 169, 287
I/O functions 54 locating SFP managed 4 link speed 169, 287
input devices 98 locating SFP transactional 4 manual sensor test 177
input/output functions 54 tray 1 pickup roller network problems 460, 461
Memory Enhancement install 501 pages not printing 458
technology 54 remove 497 pages printing slowly 458
memory functions 54 Tray 2 paper path sensors test (not
NVRAM 54 jams 328, 333, 370, 380 available for this
output devices 105 locating 6 printer) 176
printer, base 49 locating SFP managed 4 paper path test 176
RAM 54 locating SFP transactional 4 print/stop test 175
scanner / document feeder 47 Tray 3 printer resets 275
USB functions 54 locating 6 scanner tests (MFP) 173
USB hosts functions 54 locating SFP managed 4 service menu 271
wireless functions 54 Tray 4 supplies status page 306
timing chart, diagrams 208 jams 344, 351, 391, 398 system diagnostics, control
tip vi locating 6 panel 294

Index 1335
 tray/bin manual sensor views, document feeder and
test 177 scanner
USB cables 458 printer information,
wired network 460, 461 configuration, and
Troubleshooting (Maintenance) specifications 2
menu voltage descriptions
control-panel menu 267 low-voltage power supply 63
troubleshooting process
power on 282 W
power subsystem 282
waiting period 49
power-on checks 282
warning vi
troubleshooting process overview
Web-based Interactive Search
power on 282
Engine (WISE)
troubleshooting tools
HP internal users and Channel
control panel messages 306
partners vii
copy-quality
weight, printer 19, 21
troubleshooting 446
whole-unit replacement
CPMD 306
automatic document
determine the problem
feeder 563
source 120
integrated scanner assembly
diagrams, block 178
(ISA) 569
firmware upgrade 123
remove and replace parts 563
image-quality
wireless functions
troubleshooting 430
theory of operations 54
individual component
WISE
diagnostics 176
email problems 457
performance and connectivity
fax problems 457
troubleshooting 457
HP internal users and Channel
print-quality
partners vii
troubleshooting 431
WUR
solve problems 128
automatic document
feeder 563
U
integrated scanner assembly
unlock, manually (ISA) 569
toner cartridges 664 remove and replace parts 563
upgrade, product firmware 123
USB Firmware Upgrade
(Maintenance) menu
control-panel menu 266
USB functions
theory of operations 54
USB hosts functions
theory of operations 54
USB port
locating 6
locating SFP transactional 4
troubleshooting 458

V
vertical lines, bands, or streaks
copy-quality problems 448

1336 Index